National Assembly - 17 February 2003

                      MONDAY, 17 FEBRUARY 2003
                                ____

                PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ASSEMBLY
                                ____

The House met at 10:02.

The Deputy Speaker took the Chair and requested members to observe a moment of silence for prayers or meditation.

ANNOUNCEMENTS, TABLINGS AND COMMITTEE REPORTS - see col 000.

                             NEW MEMBERS

                           (Announcement)

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Order! I have to announce that vacancies caused by the resignation of Mr L L Chiwayo, Mr E I Ebrahim and Mr M I Scott have been filled by the nominations of Mr P M Sibande, Mr S N Nxumalo and Mr M A Tarr with effect from 11 February 2003, and the vacancy caused by the resignation of Ms E Gandhi has been filled by the nomination of Mr T Jeebodh with effect from 12 February 2003.

The new members have made and subscribed the oath in the Speaker’s office on Thursday, 13 February. So, they have been sworn in and have joined us. They are welcome to the House. [Applause.]

                     COPY OF PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS

                           (Announcement)

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Order! May I ask that cellphones please be switched off.

The Speaker has received a copy of the President of the Republic’s speech delivered at the Joint Sitting on Friday, 14 February. The speech has been printed in the Minutes of the Joint Sitting.

                        MOTION OF CONDOLENCE

                     (The late Mr M A Maphalala)

The CHIEF WHIP OF THE MAJORITY PARTY: Madam Deputy Speaker, I move without notice.

That the House -

(1) notes with shock and profound sadness the untimely death of the honourable Magwaza Alfred Maphalala, who passed away on 5 February 2003;

(2) recognises that Magwaza Maphalala was a South African patriot who, throughout his life, demonstrated profound commitment to the liberation of the people of our country and the continent of Africa;

(3) remembers the honourable Maphalala as one of the stalwarts of our people’s struggle for a nonracial, nonsexist, democratic South Africa;

(4) recalls that he played an active and leading role in the development of trade unionism in South Africa, from the days of Sactu to the formation of Cosatu and that he was also an active member of the South African Communist Party;

(5) acknowledges the dynamic contribution that the honourable Maphalala made to this House since his deployment to this Parliament in 1999, during which time he served as the ANC Constituency Whip;

(6) believes that he leaves a legacy that epitomises heroism and dedicated service and that his untimely death has robbed South Africa of a great son who still had a tremendous contribution to make to the reconstruction and development of our nation; and

(7) expresses its condolences to the entire Maphalala family.

Mr D H M GIBSON: Deputy Speaker, it is my sad duty, on behalf of the DP, to support the motion of condolence moved by the hon Chief Whip. I know that our late colleague, the hon Magwaza Maphalala, was a popular and well-liked member of the House.

My colleague and fellow Whip, the hon D K Maluleke, served with him on the Portfolio Committee on Agriculture and Land Affairs. He speaks of him with affection as someone who was a good man, a good friend and a good politician. We express our sincere condolences to his loved ones, to all of his friends, and to his party colleagues in the ANC. He will be missed.

Mrs S A SEATON: Madam Deputy Speaker, I stand to support the motion of the Chief Whip of the Majority Party. On behalf of the president and the members of the IFP, I extend our sincere condolences to the ANC, family, loved ones, friends and colleagues of the late hon Magwaza Maphalala.

Those of us fortunate to have got to know him will agree that he was a gentleman of high intelligence, always friendly and with a keen sense of humour. It was a privilege to have known this man. He was recently a student in economics and proved to be one of the brightest students there.

His death has come as a shock to us all, although we knew last year that he was suffering and battling with uncontrollable diabetes. The family and loved ones are in our prayers. May God give them strength to bear the pain and loss of their loved one. May his soul rest in peace. We will always remember him. Mr J DURAND: Madam Speaker, on behalf of the New NP, I would like to support the motion of condolence by the Chief Whip of the Majority Party as it appears on the Order Paper.

I had the good fortune of meeting the late Magwaza Maphalala shortly after my arrival in Parliament. He came across as a very warm, friendly and humble person.

He was born on 6 April, the day Jan Van Riebeeck arrived at the Cape, and in 1948 - in the year that the old National Party came to power. It is very significant that he spent his entire life undoing the legacy of colonialism and apartheid. He sacrificed his life at the altar of workers’ rights. Selflessly, he fought for the freedom of all South Africans. Never did he utter a word of bitterness about his past experiences nor did he ever demand material reward for his contributions. He humbled himself and fulfilled the mission for which he sacrificed the most productive stage of his life.

We offer our heartfelt sympathy to his family, friends and the organisation he served so loyally, the ANC.

Mr S ABRAM: Madam Speaker, we in these benches wish to associate ourselves with the motion before the House. An Eastern poet and mystic once said: It is not important how long a person lives. It is not important what material wealth he has. It is not important how many children he has. What is extremely important is how the person lived. That is how we want to remember our departed colleague. He was an amiable and jovial person who made friends very easily. He was a person in whom one could confide. He was a good listener and he was a person who was prepared to advise.

During our service on the Portfolio Committee on Agriculture and Land Affairs, he was one of those people that would come out in his amiable way and settle whatever problems we had in that committee. We will truly miss him. We wish his family, his friends and all his associates Godspeed in the days that lie ahead, and may God Almighty make it easy for his family in these trying times.

Mr L M GREEN: Madam Speaker, the ACDP recognises the important contribution that the hon Mr Maphalala made to this House and to the aims and objectives of his party.

The death of a loved one always comes to us as a shock. It is never really accepted. We in this House will always and forever miss the hon Mr Maphalala. We recognise his worthy contribution towards our Parliament and to the community at large.

The ACDP would like to offer its sincere condolences to the wife and family of the late ANC MP, the late hon Mr Alfred Maphalala, who passed away recently. May he rest in peace and may God be with his family.

Dr C P MULDER: Agb mev die Adjunkspeaker, dit is my taak om namens die VF ons opregte meelewing te betuig, en ons steun te gee vir die mosie van roubeklag met die afsterwe van ‘n kollega van ons in hierdie Raad, die agb lid mnr Magwaza Maphalala. Ons het hom nie baie lank geken nie. Hy was nie baie lank in hierdie Raad nie, hoewel hy baie jare gedien het in die organisasie wat hom na hierdie plek toe gestuur het.

Ons wil ons graag ten volle assosieer met die mosie van roubeklag. Ons wil graag ons simpatie en meelewing uitspreek teenoor sy familie. Mag hulle vertroosting en berusting vind in sy dood. Ook simpatie aan die ANC wat een van hulle staatmakers verloor het. Ons eer sy gedagtenis.  (Translation of Afrikaans speech follows.)

[Dr C P MULDER: Hon Madam Deputy Speaker, it is my duty, on behalf of the FF, to convey our sincere sympathy and to give our support to the motion of condolence upon the passing away of a colleague of ours in this Assembly, the hon member Mr Magwaza Maphalala. We did not know him for very long. He had not been in this Assembly for too long, although he did serve for many years in the organisation that sent him to this place.

We would like to identify ourselves fully with this motion of condolence. We would like to express our condolences and sympathy with his family. May they find consolation and come to terms with his death. Sympathy also to the ANC, who have lost one of their stalwarts. We honour his memory.]

Mr P H K DITSHETELO: Madam Speaker, on behalf of the UCDP I wish to express our sincere condolences to the family and close friends of the late hon MP Maphalala. Our hearts and minds are with you at this moment of bereavement. It is in times like these, when we mourn the passing away of a member of the parliamentary family, that we are challenged to pause and think about their contributions towards the transformation of our country, and the difference that they have made to the lives of ordinary South Africans.

It is sad indeed to lose such a valuable member of the community at a time when his wisdom and leadership skills are much needed, particularly in the portfolio committee on which he served.

We are, therefore, challenged by his untimely departure to continue where he left off. This is a commitment that we can only match by dedicating ourselves to a just programme of action to eradicate poverty and create a just environment for all South Africans to live in harmony, irrespective of colour or political orientation.

Robala ka kagiso morwa Maphalala. Golo o go ileng ke tsela ya botlhe. [Rest in peace, son of Maphalala. Where you gone to is the road for everybody.]

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: The hon Mogoba. He is not here. Will someone from the PAC speak? No? All right.

Mr J P I BLANCHÉ: Madam Speaker, I am speaking on behalf of the FA.

Ek wil die Hoofsweep van die Meerderheidsparty se mosie van roubeklag steun namens die FA, en ons innige meegevoel uitspreek met die afsterwe van kollega Magwaza. Die FA wil ook aan sy familie en vriende, en veral aan sy kollegas, ons meegevoel oordra.

Dit is jammer dat ‘n mens dikwels na hierdie podium toe moet kom om meegevoel te betuig na die heengaan van ‘n lid soos Mnr Magwaza. Ons voel saam met u, en ons dra u in ons gebede. Ons wil dan ook die hoop uitspreek dat sy familie en sy vriende sal troos vind in sy nagedagtenis. Ons steun hulle daarin. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[On behalf of the FA, I would like to support the motion of condolence moved by the Chief Whip of the Majority Party and express our sincere sympathy at the death of colleague Magwaza. We in the FA would also like to convey our condolences to his family and friends, and particularly to his colleagues.

It is a pity that one often has to come to this podium to convey condolences after the passing of a member such as Mr Magwaza. We sympathise with you, you are in our prayers. We would also like to express the hope that his family and friends will find comfort in his memory. We support them.]

Miss S RAJBALLY: Madam Speaker, the MF also associates itself with the motion moved by the Chief Whip. Each time I have to pay my respects at the loss of a member or colleague, it brings tears to my eyes. Though hard work and contribution deserve praise, this House suffers the loss of a great contributor to its success. The country loses a representative who committed his days to the betterment of this nation, and there are family and friends that suffer an even greater loss.

I knew and worked with the late hon Magwaza Alfred Maphalala for approximately 25 years, dating back as early as my trade union days. It has always been a pleasure taking on the battlefield of the world by his side.

I pray that the late Maphalala rests in peace. I pray that we all may learn from his determination and dedication, so that his efforts may continue to deliver through his spirit.

I take this opportunity on behalf of the MF to convey our condolences to the family, friends and dear ones of the deceased. May God fill his heart with contentment. Hon Comrade Maphalala, you have been an inspiration. May you rest in peace.

Mnr C AUCAMP: Agb Adjunkspeaker, namens die AEB, ook ons innige meegevoel aan die naasbestaandes van die agb Maphalala wat ons ontslaap het. Dit is altyd hartseer dat ‘n nuwe skof van die Parlement moet begin met mosies van meegevoel. ‘n Mens is dankbaar dat ‘n mens hier kan wees in volle krag en gesondheid, maar dan dink ‘n mens aan hulle wat in hierdie tyd ons ontslaap het.

Ek het die agb Maphalala nie so goed geken nie, maar uit navraag blyk dit dat hy ‘n geliefde kollega was, en dat hy sy lewe gewy het aan die verbetering van die lot van sy eie mense.

Aan sy familie en sy nabye kollegas: ons innige meegevoel. Mag elkeen van ons deur ‘n gebeurtenis soos hierdie ook weer opgeroep word om die tyd uit te koop in die wete dat ons hier geleende tyd het waaroor ons ook moet rekenskap gee.

Die AEB steun die mosie van meegevoel en dank. Sterkte aan die familie van die agb Maphalala. Baie dankie. (Translation of Afrikaans speech follows.)

[Mr C AUCAMP: Hon Deputy Speaker, on behalf of the AEB, we would also like to express our deepest sympathy to the family of the hon Maphalala, who has departed this life. It is always sad that a new shift of Parliament should start with motions of condolence. One is thankful that one can be here in full strength and health, but then one thinks of those who have passed away during this time.

I did not know the hon Maphalala that well, but from enquiry it seems that he was a loved colleague and that he dedicated his life to the betterment of the destiny of his own people. To his family and his closest colleagues: our deepest sympathy. May this occurrence remind every one of us to make the most of every opportunity in the knowledge that our time here is borrowed, for which we will also be accountable. The AEB supports the motion of condolence and thanks. Strength to the family of the hon Maphalala. Thank you very much.]

Mr P J NEFOLOVHODWE: Madam Speaker, on behalf of Azapo we wish to convey our deepest-felt condolences to the ANC and Comrade Maphalala’s family and relatives.

Azapo joins all those who knew Comrade Maphalala as a trade unionist and a dedicated cadre in the liberation struggle, in celebrating his life that was dedicated to our people’s permanent development. It is at times like this that we are able to remember the good work that Comrade Maphalala is leaving behind.

May his soul rest in peace.

Vho R S NḒOU: Muambeli wa nnḓu, na nne ndi khou ḓi baḓekanya na tsitsinyo yo itiwaho nga Tshimebi Tshihulwane maelana na lufu lwa muhali ane a vhidzwa u pfi ndi Magwaza Maphalala. Maphalala o vha e muthu o ḓinekedzelaho vhutshilo hawe hoṱhe kha u lwela mbofholowo kha heḽi shango. Nne ndo muḓivha miṅwaha ine ya nga fhira 30 u swika zwino. Ndo shuma nae kha madzangano na kha miṅwe mishumo ya ANC kha heḽi shango musi a tshi khou shuma mushumo wa u lwela mbofholowo. Zwino ndi ngoho mimuya yashu yo vhaisala, fhedzi-ha ri nga si tou ṱungufhala lune lwa nga ri ita uri ri si kone u dzhia pfumo ḽawe ra bvela phanḓa na nndwa ya mbofholowo. Heiḽa nndwa ye ra vha ri tshi khou i lwa ri tshi lwela mbofholowo, a i athu u fhela. I kha ḓi vha vhukati ngauri tshinyalelo yo itiwaho nga tshiṱalula i kha ḓi vha hone. Zwino ri tea uri ri bvele phanḓa na heyo nndwa ri tshi khou tshimbila ri tshi tevhela dzinayo dza Maphalala.

Maphalala o vha e muhulwane wa dzangano ḽine ḽa pfi ndi NFW nga tshifhinga tsha musi nṋe ndi muhulwane wa dzangano ḽine ḽa vhidzwa u pfi ndi GAU. Kha heḽi shango madzangano haya ashu o vha a tshi ḓivhelwa uri o ḓibaḓekanya na vhathu kha u lwela mbofholowo. Zwino ndi khou zwi pfa vhathu vha tshi khou amba zwauri vhoṱhe vho vhaisala nahone ri khou humbela zwauri na vha muṱa vha vhe nga nḓila yo teaho kha zwenezwo zwo vha bvelelaho.

Fhedzi-ha rine vha ANC musi ho bvelela zwine zwa fana na hezwi kha muhali ane a nga sa Maphalala - muhali wa u lwela mbofholowo, ri zwi dzhia nga nḓila ya uri zwi khou ri ṱuṱuwedza uri ri bvele phanḓa na mushumo wa u ita uri zwoṱhe zwe ra vha ri tshi khou lwela zwone zwi kone u swika vhathuni. Sa Maphalala we a vha a tshi khou lwela zwenezwo. Mulovha mufumakadzi wawe o ṱanziela ḽiṅwe fhungo ḽavhuḓi nga maanḓa kha vhe vha vha vho ya hangei. O amba zwe Maphalala a vha o ḓiimisela zwone, ngauri ha ngo vhuya a shanduka kha u vha hawe Muraḓo wa Communist Party a vho sokou dzumbama nga murahu ha zwitaka. O ḓi amba zwauri ene u muraḓo wa Communist Party nahone u ḓo bvela phanḓa na nndwa ya u lwela Muvhuso uri kha heḽi shango, hu ḓe Muvhuso wa vhathu vhoṱhe, vhane vha kona u ḓiwana vha tshi tshidzana vhoṱhe kha zwoṱhe. Ndi zwe Maphalala a vha o ḓiimisela zwone.

Zwino na rine kha ri ḓiimisele zwenezwo zwe a vha o ḓiimisela zwone ngauri hezwo ndi zwithu zwo nakaho nga maanḓa. Ndi sa khou amba uri dzhoinani khoro yawe, ndi khou amba uri mushumo wawe, mbilu yawe na muya wawe zwo vha zwi vhathuni ngeno ene a si na tshawe. Fhedzi nndwa ya u lwela mbofholowo o vha o oma khayo u swika zwino a tshi lovha. Ndi khou ri kha ri dzhie pfumo ḽawe rine vhathu vhoṱhe vha fhano Afurika Tshipembe uri ri bvele phanḓa na u lwela heyo mbofholowo uri hu wanale zwoṱhe zwe ra vha ri tshi khou lwela zwone ngauri ndi hone ro thoma ndima zwino. Ari athu u swika hafho he ra vha ri tshi khou ṱoḓa zwauri ri swika hone.

Tshifhinga ndi tshenetshi tsha uri ri shume ri tshi khou tshimbila nga nḓila ye Maphalala a sia o ri vulela. Kha ri tshimbile nga yeneyo nḓila ri ye mbofholowoni nga nḓila dzo fanelaho ngauri arali ra sa ralo, ri ḓo vha ro laṱedza Maphalala. Ḽisole ḽine ḽa laṱedza ḽiṅwe a si ḽavhuḓi. A si zwavhuḓi vhathu vhane vha shanduka zwino vha si tshi vha zwe vha vha vhe zwone nga 1960, 1980 kana 1990 nga mulandu wa miḽo. Kha ri dzule ri tshi khou tshimbila kha heneiḽa nḓila ye Maphalala a ṱuwa kha ḽino shango a tshi khou tshimbila khayo. O vha o ḓiimisela naho a tshi khou ḓi zwi vhona zwauri vhaṅwe vhathu vha tshi khou bvela phanḓa nga nḓila ya ḽino shango ine hapfi vhathu vha khou bvela phanḓa. Fhedzi ene mvelaphanḓa khae yo vha i ya u bveledza lushaka phanḓa. Na rine kha ri ite nga u ralo ri shume nga mimuya yashu yoṱhe na nga lufuno lwashu lwoṱhe u itela uri hu bvelele zwoṱhe zwe Maphalala a vha o ḓiimisela zwone.

Na rine na vhathu vhoṱhe vha shango kha ri ḓiimisele zwenezwo samusi na muingameli wa shango o amba a tshi ri kha ri lwe na tsiku na nḓala na zwoṱhe zwine zwa khou dina vhathu vhashu hangei nnḓa. Ndi tshone tshifhinga tshino tsha uri ri ite zwenezwo, ri lwise nḓala. Ndi ḽone swina ḽihulwane. Nḓala kha i lwisiwe nga nḓila dzoṱhe dzo fanelaho nahone ri ite zwauri lushaka lwa hashu lu bvele phanḓa lu tshi ṱhonifhea nga nḓila yo fanelaho. Nṋe hezwi ndi wana a mafhungo a vhuḓi nga maanḓa e hoyu munna wa muhali, we a si imbiwe kana u khodiwa kha zwe a vha tshi khou ita zwone zwa uri lushaka lu bvele phanḓa nahone hu wanale vhutshilo havhuḓi. Ndi hezwi zwine ra khou ṱoḓa zwone. Na zwino ri khou imela zwenezwo ri ANC.

Ndi ngani ni tshi nnzhenelela mulomoni khotsimunene ndi tshi khou amba. [Tshifhinga tsho Fhela] (Translation of Venḓa speech follows.)

[Mr R S NDOU: Madam Speaker, I would also want to support the statement made by the Chief Whip in connection with the death of the warrior, Magwaza Maphalala. Maphalala dedicated all his life to fighting for freedom in this country.

I knew him for 30 years. I worked with him in the unions and on other tasks of the ANC in this country while he was fighting for freedom. Truly, our souls are hurt, but this will never be to such an extent that we would fail to pick up his spear and carry on fighting for freedom. The fight for freedom is not over yet. It is still going on because the damage done by the apartheid government is still there. We must continue with the struggle, following in Maphalala’s footsteps.

Maphalala was a leader of the NFW Union while I was a leader of the GAU Union. In this country our unions were known for associating themselves with people in the struggle for liberation. I was listening to the people expressing their condolences. We are begging the family to try by all means to cope with what has happened.

We as the ANC, when something like this happens to warriors like Maphalala, the freedom fighter, take it as a way of influencing us to progress with the task of making sure that everything we fought for reaches the people. Maphalala was a freedom fighter. Yesterday his wife narrated a very nice story to those who went there. She spoke about what Maphalala had wanted to do, because he never turned his back on being a member of the South African Communist Party and started hiding behind the trees. He kept on saying that he was a member of the South African Communist Party and that he would keep on fighting in order to bring the Government to the people. This is what Maphalala wanted.

We must be prepared to follow in his footsteps, because that was a very good thing to do. I am not saying that you must join his party, but that his dedication, heart and soul were with the people, even though he was poor. He fought for freedom until his death. What I am trying to say is that we, as South Africans, must pick up his spear and continue fighting for freedom in order to accomplish everything we have fought for because the fight has just begun. We have not yet reached our destination.

Now is the time for us to follow on the path which Maphalala paved for us. Let us walk on that path to freedom, because if we don’t, we will be shaming him. It is not a good thing for us to change because of our money to such an extent that we are no longer what we used to be in the 1960s, 1980s or 1990s. Let us follow the same path as Maphalala did while he was still alive. He was a dedicated person. To him, development meant developing the nation. Let us do the same and work with love and dedication in order to accomplish all Maphalala dedicated his life to.

The President of this country has indicated that we should fight poverty, hunger and everything that bothers our people. Now is the time to fight poverty in all possible ways and develop our country in a more dignified manner. Poverty is our main enemy. As the ANC, we want development.

Young man, why are you interrupting me while I am still talking? [Time expired.]]

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Order! Your time has expired, hon member.

Debate concluded.

Motion agreed to, all members standing.

                         PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS

                      (Subject for Discussion)

The MINISTER OF HOUSING: Madam Speaker, Mr President, Deputy President and hon members, the ANC continues to exercise its passion and commitment to part the curtain, to shift and ultimately remove the invisible shadow that has been created and sometimes falls between people. The ANC continues to fight the indifference that sometimes surfaces to create an attitude that ignores the presence of other people. The ANC seeks to bring amongst us the passion of caring about each other’s plight.

It should therefore not be surprising that the ANC has been in the frontline with those who have adopted the sober position cautioning against a war that would, in the end, destroy families and men and produce a population of orphans and widows of those who survive the war. The numerous anti-war marches by peace-loving citizens in the world have demonstrated that we have peace-loving people who want the United Nations and all relevant players to explore all possible means of resolving the conflict between the USA and Iraq. The marches that took place this weekend are an echo of a resounding ``No’’ to war against Iraq and an insistence on dismantling whatever weapons of mass destruction Iraq may have.

It is to the benefit of humanity that we all avoid getting caught up in status and the desire to conquer the vulnerable amongst us and, in the process, lose sight of everything else. We must begin to see things in their totality and then, maybe, the priorities will change for the better because, in war, there are no unwounded soldiers, especially when you hear the story of an American Vietnam veteran who witnessed a Vietnamese woman being forced to choose between her child and a piglet. She chose the piglet and dropped her child in the stream to be allowed to jump onto the boat that was ferrying escaping locals to safety across the stream. The ANC and the rest of peace-loving citizens in the world have joined the march for peace.

We are a new democracy confronted by the ravages of poverty and want and, as a committed Government led by the ANC, we have put into place policies and programmes guided by the determination and preparedness to redress the inequalities of the past and bring about transformation and change in our country. This challenging demand requires peace and stability for us to be able to proceed with the mandate of changing the quality of life of our people.

The Government has made strides in policies such as the Integrated Sustainable Rural Development Strategy and the Urban Renewal Programme aimed at reducing and eradicating poverty in a systematic and focused manner - planned, implemented, co-ordinated and integrated under the auspices of the cluster programmes. Therefore, I am happy to inform the hon members that progress has been made in this respect, in that in all the urban and rural nodes, implementation has taken off, even though it may be in an uneven manner, as a result of the different local capacities available.

Thirteen planning and implementation management support centres with professional and administrative staff and institutional capacity to support the work in the nodes are progressing. But I must hastily add that this does not mean that we have resolved our problems of lack of appropriate skills needed to carry out the programmes, as development expands and grows under the pressure of an economy which is beginning to require different and advanced skills to cope with high quality productivity that is so essential in keeping us in the trade markets.

To address this complex problem, Government has intervened by promoting a Skills Development Programme in the nodes for a start, to also help us consolidate the Independent Development Plans and the Provincial Development Strategies, to ensure that the nodal programmes are in sync with the regular provincial programmes. We are learning and refining our approach to and understanding of the developmental environment which continues to reveal to us the depth of underdevelopment we inherited when we moved into office.

Anchor projects in the nodes have been identified and developed on the basis of the Independent Development Plans, formulated to structure the development patterns. The importance of organising our work in an effective way in the nodes requires that all role-players co-ordinate, co-operate and align their work in a manner that enhances the alignment of budgets to achieve maximum benefit on both a short and long-term basis.

The infrastructure backlog in our society is enormous, and where it exists, it is at different levels of decay and dilapidation. To change this state of affairs, partnerships with the private sector are crucial because Government on its own will not be able to carry the burden of reviving this infrastructure. This is but one area of need which is receiving Government’s attention, including the need to produce more project and programme managers who will assist us in accelerating the delivery pace and ensuring that there is adequate implementation of our people-centred programmes. It is therefore going to be critical that community development workers are mobilised to complement the work of municipal council structures. This will also help in extending the capacity of planning and implementation management support centres. The local levels of Government with the democratic participation of such workers becomes a prerequisite for the effective management of development, especially of infrastructure management.

Many of our communities, through the Urban Renewal Programme and Rural Development Programme, are beginning to benefit from programmes of rehabilitation and revitalisation of our settlements. Alexandra provides us with an excellent example of a community that has started to engage and participate in its development and planning programmes for an improved environment. A partnership has emerged between the residents and the local authorities where community-based development processes are contributing to better co-operation in cleaning the area, creating centres that are a foundation for tourist attraction, archiving the history of this vibrant place, constructing houses for rental and ownership purposes, and depopulating the communities to create space and manageable infrastructure.

The debanking and cleaning of the Jukskei River has brought back a breath of clean, healthy air without the polluted stench that used to remind us of the negligence experienced by the community that has been there for years. Our aim is to replicate the success of our strategies to other similar nodes requiring similar approaches. An amount of R2,1 billion has been allocated for the provision of basic services, roads and transportation, construction of dams, water connections, electrical substations and network upgrading to support the local economic programmes aimed at creating jobs in those localities.

Programmes funded and monitored by the Department of Agriculture and Land Affairs have initiated agriculture and food production projects, and seed packets have been distributed to empower the poor in producing food for themselves. Local business centres and commercial outlets will assist in ensuring that people in those localities have access to goods and services. The Department of Local Government is ensuring that the distribution of powers and functions between the different spheres of government, especially districts and local councils, is streamlined to effect the implementation of programmes. The comprehensive health care package, for example, established by the Department of Health will receive sufficient attention where the relevant structures, including local councils, are capacitated to absorb and optimise delivery in this respect.

In our rural and urban nodes we are promoting development in its various modes, including on issues of crime prevention, pension payout systems that are being upgraded and improved, and sport and culture, as well as small and medium enterprise ventures and small-scale farming that is taking place. The Kgalagadi rural node - bordering the North West and the Northern Cape, is also registering advances in terms of projects initiated to promote development. This node has in it potential hubs of growth that are gradually being tapped through detailed assessment of by-products that can be extracted from our Dipudi [Goat] project. Government will make the necessary announcement as soon as plans have been completed. It is important to realise that each node will prioritise its programmes according to need.

Programmes in the nodes are also linked to Government’s policies of land redistribution and land restitution, including the secure land rights related to human settlements.

To date Government has awarded 1,8554 million land claims through the two programmes managed by the Department of Agriculture and Land Affairs. The restitution programme is also linked to economic projects that provide an opportunity for communities to engage in productive agriculture, with a potential not only to expand to economies of scale, but also to enhance food security.

Secure tenure for households is also implemented through the provision of housing to the poor. The UN Habitat agency identified South Africa, two and a half years ago, as host of the launch of the Global Campaign for Secure Tenure. This was recognition and support for the enormous progress made by the country in this regard. A total of 8 million people now have shelter, legally confirmed through title deeds issued to recipients of our housing subsidies. This is an indication of Government’s commitment to its land redistribution policy, which is progressing in an orderly, systematic and responsible manner. Other forms of tenure are also being promoted through the various housing programmes to accommodate the varied needs of different households. The programme on agri-villages and co-operative housing is also under way. To date, Government has constructed 1,45 million homes using affordable forms of tenure to house the poor.

Development in the North has not ignored the need for the enhancement of municipal institutional capacity that can begin to increase the ability of these institutions to generate revenue-enhancement programmes that would extend the local revenue base critical for the smooth running of the municipalities. Households are linked to their municipalities. Development, therefore, rests specifically in the integrated approach and synchronisation of Government’s projects. Local government programmes are proceeding relatively well, and as local government continues to stabilise, prospects of sustaining work done in this area will also increase.

The Government’s commitment to fighting HIV/Aids remains as stated in the Cabinet statement of 17 April and as elaborated in the National Strategic Plan for HIV/Aids, TB and Sexually Transmitted Diseases. We remain firmly committed to strengthening our prevention programmes, treatment, care and support as well as the elimination of stigmatisation of both the affected and the infected. There is also ongoing research undertaken by Government to gain a better understanding of all aspects of the cause and manifestation of HIV/Aids in the South African socioeconomic environment.

It is in this context that we continue to invest significant resources in our public prevention programmes and in strengthening and consolidating the treatment programmes for sexually transmitted infections, including the further enhancement of the life-skills programme as a component of the school curriculum. All these efforts are made along with a variety of other initiatives that include the increase of Government’s contribution to the South African Vaccine Initiative of R20 million allocated per year, and the publishing of guidelines for the treatment of opportunistic infections for immediate implementation.

This approach is firmly anchored on a clear understanding that whilst HIV/Aids can affect everyone, it strikes with greater ferocity and virulence among those with limited coping capabilities as a consequence, particularly, of the poverty that afflicts so many in our country. Consequently, we have continuously reiterated the fact that the epidemic requires a comprehensive approach in order for us to succeed. It is with this understanding that we also focus, amongst other things, on the role of good nutrition, and we therefore support the research that includes supplements and immune modulators as part of a comprehensive strategy.

There is no doubt that Government is committed to broadening the scope of interventions available to all our people for all illnesses, including HIV/Aids. The reality, however, is that Government is limited in its efforts by competing challenges and needs in the health sector itself and in other related areas of need, which have to be addressed to enable us to achieve comprehensive success in our endeavour to reduce the impact of illnesses and poverty in our midst.

Therefore, Government reaffirms its commitment to complying with the High Court decision and is currently working towards ensuring that trained personnel and the use of the optimal combination of drugs, adequate infrastructure for monitoring, good patient compliance and the ability of the public health system to limit the emergence of resistant strains of the virus are matters that are given attention and must be taken into consideration as we proceed and try to posture because we are looking for votes in the upcoming elections.

There is no doubt, therefore, that the people out there realise that there has been a progressive improvement in their lives since the inception of democracy 10 years ago.

I take this opportunity to thank this House, particularly our President, who has led us in the struggle against poverty and by insisting and ensuring that we do focus on those issues that matter. But, for the members on the left hand side of the House, at this critical moment when the world is faced with inconsistencies that threaten human lives, it is time that they … [Interjections] … began to think, not about their benefits as a small group in our society, but about what would happen in the world if a war erupted, which is supported by members of this House. Ladies and gentlemen, I thank you. [Interjections.] [Applause.]

The LEADER OF THE OPPOSITION: Madam Deputy Speaker, Mr President, Mr Deputy President, members of Parliament, all of us in this Chamber are witnesses to mass death. We are watching one of the most extraordinary calamities in human history - the wiping out of millions of people, in peacetime, by a known cause that has a known treatment.

This is a crisis. And it calls for drastic action. South Africa needs radical and fundamental change.

The question has been put to us: What is the state of the nation?

The truth is that we must distinguish between two nations. Not a black nation and a white nation - as has sometimes been said - but rather, we are faced with the South African dream on the one hand, and the South African reality on the other.

We described that South African dream nearly 10 years ago, at the dawning of democracy. We spoke of a new society, free of racism and exploitation. We declared that every human being had the same equal and inalienable rights, including the right to the basic necessities of life.

But the South African reality is that, for millions of our fellow citizens, life is no better now than it was in 1994. For many people, in spite of political freedom, life is actually worse.

I say this, not because I am negative. I am not. I believe fervently in the South African dream. I am optimistic about the South Africa that we can, and must build together. [Interjections.]

But I cannot, in good conscience, come before this House today as a representative of the people of South Africa and turn my face away from the truth that I see and hear every day outside this Chamber, where the people of our land actually live and die.

We must change things. And we can, if we act now.

We must begin with the obvious. Our response to the HIV/Aids tragedy has been one long denial. Our war in this country has been fought in the wards of the Chris Hani-Baragwanath, not on the streets of Baghdad. Hundreds of thousands of South Africans are dying of HIV/Aids every year - up to one million by the end of 2003 - according to Government’s own statistics.

But we are not defenceless. We can stop mother-to-child transmission of HIV. We can treat the people with free antiretroviral medicines. Only one thing holds us back: a paralysing lack of political courage. We must change our approach. And we can.

When we held our first democratic elections, we committed our nation to peace. But because of crime, we are still at war - with ourselves. In just 10 years, murder in South Africa has claimed close to 200 000 victims. These victims were not soldiers. They were civilians - at home, on their way to work, or coming back from school.

In the last 10 years, 1 200 farmers have been murdered in our rural areas. And, in the last three years, more than 18 000 active police officers have actually left the SA Police Service. In the Northern Cape, where Baby Tshepang was raped, 90% of the child protection officers have not been trained.

Hoe kan ons oor veiligheid op die plase en platteland ernstig wees, maar dan die kommandos wil afskaf? Dit is die oudste instelling vir gemeenskapveiligheid in Suid-Afrika, en miskien in die wêreld. [How can we be serious about safety on farms and in the rural areas, but then abolish the commandos? This is the oldest community safety institution in South Africa, and perhaps the world.]

We are told that crime is high, but that it has ``stabilised.’’

That is not good enough. South Africa cannot allow the abnormal to become normal.

We can do more to protect our children and to fight crime. We can declare a zero tolerance policy. We can devote and direct, on an absolutely pin- pointed basis, far more resources to the police, to the justice system and to the prisons. We can support community policing and put more officers on the streets and on the farms.

We must change the fear and the danger. And we can.

On the surface, our economy is climbing gently. But underneath, we are living through the South African equivalent of the Great Depression. One out of every three South Africans is unemployed - seven million people are out of work. Black unemployment has risen from 46% in 1995 to 55% in 2001.

South Africa does have sound economic fundamentals, but without the economy to go along with them. Our nation’s policies are pro-market but anti- growth, pro-labour but anti-poor.

Armoede ken geen kleur nie. In Danville in Pretoria loop jong matrikulante in die strate rond omdat hulle hoop verloor het. Party van hul broers en susters gaan dae lank sonder ‘n behoorlike maaltyd. Hulle het net ‘n ekstra bord kos as vrywilligers soos Oom Isak Swart dit vir hulle organiseer. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraph follows.)

[Poverty knows no colour. In Danville in Pretoria young matriculants are walking the streets because they have lost hope. Some of their brothers and sisters go without a proper meal for days. They only have an extra plate of food when it is organised for them by volunteers like Uncle Isak Swart.]

There is talk of increased welfare spending. Of course, that is welcome. But millions of poor people are living in misery while billions of rands roll over unspent. Already, two-thirds of the existing child support grants go unclaimed.

The new ones that have been announced are age-restricted, and so they treat poor people over the age of fourteen as if they do not exist. The fact is that our 10 million fellow citizens who fall into the poverty gap cannot lift themselves up without the introduction of a basic income grant.

The state has an important role to play in the economy - but not a smothering role. It is not an overwhelming role. It is an indicative role. And growth summits generate paper, but not jobs. And new bureaucracies don’t add up to better delivery. The state can’t deliver as well if it is busy retrenching experienced civil servants just because they are white. And it is true, on the subject of white and black, that the South African economy is no longer whites-only. But it is still members-only. Instead of giving new opportunities to the poor, empowerment as we have experienced it so far merely shuffles wealth from one small group of privileged insiders to another.

Yet we can boost our economic growth. We can roll back the stiff labour laws that this Parliament alone has passed in the last 10 years, and which discourage investment. We can relax exchange controls and we can far more rapidly privatise state industries. We can reverse the ``brain drain’’ and encourage skilled workers to come to South Africa and keep our skills where they belong, which is at home. We can fight for market access in rich countries. We can expand the winner’s circle so that empowerment works for the many, not the few. We must change our economy. And we can.

When apartheid fell, we declared that our new foreign policy would be based on a commitment to human rights and democracy around the world. But we have allowed human rights abuses to continue for three long years in Zimbabwe. In Iraq, we have criticised the warlike stance of the United States, but we have said nothing about the brutal regime of Saddam Hussein. The irony is that where we have the least reach, in places like Iraq, our voice is the loudest. And where we have direct leverage and access, in places like Zimbabwe, we are silent. We like to think that we are champions of multilateralism. We had a lecture a few minutes ago on the virtues of consistency. But our position is inconsistent. We did not object when the United States acted unilaterally to save the Muslims of Kosovo - nor should we have objected. We invaded Lesotho in 1997 without a mandate from the United Nations or its Security Council. [Interjections.]

Today we are destroying multilateralism by embracing Robert Mugabe and his henchmen, even as he threatens to divide that most multilateral of institutions, the Commonwealth, and remove it from its values. We are destroying multilateralism by closing ranks around Saddam Hussein, clutching his bloodied hand even as he defies the United Nations. Because when you strip away all the rhetoric and all the trips, the onus is actually on Iraq to comply with the will of the world, not on the world to send more weapon inspectors.

Robert Mugabe and Saddam Hussein hate democracy and love power. South Africans, on the other hand, believe in freedom and cherish human rights. If we compromise our principles, we are throwing away the very dream we established 10 or nine years ago.

But we can once again make our ideals and our interests the bedrock of our foreign policy. We can make human rights and democracy our focus. We can help our African neighbours practise good governance. We can protect our national interests by standing with the paragons of the world, not with the pariahs.

We must change our role in the world, and we can. It is time South Africans made a radical change. What we as a nation must do is something South Africa has not done - not before 1994 or since. We must focus on the welfare of the individual human   being - not a particular race of human beings or a class of human beings or even the masses in whose name some of us purport to speak. No, we must focus on the woman, the man, the child, each created uniquely in the image of God. Of course, we are social creatures. Each of us lives in a community.

Ons moet dus aandring op gemeenskappe se reg op ‘n munisipale polisie en om die kommandostelsel te behou, om hul eie skole te bestuur en beskerming van hul eie tale. [Therefore we must insist upon the right of communities to have municipal police and to retain the commando system, to manage their own schools and to protect their own languages.]

But, we cannot thrive as a whole until each of us is strong as an individual. We cannot move ahead as a nation if we leave one person behind. Warriors do not abandon their wounded. The Samaritan did not pass by on the other side of the suffering. Remember the individual'', said the Secretary-General of the United Nations, Kofi Annan,and then the larger aims will seem neither distant nor impossible’’. And so we must make sure each and every day that every South African will have access to a basic income grant; each will have access to life-saving medicines; each and every woman and child will be saved from abuse; each and every learner should be at a registered school with books and a desk; and each and every individual must have a chance to be the best they will be and they can become, regardless of race. We must provide opportunity for each and every South African, and we can. We must spend less on arms to fight imaginary wars and much more on police to fight violent crime. We need to spend less on private jets and much more on public transport so that fathers and mothers can go to work and back in safety. [Applause.] We need to invest less in programmes and more in people like Mrs Vicky Ntozini who is in the gallery today. Mrs Ntozini lives in a shack in a squatter camp in Khayelitsha. [Interjections.] She saw that tourism had began to boom in Cape Town, and decided to start a bed and breakfast right there in the midst of Khayelitsha. What she did was to teach herself the computer, get access to the Internet and start a business without any assistance, and without a single cent from the Government. [Applause.]

We have to encourage others to follow Mrs Ntozini’s example and to become entrepreneurs. We need to structure our laws and our economy to help them and, when individuals take initiatives, we need to reward them with extra training and with financial support where it is indicated at the individual level, not in the bureaucracy.

And so, we return to the question: What is the state of the nation? The nation is strong. The state is the problem. [Applause.] To fix it, we must do whatever it takes. It is not a question of a bit of deregulation over here and a dash of redeployment over there and a wad of money somewhere else. We cannot talk of the B to Y of our country if we leave out the A to Z of Aids and Zimbabwe, because what we require is to embrace bold, fundamental, and transcending changes, and we can.

We are a rainbow nation, not a monochrome nation. We all belong here - every culture, every community, every individual. Our new Constitution is our nation’s covenant. It must remain our foundation and our guiding star, and any attempt to unravel that covenant must be opposed. And so we will continue to reach out to our partners in the ranks of the real opposition so that we can strengthen the democratic alternative and the democratic centre in South Africa. Hence, our partnership for good governance with the Inkatha Freedom Party, locally and provincially, in KwaZulu-Natal. On that foundation we must and we will build.

Opposition parties were recently described as historic relics, but, in truth, opposition is the future of South Africa. [Interjections.] Once the winds of change brought freedom from colonialism across our great continent. Today, the winds of change in Africa are bringing freedom from corrupt one-party states. In Senegal, in Ghana and in Kenya, opposition parties have come to power through the ballot box. It would have happened in Zambia, in Zimbabwe too, if the elections there had been free and fair. [Interjections.] And one day the winds of change will sweep through South Africa again … [Interjections] … and the Democratic Alliance insists and believes that the future of South Africa depends on the fate of each and every South African. That is the true expression of the South African dream, and each of us working together from where we are with what we have, and with what we can contribute, can make that dream a reality. We must change South Africa, and we can. [Applause.]

The MINISTER OF HOME AFFAIRS: Madam Deputy Speaker, His Excellency the President, His Excellency the Deputy President, hon leaders of all political parties present in this Assembly, hon members, in his state of the nation address, the President has portrayed a picture of South Africa which is promising and reassuring. Undoubtedly, enormous progress has been achieved in a multiplicity of fields and endeavours undertaken by our Government.

Our Government has performed well across the board on many line functions. Delivery has increased. This year, we are doing better than last year and are set to see next year improving on today’s results. Therefore there is much call for satisfaction and comfort.

However, at times such as this, one has to step back from one’s own achievements and focus on the home conflicts and difficulties in our immediate backyard, rather than reaching out for distant places, and take stock of where the country is and where it is going in the medium and long term.

We have been working hard to produce positive results. Focused as we are on our job of governing the country, we can take pride in the outcome of our endeavours. Yet, we must question whether what has been achieved is good enough, meets our own people’s needs and demands, and those arising out of our country’s long-term interests.

I have a number of concerns which I voice to focus attention on the work ahead which must now reach out for that proverbial extra mile. I am not the type of person who recriminates or gratuitously criticises but rather the type who seeks to motivate and stimulate progress in the right direction. I am concerned, and it is my duty to share my concerns with my colleagues and the South African nation.

My greatest concern is about employment generation. Employment levels are not rising even though our economy is doing better. This means that it is necessary for our economy to do even better and we should not be satisfied with what has been achieved. For many years, you have heard me making drastic proposals in this Parliament, at this podium, to foster economic growth beyond its present limits. Today, I do not wish to reiterate what I have stated over and over again but merely to stress the need to muster the political will to tackle the economy with much greater courage and determination.

Our Government has adopted stringent fiscal discipline which means that the state is run properly, from a financial viewpoint, and conducts its finances responsibly. However, that by itself has not been sufficient to attract foreign investments and broaden our country’s economic bases. I also expressed this concern last year, particularly as I said then that we are lucky to have the best Minister of Finance ever whose performance is internationally recognised. [Applause.]

We need to privatise, not to serve political agendas, but to increase market efficiency. We need to ensure that deregulation accompanies privatisation and that all existing monopolies and cartels which reduce economic efficiency and create barriers to market entrance are removed. We need to make massive investments in emerging technologies, especially biotechnology, to ensure that we have a vision of what ``Made in South Africa’’ may mean 5, 15 and 25 years down the road.

We need to decide now what our country will be known to produce in the global village for the next decade, make investments to stimulate and support relevant industries and attract foreign investments in those fields. We must also have the courage to introduce maximum flexibility in the labour market, reduce tax burdens and increase the available infrastructure. The formula is simple to spell out but how do we implement it? I think that we must muster the political will to do it.

The President’s speech dealt at great length with the major issue of poverty and with the various ways which the Government is employing to reduce the levels of poverty. I am also concerned about the rising levels of poverty. I have no doubt that there is much greater poverty today than there was in 1994. One of the elements which is not sufficiently considered in the equation employed to measure poverty is the rapid disintegration of the subsistence economy which existed then. I see this problem throughout the rural areas of our country whether I am travelling in the Eastern Cape, Limpopo or KwaZulu-Natal.

I come from a rural area and I pride myself on representing the unheard voice of the rural people who are now becoming the poorest of the poor. Before 1994, people in our rural areas in South Africa were able to feed themselves and their families every day because of the existence of a culture which prompted them to produce their own food. Before 1994, many were keen to promote subsistence agriculture. I, as Chief Minister of the erstwhile KwaZulu government, ensured that my government did its best to allow every family to have food on the table every day.

We applaud the decision of the Government to extend the child support grant to the age of 14 years and the decision with regard to other social grants. But, as long as we are unable to feed ourselves, these, plausible as they are, will be no more than just palliatives. Malnutrition is now increasing in rural areas. The progressive disintegration of rural areas spells the downfall of urban areas and economies as people are forced to migrate towards cities where the local economies cannot accommodate them. They are bound to join an ever-increasing army of the urban proletariat. This can cause unforeseeable social evils and instability in our country.

We must focus greater attention on rural areas and make it a priority of our Government to ensure that anyone can grow enough food and have enough livestock to be able to eat, at least twice a day, and to have the benefits of a balanced and healthy diet. Especially in the dark age of HIV/Aids, a healthy diet is essential to support our ailing population. I was disappointed that our President did not mention HIV/Aids by name in his state of the nation address, which ought to be our main concern. [Interjections.] Every day, I cannot think of anything but HIV/Aids, and my conscience is torn to pieces because I know that we are not doing enough to deal with this issue. Our people are dying, not by hundreds or thousands, but by tens of thousands. Soon, they will be dying by hundreds of thousands.

As a Minister in Government, I know how much our Government is doing to face up to this pandemic. But, I think that we need to see it as one of the major challenges that we face. We need to go that extra mile. We must provide treatment for our HIV-infected population and ensure that our Government has the capacity to utilise international donor funding made available for this purpose. I do not know how to express to my colleagues my sense of horror and frustration in learning that we, as a Government, might not have the capacity to spend money which is available for the war against Aids.

We must thank all international donors for what they are doing to help South Africa and Africa, in fact, in its war against HIV/Aids. A special word of gratitude should go to the President of the United States, the hon George W Bush, who committed $1,5 billion to fight HIV/Aids in Africa. I find it remarkable that while the United States is involved in the type of conflicts and concerns now troubling it, it still finds time and takes care to make such an enormous amount of money available to the ailing people of Africa. [Interjections.]

It is saddening for me that foreign countries may be more concerned about the war on HIV/Aids than some of our local representatives, especially those who are murmuring as I am saying these things. [Interjections.] We need to make more of our own money available for the war on HIV/Aids and develop the capacity to spend it. It is beyond my comprehension that the citizens of South Africa, including allies of the ruling party, should have to march against their own Government to request and obtain treatment for HIV/Aids, which is something that should be provided, in due course, as a function of governing and caring for people.

I am also concerned about another scourge which is killing our people and depriving them of their property, freedom and security across the country. This is another enemy which is present and real and towards which we need to direct the necessary resources. The scourge of crime has not been cured in spite of major improvements in the overall system of policing in our country. Improvement on the side of safety and security has not been accompanied by equal and sufficient improvement in the criminal justice system. Too often, suspected perpetrators of crime are apprehended but not tried and convicted. The criminal justice system has become the bottleneck of our fight against crime. It becomes increasingly necessary for one to look at radical reforms to give it a complete overhaul in order to ensure that it can rise up to the challenges confronting it.

I am not underestimating, at all, the efforts that we are making as Government. I speak as a member of the interministerial committee on security which meets weekly and looks at the ways and means of measuring up to the scourge of crime in our country. However, also in this respect, we should make the political commitment to divert more resources and direct them towards the police and judiciary.

We also need the resources to fight both sides of the equation of crime so that we do not deal only with law enforcement but also with education. We need greater civic education in our schools and communities to make people understand the importance of the rule of law and begin giving substance to the notion of moral regeneration. The first values that we need to teach and propagate are civic values and the importance of abiding by the rule of law. This requires the communities to become agents of propagation of legality and isolate those who become criminals. A culture of respect for human rights and dignity must finally permeate all our families and communities, and eradicate the scourges of child abuse and violence against women.

I am also concerned that too little has been done for traditional leaders. The President’s indication that matters relating to the traditional leadership will be dealt with by means of provincial legislation this year may be a grim omen, as it may exclude any resolution of the two crucial issues relating to traditional leadership, namely local government powers and the land administration powers of traditional authorities which are not provincial competencies.

One hopes that the President’s words can be interpreted as a promise, at least, that the national legislation will enable provincial laws also to deal with these two fundamental aspects of traditional leadership which are the core of this issue. Otherwise, the entire exercise would be futile and a further measure to avoid rather than solve the problem.

I am also concerned about how we understand and fulfil our international responsibility. We cannot separate our commitment to freedom and democracy at home from how we conduct ourselves abroad. We should also be more concerned about our own backyard before assisting tyrants who blackmail the world with weapons of mass destruction to find a way out of a corner in which they have painted themselves. Within our continent, people are dying of malnutrition and suffering under tyrannic regimes which have destroyed what should have been Africa’s most prosperous countries. Across our own borders, some people are cursing the name of South Africa because of our failure to respond to their suffering and the systematic violation of their rights.

We must make it our responsibility to promote and, if necessary, force democracy and freedom in our region, condemn without reservation any human rights abuse and the breakdown of the rule of law and tyranny taking place within our own boundaries. Silence and inaction are complicity. We have this obligation facing us even more at this time when our President is the Chairman of the African Union. Expectations by Africa of us as a country that is perceived to be leading Africa are enormous. Our President has often shared many times with us in the Cabinet how enormous the expectations by Africa are of us.

The final concern that I want to raise, to the relief of those who are murmuring, is that of corruption. There are different levels of corruption and we must have the courage to look at all of them. I think that it is necessary that this year, in this House, we have a long, full and detailed debate to discuss and understand what we all mean by black empowerment. We must show the difference between black empowerment and black enrichment. [Interjections.] We must ensure that black empowerment does not become a generalised licence to skim off the top of the economic productive cycle to benefit a new class of parasitic rich people. Black empowerment should be about broadening the economic bases in order to bring into their fold those who were previously disadvantaged and marginalised.

Black empowerment should be about strengthening and rewarding black entrepreneurship and should aim at enabling the great economic potential, ingenuity and industriousness of black people. Black empowerment should not be about funding political parties in a covert fashion, nor about creating a new coalition of fat cats which feeds off existing economic structures without producing new ones.

I am concerned that our country is confronted with allegations of corruption and scandals which would rock any established democracy and that we are perceived as facing them with indifference and complacency as if corruption was to be expected from those in power. Unless corrected, this perceived complacency in the face of corruption will cause the downfall of our new republic. We must ensure that each allegation is investigated and that a culture of bringing corruptor and corrupted to book becomes the trademark of South Africa.

I have these and many other concerns. Over and above all of them, I am concerned about the capacity and willingness of this House to deal with such concerns. I am now talking to all my colleagues and all political leaders. We need to come together as people of goodwill and representatives of our people, irrespective of political divisions or allegiances. We need to enhance our critical thinking and question ourselves. As we sit in this House, not only as different parties but also as different members, we need to think as individuals and not as herds who passively follow a leader unquestioningly. We need to continue the process of our individual and collective liberation in that direction. We need to ask ourselves whether what has been achieved is indeed good enough. We need to question whether what we are doing is indeed good for South Africa and for the long-term interests of our children and grandchildren.

Some decisions might be emotionally rewarding and may aptly translate the way we feel about domestic problems or international issues but might not necessarily be what is in the best long-term interest of our country and prosperity. They may also not be the real product of the democratic values we have embraced. We need to develop the type of leadership which can tackle concerns with a long-term perspective and in accordance with our democratic values.

We fully support the leadership of our President as head of state and Government. I am, however, deeply convinced that collegially, colleagues, we can exercise this type of leadership. For this to be achieved, we need to have a greater measure of respect for one another and rely more on our collegial capacity to lead than on the leadership which any individual may provide. I say this with all due respect to the leadership of our President.

I somehow feel that suspicions of the past amongst ourselves have not quite vanished, as you can see from the murmurs. To me, as long as our steps are still dogged by vestiges of past suspicions, we will not be able to exercise the collegial capacity which is so crucial to us to successfully tackle the intractable problems that our country faces.

I thank you, Madam Deputy Speaker. [Applause.]

Dr B L GELDENHUYS: Speaker, it is indeed an honour to follow the hon Minister of Home Affairs. He is a seasoned politician and he too made his mark on the long road to African unity.

The hon President reminds me of the prophet Jonah, in the good sense of the word. During a terrible storm at sea, he slept soundly below deck as if he was in full control of what was happening around him. And, according to press reports, the hon President also slept soundly when his private jet encountered technical problems on its maiden flight to Paris and thereby he also sent out the message that he was in full control of what was happening around him.

The perception of a president being in control was also borne out in the state of the nation address, which augurs well for South Africa. By the way, unlike the official opposition on my left, the New NP does not begrudge the hon President the use of a private jet. In times when terrorists fly passenger planes into high-rise buildings, it could be unwise for any head of state to use public transport. [Applause.]

The latest ANC conference was held, believe it or not, in the DF Malan Memorial Hall at the University of Stellenbosch, where I also had the privilege of spending eight of the best years of my life.

Natuurlik het die mense skeef opgekyk toe die ANC kongres hou in die DF Malan-gedenksaal. Malan was immers die argitek van apartheid by uitnemendheid.

Tog was dit ironies genoeg juis Dr Malan wat so vroeg soos 1921 die deur oopgemaak het vir die soort van samewerking wat vandag tussen die ANC en die Nuwe NP bestaan. Volgens die historikus Herman Giliomee het Dr Malan, in ‘n poging om swart stemme te werf- glo jy dit - in sy stryd teen die Suid-Afrikaanse Party van genl. Smuts, ‘n brief geskryf aan ‘n waarskynlike tak van die ANC in die Oos-Kaap waarin hy sê: ``Swartmense is ‘n toonbeeld van ware patriotisme en is daarom geregtig om hulle plek langs die nasionalis in die nasionale politieke arena in te neem’’.

Hoewel paternalisties gestel, en hoewel Dr Malan 27 jaar later self daarvan vergeet het, is dit nou presies wat gebeur 83 jaar later. Die ANC en die Nuwe NP, politieke vyande van die verlede, het besluit om in belang van versoening en nasiebou, langs mekaar stelling in te neem in die politieke arena en nie teenoor mekaar nie. Terloops, nasiebou het ‘n verdere hupstoot gekry toe die foto-uitstalling tydens die parlementsopening ook die vryheidstryd van die boererepublieke weerspieël het. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[Of course the people looked askance when the ANC held a congress in the DF Malan Memorial Hall. After all, Malan had been the architect of apartheid par excellence.

Yet ironically enough, it was precisely Dr Malan who, as early as in 1921, had opened the door for the kind of co-operation which exists between the ANC and the New NP today. According to the historian Herman Giliomee, Malan, in an endeavour to canvass black votes - would you believe it? - in his struggle against the South African Party of Gen Smuts, wrote a letter to an apparent branch of the ANC in the Eastern Cape in which he said that blacks were a shining example of true patriotism and were therefore entitled to take their place next to the nationalists in the national political arena.

Although paternalistically stated, and although Dr Malan himself had forgotten about it 27 years later, this is exactly what has happened 83 years later. The ANC and the New NP, political enemies of the past, have decided, in the interests of reconciliation and nation-building, to take their place next to each other in the political arena, and not against each other. Incidentally, nation-building received a further boost when the photo exhibition during the opening of Parliament also portrayed the struggle for freedom of the Boer republics.]

Challenging issues like poverty, unemployment and HIV/Aids could, in our view, best be addressed through joint political ventures rather than trying to score political points. The New NP wants to contribute positively from the inside rather than shouting from the outside.

Allow me to share with you a New NP perspective on some of the relevant issues of the day. Regarding the Zimbabwean issue, I first want to clarify a misunderstanding. We don’t raise the Zimbabwean issue constantly in Parliament out of fear that that what happened to commercial farmers in Zimbabwe will also happen here. We are convinced that the Zimbabwean events won’t spill over to South Africa. Why not? We have a government committed to the rule of law. The Land Reform Programme, which enjoys the wholehearted support of the New NP, is well on track. By the end of December last year, out of 67 300 claims, 36 279 had been settled. We concern ourselves with Zimbabwe because the people of Zimbabwe are increasingly becoming the victims of bad governance. We concern ourselves with Zimbabwe because the huge mismanagement of the economy has the potential to damage the development of the whole region to the detriment of the objectives of Nepad.

I have a special request for the hon President regarding South African- owned properties and investments in Zimbabwe. In a letter to the New NP, the Minister of Foreign Affairs indicated that the protection of South African-owned properties and investments in Zimbabwe could best be achieved within the context of a bilateral agreement on the protection of investments between the governments of South Africa and Zimbabwe.

An HON MEMBER: Ek verstaan nie! [I do not understand!]

And if the hon President could use his influence to expedite the establishment of such an agreement, it will be highly appreciated.

The New NP shares the view of the hon President that the USA should not unilaterally attack Iraq. We believe that the weapon inspectors should be given more time to complete their work. [Applause.] According to Hans Blix, more weapons of mass destruction were destroyed by the weapon inspectors under Resolution 687 of 1991 than were destroyed during the Gulf War. We furthermore believe that a unilateral attack on Iraq could derail the Global Coalition on the War against Terrorism with devastating consequences for the free world. A unilateral attack on Iraq will also turn a villain into a martyr, and we don’t want that. We fully support the mission of our technical team to Iraq as a committed effort by the Government to prevent war in the Middle East.

However, should the USA attack Iraq unilaterally, South Africa at all costs must not come out on the side of Iraq against the USA. South Africa should rather follow the example of the guy on his deathbed. A priest told him to repent and denounce the devil. The guy shook his head and said, Father, this is not an appropriate time to make enemies.'' [Laughter.] No, this is not an appropriate time to make an enemy of the only superpower in the world, because it could cost us dearly. The USA is the third largest investor in South Africa. In terms of the USA Africa Growth and Opportunity Act, South Africa has already earned more than 1,7 billion US dollars and thousands of new jobs were created. All that I am saying is that we must sayhamba kahle’’ [go well] when it comes to a unilateral US attack on Iraq. The theme of this year’s opening of Parliament was ``The long road to African Unity’’. As first Chair of the African Union, the hon President made his mark and played an enormous role in facilitating a peace agreement in the DRC. The envisaged Safety and Security Council of the AU will play a crucial role in future conflict resolution on the continent. But, regrettably, not a single member state has yet ratified the security council’s protocol. Hopefully, the hon President will use the rest of his term as chairperson to expedite the ratification process. The New NP fully supports Nepad as Africa’s own long-term agenda for economic growth.

The UN Millenium Summit resolved to have halved the number of the world’s poor by 2015. Africa south of the Sahara, including, of course, South Africa, needs growth of about 7% annually to achieve this objective. In other words, if South Africa really wants to address poverty effectively, the economy will have to generate a growth of 7% instead of the current 2%- 3%. Improved access to world markets in terms of Nepad is one way of enhancing economic growth. The free trade agreement with the EU was an important milestone in this regard. The envisaged free trade agreement between the USA and the Customs Union is also a welcome sign. But the developed world must put their money where their mouth is. They lecture Africa about the principle of free trade, and yet European restrictions on the import of food from Africa annually block products worth $700 million from entering their countries. Hopefully, there will be a change of heart in this regard.

Foreign direct investments are also essential for bigger economic growth, and making it happen will have to be a priority for the Government in the forthcoming financial year. To a certain extent, foreign direct investments have everything to do with perceptions. Negative perceptions about a country do not attract investments. And, in many instances, we South Africans are ourselves responsible for negative perceptions about our country.

Unfortunately, based on perceptions, countries like Britain and Australia warned their citizens to avoid South Africa due to the high levels of violence. Yes, the levels of violence are too high and yes, much more should be done to address them. But guess who tops the list in the world when it comes to violent assault? According to the Economist Pocket World in Figures it is none other than Australia!

We as South Africans have a duty and a responsibility to create positive perceptions about our country wherever we go in order to attract more investments with a view to enhancing economic growth so that poverty in our country could at least be halved.

Ten spyte van die fiasko gister op die Wanderers glo ek nog steeds die proteas gaan die wêreldbeker wen, met die voorbehoud dat Klusener en Donald nie die wenlopies moet aanteken nie. Dankie. [Applous.] [Despite the fiasco at the Wanderers yesterday, I still believe the Proteas will win the world cup, with the reservation that Klusener and Donald should not score the winning runs. Thank you. [Applause.]]

Mrs W S NEWHOUDT-DRUCHEN: Madam Speaker, hon President, Deputy President and hon members, the disability sector has recently lost two important activists in the disability movement - Comrade Maria Rantho, former member of Parliament, and Comrade Boyce Willem, an NCOP member. I would like to pay tribute to them.

We would like to thank our President for, time and again, bringing up disability issues. We need to continue bringing up these issues, not merely sweep them under the carpet, as so many people like to do. I say this because people with disabilities still face discrimination at all levels and it is our responsibility to make others aware of disability issues.

I would like to inform you that, wherever I go, people ask me what work I do. I tell them I’m a member of Parliament, a deaf member. They then ask me what party I belong to. I say the ANC, and I also inform them that only the ANC would put someone who is deaf in Parliament. [Applause.] I’ve yet to see another political party follow the ANC’s lead. This is a challenge to you. [Applause.]

The ANC believes that addressing the specific needs of those in the target groups, namely women, children, the elderly and the disabled, stands at the centre of our efforts to build a better life for all. To establish the new South Africa as a caring society, the empowerment and affirmation of these groups is critical to ensuring a people-centred and people-driven transformation. A massive education campaign is necessary for the targeted groups and broader society to make them aware of the fundamental rights as enshrined in the Constitution of South Africa. In his speech on Friday, Comrade President mentioned that there will be another increase in social grants this year. The expansion of services to the people will also include disability grants. Last year, the ANC set things rolling by calling people to register for social grants, which include disability grants. There are still many people with disabilities who are not registered to receive grants for different reasons, such as having no means or access to go to departments and fill in forms to receive these grants.

Disabled people have a right to receive disability grants, and that message must go out. I hope that people with disabilities or people who understand and work closely with people with disabilities will be included to become multiskilled community development workers. They can also go out to people with disabilities to assist them in the communities.

We welcome the provision of free health care to persons with disabilities. Hearing aids alone can cost from R4 000 to R7 000, and parents just cannot afford that kind of cost.

There are also other health-related issues faced by people with disabilities that are lifelong and ongoing. I wonder if some of you realise that if a child has to sit in a wheelchair unsuitable to a child’s posture, this can cause other deformities as the child is growing up. A specially modified wheelchair can cost thousands.

We can make the best laws in Parliament to better the lives of our people, but we need members of the public to be aware of these laws. We need the public to act or work together with Government to better the lives of people with disabilities.

Just at the end of last year, during my constituency work, I met a deaf teacher in Umtata, who said that she was once arrested for using sign language. Would you arrest someone for speaking IsiXhosa or IsiZulu? A mother informed me that Telkom doesn’t want her deaf son to be made a permanent employee because he cannot talk properly. He must first attend speech therapy. This is discrimination.

Public awareness, sensitivity about disabilities and knowledge about disability rights need to go out to the people. Research shows that to be able to integrate disability issues into policies of government departments, it requires the commitment of senior managers to address disability issues.

We find that disability issues are placed at the bottom of the list of priorities in departments. Different government departments and their staff will also have to be educated about the right use of terminology. During my constituency work, once again last year, I was informed that there are still people in high positions in courts who still refer to deaf people as being deaf and dumb. If attitudes in places like the courts do not change, we can imagine how slow is the change of attitudes of the general public. I would encourage the hon members of Parliament, if they do not have a booklet like this, to contact DPSA and obtain this little booklet, which is an empowerment tool and a pocket guide on disability equity.

Apart from the Acts we already have, such as the Promotion of Equality and Prevention of Unfair Discrimination Act, the Employment Equity Act and the South African Schools Act, we have seen additional Acts passed to better the lives of people with disabilities, such as the Mental Health Care Bill, adopted on 30 May 2002, which has a particular bearing on people with intellectual disabilities.

The Broadcasting Amendment Act, passed in 2002, is looked at in a positive light as it states that the South African Broadcasting Corporation has to make television programmes accessible to those who are deaf and those who are blind. Yes, we are, indeed, working to better the lives of people with disabilities in South Africa.

On 7 February, last week, a march took place in all provinces where MECs in the various departments of education received a memorandum. The purpose of the march was to advocate for and create awareness of South African sign language, as the cornerstone of deaf education, and as a basic human right of all deaf people. We thank Deaf People South Africa for supporting this march. We thank the Department of Education for the attention given to the memorandum and we are hoping to have a response soon.

The African Decade of Disabled People has been declared for the years 1999 to 2009. The Office on the Status of Disabled People will hold an African regional consultative conference to develop ways in which people living with disabilities can interact with the New Partnership for Africa’s Development and to come to an African position on the UN Convention on the Protection and Promotion of the Rights of Disabled Persons.

South Africa is becoming more and more of a popular tourist destination, and that would include more and more international conferences happening here. Deaf Federation of South Africa is hoping to win the bid to be able to host the Fifteenth World Congress for the World Federation of the Deaf in 2007.

The World Federation of the Deaf is an international NGO in official liaison with ECOSOC, UNESCO, ILO, and WHO. South Africa is on the shortlist to present our bid in Canada later this year. If we win the bid to host this congress, I think it will be the first time that the World Federation of the Deaf Congress meets in Africa, and the first time there will ever be an international congress for people with disabilities here in South Africa. [Applause.]

Let us also use this event to make this century an African century, and put the world’s focus on Africa. We will continue to work to better the lives of South African citizens with disabilities. I thank you. [Applause.]

Mr B H HOLOMISA: Madam Speaker, Mr President, hon Deputy President and hon members, we appreciate the statement of intent made by the President to shift Government spending towards greater investment in social and economic infrastructure. We thank Government for acknowledging the UDM’s calls for this type of investment. [Interjections.]

We hope that Government will improve its implementation in order to ensure that these good intentions bear fruit. Implementation, as you know, has been this Government’s weakness. We therefore hope that, starting with Minister Manuel’s Budget, we will see these intentions reflected as clear objectives with definite targets and deadlines.

Allow me also to say that the UDM fully agrees with Government’s approach on the issue of Iraq. In 1993, we as a country took a decision that never again would we solve our problems through violent means. We wish South Africa’s disarmament experts success in Iraq. We wish them success in convincing Iraq on proper and responsible disarmament, and success in convincing others of the error of military action.

As far as the issue of Zimbabwe is concerned, it is high time that both the President of Zimbabwe and the Prime Minister of Britain swallowed their pride and returned to the negotiation table and resolved the unfinished business of Lancaster House. The immediate role of South Africa should be to facilitate such a dialogue.

Regarding the alleged human rights abuses in Zimbabwe, that is a matter for the UN to address. It is neither South Africa’s place nor its duty to unilaterally intervene with regard to the abuse of human rights in that country.

We have noted that Government has been holding imbizos. I have been to a number of the places where imbizos have been held. The people there are still waiting for the promises and commitments that were made at these imbizos to materialise. In the areas I have visited, the common thread of people’s complaints has been unemployment, hunger, poverty, as well as a severe lack of doctors and medicine, and the general failure of service delivery.

Some of these areas are Mount Fletcher and Matatiele in the Eastern Cape, where the people are complaining that there is no cellular network reception. Since 1994 they have been assured that this matter would be addressed. The cellular networks have also said that all communities would be covered. There are also complaints about lack of Telkom lines in some rural parts of these areas. Similarly, they complain of not receiving a signal for SABC-TV. It would be appreciated if the complaints which were raised at imbizos were addressed.

The state of the nation is one of a people suffering unduly. This is a view that is shared by social commentators from every sector of society. The root of this suffering is unemployment and poverty. The President also acknowledged this. However, he fails to acknowledge the direct and undeniable role of his Government in perpetuating unemployment and poverty.

Nearly 10 years of freedom have been characterised by the Government’s complete and utter failure to create the jobs that this country so desperately needs. Instead, the Government’s economic policy has been characterised by words such as downsizing'', rightsizing’’, take a package'', redundancy’’, supernumeraries'' and retrenchment’’. To make matters worse, many qualified people have been replaced by incompetent comrades of the ruling party. [Interjections.]

An analysis of the Future Facts survey of 2002 found that the South African population could be divided into five broad categories. One third of the population falls into the still disadvantaged'' group. They are trapped in desperate poverty. Nearly another third falls into the emerging’’ group. This group lives in survival mode, but is aspiring to escape its poverty.

Statistics SA recently revealed that, under the ANC Government, the gap between the haves and have-nots has widened. We cannot deny this reality. The UDM observes this reality throughout the country. It is what Government should have noticed at those extravagant pageants masquerading as imbizos.

This is the true state of the nation. Most people suffer as a result of the current Government’s policy, in particular the economic policy.

This year, again, President Mbeki strung together a long list of platitudes. South Africans want to hear more than that Government recognises their suffering. They want to hear that Government will abandon policies that have failed and choose concrete new strategies. Last year we also heard that, and I quote:

Government will … increase its focus on achieving higher rates of economic growth and development. This will include … the convening of a growth summit.

However, by the end of last year, formal sector employment rose by a mere 0,5%, creating new employment for only 21 000 people. In other words, the economy did not create nearly enough job opportunities for the more than 400 000 matriculants who entered the job market this year, let alone address the nine-year backlog.

Average monthly real earnings in the formal sector dropped by 0,5% when comparing August 2002 with August 2001. It means that even the employed became poorer. Statistics SA puts unemployment, according to the expanded definition, at 41%. Turning the tide, indeed! But in what direction?

It is a pity that the President is not willing to concede that the current economic policy was implemented at the expense of the masses. The ANC Government’s first priority should not have been to please the rest of the world, but rather to take care of our unique domestic challenges.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE: Like you ran the Transkei! [Laughter.]

Mr B H HOLOMISA: The decision taken in 1994 to hastily implement the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs without negotiating for a responsible phasing-in approach was wrong. As a result, proper attention was not paid to skills development and job creation. Ironically, much of the clothing in South African shops, which is also worn in this House, is manufactured in countries where governments subsidise their textile industry.

I hope you understand that, Mr Manuel, because you are a member of the World Trade Organisation. [Interjections.] Mainland China is also a member of that organisation, but they are flooding your market with products which have been manufactured by state-sponsored factories. [Interjections.] You should know that. Don’t mislead us. The MINISTER OF FINANCE: You don’t know what you’re talking about!

Mr B H HOLOMISA: Those decisions ignored the reality …

The SPEAKER: Order! Hon members, would you address each other through the Chair, and preferably not interrupt! Please continue, hon member.

Mr B H HOLOMISA: Those decisions ignored the reality that South Africa’s economy was managed for many decades with direct government involvement and protection, albeit under separate development, hon Manuel.

Since 1994, more than 1 million jobs have been made redundant at the stroke of a pen, hon Minister, without any alternative arrangement being made. Ask Cosatu who has lost nearly two thirds of its members in nine years, because those workers are now unemployed. The bottom line of the ANC economic policy is that not only does it fail to create new jobs, but it also fails to protect the existing jobs.

A year ago Tradek economist Mr Mike Schussler said, and I quote: No developing country has made so many jobs redundant over any seven-year period since the Great Depression. On a per-job ratio, South Africa has destroyed more jobs than any other developing country in modern history.

He went further to pinpoint the lack of skills in our workforce as the biggest disincentive for investment in South Africa.

The UDM’s economic policy endorsed at our 2001 national congress calls on the Government to do more. [Interjections.] It is better to introduce the Lotto rather than subjecting this country to the World Bank’s and IMF’s structural adjustments, which you have done. What we have here is much better.

Last year in this House, I presented the UDM’s policy and explained the responsibility of Government to do more. [Interjections.] Senior Unisa economic development lecturer Hugo Noble and Stellenbosch Professor Sampie Terreblanche concur that Government must do more.

Last year we were promised greater attention to, and I quote: … education and training and the National Youth Service.

President Mbeki also promised an ICT university. Sadly, the new university never materialised, and existing ones are being regulated into extinction.

Why hold a summit when the Jobs Summit promises were not kept? The necessary solutions have been presented by all sectors of society countless times before. Frankly, this is a mere exercise in browbeating labour, business and civil society. Government wants them to accept more responsibility for job creation, whilst absolving itself of its responsibilities.

As far as black economic empowerment is concerned, no one can argue against the fact that there is a need for such a strategy. However, the truth is that, to date, it has been a strategy benefiting a small elite of the ANC who have been redeployed from this House. An often forgotten aspect of black economic empowerment has been that a lot of those who have benefited have used the money of the workers.

Last year, we were promised moral renewal and a new commitment to fighting corruption. The Moral Regeneration Summit has come and gone. The list of corruption cases is growing. It now includes hon Yengeni, the chief of the Civil Aviation Authority, Spoornet’s chief executive officer, the SA Express chief executive officer and the forestry deal. [Interjections.] I hope the comrades who are mumbling still remember the R55 000 wedding gift. [Interjections.]

We further witnessed the DA funding scandal, the New NP funding scandal and the Transnet pro-ANC tender decision that is going to cost taxpayers R57 million. Now we see new reports of corruption involving the former Minister of Transport, Mr Maharaj. The media continue to raise questions about the Deputy President’s involvement in the arms deal.

In the case of the hon Yengeni, the President must explain to the nation the application of the plea bargain mechanism. We were under the impression that pleas would be offered to the small fish in order to catch the big fish. Can we expect that hon Yengeni’s plea will lead to his testimony against more senior people? Otherwise, what is the benefit of this mechanism to society and the commission of justice? Or was the plea offered to silence the hon Yengeni and prevent the naming of more senior people in open court? [Interjections.]

Was Government more concerned that a comprehensive court case would expose the arms deal? What happened to the more than 30 luxury vehicles you got from that company, which some of you received? Why are you prosecuting Tony Yengeni only? [Interjections.]

Kutheni nileqa uTony Yengeni yedwa? [Uwele-wele.] [Why do you pressurise Tony Yengeni alone?] [Interjections.]]

The SPEAKER: Order!

Mr B H HOLOMISA: Kutheni nileqa uTony Yengeni yedwa? [Uwele-wele.] [Why do you pressurise Tony Yengeni alone?] [Interjections.]]

What about others?

The SPEAKER: Order! Hon members!

Mr B H HOLOMISA: Baphi abanye? [Where are the others?]

The SPEAKER: Order! Mr Holomisa! Hon members, please bear in mind you are referring to a serving member of Parliament at the moment. [Interjections.] This is a general comment to all of you. Please proceed.

Mr B H HOLOMISA: In the meantime, nauseating reports about the arms deal continue to appear. Senior people are being accused. Will they, too, follow the example of said hon member and waste our time and the taxpayer’s money for years with denials?

I humbly submit that these embarrassments could have been avoided with a proper investigation of the arms deal. It is not too late to institute a judicial commission of inquiry. Such an inquiry should also investigate the African National Congress Fundraising Trust, and whether other companies headed by ANC cadres - as per your deployment policies - have received government tenders and have, in turn, donated funds or shares into ANC coffers. This means that you are using all these business transactions as cash cows in order to beef up your party coffers. [Interjections.] For instance, in the Eastern Cape, a company tasked to pay grants to pensioners is manned by ANC cadres. The service they provide is shoddy and their incompetence increases the suffering of one of the poorest provinces in the country. This looting spree must come to an end.

Mr President, I advise, in a spirit of noninterference … [Laughter.] … that you should hold one-on-one meetings with all members of your Cabinet. You should get personal assurances from each of them that they have not abused, and are not abusing, their positions to enrich themselves or members of their families, as we usually read about in the newspapers almost every day. [Interjections.]

Every time a senior member of Government … [Time expired.] [Interjections.]

Die MINISTER VIR DIE STAATSDIENS EN ADMINISTRASIE: Mevrou die Speaker, agb President, agb Adjunkpresident, kollegas, dis byna nege jaar sedert die begin van ons demokratiese Parlement. Ons het baie bereik as regering én as ‘n samelewing. Ek en vele andere is dus trots op ons nasie en op wat ons bereik het, enkele voorbeelde waarna die President Vrydag verwys het. Ja, ek is trots om lid van die ANC te wees. Inderdaad, ek is ‘n trotse patriot. Trots om met hernieude ywer die visie van die ANC na te jaag soos dit met herhaling geformuleer is tydens die 51ste nasionale konferensie in Desember in Stellenbosch. Dit is daardie ANC in wie se tradisie ek bevoorreg was om geskool te word. Daardie waardes wat my rig, my lei, duidelik koers gee in hierdie pad wat ons loop om die mense van hierdie geliefde nasie behoorlik te dien. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[The MINISTER FOR THE PUBLIC SERVICE AND ADMINISTRATION: Madam Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President, colleagues, it is almost nine years since our democratic Parliament began. We have achieved much as a nation and as a society. I and many others are therefore very proud of our nation and of what we have achieved; some examples the President referred to on Friday.

Yes, I am proud to be a member of the ANC. Indeed, I am a proud patriot. Proud to pursue with renewed fervour the vision of the ANC as it was once again formulated during the 51st national conference in Stellenbosch during December. It is that ANC whose tradition I was privileged to be schooled in. Those values which direct me, guide me, give me a clear course on this path on which we are walking to serve the people of this beloved nation properly.]

Earlier today, we had a reference to the South African dream, and the South African reality. Fortunately, Mr Leon has no hope of leading this country and therefore that saves us from a South African nightmare.

In terms of governance, the ANC stands for a range of values. These values influence our behaviour as an organisation, as individuals, and are also carried into the institutions where we lead and in which we participate. [Interjections.] Since our movement assumed its role as Government, our understanding of the challenges that we face has deepened. This deepened understanding has relevance not only for our internal situation but in the global context - a situation that is changing at an incredible pace, and one from which we are not isolated. It is in the tradition of our movement that we reflect, honestly and unemotionally, on our achievements and our challenges.

As Palo Freire, the progressive educationist who influenced many of our cadre, said: A society beginning to move from one epoch to another requires the development of an especially flexible and critical spirit. Lacking such a spirit, people cannot perceive the marked contradictions that occur in society as emerging values in search of affirmation and fulfilment clash with earlier values in seeking self-preservation.

This brings us directly to the question of what kind of public servants we are trying to nurture. Is it one who, when the door of his office comes loose or is missing a hinge, complains that he is working under intolerable conditions, as happened recently, or one who simply gets a screwdriver and tightens two screws? Is it the kind of public servant who finds solutions, will see obstacles as challenges to be eliminated while deriving satisfaction in beating the odds, and will see delivery as an end in itself?

We can follow Freire’s approach of flexibility and critical reflection because we are guided by a set of very strong principles that show us the way, however complex the issue becomes. We do not waver in the principles on which our movement is based - the principles of democracy, nonracism, of bestowing equal rights and dignity on all humans, our commitment to improving the quality of life of the poor, the disenfranchised, the disempowered and the downtrodden, whether here or outside our borders.

The challenges that we face as we strive for transformation of the South African society, of the South African state and of our Government are parallel. We cannot isolate one site of struggle from another, or even say that one aspect must lead the other. The most important vehicle in the arsenal of any government to achieve the best for a country is that of the institutions of state. It is hence critical that we look closely at the Public Service, and especially at the managers who are responsible for the process of transformation. And this is what we are doing, and the President has referred to it.

I can state here today, as has been stated previously, that as we look at representivity within the ranks of the Public Service, we are doing very well in terms of racial transformation, but we are not doing so well with women at management level and certainly not with regard to the disabled. In future, the performance of senior managers will include an assessment of how they are doing when it comes to ensuring gender diversity in managerial ranks, and we will also include disability. So we must look, and we are looking, closely at the challenges in the Public Service. On Friday, our President pointed to the critical position that the Public Service holds for our transformation, and I quote:

The effective delivery of the expanded services to the people requires that we improve the efficiency of the Public Service. Without an efficient and effective Public Service it will be impossible for us to register the advances we are capable of.

The President has previously gone further where, in his opening address at the opening of the ANC conference in December 2002, he made mention of the failure of administration to implement some of our policies, including the distribution of social grants, and failure to ensure that state institutions and civil servants render the necessary service to the public. The criticism of the President in terms of the inability of the Public Service to democratise at the required speed is to ensure that it fulfils its function of actually serving the people, of experiencing and responding to the urgency of need and discomfort, of feeling themselves accountable to people, and of giving effect to our policy of transformation of service delivery. Batho Pele must encompass the whole of the Public Service and be infused in our society as a whole.

We must get the basics right. And here, as the executive, as politicians and managers, we must ensure the basics of accountability, of democratic values, of ethical and efficient utilisation of resources, and of the building of an administrative culture that unlocks and mobilises the energy of the largest institutions in our country to deliver a better life for the people of South Africa. Since last year, in particular, this Government has introduced and pursued strong initiatives in terms of democratising service delivery and administration.

Let’s briefly focus on the Eastern Cape, and let’s not talk about what is to be done, but what is being done. Let some of those who have been responsible for the mess there listen and not allow themselves to get diverted easily so that they can engage appropriately. We acknowledge that there are challenges and what I want to call today cultural, ethical and conduct issues. A general poor work ethic and lack of performance is displayed, coupled with a lack of decisive action by supervisors and managers. Departments are extremely vulnerable to corruption as a result of poor leadership, internal controls and inadequate systems, and a culture of nonaccountability is widely evident. In education, human resource and administrative breaches are most prevalent, as well as a high incidence of relationship transgression, and I just mention a few.

So what are we doing? The interim management team that was appointed by the President and the Premier of the Eastern Cape is looking at handling our primary concerns - concerns where we have acknowledged that the unions have had undue influence over managers and their decisions, and we have narrowed it down to the departments that are involved. In terms of the change management strategy, right now, we are dealing with how we are balancing the short-term crisis issues, as well as addressing underlying systemic problems: How to restore the culture of responsibility and accountability and how to focus on massive administrative and financial challenges whilst attending to critical service delivery needs. In terms of the immediate interventions on the human resource backlogs, the objective of the interim management team is to break the cycle of continuous human resource backlog claims and to settle the matter once and for all. There is a plan for that, and you will see it rolled out.

Furthermore, we are also looking at the implementation of the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council or the PSCBC Resolution 7 of 2001. This is going to be fast-tracked through the following steps: By the end of this month, February, departments are required to have their establishments finalised and the person-to-post matching completed. On completion of these steps, a provincial circular will be issued advertising vacancies for internal recruitment. While this process is ongoing the interim management team or IMT will develop alternatives to retrenchment and proposals for enhanced incentives to terminate the service of excess employees. The advertising and filling of critical posts will be fast-tracked and unfunded vacancies will be abolished as and when the establishment needs are finalised.

In terms of the leadership requirement, the performance agreement for senior management service members for the year 2003-2004 will be finalised by the end of March, and will include the turnaround plans as a major element of this agreement. Financial disclosure statements will be required from all senior management service members, and all the current senior management service members, as well as new appointments, will be subjected to competency assessments. The process of evaluation of heads of department will commence. We will also look at this in terms of financial management and procurement. The team has started a process to decentralise financial management to departments in line with the PMFA requirement. It’s necessary to state as well that currently there are forensic audits under way and the team has completed assessment of the relevant audit reports and is commissioning further forensic audits on human resource backlogs in departments, the use of petrol cards, social grant payments and so forth. And you have seen the work that’s been done with the rest that has taken place in the Eastern Cape in recent weeks.

This is a sign that we clearly want to take forward and, as the President has stated, this will be the kind of model that will be used in ensuring that we put in place the required governance across the country and within the Public Service as a whole. As the ANC, as we resolved at our conference, we will be monitoring those from our ranks who serve in the Public Service. Not only will they be accountable in the workplace, but also within our organisation.

Our President, the President of the country, has charged the members of the executive with the responsibility of ensuring that the state machinery functions optimally in the interests of poverty eradication and the creation of a democratic society. This does not exclude any one of us who serves on the executive. We must all make this happen. We can’t whistle from the outside the gates at ourselves. It is the people who shall govern through their elected representatives, and the executive will account to Parliament, in an honest and critically reflective fashion, true to the ways of the ANC in which we celebrate successes, but do not shy away from dealing with the problems that may emerge along the way. The Public Service therefore can expect that, in the year to come, we will cut them less slack in terms of setting their own pace, and of asserting their own managerial independence. They, as stated by the President, will be accountable; we will be accountable, we serve the people.

I thank you. [Applause.] Rev K R J MESHOE: Madam Speaker, hon President, hon members, most South Africans wanted to hear from the President, in his state of the nation address, whether Government has succeeded in closing the gap between the promises made since 1994 and what has actually been delivered, and that was unfortunately not done.

The majority of our people agree that the post-1994 period has had little impact on the poorest of the poor. Political empowerment has not translated into economic empowerment, and the distribution of socioeconomic power has mainly benefited blacks and Indians in the bourgeoisie classes, and hardly had any effect on the majority of South Africans in the middle and lower classes. The gap between the haves and the have-nots is definitely increasing by the day.

The economic growth the President spoke about has unfortunately not translated into more jobs and the eradication of poverty. Men and women who open rubbish bags every week, those who scratch for food on rubbish dumps, and many thousands of our people who go to bed hungry will not believe the President when he says that the economy has turned the corner. What kind of growth is it that sheds jobs instead of sustaining them? What kind of economic growth is it that worsens the lives of South Africans and does not better them? An economic growth that widens the gap between the rich and the poor. Mr President, if there is real economic growth, the ordinary people on the ground want to see the fruit.

While some ray of hope came from the many promises that the President made, the question that remains to be answered is whether, this time round, the promises that were made will ever be fulfilled? What really disappointed many of our people is that crucial issues that they are facing on a daily basis were not given the necessary attention they deserve.

While the President was giving his state of the nation address, thousands of South Africans were participating in a march to Parliament organised by the Treatment Action Campaign to campaign for a national Aids treatment programme. We expected the President to assure the marchers, consisting of the Treatment Action Campaign, the clergy, unions, and NGOs, that Government will do more to help Aids sufferers or sign a comprehensive national Aids blueprint. Instead, he chose to ignore them and to continue with his usual rhetoric that Government will continue with its comprehensive Aids campaign. A question many want answered is: Why does Government want to continue with something that has failed? If the Government’s Aids programme did not fail, then there would not have been a demonstration outside Parliament when the President was addressing the nation.

Government’s refusal to take decisive action is appalling and the refusal to provide antiretrovirals is tantamount to condemning scores of South Africans to a horrible death. The lifespan of economically active people living with Aids is significantly shortened without the use of antiretrovirals. Government’s refusal to provide antiretrovirals free of charge to all citizens is antithetical to the President’s objective of sustaining economic growth. We are not only judged by what we do, but we are also judged by that which we fail to do. Government is failing to come to the assistance of Aids patients, Aids orphans and their families. The people are demanding effective action now to be convinced that Government cares.

On the issue of crime, the President told us how international guests are happy with the protection they were provided with and with what they are provided with at the Cricket World Cup, and received at the World Summit on Sustainable Development and the launch of the African Union. Yet, South Africans continue to live in fear for their lives on a daily basis. Why is the President concerned with pleasing foreigners and ignoring his own people? President Mbeki said that crime is stabilising. However, crime levels should not just remain the same, they need to be brought down and finally eradicated. If Government cannot reduce crime, they must admit that they have failed to do so and then tell the electorate so that the electorate can choose another leadership that will eradicate crime.

The President’s comments on Zimbabwe continue to underscore the Government’s failure to deal harshly with the death of democracy in that country. It is beyond belief that the President continues his policy of quiet diplomacy despite the negative impact this has had on our economy. It is internationally recognised that South Africa, as the Chair of the African Union and the Non-Aligned Movement, needs to do more to address the crisis on her border. It is not enough for the President to tell the nation that they will continue to work with the people of Zimbabwe as they seek solutions to their problems. The nation does not know what help the President and the Government is giving the people of Zimbabwe, except the perceived protection and defence of dictatorship, tyranny and the abuse of human rights in that country. The world sees what the President is doing for Iraq, Burundi, the DRC and other countries in need, but they do not see what our Government and the President is doing for his closest neighbour, Zimbabwe. Is it because there are no oil or diamonds in Zimbabwe? What is the reason for the silence?

On the possible war on Iraq, we want to appeal to both President Bush and Prime Minister Blair to rethink their threat of war after millions of concerned people in most parts of the world demonstrated against war. We want peace and not war. The ACDP agrees that more time should be given to the UN inspectors to do their job unhindered and that the Iraqi government should co-operate fully as promised. The search for weapons of mass destruction must continue until they are found and destroyed.

We, the ACDP, are always surprised to hear the President calling for a moral renewal in South Africa. By such a call, he fails to take into account the fact that it is his Government’s policies on abortion, pornography, prostitution and homosexuality that have eroded the morality and soul of our nation. The ACDP maintains that without a biblical standard of morality, no programme for moral regeneration will ever succeed. You must admit, Mr President, that you need God’s help. Without Him, you and the nation will not have any moral regeneration. If you want His help, then my advice is: Please stop legislating against Him. I thank you. [Applause.]

The MINISTER OF EDUCATION: Madam Speaker, President, Deputy President, leaders of political parties - I see all the leaders are now here; we have been rejoined by the Leader of the Official Opposition - hon members and comrades. Those who are destined to remain permanently in opposition in this House and this country will do so because they are not able or prepared to recognise the difficulty, the challenges, and the complexities concerning governance. They simplify where they ought to recognise the magnitude of the task before them. They are strident and populist. They want instant solutions. The Leader of the Opposition is like a drummer in a kwaito band. It is computer simulated, I understand, in a kwaito band. He beats a drum: ``boom, boom, boom!’’ Then he expects immediate results. [Laughter.] They oppose where they ought, for the public good, to work together to deal with the enormity of the challenges we face.

The hon Leader of the Opposition has complained publicly that he has not been give the recognition he deserves as the leader of the opposition. Well, of course, it is his ``in your face’’ approach for nearly half an hour. If a leader of the opposition can say in a free South Africa, with all the violence and the putridness of apartheid, that life is no better than ever before; in fact, life is worse, nogal [rather], he should go to every little village where there is now a telephone, a great liberating factor for our country. Go to every little town and you will see that in fact he is babbling away. [Interjections.] Life is worse in South Africa. Life is worse when you go and see that children up to the age of six get free medical attention. Life is worse when pregnant women are now in fact getting free medical attention. Life is worse when we had to overcome the legacy of homelessness and apartheid rule and build houses. Life is worse; much worse, nogal [rather]. [Applause.]

So what do you do? What do you do with these mean-spirited men who refuse to recognise the enormity of the changes taking place? The President celebrated the lives of two giants - of Oliver Tambo and Chris Hani - on Friday. Let me also mark - and, of course, this is a historic thing to say on behalf of the ANC - the extraordinary contribution of Robert Sobukwe, who died on 27 February 1978, 25 years ago. He showed his self-reliance, independence, his compassion and understanding, but while he relied on the emancipation of black people by asserting themselves, he in the end realised that this is a country of many races. These are the real heroes, and we miss those heroes. I hope in fact that, on the opposition benches, there was that kind of understanding of what kind of country we want to build and how we will do so.

The Leader of the Opposition is reported to have said over the weekend that the President ``slighted into insignificance’’ the issue of HIV/Aids. In his speech, the President indicated that we will continue implementing the Government’s comprehensive strategy on HIV/Aids.

An HON MEMBER: What is it?

The MINISTER OF EDUCATION: If Mr Leon …

Ah, the schoolboys here! [Laughter.]

If Mr Leon still does not know about the strategy - which I find difficult to believe, even for Mr Leon - I will happily give him the Government website details where he can read up the Government … [Interjections.]

That’s why I said ``schoolboys.’’

… policy. And while he is doing so, he should now look at how often the Government, the Cabinet Ministers and the provinces have dealt with the issue during the past year. And if you get the hits from the websites, hundreds, if not thousands of times, there are references.

Perhaps the hon Minister of Home Affairs should read the President’s speech also at the same time, because he did refer to HIV/Aids, contrary to what you said, that he never referred to HIV.

You see, they seek to politicise matters that go to the heart of our existence, such as HIV/Aids. They succumb to the temptation to hijack the legitimate sense of anxiety, concern, and impatience that millions of South Africans feel in the face of this terrible tragedy.

We will continue implementing, as the President said, the decisions of the Constitutional Court. We will implement the Court’s decision, not begrudgingly, or defensively, not simply because we have to, but for two reasons. It was the ANC that set up the Constitutional Court and supported it in 1991, long before these mandarins, these lawyers, got to grips with it. [Laughter.] [Applause.] It was long before that, in 1991, and we will follow the thrust of their judgments scrupulously. The second reason is that we are committed to fighting the HIV pandemic to the fullest that our resources allow.

For the record, let me reiterate that Government dealt with its position in April last year, as mentioned by the Minister of Housing. Let me elaborate further. Government unequivocally accepted the causal link between HIV and Aids, and promoting awareness and life-skills and HIV education forms the core of our approach. The HSRC report - if they read anything, except The Spectator magazine, from which he picks up most of his ideas about South Africa … [Interjections.] No, no, of course I read The Spectator, but not to pick up the bile and the offence that your friends write in The Spectator. If, in fact, you read the HSRC report and the Nelson Mandela Foundation report, you will see that more than 80% of our people learnt about HIV/Aids - that’s understanding, and then, of course, acting - through schools. And this is the great success of the Government’s policy of putting millions and millions into education. And a correlation between sexual behaviour and knowledge now is clearly established in the HSRC report.

The Government remains committed to creating conditions that make it make feasible and effective to use antiretrovirals in the public sector. There have been discussions between the Treasury and the Health department on this issue and we should hear further on this matter, about the costing, very soon.

But we cannot make commitments that we can’t keep - in this respect, we have a constitutional responsibility to the people of this country to ensure that we do not create expectations around such crucial issues unless we are sure we can fulfil these expectations. For our part, as Government, we must certainly act with vigour and commitment and will in the face of the HIV/Aids challenge, but we must also act with responsibility. It is for this reason, and no other, that we have not been able to sign off yet on this comprehensive and extensive treatment agreement at Nedlac - not because we are dragging our heels, but because we must approach such agreements seriously and responsibly. It’s the schoolboys who can make all kinds of promises and have no hope of fulfilling them. [Interjections.] If we commit ourselves to something, we must be sure we can deliver.

The Government’s poverty alleviation programmes and nutritional interventions are also essential parts of the fight against HIV/Aids, including in education, where the Government has agreed that funding for the school nutrition programme must be increased, to benefit all children in primary school. But you see - I’ll come to this in a moment - we are implementing it, because the programme now will run within the Department of Education from 2004.

Likewise, clean water, decent housing, assisting in the creation of employment and access to social infrastructure and education all decrease the vulnerability of individuals and communities to infections and ill health. You see, the hon Rev Meshoe thinks the apostolic succession firmly rests on his head. [Laughter.] Let me say that he is wrong about this.

The Minister of Social Development has announced two very important additional initiatives. First, the development of a uniform policy and standard of service for those infected with HIV/Aids, especially those disabled by HIV/Aids; and secondly, a campaign to identify children affected by HIV/Aids, including child-headed households, so as to improve service delivery and make services more accessible. And, as you know, the Minister of Social Development has a fire in his belly and, in fact, he will implement this.

Such campaigns cost money and form part and parcel of our annual budget. Even the opposition, today and elsewhere, has praised the Government’s macroeconomic policy, a forward-looking policy. However, our policy is based on the fact - which they don’t mention - that you cannot leave it to market forces to effectively deal with social issues. You see? [Interjections.]

No, and Mr Holomisa, I’ve read your economic policy. It’s voodoo economics, really, of the first kind. [Laughter.] It’s really voodoo economics. You see, they forget this in their attachment to the Chicago School of Economics, where the rich become richer and the devil takes the hindmost. [Laughter.]

In relation to Mr Holomisa, we are now implementing the advanced institute for information technology. But you see, you left behind … [Interjections.]

You say when?''. You left behind wrack and ruin in the Transkei and I knew it when I was the Minister of Water Affairs and Forestry. [Laughter.] And you have the nerve to askWhen?’’ because we are basing ourselves on international expert opinion and we are now in the process of organising the establishment. But, you see, he believes, never having believed anything in the Transkei, that you can do this overnight, in one year. You can’t set up an information technology institute within a year. No country has succeeded in that, but we will be the first country in the south that will have this institute when we have processed setting it up. Next year we will celebrate; I hope you’ll attend this.

Last year’s Budget therefore effected a pattern of increases, in real terms, in Government spending on health and on social development, particularly child support. The opposition begrudges us that. We raise the child support scheme to 14 years and he says, with this extraordinary, brilliant insight, like at the Oxford Union; he’s debating - he suddenly has this extraordinary insight - ``What about those that exist after 14 years?’’ [Laughter.] You see? What sense do you make out of this? You increase this as, in fact, the resources and the administration allow you to do. This applies in relation to education too.

This is a bold, interventionist position against a backdrop where other governments are regrettably cutting back on social expenditure.

Mr M J ELLIS: Why don’t you concentrate on education? At least … [Inaudible.]

The MINISTER OF EDUCATION: So … No, no, no, you concentrate on some farming or looking after your church.

In his state of the nation speech, the President declared we have ``a continuing task to push back the frontiers of poverty’’. In the context of education and training, we have done so much to ensure that resources are targeted at the poor. I think it is a matter of record. For example, the equitable share formula, which determines the allocation to provinces, favours the poorer rural provinces such as the Eastern Cape, KwaZulu-Natal and Limpopo. The norms and standards for school funding, which we began, in respect of nonpersonnel expenditure are also strongly biased towards redress, with seven times more money going to the poorer schools.

A major concern that we’ve had to address - and only an ANC Government could address these fundamental issues - over the last four or five years relates to the cost and financing of education, particularly at school level. I have this week received a draft report - a massive report - which goes into the cost of education in great detail. As a result of the findings contained in the report and the recommendations made, I will in the very near future be proposing far-reaching changes in the area of financing of education. These will be for the benefit of all stakeholders, including parents, and will deal with further alleviating the disparity that exists in certain areas.

I hope that we will be able to provide relief in the form of further conditional grants to the provinces with poorer schools and to deal with expenditures relating to, amongst others, the cost of school uniforms, transport and the payment of fees. I will deal with my proposals in greater detail in my budget speech during the current session of Parliament.

One area where there are still enormous disparities is that of infrastructure. With our comprehensive school register of needs, we have accurate information on where the most pressing needs are. As a result, and through targeted interventions, overseas development assistance, interventions in infrastructure - we have doubled the amount we are spending on infrastructure in the last two years - we have been able to channel resources to those areas that need them most. Hundreds of classrooms and schools have been built across the country - and I should say not just by Mr Nelson Mandela - using increased direct Government funding as well as development assistance.

The Treasury also, regarding this discussion, will allocate ring-fenced amounts of funding for infrastructure development, and has made provision in the MTEF for sufficient amounts so that we can eliminate, as the President promised, the backlogs in order that children will not have to study under trees or in unsafe conditions.

Let me announce therefore - and it’s a very important political statement - that although conditional grants are made to the provinces for specifically designated purposes for use in those provinces, and although the provinces are responsible for the expenditure of these funds, I will hold myself accountable for those funds, both the manner in which they are spent and any funds that remain unspent. I can assure you that this year the expenditure patterns will be very different from the previous few years. These funds are simply meant to provide for infrastructural and other schooling needs, most often as a form of relief for provinces for poor and struggling areas, and as a rule, there should be no excuse for funds not being spent. I will hold myself politically responsible to this House for the expenditure of these funds.

Also, of course, we have made our commitment, which has been raised before, to 10 years of compulsory education. This is a promise the ANC made in 1994, with the phasing-in of Grade R, the reception year. In some schools, such as the one I visited last week in Manenberg, a poor area, the school has already introduced preschool facilities for children not old enough to enter Grade R.

Again, these are antipoverty interventions. We are making enormous changes, that have been highly welcomed, in the curriculum for Grades R to 9 and Grades 10 to 12. These particularly will be very important, and I should say I will not allow the introduction of these changes unless teachers are trained and learning materials are available. This strategy is very important because it will help the poorer schools to have collectives. The hon opposition leader speaks of the individual as the incarnation of all that’s good. The President replied to this, in fact, two years ago. And, of course, there is the collective tradition; the communitarian tradition we forget also. And outcomes-based education is based not on selfish, narrow individualism, but on collective work also. And we are proud, as the ANC, that we should do so.

The next matter, I think, is of enormous importance because it deals with the most marginalised. Under apartheid, schools for black children with special needs and disabilities were virtually nonexistent. If they did exist, they were run like asylums. Of course, this particularly affected the poorest of the poor. This year sees the establishment of 30 ``full service schools’’, schools where all the barriers to learning have been removed and where children with special needs and disabilities can learn together with other children as full members of our diverse nation. [Applause.]

Also, the number of poorly performing schools - and they are not responsible for that; these are on the peripheries of our society, but these were the poorest schools serving the poorest communities in our nation - declined dramatically from over 1 000 three years ago to fewer than 200 in the last year. Here the state was not benign or neutral; there was enormous intervention by the state and we have quadrupled the amount we spent on textbooks and other learning materials over the last three years and ensured that the materials, in the main, go to schools at the beginning of the year. In fact, one of the women members of the DP said to me how impressed she was in the East Rand, where all the schools she went to had their books there and learning started the same day. Well, mirabile dictu; they are learning things that have been happening on the ground for some time. In addition, let me say that the reorganisation of higher education is part of our development towards having more students of higher education this year. Do you see? This is supposed to be an indifferent government!

Ninety-four thousand youngsters from the poorest families went on to higher education this year. We spent R834 million. No other country has been able to do that. Eight hundred and thirty-four million; 94 000 students went there.

So let me end by saying that, of course, we celebrate everything we have done. The tide is beginning to turn. But change will be incremental rather than rapid. So I end by quoting the Nigerian writer Ben Okri:

They are only exhausted who think That they have arrived At the final destination, The end of their road, With all their dreams achieved, And no new dreams to hold.

In celebrating our achievements we are therefore also mindful of the fact that we have not, in Okri’s words ``arrived at the final destination’’. While much has been achieved, we cannot afford to abandon our dreams as set out in the Freedom Charter, and we will continue on our chosen path.

Then, the opposition leader referred to the winds of change. We will make sure that the winds of change will blast them into oblivion when they decide to change. [Laughter.] [Applause.]

Thank you.

Business suspended at 12:38 and resumed at 14:01.

The MINISTER FOR JUSTICE AND CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT: Madam Speaker, Mr President, Mr Deputy President, colleagues, hon members, ladies and gentlemen, this morning we listened to very interesting speeches in some of which the criminal justice system was alluded to.

In certain instances, one could not avoid asking oneself whether the relevant speakers did not say whatever they said purely for the sake of being heard without due regard being paid to what we as the government cluster dealing with the criminal justice system are doing and achieving. For example, Rev Meshoe, who should certainly know what happens in cities such as Seattle and Genoa, even suggested that the President is preoccupied with ensuring the safety of foreigners visiting our country while his own people live in fear.

I want to believe that the hon member did not mean that, therefore, when foreigners who happen to be in our country for whatever duration and for whatever reason are exposed to crime, we should not act. Again, I am sure that the Reverend knows better than anybody else outside here that the jails are bursting at the seams. They are full of people who have not necessarily been found guilty of crimes affecting foreigners. Actually, they have been arrested, investigated, jailed, etc, for crimes relating to the people of the Republic of South Africa themselves.

The hon Holomisa speaks about plea bargaining as not being meant for people such as Tony Yengeni. I know of no element in the law which says that this law is meant for certain persons only. As this House, we never make laws around individuals, we make laws for good governance in the Republic. It might have happened in the past, in the Bantustans, but we do not do that. [Interjections.]

The members wanted floor crossing, and they got it, and they crossed indeed. The members became cross after that. [Laughter.]

There is indeed, in certain circles, a perception that this beautiful country of ours has been overwhelmed by the criminal element, that the criminal justice system just cannot cope with the load of work it is carrying and that the system is managed by incompetent men and women. There is also a perception that South Africa is the most violent country in the world. Some even proclaim that South Africa is the crime capital of the world. People who espouse these notions, needless to say, ought to know better, that the facts cannot bear them out.

While it is true that our crime and violence levels are unacceptably high for a country in peacetime and that the criminal justice system faces numerous variegated problems, it is also true that Government has made critical interventions which are already bearing fruit. It is also true that if you look at the picture that we had prior to our coming into office, levels of crime were much higher. That might not have been visible to people who lived in the comfort of Lower Houghton, Northcliffe, Bryanston, and places such as those. But, those of us who were confined by apartheid to the Bantu townships can tell stories of our exposure to crime which the hon member, the Leader of the Official Opposition, may never have known in his life.

When he then says that it is not good enough to have stabilised crime at particular levels, the hon member is simply positing an ideal situation in an unideal condition. In other words, he is saying that, from 1994, we should have achieved something that this world has not achieved as yet, a totally crime-free country. I want to say that none exists, and the world is not even claiming that.

If you look at our statistics, for instance, and you look at the picture in 1999, it is true that the incidence of murder has already decreased by almost 17%. You can look at these, do your sums, etc, but these are actually ascribable, not solely to the interventions that have been made by my cluster, but to the interventions that have been made by Government in its entirety. The situation of ordinary people who live in conditions such as the ones that you would find in Nyanga, Gugulethu, Soweto and Khayelitsha improves. Indeed we benefit because more and more people steer clear of the crime route because they suddenly have better things to use and apply their energy to. We are reaping success.

Again, the confidence that ordinary people are showing in this system is such that they now begin to give us intelligence and information so that we can deal with the criminals element, something the law-enforcement forces of apartheid never experienced because in truth they were not ours, they were theirs. Now ours are supported by the people. It would be grossly erroneous for anyone to say that the system is actually managed by incompetent people.

You must remember when making these reckless and unhelpful statements that you are talking about people who, for the members’ sake and mine, tackle the bullets of criminals, and bombs that are placed by terrorists. They confront them and defuse these elements. They do so with minimal resources, at great risk to themselves. You cannot say that these are the incompetent people that the members are talking about. If you look at some of the interventions that we have actually made, you will agree with us that the dividend is obvious. Anybody who has actually been visited by specialised units such as the Scorpions will tell the members that the success rate is already counted as being above 90%. That is success. If one looks at the success of the Assets Forfeiture Unit, which makes sure that crime does not pay and seizes assets and makes sure that those assets are eventually forfeited to the state, you will agree that there is a lot of success there.

If you look at the Thuthuzela projects which we have established in many parts of the country, which look after women who have been exposed to gross violence, rape, etc, you will agree again that these joint projects that we have mounted as this Government are paying dividends. If you look at the special courts dealing with crimes and violence against women and children, you will tell a similar story if you do that dispassionately and honestly. If you look at the facilities at police stations and in the courts which are meant to assist women and children in those circumstances, you would again tell the same story.

If you look at the special courts dealing with serious economic offences - I would like to say that we want to roll out more this year because of the example that we see in Pretoria - you would come to the same conclusion. This is one court where, because people work differently, the prosecutor, the police officer and the court are working together much more efficiently and effectively today. This is a kind of court where out of every 100 cases that have appeared before them already since they were established in 2001, 94% convictions have been notched.

If you look again at special courts dealing with tax-related crime, you will tell the same story. If you look at the working hours at the courts and the Saturday courts that the President alluded to, you would come to the same conclusion. You surely cannot come to the conclusion that we are sitting on our hands, doing absolutely nothing. If you look at the rate of convictions in the courts, they tell the same story.

We have alluded to the issue of prison conditions. Those conditions are receiving attention. It is going to take a lot of resources, time and energy to address them to the satisfaction of all of us. But we are paying attention to that.

We have now in place a rehabilitation programme whereas, in the past, there was not any. Once a person went to jail, he would go and serve his sentence or a portion thereof, and then be released without ever having been assisted so that he is properly inducted back into the society where he came from. Now we are actually working on these ourselves to ensure that we produce a better human being out of the person that we have had to arrest because he has fallen foul of the law. [Applause.]

We have in place the restorative justice programme which ensures that the convicts that we have behind bars interact with the communities where the victims come from so that when they go back, they are actually well-suited to being released back into their communities, unlike before where a person would be released when the community was ill-prepared to receive him. We have these programmes.

We have programmes that ensure, to the extent that this is possible, that we deviate youth away from the path of crime, drugs, etc, and ensure that they can be helped before they go to jail, the university of crime. Those who are indeed participating in these programmes are actually assisted. They do not even have conviction records behind them. They are told to go away and sin no more. This particularly helps a lot of our young persons.

We have embarked on training and retraining of prison officials so that they are able to do their work effectively as people who should rehabilitate people there. They were not prepared for that kind of role. Theirs was to carry what they used to call the donkey piel - the rubber truncheon - and sjambok whoever crossed their path. [Laughter.] That was how they understood their work. They were never schooled in rehabilitation of people at all. That is changing. They are getting reorientated.

We are actually dealing with the problem of corruption. Honest people will tell you that you know about corruption because of, by and large, what this Government has done - it has exposed and tackled it because we have created conditions in which ordinary people who are exposed to corruption or who know that corrupt acts are taking place can now come forward as whistle- blowers and tell us what is happening, and indeed appropriate action is taken. I want to say that those who say that we act selectively will have to produce the necessary evidence. So far, whenever there has been enough evidence that crime of all sorts, including corruption, has been committed, appropriate action has been taken by forces of law enforcement without any political intervention or intercession. We have never pleaded with forces of law enforcement to spare anyone, and we do not intend to do it at all.

The philosophy of my Government is that the law must take its own course, regardless of whoever is involved. But, again, we should act solely under and subject to the laws of the Republic, not in accordance with the whims of some of us gathering here. This is a law-governed country. It is not a jungle consisting of feral weasels that scream at people all the time. It consists of people who want to ensure that indeed we succeed against the criminal element and that we succeed in our larger endeavours so that those conditions in kwaMashu, Soweto, Nyanga, Gugulethu, which are difficult to police today, can be policed so that when there is, for instance, improvement in the provision of housing, provision of electricity, etc, we benefit because we can go into those areas.

I must say that we have heard about the visits by some people from the DA to some of the police stations. Obviously, they have no regard for us. They would have given us their report. [Interjections.] I have not seen it. I do not know how they think this so-called report of theirs is going to be implemented because whether they like us or not, it is only through and by Government that it can be implemented. It would not implement itself, and it would not be implemented by the small office of the Leader of the Official Opposition. Eventually, they will have to give it to us and work with us in order to ensure that those problems that they have identified are resolved. We do want to work with everybody.

This morning, we said that if you were to go out looking for faults, you would find them all over. But, if you go out with a view to saying that you want to participate in finding solutions so that we strengthen this country and build on the ruins of the previous society, you will achieve a totally different result. [Applause.] If their intention is that one, we would welcome working with them, but I doubt that. [Interjections.]

An HON MEMBER: Madam Speaker, what about the basic income grant?

The MINISTER FOR JUSTICE AND CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT: Madam Speaker, maybe you want it, but I do not think that you are a deserving person! [Applause.] [Laughter.]

Mr W J SEREMANE: Madam Speaker, hon President and hon members, in 1996, President Mbeki memorably declared, ``I am an African,’’ in a speech here in this House. As the ditty in the townships goes:

I am an African watsho uThabo Mbeki. I am an African, walandela uDe klerk, walandela uLeon, walandela uMakwetu

History was made, and so was the commitment to a social contract made in continuance and affirmation of the Kempton Park Codesa miracle. It was shared by leaders of all parties and enthusiastically supported by our people.

At the recent ANC conference, the President again declared that:

People of South Africa made a common determination that our country belongs to all who live in it, black and white, and that they refuse to be enslaved by the divisions and antagonisms of the past.

But, if I were to say it in Afrikaans, ``Meer daad as woord,’’ [Deeds rather than words] is what is needed. Paying lip service and nothing more to nonracial and democratic ideas is the highest form of deception and hypocrisy. Once such pronouncements have been made and enshrined in our Constitution, then they must be upheld and defended in both letter and spirit. Playing the race card or resorting to subtle and covert tribalism or ethnicity is total dishonesty and a betrayal of the sacred bond we made with one another in 1994. [Interjections.]

I guess there is still this malady of slaying the bearer of the bad news. We must eradicate racism and its crafty evil twin, tribalism or ethnicity. It is only through adherence to the Constitution that perceptions such as the Rex factor, Xhosa nostra, Makwenyapone diatribe and racist tendencies bedevilling nonracialism will be dispelled.

The ANC Government should desist from breathing life into the morbid organ of racism and tribalism as a means of achieving sectarian goals. Yet, when the President is in a corner - he seems most likely to be in a corner these days - he plays the race card. I quote:

The white Commonwealth

is how he demonises South African allies, Britain, Australia, not forgetting the hated ultraleft, neoliberals etc. The ANC marches on the American consulate in South Africa in the very country that passes the AGOA and brought 40 000 new jobs into our textile industry. Judge people by their actions and not by their skin pigmentation or cultural background. [Interjections.]

Mr President, we all agree that poverty is one of the country’s top priority items amongst other sociopolitical and economic ills that beset our beloved country. It takes more than rhetoric and slogans to push the frontiers of poverty back. Black economic empowerment is important but it must not mean the enrichment of a tiny elite amid a sea of poverty.

All our people need to start tasting the fruits of empowerment. No one can make them rich overnight, but we must start making a dent in the levels of deprivation and poverty. People should not rely on party membership or membership cards to have access to opportunities of self-development. Take heed of our proposal for the basic income grant and of our proposal for opportunity vouchers for the young unemployed. Let us use these policies to protect our people from indignity and fear, and alleviate the frustration of school-leavers forced to roam the streets for lack of employment.

The real constructive way for empowerment and transformation is to create new opportunities for everyone who is willing to uplift him or herself. No one, not a single person, committed to working hard and playing by the rules should be left behind. Our position must be clear: Empowerment and opportunity for all the people, not simply for a select few. Empowerment must know no colour and must be for the benefit of people without looking at the specific pigmentation.

To compete successfully in the competitive global village, merit should be the norm, and not race, colour or gender. Mediocrity has no place in a nation that seeks to be a winning nation and a better place for all. In rectifying injustices and imbalances, we must not fall victim to the very trap of the sins of apartheid or racism that rendered the powerless as hewers of wood and drawers of water, objects of marginalisation and social degradation. The abuse of power in Zimbabwe and elsewhere attests to this danger.

I think it was the sage, hon Rolihlahla Mandela, who said: ``When you fight evil, be careful that you do not end up being tainted by the very evil yourself … ‘’ or words to some such effect.

Let us pay tribute to all South Africans who have contributed positively in their own various ways to this most valuable democracy that we all cherish. We remember, too, the heroes and heroines who do not necessarily have to belong to the ANC. It is also very true that they also served those who waited. We also remember those liberation fighters across the political spectrum who lay languishing in remote areas and the ghettos, forgotten by privileged people like you. Forget them not, for they are our brothers and sisters. [Applause.] Mr M R BALOYI: Madam Speaker, Comrade President and the hon House, Ndza mi losa [I greet you]. As people of this country, we understand the cause of the current political dispensation - the fact that all enabling legislation and policies are there to give effect to the directives of the highest law of the land, our Constitution, and the fact that our actions as implementers are guided to realise the constitutional objectives.

It is on the basis of this understanding that we are ready, as a nation, to say that our President could not have been more correct and timely than when he stated in his address that the tide has turned. Unlike in the past, today we have a wall-to-wall structure of our municipalities with distinct powers and competencies and strategically located where service delivery is taking place.

The co-operative government clause of our Constitution prescribes that the provincial and national spheres of government should work closely with the local sphere. The practical situation reflects a reality that whereas there is compliance with broad principles of co-operative governance, some local municipalities do not always have a say on the timing, the pace and the scope of service delivery programmes by the other spheres of government, let alone the parastatals. In this regard, it will be proper if we were to consider prescribing a compulsory service delivery agreement to be entered into between municipalities and any other party that has a programme of service delivery. I say so because the service delivery agreement referred to in the Local Government: Municipal Systems Act deals only with such service delivery issues that are the competencies of municipalities.

We acknowledge that whereas most, if not all, our municipalities have finalised their integrated development plans, there is still a challenge for some of them to get them implemented, owing either to capacity or resource constraints, and we hope that the central and provincial spheres of government will lend a helping hand to this sphere of our system of governance.

The other challenge facing some of our municipalities is the fact that there are still demarcation disputes that have to be resolved, some of which need to be prioritised. Another reality is that with all the limited resources and challenges, the majority of our municipalities are delivering a qualitative service. The Rustenburg local municipality in the North West province signed a memorandum of understanding with the Royal Bafokeng administration, thereby providing a model that confirms that it is possible for a local government to co-exist and function in co-operation with the institution of a traditional nature, and that the existence of one does not necessarily lead to the disappearance of the other.

Allow me to spend some time focusing on the White Paper on Traditional Leadership and Governance. This is a policy document, the drawing of which is meant to deal with the complexities associated with the historical distortions on the role and place of this institution, as a precursor to enable Parliament to enact national framework legislation and provinces to enact provincial legislation to deal with their specific needs. We want to put it on record that the draft White Paper is a product of wider consultation as follows: All interested stakeholders were requested to comment on the discussion paper. Traditional leaders were consulted, to the extent of holding bilateral meetings with them: A conference was organised and traditional leaders attended. A task team was appointed to evaluate the submissions to the draft White Paper and traditional leaders were part of it. Public hearings were held. The final submission to Cabinet is thus a synthesis of submissions and the original proposal in which the task team participated.

Those South Africans, and possibly some members of this House, who argue that traditional leaders were not consulted have their facts wrong, either due to party-political agendas or patronage. Once more, we want to put it on record that it is simply not true that Government’s intention with the White Paper process is to diminish the institution of traditional leadership and governance and the following serve to prove this point:

The institution is recognised by the Constitution; there are provincial and national houses of traditional leaders; there is provision for traditional leaders to participate in the activities of local government structures; the White Paper proposes that committees be established at the district municipality level so as to get them participating; the Government retained the policy of paying traditional leaders; the White Paper commits the Government to ensure that their involvement in government policies is actually guaranteed; the White Paper commits the Government to build the capacity of traditional leaders. We want to remind some people that if they understand the institution of traditional governance to be an embodiment of our diverse cultures, then they should also understand that culture itself is dynamic and adaptive. We also want to make a call to the people of South Africa to understand that issues of traditional leadership and governance are not the exclusive responsibilities of traditional leaders and members of royal families. These are issues of the community and we need to actually participate in them.

Ndzi rhandza ku gimeta nkanelo wa mina hi ku kongomisa eka Nawumbisi wa ku nyiketiwa ka vun’wini bya misava eka vanhu, lowu wu nga ku kaneriweni hi ku rhangeriwa hi Ndzawulo ya swa Misava. Xikongomelo xa Nawumbisi lowu i ku vuyisela vun’wini bya misava lebyi nga emavokweni ya Mfumo, ku nga vun’wini lebyi kumekaka eka tindhawu leti a ti fumiwa hi Trust ya Matiko-xikaya thlelo byi khomiwile hi tihosi.

Hi ku ya hi Nawumbisi lowu, Mfumo wu ta susa vun’wini bya misava eka wona, wu byi nyiketa tiko kumbe eka ntlawa wa vanhu kumbe eka munhu hi un’we- un’we ku ya hileswaku i mani a tirhisaka xiyenge xihi xa misava. Loko u ri munhu u ri na nsimu ya wena, yi ta nyikiwa wena leswaku u ta swi kota ku yi tsarisa na le ka vatsarisi va vun’wini bya misava leswaku u ta kota ku yi tirhisa hi ndlela yo bindzurisa.

Loko tiko ri ri na ndhawu leyi tirhisiwaka ku dyisela swifuwo, ri ta pfumeleriwa ku teka vun’wini bya ndhawu yoleyo leswaku yi tsarisiwa tano na le tibukwini ta nawu. Loko u ri munhu u ri na xitandi xa wena laha u tshamaka kona, u ta kuma vun’wini bya xitandi xolexo ku fana na lava kumekaka emadorobeni.

A hi seketeleni Nawumbisi lowu naswona ndzi rhandza ku hlohletela Swirho swa Palamende leswaku hi tirhisa tihofisi ta hina ta ti-constituency le makaya ku hlamusela vanhu ntiyiso hi mhaka leyi hikuva loko hi nga endli tano hi ta siyiwa hi vanhu lava va fambaka va xisa vanhu va ku Nawumbisi lowu i xinghunghumani lexi taka xi ri na xikongomelo xo tekela tihosi vun’wini bya misava, va rivala leswaku vun’wini a byi ri na Mfumo naswona bya ha ri na Mfumo na sweswi na leswaku tihosi a a ti khomisiwile vulawuri bya misava ku nga ri vun’wini.

Lexi Mfumo wu endlaka xona hi Nawumbisi lowu hileswaku un’wana na un’wana u ta tikhomela hi yexe leswi swi nga swa yena. Vukosi byi ta tshama bya ha ri kona hilaha ku nga heriki byi ri karhi byi hi fuma hi khomile hi hexe leswi nga swa hina. Tiko ri nga xisiwi i misava ya rona! (Translation of Tsonga paragraphs follows.)

[I wish to conclude my debate by referring you to the Bill on the transfer of ownership of land to the people. This Bill is currently the subject of discussions that are being led by the Department of Land Affairs.

The aim of this Bill is to return the ownership of land to the people. At present the ownership of land rests with the Government. This is the ownership of places which were controlled by the trust in rural areas and at the same time these areas were controlled by traditional chiefs.

In terms of this Bill the Government will transfer ownership of land to the people or to a group of people or to individual people in accordance with who is making use of which portion of the land. If you perhaps have a field of your own, that field will be given to you so that you may be in a position to register it with the Deeds Registrar. In so doing, one would be in a position to use it productively in a commercial way.

If there is some land that is used for grazing purposes, people will be allowed to take over ownership of the land in that particular area so that such ownership of land could be registered officially. If a person has a residential site where he or she is residing, he or she will be given ownership of that residential site, like people staying in urban areas.

Let us support this Bill. I would like to encourage hon members of Parliament to make use of our offices in our constituencies at home for explaining to our people the truth in regard to this matter. If we do not do that, we are going to be left behind by people who go round spreading false information, saying that this Bill is a monster that is coming to take away ownership of land from our traditional chiefs, yet forgetting that all along the ownership of land was with the Government and up to the present moment is still with the Government. Furthermore, chiefs were given the powers to control the land and not the rights of ownership of land.

What the Government is doing with this Bill is to ensure that every individual will personally own what belongs to him or her. Chieftainship is here to stay forever, and is going to rule us while holding that which belongs to us. People should not be cheated; it is their land.]

Dr P W A MULDER: Madam Deputy Speaker, every day on my way to Parliament, I drive past people sitting on street corners, asking me with their eyes for a job - strong, healthy men and women. If you look closely, you can see the despair and the hopelessness in their eyes. They are fathers and mothers that must support their families. In their own eyes, they are failing their families. If we can solve this problem and create jobs, most other problems in this country will be easy to solve.

Dignity will return to these men and women, and crime statistics will come down. Therefore, the FF supports the measures announced by the President to stimulate economic growth. I counted more than 10 different initiatives mentioned in his speech in this regard, and we hope that they can be successfully implemented to solve this problem.

Dubbele standaarde maak mense kwaad. Kom ek gee vir u ‘n voorbeeld: volgens Amerika se media is Pakistan se militêre diktator, met atoomwapens, goed en aanvaarbaar, omdat Amerika Pakistan nodig gehad het om Afganistan in te val. Die diktator Sadam Hoessein is om baie redes nie aanvaarbaar nie. Natuurlik is dit dubbele standaarde. Osama bin Laden was ‘n vryheidsvegter volgens die Amerikaanse media toe Amerika hom gebruik en bewapen het om teen die Sowjetmagte in Afganistan te veg. Osama bin Laden is nou ‘n terroris, omdat hy teen Amerika veg, volgens dieselfde media.

Die internasionale politiek is vol dubbele standaarde. Die enigste reël in die internasional politiek is dat lande vir hulle eie belange kies. Daarom is die VF se standpunt in alle internasionale sake, maar ook spesifiek in die Irak krisis: Suid-Afrika moet kies wat in die beste belang van Suid- Afrika is. Daarom sal ons ‘n fout maak as ons kant kies vir Sadam Hoessein. Dit beteken nie dat Suid-Afrika nou vir die VSA moet kant kies nie. Suid- Afrika behoort vir Suid-Afrika se beste belange te kies. Daardie belang is tans dat ons nie betrokke raak in ‘n oorlog duisende kilometer van ons af nie. [Tussenwerpsels.]

Waar Irak vêr is, is Zimbabwe naby. As ons dieselfde toets gebruik ten opsigte van Zimbabwe, moet ons hier wel kies. [Tussenwerpsels.] Waar dit in Suid-Afrika se belang is om nie kant te kies in Irak nie, is dit in Suid- Afrika se belang om kant te kies in Zimbabwe. [Tussenwerpsels.] In Zimbabwe moet ons kies vir demokrasie, ons moet kies vir menseregte en ons moet kies vir die ``rule of law’’. Dan kan Nepad slaag, dan sal Suid-Afrika die nodige internasionale vertroue opbou en die nodige beleggings kry om meer werk te kan skep, want dit is hoekom dit in ons belang is om reg te kies. Maar dit beteken om teen president Mugabe te kies. Deur nie ten opsigte van Zimbabwe te kies nie, verloor ons elke dag ‘n verdere deel van die beeld wat Suid-Afrika sedert 1994 opgebou het as ‘n demokratiese land.

President Mbeki het gesê:

It is for the people of Zimbabwe to decide who will govern them, not for us to prescribe.

Ek stem daarmee saam, maar dan moet dit ‘n demokratiese, billike manier wees waarop gekies word. Daarom stem ek nie saam met president Obasanjo as hy in sy brief die indruk skep dat alles normaal is in Zimbabwe nie. President Obasanjo aanvaar president Mugabe se beloftes van hervorming. Dit is nie goed genoeg nie. President Mugabe kan net aan werklike dade gemeet word, en daarvan sien ek niks nie.

Ek is ook moeg daarvoor dat die Zimbabwe-krisis altyd deur ‘n rassebril bekyk word. Kom ons haal die blanke boere en die grondhervormings uit, ter wille van die argument. Wat bly dan oor? Die oorblywende probleem het niks met ras te doen nie. Dit is eenvoudige probleme van demokratiese oneerlikheid en van menseregteskendings.

Die nuutste sensus in Zimbabwe wys dat in die vorige verkiesing daar 1,8 miljoen kiesers gestem het wat nie bestaan het nie. Spookkiesers. Hulle is nie daar nie. Dit is oneerlike demokrasie. Elke hofsaak in Zimbabwe oor ongerymdhede in die verkiesing, is deur die opposisie gewen. Gaan kyk. Sewe van president Mugabe se parlementslede het reeds so hulle setels verloor, en nog 23 hofsake kom. Dit is alles bewyse van oneerlike demokrasie. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[Double standards make people angry. Let me give you an example: According to the American media, Pakistan’s military dictator, with atomic weapons, is good and acceptable, because America needed Pakistan to invade Afghanistan. The dictator Saddam Hussein is unacceptable for many reasons. Naturally, this implies double standards. Osama bin Laden was a freedom fighter according to the American media when America used and armed him to fight against the Soviet forces in Afghanistan. According to the same media, Osama bin Laden is now a terrorist because he is fighting against America.

International politics is full of double standards. The only rule in international politics is that countries make choices for their own interests. Therefore the FF’s position in all international matters, but also specifically in the Iraqi crisis is this: South Africa must choose what is in the best interests of South Africa. We would therefore be making a mistake if we chose Saddam Hussein’s side. This does not mean that South Africa must take the USA’s side. South Africa should decide in favour of South Africa’s best interests. That interest is currently that we not become involved in a war thousands of kilometres away. [Interjections.]

While Iraq is far away, Zimbabwe is nearby. If we apply the same test with regard to Zimbabwe, in this case we must choose. [Interjections.] While it is in South Africa’s interests not to take sides in Iraq, it is in South Africa’s interests to take sides in Zimbabwe. [Interjections.] In Zimbabwe we must take the side of democracy, we must choose human rights and we must choose the rule of law. Nepad can then succeed, and then South Africa will build the necessary international confidence and obtain the necessary investments to be able to create more jobs, because that is why it is in our interests to choose correctly. But this means choosing against President Mugabe. By not choosing with regard to Zimbabwe, each day we lose another piece of the image which South Africa has built up as a democratic country since 1994.

President Mbeki has said:

It is for the people of Zimbabwe to decide who will govern them, not for us to prescribe.

I agree with that, but then a choice must be made in a democratic, reasonable manner. For this reason I do not agree with President Obasanjo when he creates the impression in his letter that everything is normal in Zimbabwe. President Obasanjo accepts President Mugabe’s promises of reform. That is not good enough. President Mugabe can only be measured by real deeds, and I have seen none of those.

I am also tired of the Zimbabwean crisis always being looked at from a racial perspective. For the sake of the argument, let us take white farmers and the land reforms out. What remains? The remaining question has nothing to do with race. It involves simple problems of democratic dishonesty and of human rights violations.

The latest census in Zimbabwe indicates that in the previous election 1,8 million voters who did not exist voted. Ghost voters. They are not there. That is dishonest democracy. Every court case in Zimbabwe about irregularities in the election was won by the opposition. Have a look. Seven of President Mugabe’s members of parliament have already lost their seats in this way, and another 23 court cases will still be heard. This is all evidence of dishonest democracy.]

Virtually every member of the national executive of the MDC has been brought to court on one charge or another. This is harassment. Fletcher Dulini-Ncube, the Treasurer General of the MDC, was held in solitary confinement for five months. He lost an eye, his diabetes was not treated, and he lost part of his hearing. In 2002, not a single prosecution has taken place in respect of the 300 or so political killings. Even more cases of torture have occurred since the start of this campaign. All of these were not cases of black on white, or white on black, but black on black.

Mnr Malusi Gigaba van die ANC-jeugliga beweer die MDC is ‘n rassistiese skepping. Volgens hierdie logika beheer ‘n paar duisend wittes miljoene swartes, want al die probleme het begin toe president Mugabe die referendum verloor het in 2000. Ons weet mos dit is nie so eenvoudig nie. Deur hierdie referendum wou hy baie ekstra magte kry, maar hy kon nie wen nie. Dink u dit is moontlik dat minder as 1% mense die res so kon manipuleer?

Mnr Gigaba sê omdat ek wit is, mag ek nie kritiek oor Zimbabwe uitspreek nie. Dit is rassisme! Omdat ek van Afrika is, en omdat ek op Afrika wil trots wees, is Zimbabwe vir my ‘n verleentheid wat ek nie in die buiteland kan verdedig nie. U moet gaan probeer, nie omdat dit ‘n swart-wit probleem is nie, maar omdat dit ‘n menseregte- en demokrasie probleem is. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.) [Mr Malusi Gigaba of the ANC Youth League alleges that the MDC is a racist creation. According to this logic a few thousand whites control millions of blacks, because all the problems began when President Mugabe lost the referendum in 2000. Surely we know that it is not so simple. He wanted to obtain many extra powers by way of this referendum, but he could not win. Do you think it is possible that less than 1% of the people could manipulate the rest in this way?

Mr Gigaba says that because I am white I may not express criticism about Zimbabwe. That is racism! Because I am from Africa, and because I want to be proud of Africa, Zimbabwe is an embarrassment to me which I cannot defend abroad. You should go and try, not because it is a black-white problem, but because it is a human rights and democracy problem.]

With the launch of the African Union in Durban, July last year, president Mbeki said:

Through our actions let us proclaim to the world that this is a continent of democracy, a continent of democratic institutions and culture, indeed, a continent of good governance, where the people participate and the rule of law is upheld. The FF supports this statement wholeheartedly, but we will fight against those that oppose this, and therefore the comments that I made.

Tot op datum het ek in my toesprake nie onnodig opposisiepartye in hierdie Raad aangeval nie. Tog het die leier van die Nuwe NP, mnr Marthinus van Schalkwyk, dit nodig geag om verlede jaar ‘n aanval op my, en die VF, te loods. Hy het verskeie valse stellings die wêreld ingestuur. Ek is jammer dat hy nie hier kan wees dat ons van aangesig tot aangesig daaroor kan praat nie.

Die vraag is: waarom is die kiesers klaar met die Nuwe NP? Dit is nie noodwendig omdat hulle met die ANC saamwerk nie. Mnr F W de Klerk het dit reeds in 1994 gedoen. Hulle is klaar met die Nuwe NP omdat hulle deur die Nuwe NP verkul voel as gevolg van hul dubbele standaarde. Ek gee vir u ‘n voorbeeld: in 2000 spreek mnr Stofile die Oos-Kaapse Nuwe NP kongres toe, mnr Manie Schoeman sal daarvan onthou. Dit veroorsaak ‘n krisis. Die joernalis Theuns van der Westhuizen van Die Burger voer ‘n onderhoud met mnr Van Schalkwyk om die saak te probeer regstel. U kan gaan kyk, 18 Maart 2000.

Ek haal uit die onderhoud aan:

Oor gerugte en beskuldigings dat die Nuwe NP leierskap ter wille van persoonlike ambisies en posisies ‘n samewerkingsooreenkoms met die ANC sal aanknoop ten koste van die party en sy ondersteuners, het Van Schalkwyk skerp veroordelend gereageer:

Dit is ‘n storie wat uit die DP geledere aangedra word. Daar is ‘n mooi manier om daarop te reageer, en die Afrikaanse manier is om sommer te sê: dit is absolute twak!

Dan verwys hy na die VF. Hy sê:

Die Vryheidsfront was vir ons ‘n illustrasie en ‘n aanskouingsles van ‘n strategie wat dikwels van die ANC se kant af isÿ.ÿ.ÿ. om jou te koöpteer en stil te maak deur jou te betrek in strukture.

Dit is die probleem wat die kiesers ervaar: na watter kant toe?

Ek het hier ‘n knipsel van 12 dae voor die verkiesing in Desember 2000. Die opskrif sê:

Hou die Wes-Kaap uit die ANC se hande.

Hierdie stelling word toegedig aan mnr Van Schalkwyk. Dan gee hy vyf redes waarom Wes-Kaapse kiesers op 5 Desember moet stem om die ANC weg te hou. Die eerste rede, byvoorbeeld, lui:

Stede soos Johannesburg, waar die ANC regeer, verval vinnig tot krotbuurte.

Wat maak die kiesers? Die kiesers luister na mnr Van Schalkwyk se oproep en hulle stem in 2000 sodat die ANC uit die Wes-Kaap gehou word. Dan skryf Die Burger hoe daar vonkelwyn geskink word ná die oorwinning, en twee jaar later skryf Die Burger weer hoe daar vonkelwyn geskink word toe die ANC oorneem. Dit is die probleem. Moenie met my baklei daaroor nie. U moet gaan verduidelik na buite. Dit is die probleem en dit is wat die kiesers aan my sê. Hulle sê dat hulle verkul voel. [Tussenwerpsels.] Dit is dubbele standaarde.

In sy toespraak het president Mbeki ‘n oorsig gegee oor die afgelope 10 jaar. Volgens hom was dit ‘n dekade van vryheid, van transformasie en van regstellende aksie.

Die vraag wat jong Afrikaners aan my stel is: hoe lyk die volgende 10 jaar vorentoe? Hulle ervaar regstellende aksie ook as dubbele standaarde, ongeag u argumente. ``Gaan regstellende aksie nog 10 jaar aanhou?’’ vra hulle my. Hulle wil ook weet hoekom regstellende aksie slegs op hulle van toepassing is. Meeste van hulle weet nie wie P W Botha of F W de Klerk is nie. Gaan toets hulle. Vanjaar se matrikulante is skool toe in 1992. Toe was die ANC reeds twee jaar ontban. Wanneer word Suid-Afrika ‘n normale land waar daar geen diskriminasie op grond van ras is nie - soos die Grondwet teoreties sê. Tans is dit nie waar nie. Tans ervaar jong Afrikaners omgekeerde diskriminasie, en ek kan u voorbeeld na voorbeeld bring.

Ek hoor al die mooi argumente in hierdie Raad van hoe dit behoort te werk. In die praktyk werk dit nie so nie. Ek kry skokkende briewe - een na die ander. Onlangs was daar ‘n brief in die koerant van ‘n jong dame wat met ‘n gemiddelde-A matriek geslaag het. Nieteenstaande haar prestasies kan sy nie studiebeurse kry nie, en kon sy nie toelating kry tot sekere studierigtings nie. [Tussenwerpsels.] ‘n Vriendin van haar, wat saam met haar in dieselfde skool was, wat swart is, en wie se ouers ryker is as haar ouers, het al die moontlike geleenthede gekry, en sy vra vir my hoe ‘n mens dit verduidelik.

Kom ons stel hierdie jongmense vry van regstellende aksie in die volgende dekade. Kom ons stel ‘n doeldatum en ons sê: nou is alles oop. U sal verbaas wees hoe die jongmense sal reageer daarop. Maak dit vir my moontlik om drome oor Suid-Afrika te droom. Maak dit vir jongmense moontlik om opgewonde oor die toekoms te wees. Maak dit moontlik dat ons vir almal ‘n plek in die son kan skep. Tans ervaar ons dit nie so nie, en ervaar hulle dit nie so nie. Ons het al die potensiaal om dit wel te kan doen. Dit is binne ons vermoë. Ek dank u. [Applous.] (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[To date I have not attacked opposition parties unnecessarily in this Chamber. Yet the leader of the New NP, Mr Marthinus van Schalkwyk, considered it necessary to launch an attack on me and the FF last year. He conveyed to the world various false statements. I am sorry that he could not be here so that we could talk about it face to face.

The question is: Why are the voters finished with the New NP? It is not necessarily because they are working with the ANC. Mr F W de Klerk did that in 1994 already. They are finished with the New NP because they feel cheated by the New NP as a result of their double standards. I will give you an example: In 2000 Mr Stofile addressed the Eastern Cape New NP congress, and Mr Manie Schoeman will remember that. This caused a crisis. The journalist Theuns van der Westhuizen from Die Burger held an interview with Mr Van Schalkwyk to try to put the matter right. You can have a look, it was on 18 March 2000.

I quote from the interview:

Oor gerugte en beskuldigings dat die Nuwe NP leierskap ter wille van persoonlike ambisies en posisies ‘n samewerkingsooreenkoms met die ANC sal aanknoop ten koste van die party en sy ondersteuners, het Van Schalkwyk skerp veroordelend gereageer:

Dit is ‘n storie wat uit die DP geledere aangedra word. Daar is ‘n mooi manier om daarop te reageer, en die Afrikaanse manier is om sommer te sê: dit is absolute twak!

He then refers to the FF. He says:

Die Vryheidsfront was vir ons ‘n illustrasie en ‘n aanskouingsles van ‘n strategie wat dikwels van die ANC se kant af is … om jou te koöpteer en stil te maak deur jou te betrek in strukture.

That is the problem which the voters are experiencing: Which way now?

I have here a cutting from 12 days before the election in December 2000. The headline reads:

Hou die Wes-Kaap uit die ANC se hande.

This statement is attributed to Mr Van Schalkwyk. He then gives five reasons why Western Cape voters should vote to keep the ANC away on 5 December. The first reason, for example, reads: Stede soos Johannesburg, waar die ANC regeer, verval vinnig tot krotbuurte.

What did the voters do? The voters listened to Mr Van Schalkwyk’s call and voted in 2000 so that the ANC was kept out of the Western Cape. Die Burger then wrote about how champagne was poured after the victory, and two years later Die Burger once again wrote about how champagne was poured when the ANC took over. That is the problem. Do not argue with me about it. You must go and explain outside. That is the problem and that is what the voters are telling me. They are telling me that they feel cheated. [Interjections.] That is double standards.

In his speech President Mbeki gave an overview of the past 10 years. According to him it was a decade of freedom, of transformation and of affirmative action.

The question that young Afrikaners put to me is: How will the next 10 years look? They also experience affirmative action as double standards, irrespective of your arguments. They ask me: ``Is affirmative action going to continue for another 10 years?’’ They also want to know why affirmative action is only applicable to them. Most of them do not know who P W Botha or F W de Klerk are. Go and test them. This year’s matriculants went to school in 1992. The ANC had then already been unbanned for two years. When will South Africa become a normal country where there is no discrimination on the basis of race - as the Constitution theoretically says? Currently this is not true. Currently young Afrikaners experience reverse discrimination, and I can bring you example after example.

I have heard all the lovely arguments in this Chamber about how it should work. In practice it does not work that way. I receive shocking letters - one after the other. Recently there was a letter in the newspaper about a young lady who passed Matric with an A aggregate. Notwithstanding her achievements she cannot get bursaries to study, and she could not obtain entrance to certain directions of study. [Interjections.] A friend of hers, who was in the same school as her, who is black, and whose parents are richer than her parents, has had all the possible opportunities, and she asks me how one explains that.

Let us liberate these young people from affirmative action in the coming decade. Let us set a target date and say: Now everything is open. You will be amazed at how the young people will react to that. Make it possible for me to dream dreams about South Africa. Make it possible for young people to be excited about the future. Make it possible for us to create a place in the sun for everyone. Currently we are not experiencing it in this way, and they are not experiencing it in this way. We have all the potential to be able to do it. It is within our ability. I thank you. [Applause.]]

Ms J MOLOI: Madam Speaker, the President of the Republic, Deputy President, members, ladies and gentlemen, as we move towards the first decade to celebrate our country’s freedom in April next year, the struggle to eradicate poverty and underdevelopment remains fundamental. This is in order to achieve our national goal of building a caring and people-centred society. Our legislative institutions are mandated to deliver a quality set of laws for the people of South Africa, and to ensure that these laws are implemented efficiently and effectively in a way that is responsive to the needs of the citizens.

The President emphasised in his previous address that:

We have to help to lift, from the shoulders of our people, the intolerable burden of poverty and underdevelopment, and the eradication of a centuries-old legacy of colonialism, of racism and of apartheid.

In order to actualise this reality, we are engaged in a social transformation process, actively aimed at broadening the front for reconstruction and development.

We engage with various communities in our constituencies. I interacted with a group of youth activists in a place called Orange Farm. It is a developing settlement in Gauteng. This youth group indicated their eagerness to engage with practical programmes to bring about positive change in the lives of people living in that area. They had teamed up with all existing youth formations and NGOs to form a youth development forum, with the aim to eradicate poverty and further develop the place in order to improve the lives of people in that locality.

They have identified amongst themselves what they need, the skills they have, and the skills they require to live up to the challenges they are faced with. They have volunteered to take up other programmes and campaigns in the past. For instance, they were part of the Letsema campaign. This was in order to test their ability to deliver on projects. For instance, they have been part of the basic income grant campaign, and they have realised that many people who qualify for the grant are not in possession of identity documents.

They took this up as a challenge to pursue the second phase of the campaign. The introduction of the community development worker by the President and the establishment of multipurpose centres will match correctly to reduce costs in travelling and related costs to obtain IDs for communities such as those, because the belief is that, as citizens of South Africa, they have a right to their identity. In their attempt to push back the frontiers of poverty in Orange Farm, they want to build SMMEs, they want to form co-operatives, and they want to have their business initiatives rated amongst the highly successful within the arena of black economic enterprises. These young men and women want to develop their own communities by creating jobs right where they live. They are not prepared to go around scouting for jobs.

On the idea of the growth and development summit, their opinion is that the same process should filter through to the local level, in order for them to create partnerships with Government and business. They remain ready and positive of a fruitful outcome of this exercise. Like the youth on 16 June 1976 who said, We do not want Afrikaans under those conditions'', the youth in Orange Farm say,We do not want poverty any more’’, and they are willing to fight it themselves.

It is therefore evident and it is clear that our economic vision should be aimed at fundamentally transforming our society. This includes strengthening state power and transforming the state machinery to serve the cause of social change, to pursue economic growth, development and redistribution and to improve the quality of lives.

This is evident from the three phases of our economic development. The first phase was the RDP, which was tasked with promoting economic growth and improving human conditions through comprehensive measures to deliver services. The second one was growth, employment, and redistribution, emphasising a shift towards achieving microeconomic stability by striving to achieve a budget deficit of 6% or less and single-digit inflation. The third was introduced in 2001 by the President and emphasised further in his speech, which indicates emphasis from macroeconomic stability to microeconomic reform, the thrust being unemployment and poverty.

The reality of our country’s outlook requires us to understand our dual economy that has both a formal and an informal sector. Job losses in the informal sector have a devastating effect on the informal sector, and we do not have to lament about that. But we can actually say what initiatives we have. Co-operatives are now being emphasised as an urgent necessity for active, equitable participation of both men and women. We need to understand that co-operatives are based on values of self-help, of mutual understanding, of equity and equality. These democratic establishments have the potential to accelerate the socioeconomic process and create an enabling environment for the alleviation of poverty. Legislation on the co- ops is due to be passed later this year by this House. The importance of the SMMEs, the small, medium and micro-enterprises, as a vehicle to create jobs and provide access to business, cannot be ignored.

It has been reported that only a small percentage of Government programmes has reached the SMMEs since inception. Part of the problem lies in the fact that programmes are not aimed at very small or micro business. For example, Khula’s main focus is on medium and small businesses. A new institution to deal with micro and very small businesses is needed. We therefore welcome the President’s announcement on the introduction of the Apex Fund to finance micro-enterprises, and the impending legislation to change the Small Business Act.

It is important again to mention that the current plans, programmes and initiatives have taken a cluster approach in which an integrated strategy for the informal sector, for the co-operatives and small business, are spelled out clearly. In this regard, it is also important to note that the success of the implementation of this strategy would be complemented by active engagements of MPs in their constituencies to benefit the communities involved.

We should have a common vision and clear objectives on support mechanisms, and strive to enhance the spirit of entrepreneurship as well as introduce civil service/community development workers that would reinforce the programmes of Government. As a challenge, when we talk about industrial policy, the conceptual debate should be to capture whether a manufacturing or industrial strategy is addressing the existing industrial structure. If so, we have to help to find answers on the implications for the possible future development paths of the economy.

The DTI has introduced an integrated manufacturing strategy as part of the action plan announced by the President in 2001. They outlined the need for co-ordinated government interventions. The key performance areas of this plan include black economic empowerment, small business development, employment and the geographic spread of the economy. Through these guidelines, the DTI places manufacturing at the centre of the economy and emphasises the need to increase value-adding.

Clearly, a coherent plan to take collective action forward for implementation is a core element of this strategy. The IMS is a crucial platform on which to build a collective approach to achieve the goals of employment generation, and broad-based, more equitable growth. The strategy identifies the challenge in terms of the dualistic nature of South Africa’s economy. There is a need that the visible and concrete benefits from the industrial strategy should be realised in underdeveloped and rural areas of the economy.

Seo re se hlalosang mona ke hore ha re tla kena ho Industrial Development, ho tla ba bohlokwa hore e sebetsa haholo ho dinaha mahae. [What we are explaining here is that when we get into Industrial Development, it could be of great importance to make use of rural areas.]

The industrial strategy should seek to improve the cost competitiveness in the developed economy, and the realisation of potential in the underdeveloped parts of the economy, which represents the experience of a large portion of South Africans. In addition, this strategy needs to address the absence of a substantive treatment of gender. For example, there is a need to customise support programmes to take account of current gender profiles and problems in promoting gender equality, specific to industries or sectors to which they are applied.

We will continue to engage constructively with all stakeholders to strengthen the industrial policy framework to help achieve the full potential of South Africa’s economy. On the issue of black economic empowerment, the envisaged strategy document and policy guidelines would provide the broad parameters of empowerment. We are of the opinion that this integrated approach to empowerment would be in the best interests of our modern and global competitive economy. However, to make this a reality, certain key issues must be clearly addressed.

The first issue, the opportunities for greater economic participation in all sectors by BEE participants, must be outlined by all sectors at all levels, from central Government, parastatals, state-owned enterprises, and major corporations. Secondly, the concept of scorecards, meaningful measurement and control of participation must be clearly monitored, evaluated and controlled. To this end, credible black organisations and black professional bodies must play an important role in exposing BEE’s engaged in fronting and window-dressing.

Thirdly, a mechanism must be created whereby the lethargy and the indifference of bureaucracy is speeded up. A fair amount of BEE business appears to have problems on Government BEE initiatives because, in the past, when problems developed, there was a little bit of a problem around bureaucracy when they were actually approached. Solutions were not really forthcoming. In numerous cases that are encountered presently, old white firms are still being awarded large contracts at the expense of blacks, under the same pretext that I have indicated.

Parliament must play a vital role in protecting people’s rights and, furthermore, ensuring visible and meaningful transfer of economic power. A mechanism must be created whereby BEE participants themselves can report any hindrances, and ensure that corrective actions are taken to expedite the BEE process. We anticipate that the proposed legislation will be promulgated very soon.

The building of a truly nonracial, nonsexist and prosperous South Africa, and the genuine emancipation of our people, depend on how we implement our tasks.

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Order! Order! May I please request hon members to lower their voices. There is a speaker in front of us.

Ms J MOLOI: We need to improve the capacity of the state to meet its obligations to citizens, giving a spur to drivers on economic growth and job creation, broadening the access to social services and improving their quality, improving international solidarity and contributing to building a better life for all.

The New Partnership for Africa’s Development is a comprehensive developmental programme for Africa and it strives to promote accelerated growth, to eradicate widespread severe poverty, and to bring to a halt the marginalisation of Africa in the globalisation process. The South African legislative institutions have established themselves in a very short space of time, and many challenges still confront us in this regard.

It is therefore imperative to mention some of these challenges facing us and outline them as follows: The restructuring of the financial sector and effective use of savings in the Government budget; the unemployment problems, especially the creation of sufficient jobs; our definition of the informal sector; constructive interventions at all levels of government; the land issue, and the skills audit.

In conclusion, I would like to mention that development in this country is a must, and we are ready to implement legislation and decisions around the eradication of poverty. We do not want to play on the emotions of people and pretend that we are the best sympathisers to their cause. The people down there know that they are custodians of the policies that we have developed and, together with them, we will make sure that we remain steadfast in the quest to eradicate poverty and underdevelopment in ensuring a better life for all. [Applause.]

Mr I S MFUNDISI: Madam Deputy Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President, and hon members, the state of the nation address in any part of the world usually prompts people to intense debate. There are always issues that the nation feels should have been emphasised more than they have been, or should have been mentioned and have been left out. Last week’s address is no exception.

Poverty is gnawing at the nation, and concomitant with it are social ills such as crime and prostitution. Perpetrators claim they are driven to these to make a living. We propose that to push back the frontiers of poverty, the country should not be turned into a welfare state by doling out parcels. Our dictum is that people should live by the sweat of their brows. Labour-intensive projects and programmes should be put in place so that people earn a living. We propose that mechanisation in digging trenches for laying down pipes for reticulation of water should be done away with. Instead, people should be employed. Roads and streets in villages and some townships have turned into ravines after the rains. Manual labour could be put to use to repair them.

We in the UCDP maintain that Government is always at war in its quest for solutions to problems besetting the nation. To win the war, the Government has to be clean, lean and mean. To keep the Government clean, we maintain that it has to be detoxicated of any impurities among its ranks. When members of the executive at national and provincial levels are implicated in impropriety, whatever trust people have in such government wanes.

We have this situation in our government setting. Only time will unravel this knot. The issue of high-ranking employees who continue to waste government resources to almost complete collapse, as in the case of medical services in Mpumalanga, surely calls for a clean-up.

Since the advent of democracy in 1994, we have heard words such as restructuring, rationalisation, redeployment, demobilisation, downsizing, affirmative action and what-have-you.

All these were, and still are, meant to cut down on the size of government employees. Yet, day after day, in most newspapers, there are advertisements aimed at new recruits. Even last week, the hon President, among others, alluded to the setting up of a National Social Security Agency, and the creation of a public service echelon of multiskilled community development workers, which, in themselves, mean the creation of more posts with additional executives, obviously with impressive packages for remuneration. Staff reduction will remain as elusive as the will-o’-the-wisp.

We call on those tasked with the process of auditing the Public Service personnel, and due to report by the middle of the year, to ensure that the Public Service is overhauled to ensure that the number of chiefs does not exceed Indians in each department. The problem is in the many layers of managers who are office-bound, yet are remunerated heavily while their income is not commensurate with their output. The leaner the system, the better it will perform.

The good intentions of Government are defied and scuttled by those who have to implement them. They misconstrue statements such as Batho Pele'' to mean ANC members first. They argue that the Freedom Charter says The people shall govern’’, therefore it is only those who are in the governing party who qualify as people'' or batho’’, and should therefore get first preference. It is such nefarious conduct that has to be set right. [Interjections.] Listen to those schoolboys there!

In keeping with the Christian dictum, we say, ``A kgotso e ate’’ [May peace prevail]. We embrace all efforts made to ensure that the world enjoys perfect peace. We gloat in seeing that South Africa is the torchbearer in the quest for peace. We shall not cease to pray for those being sent to Iraq to seek ways and means of giving peace a chance.

There is ongoing debate around the role of traditional leaders in a democracy, and while this is continuing, the matter of rights in communal land has also come to the fore. We hope all these will be handled with the greatest responsibility, circumspection and sensitivity, while paying attention to communal land whose owners have title deeds thereto, as opposed to those who occupy state, or what used to be called trust, land. Surely, individual titles to these will differ.

We note, however, that, in keeping with our policy of federalism, the houses of traditional leaders in the various provinces will pass their own pieces of legislation. We support this initiative and look forward to the process being applied in other areas of customary life since the central point of control is, more often than not, unable to keep heterogeneous communities together.

That serious crime has been reduced or stabilised is a moot point. It depends from which angle one views the issue. We take note that the Government concedes, however, that the considerable proportion of crimes against the person, including murder, the abuse of women and children, assault with intent to cause grievous bodily harm and common assault, take place among the most marginalised sections of our population.

This, we propose, can be curbed by having a police presence in their midst. Such people, from their position of poverty and remote situation, find it difficult to access police assistance, and we therefore agree with the President when he says that the Government has to go to the people. Let us have policing services taken to those people.

In his address, the President referred to the Government’s intent to respond to poverty, malnutrition, and poor health generally. We note that better health can mainly be attained by eating nutritious food. Such food is produced by farmers who unfortunately are not being assisted by way of subsidies by this Government. Most developed countries continue to subsidise their farmers. Failure to subsidise farmers affects the emerging farmers negatively, and the historically established white farmers continue to thrive. There is surely a way to relook at this matter.

People in the rural areas, or the rural parts of the country, are the most vulnerable when it comes to the provision of water. I have been to eMpulusi in Mpumalanga, and the outskirts of Mahwelereng in the Limpopo province. Potable water to these people is unknown. All they know is that the water has to be withdrawn from some point down the road. Surely, the provision of resources like water has to be speeded up. The sporadic outbreak of cholera in the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu Natal is an indication that much has to be done in this respect.

Hopefully, people will respond to the advertisement of the Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, calling for comments on the provision of water.

We hope, finally, that the best still has to be done for the people of South Africa. I thank you. [Applause.]

Ms M M SOTYU: Madam Deputy Speaker, hon President of the Republic of South Africa and hon members, the President, in his January 8 statement and in his state of the nation address, made a particular reference to the suffering of women and children and called upon all South Africans to focus on the safety of our communities. He stressed the need to pay attention to the close relationship between poverty and some crimes. The SA Police Service has committed itself to preventing and combating crime against children and women, and regards this kind of crime as one of the police’s priorities. They focus on increasing the number of family violence, child protection and sexual offences units of the SA Police Service, as well as victim support programmes, prevention programmes and public education programmes. The ANC is committed to strengthening the implementation of all the good laws that are in place to deal with violence against women and children.

The ANC’s vision derives from the Freedom Charter, which proclaimed, in 1955, that there shall be peace and friendship'', and went further to say, peace and friendship amongst all people shall be secured by upholding the equal rights, equal opportunities and status of all’’.

We commend those SA Police Service members who try their best to translate and implement, in particular, the Domestic Violence Act under difficult circumstances, for instance, when it comes to the withdrawal of cases by abused women, i e the victims. Police need to understand the laws in order for them to discourage the victim from dropping these kinds of charges. Some of these victims are forced by the perpetrators to drop such cases against them. A review of the operation of the community policing forums is being done, thanks to Comrade Nqakula, the Minister. This will include their funding as per the ANC national conference resolution. The major focus of this is to consider the feasibility of the community safety forums. We are aware that most of these kinds of crimes are not reported in some instances, because they are referred to as social or family problems. In some cases, it is when some SAPS members don’t take these seriously. You will get some instances in which these cases are reported and the police officer will say: ``O ne o batla eng wena mme bosiu, hore o tle o betwe?’‘[What did you want at night, lady, until you were beaten?] So, this is where our role as public representatives is needed mostly. We need to educate the community in respect of their rights and translate those laws which are there to protect them; especially those communities which are in rural areas.

The President in his state of the nation address emphasised the need to utilise amavolontiya [volunteers] and the need to establish community development workers within the Public Service in order to assist the people in tackling the immediate problems they face. We acknowledge those volunteers who rendered their services to communities and in our police stations. Trained volunteers and social workers counsel victims of rape at the relevant institutions. There are community-based victim empowerment projects in most of the provinces, and trauma facilities at some police stations that provide counselling services by trained volunteers. The Department of Justice is utilised for training for criminal prosecutions, in order for the perpetrators to be convicted. NGOs like the Network of Violence Against Women are also used in reference to this. The ANC will not tolerate the abuse of children in any form. Brutal attacks on children by their own parents and guardians is a serious criminal offence. I want to take this opportunity and commend police stations like the one in Barberton in Mpumalanga, which, together with the community, went on a campaign of schools adopting a cop and held workshops on how to deal with crime at schools, including the eradication of the abuse of drugs and alcohol at schools. This has helped to build a better relationship between the communities and the police.

Elderly persons are abused daily in different ways. We acknowledge the step taken by the Department of Social Development by drafting a policy document to address issues affecting our elderly persons. Abuse and neglect of the elderly are common in residential homes, hospitals, within families, in communities and at pension paypoints. This drafted legislation will address, among others, the poorly managed, racially divided and underresourced communities. Before we can truly say that our elderly get the respect and dignity they deserve, many challenges remain unsolved.

Ya okametseng Ntlo, re na le bothata bo ntseng bo ata moo maqheku a amohelang teng. Ho na le batho moo bao ho thweng ke bo matjhonesa. Dinokwane tsena di amoha maqheku tjhelete ya ona ka tsela e utlwisang bohloko haholo. (Translation of Sotho paragraph follows.)

[Chairperson, we have increasing problems where our elderly people are receiving their pension money. There are people at those places called bo- Matjhonesa [illegal money lenders]. These criminals are cruelly snatching from our pensioners.]

We say to those unlicensed moneylenders who steal the pensions of the elderly by unlawfully lending money to these poor senior citizens: We are watching you and you will be arrested very soon. We would also like to commend the ANC Women’s League in the Free State, together with the community and the volunteers, who have embarked on a campaign to combat this kind of crime which is escalating through all these other provinces. They visit most paypoints on the days of the pension payouts and, with the help of some police, they managed to stop these moneymongers. The President, in his state of the nation address, indicated that our success depends on strengthening the partnership of the Letsema campaign with communities volunteering to assist the security agencies in their work. Comrade President, the constituency that I am servicing in the rural area called Naledi in the Free State province on the borders of Lesotho …

Igama ebizwa ngalo le ndawo yiKanana. Kambe, eli gama lithi Kanana siya kulisondeza kuleya yobisi nobusi. Le yona ke kodwa ayinjalo, yechaseneyo naleyo. Apha kule iKanana ikati ilele eziko. Bathi bayabulela ngamanzi acocekileyo abawafumene ukufika kwalo Rhulumente we-ANC. Kunjalo nje, abantu baseKanana bathi kwixesha lamandulo, ukuze bafumane amanzi, kwakufuneka baye kuwafuna kumlambo iGqili. Kungokunje amanzi akhona, eze kubo.

Bathi, babebanexesha lokuba bahambe ebusuku baye kufuna amalongwe ukuze baze kupheka. Babesithi xa befuna amalongwe baye kumda weli lizwe neLusuthu, apho kukho khona iinkomo ukuze bakwazi ukufumana izinto zokubasa. Kuthe kusakube kufike lo Rhulumente wakhe abasazi nalapho babewachola khona loo malongwe, kuba sele kukho ugesi ngoku.

Bathi abantu baseKanana bayamvisisa uVukuzenzele. Kunjalo nje bayamxhasa lo Rhulumente we-ANC kuba kaloku banale ntetho ithi, ``Kungcono ukusenga le seyizele kunokulinda le imithiyo ongayaziyo ukuba yozala thole lini na.’’ Ngelinye ixesha kothi kanti imithi ithole eliza kuzalwa selifile.

Bathi abasayi kuzithembisa ngale mibuthwana ithi siza kunipha amanzi. Amanzi sele ekhona. Bayabulela, kodwa eyona nto ingamandla kukujongana nokuthi impilo yabo bayibhekisa phambili ngokwabo. (Translation of Xhosa paragraphs follows.)

[Ms M M SOTYU: This place is called Canaan. One may think that this is the Canaan that is talked about in the Bible, where the Jews were promised that they would get milk and honey. The one I am talking about is different from that one. In this one people are poor. People are, however, grateful to the ANC-led Government for providing them with clean water. People from this place say that in the past they fetched water from the Vaal River. Today, water has been brought to them. They say that they used to go out at night to look for dried cowdung so that they could make fire. They would go as far as the boundary between South Africa and Lesotho, where there are many cattle, looking for dried cowdung. However, since this Government came into power, they do not even know where they used to go to look for dried cowdung because there is electricity now. People from Canaan understand what is meant by Vukuzenzele and they very well support the ANC-led Government because they say that it is better to milk a cow that has given birth already than to have to wait for the one that is still carrying a calf in case it gives birth to a stillborn calf. They say that they will not be influenced by these newly established parties who promise to bring them water. They have access to water already. They are very grateful and want to improve their living conditions themselves.]

In conclusion, the Leader of the Opposition said a lot about the killing of farmers, but nothing about those farmworkers who are being exploited and killed by farmers. Is it because they are black? He said nothing about those who are killed and about those police officers who are being corrupted by these very farmers who give the police bribes to keep quiet about people they have killed. Is it because those people who are killed were black? He doesn’t say anything about tax defaulters. He is quiet about them. Is it because the majority of those tax defaulters are white? One just wonders.

In conclusion, we say ``No women abuse, no to child abuse and elder abuse, and we say no older person deserves to suffer emotionally, physically, sexually or financially. Thank you. [Applause.]

Mr J DURAND: Madam Deputy Speaker, I see the leader of the Freedom Front is here. He accused the leader of my party in his absence, and I think it is my responsibility on his behalf to set the case straight.

Voor 1994 toe die leier van die destydse NP, mnr F W de Klerk, en die leier van die ANC, mnr Mandela, bymekaar gekom en onderhandel het vir ‘n demokratiese Suid-Afrika waaraan almal in vryheid kan deelneem aan alle prosesse van die land, het mense soos dr Mulder dit beskou as verraad. Daar is gesê dat die land uitverkoop word. Aan die einde van hierdie proses het ons vrede in hierdie land, Suid-Afrikaners is nie meer in ons buurstate vermoor nie. Jong, wit seuns het nie meer teruggekeer van die grens af in swart sakke nie. Dr Mulder en sy party was die party wat in die aanloop tot die 1994-verkiesing probeer het om die Wêreldhandelsentrum te bestorm om hierdie demokratiese proses te stop. Toe hulle sien hulle kan dit nie doen nie, het hulle inderhaas en met groot moeite probeer deel word van die proses.

Toe hulle besef hulle kan demokratiese regering nie keer nie, het hulle op hulle beurt die President genader en gevra: Gee vir ons ‘n volkstaatraad. En ná ‘n klomp belastingbetalersgeld gemors is, het hulle besluit om nou maar deel te wees van hierdie proses onder sekere voorwaardes. Hul voorwaardes was: Skep vir wit Afrikaners ‘n kibboets in die woestyn. Toe hulle agterkom dat wit Afrikaners werklik Afrikane is en deel van die meerderheid van die land is, is hulle baie sag oor die volkstaatraad. Op ‘n stadium het die Mulders so erg gevoel oor die volkstaatraad dat hulle van die generaal ontslae geraak het, want hy bemark Orania nie goed genoeg nie. Nou praat hulle van dubbelspraak. Wie verkoop vir wie uit? [Tussenwerpsels.] (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[Before 1994, when the leader of the then NP, Mr F W de Klerk, and the leader of the ANC, Mr Mandela, met and negotiated for a democratic South Africa in which everyone could participate freely in all processes of the country, people like Dr Mulder regarded it as treason. It was said that the country was being sold out. At the end of this process we had peace in this country, South Africans were no longer murdered in our neighbouring states. Young white boys no longer returned from the border in black bags. It was Dr Mulder and his party who, in the run-up to the 1994 election, tried to storm the World Trade Centre to stop this democratic process. When they saw that they could not do it, they hurriedly and with great difficulty tried to become part of the process.

When they realised that they could not prevent democratic government they, in their turn, approached the President and asked: Give us a Volkstaatraad. And after a lot of the taxpayer’s money had been wasted, they decided to become part of this process on certain conditions. Their conditions were: Create a kibbutz in the desert for white Afrikaners. When they realised that white Afrikaners were in fact Africans and part of the majority of the country, they were very quiet about the Volkstaatraad. At one stage the Mulders felt so intensely about the Volkstaatraad that they got rid of the general because he was not marketing Orania well enough. Now they are speaking of double-talk. Who is selling out whom? [Interjections.]]

It was not my intention to become part of this debate, but, unfortunately, I was forced to.

I would like to welcome today the president of the SA Police Union, Mr Sigidi, and his secretary-general who is here today, and they are to highlight the plight of the police and the police murders that are happening in this country. Early this year, I approached your office with a request for a special debate on police murders and the conditions under which the police have to do the important work of safeguarding our lives and our property. You, Deputy Speaker, informed me that I must use this debate as a platform to highlight the concerns of our men in blue.

These men and women in blue are our last line of defence against anarchy and chaos. Their tireless work and dedication made it possible for us to safeguard our international guests at the World Summit for Sustainable Development. Last year, the DA said the police should not prioritise the resources into the investigation of the Boeremag. Fortunately, Mr Minister, the SAPS ignored their suspect advice, arrested those involved and secured a safe festive season for all of us. We thank them.

Who is safeguarding our policemen and women? The cold-blooded manner in which their colleagues are killed will remain in their and our memories forever. We remember Captain Sipho Mokgotsi of my home town, Pretoria. He served us with the dedication of a hero. He was about to make a breakthrough in his investigation into a Mabopane cash-in-transit heist. A week before the police could arrest the suspects, he and his wife were shot in cold blood, in one of the most ruthless police murders in recent history. Captain Mokgotsi is but one on a role call of hundreds of police that are killed in what appear to be revenge attacks by criminals. Unfortunately, time is limited and I hope you will allow a special debate on this issue not only so we could pay homage to our fallen heroes, but where we can also highlight the concerns of our living heroes who fight in the trenches against crime and corruption.

We have a number of special units established to fight crime and corruption, but there has been no unit established to deal with the police killings. Why is this crime not a priority? The police are our protectors, not our enemies. They are sons and daughters, fathers and mothers. The police request, and I agree with them, that life sentences should be given for those found guilty of killing policemen. I believe personally that they should be hanged. A crime against the police is a crime against the state. There should be a policy of no bail and no parole. We should look at the service conditions of the SA Police Service. When a police officer dies before completing ten years of service, his or her beneficiaries will only receive the actuarial interest or his or her final average salary, whatever is the greatest.

With the meagre salaries the police earn, how can one expect the remaining spouse to provide for a family with that small amount? National Commissioner Selebi admitted recently that the salaries of junior South African Police Service members are insufficient. They are the bobbies on the beat, the frontline of visible policing. Mr President, is it not not time that you mandated an urgent investigation into the salaries and service conditions of the SA Police Service? We conducted a Defence Review and, based on the outcome of this review, we decided to spend millions on arms. We should conduct a crime review in this country and then decide the size and capacity the force needs to be to make our people safe and secure. If the police want to increase their salaries or get promotions, they must apply for desk jobs, away from where the criminals are. We then bring new recruits and place them on the streets without the presence of experienced and skilled officers. The private sector, with better pay packages, is attracting most of our skilled policemen and women away from the force, robbing the SA Police Service of much-needed skills and expertise.

I once again will request a full debate on this issue and I plead your indulgence. A summit to discuss police killings has been promised, and I hope the Minister will announce the date for that during this debate and also add on to that agenda the working conditions of the SA Police Service.

If there is one area where South Africans have strengthened the partnership … [Time expired.] [Applause.]

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Mr Ngcobo is making his maiden speech. [Applause.]

Mr N NGCOBO: Madam Deputy Speaker, hon President and hon Deputy President, the pursuit of the goals of freedom from want, hunger, deprivation, ignorance, suppression of talent, fear and intimidation is fundamental to the guarantee of human rights and dignity. The potential role of science and technology in the pursuit of freedom and wealth is unquestionable. There is often confusion to the effect that the development and the diffusion into the economy of science and technology are the sole responsibility of the Government of the day. On the contrary, the importance of science and technology should be recognised by the society as a whole, be it industry, civil society, the education sector, scientists, etc.

Thus, a people-oriented approach to the development of science and technology is one that is rooted in the following outcomes and values: the enhancement of quality of life of all South Africans; promotion of competitiveness and the creation of employment; promotion of digital- oriented information society; promotion of an environmentally sustainable surrounding and biodiversity; development of human resources and talents, especially in the historically disadvantaged communities, and generation of marketable products and services to a level that is globally competitive.

On the other hand, the Government has a responsibility to pursue technology policies that are geared towards focusing more on effective collaboration between partners with the purpose of technology transfer. Such technology policies should be able to provide better domestic skills, capabilities, supplier networks and infrastructure. Furthermore, the Government should pursue institutional changes that are based upon innovation, initiative and organisational knowledge as driven by processes of socioeconomic transformation.

Good technology policies should allow for the blending of traditional technologies with new, big with small, indigenous with foreign, etc. In order to compete successfully in a globally challenging environment, we also need to develop the ability to create and acquire technology from all forms of available sources and resources. Furthermore, the adopted technology policies should be able to establish effective access to relevant information, and thus a mechanism should be devised which should allow for the effective diffusion of such information into the economy.

Successful understanding and consumption of information by one party from another, coupled with an effective application of such information at the marketplace and at consumer level, represents what is referred to as the ``technology transfer process.’’ The latter is central to the successful development of a technology infrastructure and base in our country which has the capacity of competing in a global context.

The initiative by the Cabinet which saw the approval in 2002 of the National Research and Development Strategy and the creation of the new Department of Science and Technology is a clear demonstration by our Government that science and technology are at the centre of the alleviation of poverty and the enhancement of freedom amongst our suffering people.

The strategy involves the allocation of new research resources to the key areas of technology such as biotechnology, information technology, manufacturing, poverty reduction, resource-based industries, etc. It also emphasises, at research level, the exploitation of South Africa’s key geographic and human advantages such as astronomy, biodiversity, Antarctic research, indigenous knowledge systems, paleontology, etc.

The strategy further encourages international collaboration in science and technology in the fields of importance to the nation. It supports the national system of innovation which has to drive Southern Africa as a region of excellence in science and technology.

An innovation fund has been created to promote larger skilled consortium projects in which academia, science councils and industry can participate by focusing on major themes of Government such as competitiveness, equality of life, environmental sustainability, information and technology, etc, so as to address the needs of our national economy.

The strategy also encourages the establishment of programmes which act as technology diffusion stations such as the Godisa programme and Tshumisano programme. Poverty relief programmes such as the bee-keeping programme and the Phumani Hand Papermaking project are but all demonstrative indicators by which our Government wants science and technology to be people-centred in this country. It is indeed a comprehensive strategy which needs to be developed and enriched in the interests of our people and the country’s wealth creation. In line with this latter statement, we therefore need to consider some of the important technologies which are based on scarce skills professions.

If South Africa wants to be a major player in world technology affairs, it has to begin now to monitor closely the international technological adventures and breakthroughs as well as to do something about this. This may be in the form of establishing our own research centres around these technologies or sending people overseas to join such ventures as a way of participating in the technology transfer process in the scarce skills technologies.

To augment my argument, I have in mind the following international technological ventures, amongst others, as an example: fuel cell technology for green energy and green cars; vacuum technology and cryogenic engineering for space, defence and civil purposes; nanotechnology and its nanomachines and aerospace engineering and the aircars.

Briefly, I think it will be unfair not to give a brief overview of what these technologies entail. In fact, recently, in his state of the union address, President Bush of the United States of America proposed a $1,2 billion programme to help build the infrastructure needed to revolutionise the cars we drive. He had a vision of an American child born today driving a green car based on this technology in the next two decades.

In fact, fuel cell technology is an old space technology that is now being brought down to earth. It dates back to the 1800s, but it was not until the 20th century that it was used successfully to promote electricity and water in spacecraft. The Gemini spacecraft mission is but a testimony to this argument.

Actually, at the centre of fuel cell technology is the metal platinum which acts as a catalyst. What President Bush did not say was that, for his fuel cell programme to succeed, he would also need a Rustenburg child born today who, in two decades, would be a negotiator in the platinum metal industry. [Interjections.] Fuel cell technology, in fact, is a very important technology and South Africa stands to benefit economically if this technology succeeds because it has got vast reserves of platinum in Rustenberg. [Interjections.]

I also want to say a few words about vacuum technology and nanotechnology, which is a technology of the near future. Nanotechnology is an umbrella term that covers many areas of research dealing with objects measured in nanometres. A nanometre is a billionth of a metre. The goal of nanotechnology is to manufacture goods at molecular level. Nature has best been able to do this. Our bodies are built out of tissue cells of molecular structure, and they are a testimony to the success of nanotechnology in nature.

What would nanotechnology bring to us as a nation? It is envisaged that the benefits of nanotechnology would be that: famine could be eradicated by machines that fabricate food to feed the hungry; the computer industry could greatly benefit if computer components were shrunk to nanodimensions since trillions of bytes of information could be stored in a structure the size of a sugar cube [Laughter]; it would have a positive effect on the environment as nanorobots begin to be used to mend the ozone layer, and the medical industry would benefit greatly with patients being made to drink fluids containing nanorobots programmed to attack and destroy viruses and cancer cells, for instance. [Applause.]

There is also a very interesting development in Israel in aerospace engineering. They are developing aircars. The aircars are small cars that are called VTOLs. VTOL means Vertically Taking Off and Landing aircars. [Laughter.] This firm in Tel Aviv is called Romeo Yankee Ltd. These aircars are differentiated into two categories, the City Hawks and the Turbo Hawks. [Interjections.] They envisage the City Hawks to be the cars that would fly up to an altitude of 8000ft, and the Turbo Hawks are envisaged to play a very great role in missions of military purposes. And so, it stands to reason that at the centre of this technology developing in Israel, is a military purpose which we in South Africa have also have to try to cope with if we are to defend ourselves in the near future.

These cars can fly and run on the road and their size is adapted to fit in a normal garage and parking bay. [Interjections.] It is thus my view that ventures in the scarce skills-based technologies should be monitored closely whilst training in scarce skills professions should be encouraged within our society so as to render us less dependent on consultants that rape our country of its scarce financial resources. [Interjections.]

Human resource development in science and technology is also a very important component which is linked to the initiative as based on innovation in science and education. Science and technology education can respond to the real needs of our society and the country only when it is practical, relevant and appropriate. Our teaching methodology should emphasise problem-solving and decision-making.

Regarding the development of technical skills, curriculums should relate to local context, not only by way of development of technical skills, but also by routing in the principles based on militant philosophy and revolutionary science.

We have to start preparing and producing doctors, engineers and scientists who understand the origins of historical and dialectical materialism … [Interjections] … who understand the difference between idealist and materialist philosophy, who understand the difference between objective and subjective conditions in addressing challenges of our society … [Interjections] … and who understand where rice or cotton comes from. In a nutshell, we should have technologists who are true reflections of the success of our national democratic revolution. [Interjections.]

But, even more, the mindset and culture that science and technology are for white people and that blacks are for sports and dancing around must be eradicated … [Laughter] [Applause] … let alone the attitude that women are for nursing, social work and romance. [Laughter.] In these connections Parliament, through its relevant portfolio committees, must begin to implement this oversight role of identifying those centres and institutions of science and technology which still remain bastions of racism and the exclusion of black talent. [Interjections.] Blending white faces with black faces has also become a new technique used in many institutions of science and technology here in South Africa since the establishment of our majority rule in 1994.

Science and technology should also be seen, in the global context, of what role they can play. In the African context and in line with the philosophy of the African Renaissance, our challenge is to lead the African continent into becoming an economically competitive regional force by using our better developed science and technology infrastructure to provide essential services ranging from electricity, agriculture, communication, education to other products of the human mind.

Science and technology are indeed a crucial instrument in all forms of human endeavour in this regard. It is part of our accepted international obligations to advocate the eradication of global poverty and the marginalisation of developing countries that form two-thirds of the world community which is condemned to backwardness, superstition and diseases by the so-called modern society.

Comrade President, thank you for your initiative. Nepad provides a good springboard for an all-African initiative and solution in advancing science and technology on our continent, whilst the formation of an African Science Technology Commission is indeed a step in the correct direction for our continent. Thank you, Mr President. [Applause.]

Dr M S MOGOBA: Madam Speaker, the address of the President on the state of the nation was of a commendable standard, even though it was a bit long and above our heads and that of the nation. This is made clear when one reads and re-reads the speech. At each re-reading, it sparkles with new light and new vistas surface.

I want to further commend the high visibility of Africa in the address and repeat the satisfaction and delight of some of us that, since the light dawned on the President when he declared ``I am an African’’, that light and vision that it brought have not left him. Pan-Africanists of all ages and colours are standing up like the Biblical cloud of witnesses to watch the manifestation of this apocalypse.

Another magnificent spark in the address was the impassioned plea from this Chamber for peace in the world. ``Give peace a chance’’, was a constant refrain. We support the President on this courageous stand.

On 12 September 2001, a day after the dismal 11 September attacks, I remarked in this Chamber that citizens of the global village, like fellow villagers in a mokhukhu'' [informal settlement], share a common destiny and cannot express their sentiments with the bang-bang of guns or candles and matchsticks. They do not have the luxury or space for survival if they indulge in a war without careful planning and thought. This country is renowned in the world as a miracle state, saved from abloodbath’’.

It has one commodity only that it can share with the world and that is the miracle of sustained dialogue, negotiation, reconciliation and peace.

I appeal to the other parties to stand in solidarity with the President and endorse this sentiment. It may be just another miracle that the world is waiting for.

Coming back home, let me hasten to express my one major disappointment in the speech. This is the persistent downgrading and downsizing of the HIV/Aids pandemic. To equate HIV/Aids with TB and malaria, although there are commonalities, is disturbing. The emergence of the street assembly with thousands voting with their feet is not an act of defiance of this august Assembly. It is an expression of despair. Jurgen Moltman comments sharply:

Living without hope is like no longer living. Hell is hopelessness and it is not for nothing that at the entrance of Dante’s Hell, there stand the words ``Abandon hope, all ye who enter here’‘…

A nation without hope needs intervention. The profile of Aids needs to be raised very high and a lot of resources poured into this darkness in the soul of the nation. Aids is like war; if not stopped in time, we may be too late to help those who are already in the graves, and this would nullify all the collective good that may accrue from our other good intentions and acts. The moment to act is now. Those who are dead may not be able to make a call to the magnificent government call centre or the e-government gateway.

The President has put his finger on another major crisis facing our country. I refer to the joblessness, foodlessness and hopelessness of the poorest of the poor for whom the tide is turning very slowly. Parts of the speech, like the repeated mention of social grants, child grants, food parcels, high food prices, free health care for the disabled, school- feeding etc, show that these are shared concerns. What is inexplicable is the Government’s rejection of a basic income grant for the unemployed. Our view is that the concept of Umbamba sisu is not an act of surrender. It is a realistic way of putting something in an empty stomach while you engage the person in planning for the transformation of the total situation or of the economy.

Our view on the economy is that the tide can turn only if crime is contained. There is a vicious cycle here of crime, investments, jobs, more poverty and more crime. The cycle can only be broken at the entry point of crime.

The President has raised hopes that our crime prevention departments are winning. This is appreciated, but the overall climate remains unchanged, and the criminal is not getting the message. This delays the transformation and prolongs the pain of those who are at the bottom of the heap. It has been said that some things cannot be done slowly and gradually, like extinguishing a fire, operating on a patient or killing an ox. If it must be done, it must be done speedily and expeditiously. Why, one might ask, are criminals and the mafia more afraid of Botswana than of South Africa? This country is losing millions of rands because of retarded or arrested growth. Crime is costing us dearly.

I noted in the President’s speech that traditional royalty would not be marginalised and that they are regarded as important partners in the transformation of our rural communities. This is welcome news but needs to be pursued with more conviction, more vigour and more adroitness. I also noted that expanded resources would be made available for the nodal areas of Coega, Lepelle, La Mercy.

This is welcome news and I agree that vigorous development in these critical areas can bring signs of hope to many people and have more impact on the total strategy for changing our country.

Appreciation has been expressed about the successes of the African Union Summit, the World Summit on Sustainable Development and now the Cricket competition, particularly the high level of security for international guests. We must add our word of congratulations to this laudable performance by our security forces. The only sad thing is the manner in which some countries are bent on pulling politics into activities like sport. If this lapse or trend is allowed to continue, it will kill the spirit of sport stone dead. There are no perfect states in our world as yet, and sports cannot wait until countries are perfect. Sports are God’s gift to mankind in order that the Olympic spirit may permeate into the atom-infested world. The uncompromising attitude towards Kenya and Zimbabwe must be roundly condemned.

This evil spirit will kill international sport. It will also kill the Commonwealth. It will kill the Non-Aligned Movement and even the African Union and the United Nations. Countries of the global village should join hands, go to venues that are suspect and pitch their tents there. Put differently, instead of surrendering or abdicating or politicising venues, insulting countries and continents, the cricket family of nations should have formed a joint peacekeeping force to drive away the evil spirits from Zimbabwe and Kenya, and let the spirit of sport triumph. It is not difficult to see that it will be impossible in the future to provide a venue that is acceptable to all - not in our imperfect world.

In conclusion, I want to echo the President’s positive sentiments in pointing the nation to the 40th anniversary of the OAU, the 10th Anniversary of our South African miracle; the 6th anniversary of the TRC, the 2nd anniversary of the Freedom Park, and the 2nd anniversary of the moral regeneration movement.

Above are the dark clouds of war. We are challenged to look for a silver lining, signs of hope, signs of life, and signs of triumphant life. Our South African one-word-summary for all this is Halala!

Adv J H DE LANGE: Madam Speaker, hon President Mbeki, hon Deputy President Zuma, hon members, ladies and gentlemen, on 16 December last year, President Mbeki in his president’s address to the ANC National Conference, in a very balanced yet unequivocal manner, placed the vexed question of the ongoing process of the transformation of the judiciary and the magistracy for consideration on the national agenda for the coming period.

I refrain from reading the whole quote. Suffice it to say that it appears to me that this invitation for intervention by way of dialogue and action from the President, at the very least, contains the following components for consideration: Firstly, that the ANC believes in, fights for and actively promotes the rule of law and the independence of the judiciary ``to apply the law impartially and without fear or favour’’ and has a duty to protect, promote and build our courts, as set out in the Constitution. However, this must always be done in a balanced and nuanced manner, having due regard to the respective constitutional and legal roles of the legislative and executive authorities in relation to the judiciary and the respect and courtesy the three arms of government should accord each other.

Secondly, that the disturbing point of view that transformation has obviously not progressed as well in the judiciary as within the legislatures and executive branches is gaining ground.

Thirdly, that the ANC cannot afford or allow a situation to develop whereby our judicial system, and its institutions, lose credibility with our people as a whole, arising out of a failure to consider and find solutions to the challenges that face the judiciary and magistracy in the context of the national transformation process, and Fourthly, that the national transformation process within the judiciary and magistracy comprises two components, which are both falling short of expectations and require redress. Firstly, there is the slow realisation of the objective of equitable representation of black people and women'', which I shall term diversity, personnel or symbolism transformation. Secondly, there is the intellectual and ideological approach adopted by judges and magistrates, during the prosecution of this transformation process, whenimplementing the letter and spirit of our Constitution’’, hopefully ``impartially, and without fear or favour’’, which I shall term intellectual content or substantive transformation.

Transformation of the judicial system, including the judiciary and magistracy, does not mean merely destroying for the sake of it that which was built during the apartheid years, nor does it mean merely reforming a few aspects thereof. It is rather our task, in prosecuting our vision of transformation, to take that which is good or useful in the old dispensation and in a holistic, integrated and comprehensive manner to transform and build on it.

However, it is my considered opinion that the whole South African judicial system and the institutions underpinning it, because of its past record, when our new democracy took root in 1994, to varying degrees, suffered from a serious crisis of credibility, legitimacy and efficacy.

Therefore, I do not believe that we can start rebuilding or transforming the judicial system, if we do not understand and recognise what it is that we did to ourselves as a nation in the past. We cannot build a new nation and a new future in a vacuum. Whatever changes we want to bring about to create a nonracial, nonsexist, democratic and prosperous society must firmly be rooted in the reality of what we have available to us today in human, intellectual, spiritual, emotional and material terms. Sad to say, what we have is, to a large extent, damaged goods. Yet it is with those materials, damaged and warped as they may be, that a brighter and more humane future must be built.

Since the advent of our new democracy in 1994, the courts have slowly been climbing out of the quagmire in which they had been submerged, with a slow concomitant increase in their levels of legitimacy, credibility and efficacy.

It is vitally important for the successful prosecution of our political transition and the socioeconomic transformation of our country that the rehabilitation of our courts and judiciary remains on a gradual upward curve; hopefully soon to gain momentum. It is trite to state that this rehabilitation process, on the one hand, is the responsibility of particularly the Government, but also all politicians and, on the other hand, and most importantly, the judiciary itself.

I can state unequivocally that the ANC takes this task very seriously. This means scrupulously respecting and promoting the rule of law and the independence of the courts and our judiciary, and providing adequate assistance and resources - within our means - for the courts to fulfil their constitutional obligations. However, we also firmly believe in the necessity of our courts and judiciary to be accountable, in the broad sense of the word, to the people of South Africa, although there are a few and inadequate mechanisms available at this stage to achieve this equally important objective. This is an urgent priority that the committee is dealing with at present.

I firstly deal with diversity transformation. In his intervention, the President, whilst remaining mindful that our democracy is still in its infancy and accepting that the full realisation of the objectives of the Constitution relating to the judiciary are still a matter of the future, correctly raises the slow ``realisation of the objective of equitable representation of both black people and women’’ on the Bench. What have we done and what are we doing as a nation to realise this objective?

The Judicial Service Commission is charged with advising the President as to the appointment of judges to our higher courts. The Magistrates Commission performs a similar task in respect of magistrates.

Section 174 (1) of the Constitution provides that -

Any appropriately qualified woman or man who is a fit and proper person may be appointed a judicial officer.

A Constitutional Court judge must also be a South African citizen.

Section 174 (2) provides that in making judicial appointments -

the need for the judiciary to reflect broadly the racial and gender composition of South Africa must be considered.

Since 1994, the Judicial Service Commission has sought, in recommending the appointment of judges, to give effect to this directive and has recommended the appointment of a number of black persons and women as judges of the superior courts. As the statistics will show, this falls far short of what we need.

The JSC has also developed criteria for consideration in recommending persons for appointment, but time does not allow me to reflect on those here.

After each candidate is interviewed publicly in the Judicial Service Commission, it then retreats behind closed doors, weighing the merits of each candidate against the above criteria. Each of the twenty-odd commissioners then casts his or her vote accordingly, the majority view of the Judicial Service Commission prevailing if the requisite number of votes are garnered for a specific candidate.

Broadly speaking, more often than not, when weighing up candidates against each other, the distinction and tension between diversity transformation and intellectual content transformation arises. They do not always overlap. Diversity transformation is obviously meant to promote the designated categories of black people and women, whereas intellectual content transformation embraces the candidates’ value system, approach to justice, capacity for justice and understanding of the direction of the Constitution, and therefore may include any person, including white males, who actively promote the philosophies underpinning our constitutional dispensation and social transformation project. A candidate may qualify under the one, but not under the other. Which should be accorded more weight? Or, if a person from a designated group does not meet the requisite criteria set for the intellectual content transformation component, should they still be appointed? These are the very complex and vexed questions the Judicial Service Commission has to regularly grapple with. I personally am not certain that we always find the right balance, in particular as it relates to the intellectual transformation component.

As our President correctly points out, part of the solution is the conscious and consistent building of a pool of potential black and women candidates for appointment to the judiciary and magistracy. A few mechanisms have been developed and utilised in this regard. However, such attempts, in my view, have been haphazard, arbitrary and unco-ordinated. Much still must and can be done in this regard. We need to place it high on our list of priorities for the coming period.

I also have various statistics for the present composition of the judiciary and magistracy but time does not allow me to deal with them. I am just going to give an overall analysis. An analysis of all 1 886 serving judicial officers, from both the judiciary and the magistracy, starting from an almost zero base, particularly in the higher courts, reflects the following composition: 41,1% are black, 58,9% are white, 19,1% are female, and 80,9% are male; or to put it differently: 51,4% are from designated groups, and 48,6% are white males.

As far as leadership positions of the 14 entities comprising our superior courts are concerned, 10 have heads or … [Interjections.] The difference is I don’t accept it. You accept it … acting heads of the court who are black male persons and four are headed by white males.

In conclusion, I turn to the Chief Justice who opined recently:

I think transformation is proceeding as quickly as it can. Today a third of the higher judiciary is black and 20% to 25% of judges are women. That is a significant change in a short period.

Although it is difficult to logically fault such a conclusion, we equally should remain mindful of the words of our previous Minister of Justice who cautioned:

I don’t think that respect for the judiciary will come simply because there are black appointments or that there are more women, but I think it will make a contribution to building that respect.

Much still remains to be done in changing the diversity composition of our Bench and we should do so in all haste.

Secondly, I turn to the intellectual content transformation.

In his intervention, the President reminds us that judicial officers, like every other South African, come to their positions with definite political and ideological perspectives. Correctly he points out that, in itself, there is nothing wrong or unexpected about this, as long as this does not impair their ability to implement the letter and the spirit of our Constitution and laws, impartially and without fear or favour. In other words, simply put, we do not want judicial officers in our newfound democracy to become pro-executive minded judges'', but neither do we want them to beanti-executive minded judges’’. We only expect them to be diligent and even-handed in the discharge of their duties. Unfortunately, it would seem that there are some judicial officers in this country who continuously interpret ``impartiality and without fear or favour’’ to mean the promotion of an agenda which seems to have little or nothing to do with the philosophies underpinning our constitutional dispensation. They hide behind the concept of the independence of the judiciary and legal obfuscation to promote their brand of justice, which more often than not harks back to a bygone constitutional and legal era, whose most abiding legacy is its declaration as a crime against humanity.

It goes without saying that the most important component in this rehabilitation process of our previous apartheid judiciary is the judiciary and magistracy itself and the judges and magistrates that constitute it. Respect, legitimacy and credibility cannot be bestowed upon an individual or institution. The judiciary is no exception. It could not and was not ever expected that the mere taking of an oath of allegiance to the Constitution by members of the apartheid judiciary would bestow legitimacy and credibility upon it. The judiciary, through mainly its own conduct and the approach and tone it adopts towards the unfolding transitional processes and the socioeconomic transformation of our country, will set the agenda and pace of its own rehabilitation process and the esteem and respect within which our people as a whole will hold it. It is a delicate balance that the judiciary must chart, with integrity, diligence and vigour between, on the one hand, its genuine and legitimate constitutional obligations and, on the other hand, its status as a full, committed and vital component of the political centre of this country, which must steer our fledging democracy from its pariah status to a proud, stable and functioning democracy, which must successfully prosecute the unfolding socioeconomic and ideological transformation of our country. The litmus test would be how individual judges and magistrates will pursue their legitimate and genuine constitutional obligations, without wittingly or unwittingly going out out of their way to frustrate or undermine the legitimate and genuine choices and aspirations of the majority of South Africans to create a fully functioning democracy and a socioeconomic and ideologically transformed country. It is a relationship that the judiciary must base on the cornerstones of honesty, integrity, dignity and openness. The judiciary and individual judges need to be exemplary in this regard, more so since 1994, because the role of judges has become more pronounced, more part of the mainstream of political choices, with greater possibilities of frustrating, derailing or undermining the political aspirations or choices of the majority of South Africans.

This is so because the adoption of the interim Constitution marked a decisive and revolutionary break with our legal and constitutional past. It is the legal foundation upon which all legality rests, from which all derive their authority. It embodies the spirit and essence of the rule of law. It provides for a decisive break with Westminster-type parliamentary sovereignty, ushering in a constitutional state where the Constitution is supreme.

It is often asserted, and correctly so, that the Constitution is supreme, not Parliament. Like most simple assertions, this statement possibly hides more than it reveals. Firstly, a constitution cannot speak for or interpret itself; the courts have the sole responsibility to definitively interpret the Constitution, especially the Constitutional Court. In this sense, if the truth be told, it is really the courts who are supreme as they say what the Constitution is or is not. Secondly, and equally importantly, within the parameters of constitutionality, Parliament is supreme to make whatever political choices it deems fit.

This, of course, leads to a very complex and complicated relationship between the trias politica, particularly in an abnormal society like ours. But, as we have become accustomed, the Constitutional Court has been exemplary in striking the right and correct balance, which other courts must follow, which sometimes they don’t do. One of these pronouncements eloquently reflects this approach by the late Justice Mohamed in the Azapo case, where he says:

There can be legitimate debate about the methods and the mechanisms chosen by the lawmaker to give effect to the difficult duty entrusted upon it in terms of the epilogue. We are not concerned with that debate or the wisdom of its choices or mechanisms but only with its constitutionality. That, for us, is the only relevant standard.

Then, more recently, in the UDM case, the Constitutional Court also said:

Courts are not, however, concerned with the motives of the members of the legislature who vote in favour of particular legislation, nor with the consequences of legislation …

And a bit further:

In essence, however, it involves restraint by the courts in not trespassing onto that part of the legislative field which has been reserved by the Constitution, and for good reason, to the legislature.

The characterisation of the relationships between the legislature and the executive on the one hand, and the judiciary on the other, is best captured in the provincial judges Canadian case. And I quote:

These relationships should be depoliticised. When I say that those relationships are depoliticised, I do not mean to deny that they are political in the sense that court decisions both constitutional and non- constitutional often have political implications, and that the statutes which courts adjudicate upon emerge from the political process. What I mean instead is the legislating executive cannot, and cannot appear to, exert political pressure on the judiciary, and conversely, that members of the judiciary should exercise reserve in speaking out publicly on issues of general public policy that are or have the potential to come before the courts, that are the subject of political debate, and which do not relate to the proper administration of justice. As we build institutions in our emerging democracy, it is of vital importance that all leaders in our society continuously and actively promote and encourage that the three arms of government show each other the necessary respect and courtesy, avoiding gratuitous reflections on the integrity of one another. Chief Justice Chaskalson recently in the Van Rooyen case eloquently captured this concept of mutual respect, thus:

In exercising such powers, obedience to the doctrine of the separation of powers requires that the judiciary, in its comments about the other arms of the state, show respect and courtesy, in the same way that these other arms are obliged to show respect for and courtesy to the judiciary and one another. They should avoid gratuitous reflections on the integrity of one another.

This approach also guides the ANC when it differs with the courts as we have always attempted to use balanced, rational, temperate and respectful methods to express our differences of opinion. We do not subscribe to the misguided and extreme views, on the one hand, which say that judges and their pronouncements are always above criticism or rebuke, especially in public, and, on the other hand, that government and politicians may play to the gallery and whip up public emotion by castigating and criticising every court pronouncement that differs with their point of view in an emotional and disrespectful manner and often without all the facts being available upon which the decision was based. Both these extreme views are out of step with best international practices in all democracies of the world and are unacceptable to the ANC. Therefore, if we have a substantial difference of opinion with a judge or the judiciary, we will not hesitate to raise it, in whatever way we deem apposite for the occasion; but it will always be foremost in our minds that our actions need to strengthen the judiciary and its legitimacy, credibility and efficacy.

Finally, this approach is best captured in the words of the late Chief Justice Mohamed:

Judges must consciously accept the risk that their judgments in crucial areas must be subject to vigorous attack and criticism. This should cause them no distress. A viable and credible constitutional culture evolves most effectively within the crucible of vigorous intellectual combat and even moral examination. Judges there have no right to demand any kind of protection from the same kind of vigorous criticism to which they subject the contentions on behalf of the litigants who appear before them. What they are entitled to demand and do demand is that such criticism should be fair and informed; that it must be in good faith; that it does not impugn upon their dignity or bona fides and, above all, that it does not impair their independence.

I trust with these few haphazard remarks that I have started to respond to the President’s injunction to us, and that this debate will be taken further. Thank you very much. [Applause.]

Miss S RAJBALLY: Madam Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President, hon Ministers and hon members, I would firstly like to take this opportunity to welcome everybody back to a year of new challenges and hard work. May we all, with the grace of God, be able to inculcate our efforts for the betterment of all of South Africa to the best of our abilities.

South Africa has come a long way and its history needs no introduction. As can be gathered from the statistics given by our hon President, we have had a successful 2002. The opening of Parliament on Friday was certainly a lovely event, and the hon President’s eagerly awaited address seems to have made many promises for a better year ahead.

However, as always, there are those who choose to criticise and pick on petty issues, such as how long the President spoke on certain aspects. People should know better. The short period of time spent focused on a certain issue, such as Aids, does not mean that a relaxed position has now been taken on this matter. I think all of South Africa knows the extent of the Aids situation and the hard work that is being performed by the Government in order to contain the problem. Time should be spent on working together in overcoming problems, not on trying to create more problems by way of cheap technical tactics.

The MF shares the President’s sentiments on black economic empowerment. Economic growth and empowerment are a means to a better quality of life for all South Africans. However, to make this possible, certain key issues have to be addressed. Firstly, the opportunities through greater economic participation in all sectors by participants in black economic empowerment must be outlined sector by sector at all levels. Secondly, the concept of scorecards and meaningful measurements and control of participation must be clearly outlined, monitored, evaluated and controlled. Thirdly, a mechanism must be created whereby the lethargy and indifference of our bureaucracy is speeded up.

The MF is pleased with the hon President’s comments on the increase of social grants to children up to the age of 14. However, the MF has reservations about the age limit and feels that it should be extended to include children up to the age of 18, as this is the age at which most of our children are writing their matric.

As mentioned earlier, the President may not have placed great emphasis on the Aids issue, but we are aware of the extent of this pandemic - especially in the KwaZulu-Natal area. The MF therefore pleads that greater attention be given to contain the matter and bring the Aids infection to a halt.

As regards the current USA-Iraq situation, the MF strongly opposes war and stands firm with all anti-war campaigns. The MF is pleased with the news from the President and the acceptance of the South African proposal by the Iraqi government. After decades of bloodshed, the world still has not learnt that no dispute is settled with guns. Let us pray that this situation does not end up in becoming another silly mistake.

The adjustments to be made to the social wage also appear to be quite promising, with increased connections of water and electricity, schooling and improvements in other living conditions. This certainly pleases the MF, as it will make for better living conditions. Delivery is set to intensify.

The President’s address has covered a number of aspects of concern, from finance to social to health and so forth. Even pensions are set to receive better delivery. All South Africans are a concern and deserve to be looked after by their Government. There is no such thing that this concern is more for some than for others. Some might require more than others, but that is as far as the difference goes.

Unemployment is still a worrying factor in South Africa. It is hoped that via black economic empowerment more jobs will be created and the unemployment rate will be confined to a low figure. This would certainly curtail our problems regarding poverty and development and it would help us to build a stronger fabric of South African people. The MF further feels that funds allocated to certain projects should not be concluded, but that all funds, though used wisely, should be made use of to the maximum.

The MF once again would like to take this opportunity to voice its support of the President’s address, which has certainly placed hope in the lives of many people. It is up to us now, as Government, to ensure that delivery is made efficiently and effectively. We can do this by working together.

The MF once again expresses its pleasure to be back and encourages getting back into the full swing of work. We have taken an oath to improve the living conditions and affairs of all in South Africa. The MF salutes our hon President on his initiative to improve the lives of our people. South Africa Vukuzenzele. Once again, Mr President, sizoqhubeka sibumbene simunye. [We will continue together as one.] [Applause.]

The SPEAKER: Hon members, we have had a long debate and a long one is still ahead of us. I will therefore suspend the proceedings for 10 minutes for the comfort of hon members.

Business further suspended at 16:14 and resumed at 16:31.

The SPEAKER: I would like to draw your attention to the fact that this is Mr Mthethwa’s maiden speech. [Applause.]

Mr N MTHETHWA: Hon Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President, hon members, the subtheme of this address is: Empower the youth to secure the future, thus pushing back the frontiers of poverty.

In dealing with this subject, it is imperative for one to start by paying tribute to the father of South African revolution, and indeed the liberation of the entire humankind, our late president, O R Tambo.

On the occasion of honouring South African youth in 1981, President O R Tambo said: ``A nation, a country, a people, a movement that does not respect its youth, does not deserve its future.’’ This profound understanding of the role of young people in society has always guided the ANC. This is in contrast with theories of reaction that tend to create a dichotomy between youth and society at large, to the extent of pushing youth issues to the periphery.

Historically, the youth of South Africa has been in a state of repression by successive apartheid governments, which not only violated all their fundamental rights and opportunities by means of oppressive and racially- oriented laws, but also perpetually denied them opportunities to develop and prosper to their full potential.

Emanating from this context was a series of challenges that confronted and still confront the youth of South Africa. Amongst others, there are the challenges of unemployment, poverty, health-related issues such as HIV/Aids, lack of skills, and lack of information that enables young people to make relevant and informed choices about their lives and minimal resources of youth development initiatives.

The democratic Government, upon assumption of power in 1994, placed emphasis on youth development as one of the fundamental tentacles of socioeconomic and political transformation of our country. Signifying this commitment, the new Government conducted extensive consultations with youth, represented by their organisations.

Emphasis is currently placed on designing meaningful and sustainable strategies that define in succinct terms the nature of Government’s and society’s intervention and the anticipated impacts thereof. Youth development as a cross-cutting issue continues to be a strategic priority of Government, and this explains in clear terms that indeed the tide has turned. Ongoing efforts by youth development organs should ensure that this focus is sustained and that the interest does not dissipate.

There are many systems providing youth development in our country today. Amongst others there is the Constitution of South Africa, the White Paper on Local Government published in 1998, the National Youth Development Policy Framework document for 2002 - 2007, which was published in 2001, and the formation of the National Youth Commission itself in 1996.

The executive in the Government is responsible for all executive decisions including, inter alia, the National Government Youth Development Policy Framework and Youth Work Practice.

There are no obvious obstacles from the national or provincial government to the inclusion of youth development in all operations of governance. However, the difficulty arises because different institutions play varying roles in youth development at national level. National Government must ensure that there is effective co-ordination and that there are clear operational mandates for all tiers of government through co-operative governance.

Some of the institutions involved are the National Youth Commission, the Inter-departmental Committee of Youth Affairs, the Office of the Status of Women, and many others.

The provincial role, with respect to youth development and youth work practice, is very similar to that of the national sphere of Government. The difference that can be noted is that nine provincial administrations have to translate the national vision, policy frameworks, norms and standards into programmes which can be implemented in the context unique to each province. Then, at the national level, for youth-sensitive resources allocation, monitoring and creating partnerships between Government and civil society.

For local government, its singular role is a theatre of action. Even in areas where the competencies are placed at the provincial and national level, for example, education, social security grants, etc, the responsibility to co-ordinate how these things happen at the local level remains in the hands of the local government officials.

On the issue of youth economic participation, it should be noted that the high unemployment that people are referring to today, is because of the apartheid legacy.

Lack of specific skills amongst young people, especially those that are out of the social and economic mainstream, act as a serious, debilitating factor for the latter’s massive involvement in income-generating activities.

At the Stellenbosch Conference, the ANC took resolutions. Notable are resolutions that affect youth and acknowledge that the participation of youth in the political, social and economic life of the country is key to strengthening and enhancing the culture of democracy.

In these resolutions, emphasis was laid on paying urgent attention to the implementation of youth programmes and the monitoring thereof. These programmes include the National Youth Service, an integrated sustainable youth economic participation strategy, the proposed legislation on co- operatives to cover specific needs of youth, the Preferential Procurement Policy to be reformed and amended to benefit youth enterprises and links with big business for skills development and markets, as well as sufficient access to financial resources. The ANC-led Government should continue unapologetically to develop these programmes that address the needs of this sector, with all youth stakeholders playing a central role.

On the other hand, the Umsobomvu initiative, together with other government departments, has for the past two years covered areas such as skills training, access to information, counselling on HIV/Aids-related issues, and putting in place building blocks of sound youth entrepreneurship.

This is another way, and another attempt of the Government, to push back the frontiers of poverty and ignorance amongst youth.

These mechanisms are in no way exhaustive, since we know that societal wants are unlimited, whilst resources in any society remain limited. This is a clear example, which explains that the road to social progress is always under construction.

Young men and women form a substantial part of the population and are affected by crime and violence, either as perpetrators or as victims.

However, our communities have no tolerance of criminal acts, such as those of some who tend to take the law into their own hands. This needs to be discouraged and the point made that people should respect the country’s law enforcement agencies. Young people, particularly those under age, found engaged in criminal activities often spend unspecified periods awaiting trial. During those periods, they come under further criminal influence and often become more hardened themselves.

Where young people are found engaged in crime, a proper assessment of their socioeconomic conditions and the actual crime has to be made.

On this score, we need to applaud some of the initiatives taken by the Constitutional Development Department concerning social mobilisation. This should be aimed at continuing the reversal of the effects of apartheid on young people; effecting drastic change in the status of young men and men, and societal perception, which is mostly negative.

On the recommendations, all government departments, both provincial and local, should in their annual business plans make provision for programmes aimed at addressing youth challenges and submit the impact thereof.

The Department of Provincial and Local Government has a major task in actually providing opportunities for the development of youth, particularly through the LED.

I thank you. [Applause.]

Ms R TALJAARD: Hon President, Madam Speaker, and colleagues, in your speech, Mr President, you emphasised the need to determine the values we seek to define us, the need to enhance a moral renewal. But, we have lost our values. What does every South African see at the opening of Parliament? They see moral and ethical turpitude. They see a motley crew under investigation, while the new South Afica is under construction. They see at least four people brushing with the law or grabbing the limelight due to corruption charges and/or criminal investigation.

They see the lying former ANC Chief Whip, Mr Tony Yengeni, of WaBenzi arms deal and Zama Resources Ltd fame, taking up his seat in the Parliament he defrauded and misled, flanked by Mrs Winnie Madikizela-Mandela … [Interjections.]

The SPEAKER: Hon member, I drew attention earlier today to the fact that there has been no sentence as yet, I am informing the House now, in the case of Mr Yengeni. He is still a member of this House until the House or his party decides otherwise. Please bear that in mind in any statements you make. [Interjections.]

Ms R TALJAARD: Thank you, Madam Speaker, we will be guided in this regard by the plea agreement Mr Yengeni has signed with the state in pleading his sentencing. [Interjections.] Mrs Winnie Madikizela, herself no stranger to the legal process, is a stranger to this Parliament. They see the Western Cape Premier, Mr Marthinus Van Schalkwyk, whose New NP apparatchiks in the Western Cape, Mr Marais and Mr Malatsi, have immortalised Don Vito, the Count and golf estates, the same Count whose Augusta helicopters won a controversial bid in the arms procurement, prompting the question whether the ANC-New NP alliance have merged donors and friends in addition to their alliance. [Interjections.]

They see Deputy President Jacob Zuma, currently under investigation, who has a close controversial friend, Mr Schabir Shaik, himself facing criminal charges, and implicated in a conflict of interest mess involving former Minister Mac Maharaj. [Interjections.] Mr Maharaj now appears to have displayed contempt for Paliament’s code of conduct, in Yengeni-style and used his Cabinet position in Modise-style. [Interjections.]

Today, we can rightfully ask what the values are that define us. What type of moral regeneration do we speak of? How can there be any notion of morality when the Deputy President of our country, Mr Jacob Zuma, the leader of Government’s moral renewal campaign, maintains a stony-faced silence over whether he met Thales’ Mr Alain Thetard in November 1998, or on 11 March 2000, if he has nothing to hide? It is a simple factual question. [Interjections.] Why is it that you are unwilling to appoint a commission of inquiry to probe this matter? [Interjections.]

In her reply to the DA request, dated 12 December 2002, your legal adviser states the following:

The President has not received any information that would necessitate the establishment of a commission of inquiry in this regard. You will surely appreciate the prudence of not appointing commissions of inquiry on the basis of mere allegations.

Apart from the clear and apparent fact that the raison d’être of commissions of inquiry is to probe allegations, you acted on the basis of Mr Kevin Wakeford’s mere allegations. You appointed the Myburgh Commission of Inquiry on 15 January 2001. The Wakeford allegations were found to be baseless and unproven. Why this double standard?

What type of society are we, and what values do we embody when the presidential ceremonial entourage at the opening of Parliament resembles an identification parade at a criminal investigation?

Mr President, we have every right to ask you today: What values will define us? [Interjections.]

Mr A C NEL: Madam Speaker, on a point of order: The last reference that Ms Taljaard has made to the presidential entourage is clearly unparliamentary, and I ask her to withdraw it. [Interjections.]

The SPEAKER: Hon member, I was part of the procession that accompanied and brought the President into the House. So were all the other presiding officers. I would ask you, Ms Taljaard, please to withdraw that comment about the entourage.

Ms R TALJAARD: Madam Speaker, I will look for your guidance in this regard, as at least two members of that ceremony are indeed under investigation by the Scorpions. [Interjections.]

The SPEAKER: Ms Taljaard, you have referred to the entire entourage resembling an identity parade. Would you please withdraw that and apologise?

Ms R TALJAARD: Madam Speaker, I withdraw that. What type of society …

The SPEAKER: And apologise! [Interjections.] Order!

Ms R TALJAARD: Madam Speaker, I apologise and I withdraw it.

The SPEAKER: Thank you very much.

Ms R TALJAARD: What type of society are we, and what values do we embody when members of the presidential entourage, including the Deputy President and Mr Marthinus van Schalkwyk, are currently under investigation by the Scorpions and the criminal investigative agencies in this country?

We have every right to ask you today what values will define us? What moral renewal edifice will we build with foundations of quicksand? We have had at least three Cabinet members implicated and/or under investigation for suspected corruption in South Africa’s first decade of freedom: the late Mr Modise, Mr Maharaj and Deputy President Jacob Zuma.

There are further unresolved questions about former Minister Jay Naidoo and chief negotiator Jayendra Naidoo and the J&J Corporation. You promised that clear rules on cooling-off periods would be forthcoming for members of the executive. You promised this in a Cabinet statement after a Cabinet meeting during the course of the furore of the arms deal. We have to ask: Where are these ethical guidelines on cooling-off periods for members of the executive?

We must not be surprised if those at other levels of our society take their cue straight from the top and display similar unacceptable conduct in the public sector.

In recent months, we have seen scandals erupt at a number of our parastatals and regulatory bodies. It is clear that when the corruption circus rolls into town - and I am not only referring to the maladministered ANC-run Eastern Cape - everyone wants to get in on the act. We have the credit card antics of Mr Mkhwanazi, our National Energy Regulator. We have the unlicensed pilot and Civil Aviation Authority CEO, Mr Trevor Abrahams’ gross misconduct revealed in a damning forensic audit. We have the wedding sponsorship of former Public Enterprises Director, Andile Nkuhlu by Zama’s Mr Mlonzi, which derailed the Komatiland privatisation. We have the housing scandal of Spoornet CEO, Mr Zandile Jakavula, and the arms deal sharedealings of former Armscor chairman, Ron Haywood, and Denel chairman, Ian Deetlefs, in concert with Mr Modise.

We also have Public Enterprises DG, Mr Sivi Gounden, who appears to have intervened in Transnet’s procurement procedure in favour of ANC-linked Skotaville Press. In addition, we have the conduct of officials at the Department of Public Works in relation to the sale of a house to Mrs Zanele Mbeki.

Instead of having an iron-fisted approach of cracking down on corruption or dubious practice, most of these cases were dispensed with by a limp-wristed wrap on the knuckles or inaction. What is lacking in this Government are sound ethics, moral authority and the political will to act. While you have addressed this issue with many lofty words and ideals in numerous speeches since you became President in 1999, what is lacking is action. What Churchill wrote of Stanley Baldwin’s government in 1936 is equally applicable to the ANC Government’s dithering on corruption, and I quote:

So they go on, in strange paradox, decided only to be undecided, resolved only to be irresolute, adamant for drift, solid for fluidity, all- powerful to be impotent.

Minister Maduna, indeed, the legal process with Mr Yengeni will take its course, sentencing will be given and all eyes will be on your party to see what you do when the legal process deals with a member of your party.

Mr President, the DA urges you today to be decisive and resolved. Sweep away the cobwebs of corruption and conflicts of interest that blight this Government. Failure to act will see a dawn, and a false dawn, to the second decade of freedom. The second decade of freedom will be a dream deferred, unless you deal with corruption. I thank you. [Applause.] [Interjections.] Mr R J B MOHLALA: Madam Speaker, President of the Republic of South Africa, Deputy President, Ministers and colleagues …

… go gopa dipitša go jelwe ke go goka dikolobe. Ke go rumula motlhako o iketlile. Ke go iša tau setswetši. Gopola thuto ya boSekwati o tle o atlege. Ngwana wa borrawešo ga a lle phefo, o lla tlala.

Tlala le botlhoki ke manaba ao a kago go go ja ka meno a matelele. Ngwaga wo o sa nthatego kgabaganya, tše botse di nketele. (Translation of Sepedi paragraphs follows.)

[… to scrub pots after meals is to attract the attention of pigs. That is to court trouble. That is to take a lioness to a place of confinement. One should indeed adhere to the noble teachings of our ancestors that go like this: People should not be worried all that much when a child goes without clothing to keep it warm, but they should be very worried when the child has an empty stomach.

Hunger and poverty are enemies that can devour one with their long teeth. Let the year that brought suffering to me pass by; the good should remain with me.] Between two evils, always choose the one that you don’t know. But, in our case, it is impossible to leave the evil that we know. From the little information that I have, the speaker before me is supposed to be a lawyer. And as a self-professed lawyer like many other members of her party, she should know that people have to be charged and tried in a court of law, and be found guilty before you can even articulate any position. [Applause.] But, like I said, if there are two evils, I will choose the one that I don’t know. This one, which I already know, is going to waste my time. [Laughter.]

The debate on whether the restructuring of state-owned enterprises policy has failed is neither here nor there, to the disappointment of those who hoped that this one policy would lead to an end of the revolutionary alliance. The 51st National Conference of the ANC has demonstrated that all alliance partners support policies of the ANC, which are in turn those of the Government. [Applause.]

There has never been an indication of policy failure in any way. We might, of course, have problems with the successful implementation of those policies. We need, therefore, to ensure that policy-makers and owners share the same vision as policy implementers. The restructuring policy has shown that it is well-placed to ensure that we push back the frontiers of poverty. It has only not benefited a few, as other people would like us to believe. It has benefited communities.

One such good example is the Alexkor Mine in the Alexandra Bay. You remove the mine, and the community is left with nothing. Even the municipality would be unable to deliver essential services to the community. Another good example is the role that is played by the Esselen Park School of Excellence, which is a Transnet subsidiary. Through this school, young boys and girls are given an opportunity to make meaningful their young lives with the youthfulness that they possess.

When we embarked on the restructuring process in South Africa in comparison to other countries such as Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Mexico and so forth, where the aims of their restructuring were, amongst others, to reduce the public debt, our aim was to ensure support for black economic empowerment, including community trust, employee ownership and the general promotion of small, medium and micro enterprises. Of course, at the same time, the restructuring of the state-owned assets must ensure increased competition which in turn will improve efficiency and quality of services. Further aims will ensure new investments in private companies and activities to allow the disadvantaged into the mainstream of the economic arena. It will assist in the modernisation of the South African industrial sector by increasing competitiveness and strengthening management in various sectors of the community. It will allow the Government to concentrate its efforts on activities where the presence of the state is essential, such as in the social services sector, education, health, housing, etc.

We have always argued, and we continue to argue that restructuring of state- owned assets is an integral part of the transformation of our economy, which aims to increase the rate of growth and development of the economy and of the infrastructure to meet basic needs and strengthen economic potential. This growth and development, which we always have argued for, has to be sustainable and ensure that the economy yields meaningful jobs.

The national programme on restructuring is always aimed at ensuring job creation where possible and includes the creation of safety nets for those workers who cannot secure continued employment and those that cannot be retained into fields that should ensure their retention.

Bjale ka ge ke šetše ke laeditše mo nakwaneng ye sa tšwago go feta, batho ba gaborena ga ba swanela gore ba nagane gore ke ka baka la Mmušo wa ANC ge go se na mešomo. Re tseba gabotse gore batho ba gaborena ba bantsi, le ge ba hloka mešomo, ba a tseba gore ga se ka baka la lenaneo le. (Translation of Sepedi paragraph follows.)

[As I indicated earlier on, our people should not think that it is because of the ANC-led Government that there is unemployment. We know very well that most of our people know that their unemployment was not caused by this programme.]

It is not through the restructuring of the state-owned assets that our people are unemployed. I want this fallacy to go away forever. State-owned assets do not employ more than 300 000 people in South Africa, and you don’t have more than 100 000 of those on the streets. People have been retrenched from all walks of life. But, for one particular reason, we always target restructuring - because it is done by Government.

Go ala dibodi ke go goka manong. Ke go apeša ngwedi motšeka. [Disego.] [To bare rotten matter on the surface is to attract the attention of vultures. That is to honour the moon. [Laughter.]]

We are not going to be told by generals how to run the economy. The economy is not like a troop of soldiers who are standing to attention, and are waiting for a command and who do as they are commanded. The notion that bureaucrats are by nature inefficient is not only misleading, but also untrue. Some large private sector organisations are equally bureaucratic. Chang and Singh also question whether discipline imposed by state-owned enterprises bureaucrats and by the political system is inherently inferior to debt imposed by markets on private corporations.

From a perspective which is not sympathetic to private sectors, Ramamurti has questioned the underlying exceptions made. Bureaucrats run those state- owned enterprises when, in fact, most are separate from and are independent of government and civil society. That divestiture will take bureaucrats out of business when, in fact, many of the industries which state-owned enterprises operate require regulation from privatisation, or that there is a consensus on the superiority of private over public ownership when, in fact, this assumption is hotly debated in most countries. Perhaps not in the abstract, but when applied to particular markets and activities.

Therefore, the restructuring of state-owned enterprises becomes essentially a step for sustainable growth and maintenance of economic stability that ensures that we push back the frontiers of poverty towards a total eradication of poverty. One of the pillars of this process has to do with the establishment of new partnerships between Government and private enterprises, as this is the only way to ensure job creation.

Very funnily, even when these things happen before our eyes, the triple Ps

  • private-public partnerships - we don’t see them. Hon Gibson on Friday enjoyed one such partnership when the SAB actually sponsored the Chief Whip’s bash. I could see you enjoyed it. We could hear that from what you were saying! [Laughter.] The President on Friday had this to say on the same issue:

    The Government will continue to work on public-private partnerships to increase its capacity to respond to the needs of our people. Fifty of these are already in operation in areas such as health, education, housing, information technology, tourism, and Government accommodationÿ …

and I should add: The Chief Whip’s bash!

The restructuring of state-owned assets has not, as many would like us to believe, been a blanket privatisation. On the contrary, a number of new entities were formed - entities such as Aravia.com, Sasria, Khula and Ntsika. Clearly, these new entities have brought them with efficiency and effective management. These were new entities that have brought with them, not only new jobs, but sustainable jobs.

Ge e le lenyaga mokhora re o humane. Tlala ngwaga wono e otile. E otišitšwe ke mahuma ao re a humanego. Ka gona, ge e rata go phela a e tšhabele mono. Tlala le yona e tšhaba tlala. [This year we have an abundance of food. This year hunger is lean. It is lean because of the good rains we had earlier this summer. Therefore, if hunger wants to continue living, it must take refuge here. Hunger is actually afraid of famine.]

Now, hon Taljaard, you would make a very good researcher if only you would take this little bit of advice, though it is not wise to give advice in a crowd. [Laughter.] When you research, you don’t determine the end results; you discover them. [Laughter.] The problem with your method of research is that you already have the results. So, you go and find a way of justifying your results. [Laughter.] [Applause.]

You see, as a lawyer myself - unfortunately turned economist - I know that you have to prove something. You don’t say anything that is not a fact. You have to first find facts and move with the facts and say this is the situation. But, that weakness and the intelligence of that magnitude is unfortunately absent somewhere on my left-hand side. [Laughter.]

I only hope that, by the end of tomorrow, they will be clearly educated to the point that, this year, we are going to have a meaningful discussion in this House and stop howling and whining in the bush. There are no juju men here. You don’t come here and throw bones and hope that you will get results. [Laughter.] The results are achieved through facts. [Laughter.] [Applause.]

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF HEALTH: Madam Deputy Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President and hon colleagues, my participation today in this debate as a member of the Government for the first time is based on the fundamental assumption that my party, the New NP, is in its heart and soul a party of the new South Africa, prepared to be an active participant in the new politics and the mainstream of South African political thought and action. My party is committed to demonstrating in a practical way that South Africans of all races can work together for the common good. That is our approach and that is what the debate ought to be about. We will not be deflected from our course by the very silly, often loud noise from our left

  • which is in fact to the right of the political spectrum. [Applause.] I want to say, in particular, that the speech by the hon Taljaard was probably one of her weaker efforts in this House, very strident, very weak and low on substance. [Interjections.] It was probably written by the hon Chief Whip of the Opposition, Douglas Gibson. [Applause.]

I intend briefly to refer to three matters today, namely the language policy, black economic empowerment and affirmative action. In discussing language, I will be using my home language, Afrikaans.

Adjunkspeaker, tydens die afgelope ANC-kongres in Stellenbosch het ek u, mnr die President, vir die eerste keer hoor Afrikaans praat - nie vir baie lank nie, maar dit het baie goed gegaan. Ek wil vir u sê: Ek beskou u optrede as ‘n gebaar van erkenning vir Afrikaans waarvoor ek u ook hier in die Parlement wil bedank. Die Minister in u Kantoor, dr Essop Pahad, het ook onlangs baie positiewe uitsprake gemaak oor die rol van Afrikaans. Saamgesien met die Raamwerk Nasionale Taalbeleid wat reeds deur die Kabinet aanvaar is, lyk dit asof die fase van wat ek sou sê verengelsing in Suid- Afrika was, wat moontlik onbedoeld was, maar nou finaal verby is. Ek wil die President en die regering daarvoor bedank en wil vra, mnr die President, dat daardie benadering ook in hierdie hoogste Raad van toepassing sal wees. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraph follows.) [Deputy Speaker, during the last ANC congress held in Stellenbosch I heard you, Mr President, speaking Afrikaans for the first time - not for very long, but it went very well. I would like to tell you: I regard this act as a sign of acknowledgement of Afrikaans, for which I would also like to thank you here in Parliament. The Minister in your Office, Dr Essop Pahad, has also recently made quite a few positive statements regarding the role of Afrikaans. Seen in conjunction with the Framework National Language Policy, that has already been accepted by the Cabinet, it seems as if the phase that I would call anglicisation in South Africa, which was probably unintentional, is now finally over. I would like to thank the President and the Government for that and I would like to request, Mr President, that that approach would also be made applicable to this highest Chamber.]

In your speech, you made references to black economic empowerment and you made the important point of the need for partnership between all sectors of our society to draw us all into a more prosperous and equitable future, and you emphasised that the empowerment you refer to is an inclusive process and not an exclusive one, which, in our view, is a necessary and reassuring perspective. Clearly, the eradication of the inequities of the past can best be served by a pragmatic and flexible approach which creates the certainty and stability you argued for.

In the spirit of partnership, the time has also arrived to look again at the way in which affirmative action negatively affects South Africans from minority communities in the workplace. It can be argued that affirmative action has achieved much of what it was intended to, and rightly so, but the question must be asked if it does not - especially when applied in an unfair and unbalanced way - contribute to a feeling of exclusion, alienation and marginalisation, which were such very cruel features of our racially divided past. Affirmative action must, by definition, affirm something.

Ideally, it should be an affirmation of worth, of value, of dignity. The problem with affirmative action in some companies and industries in South Africa is that this is not the case and, in some cases, it is a practice which is more about filling quotas than empowering communities. My party has often argued in the past that we favour a sunset clause in respect of affirmative action and as we approach the tenth year of our democracy, we must ask if the time for the sunset has not arrived so that we can have a new dawn where merit alone, and not race, is the only factor for the first time in our history.

In your speech you said, Mr President, that our people are developing a strong sense of common patriotism and I agree that, with a few notable retrogressive exceptions, perhaps this is largely true. It also reminded me of an observation of the late Prof Piet Cillié, who said:

True patriotism is not to love your country for what it is, but for what it can be, namely a country which encompasses the dreams of all its citizens.

The New NP will work hard and will support your efforts, Mr President, to turn that dream into a reality for all South Africans. [Applause.]

Ms F I CHOHAN-KHOTA: Deputy Speaker, Mr President, Mr Deputy President, I will today deal with the concept of oversight and accountability in governance - hopefully in a more constructive and dignified way than was done by the hon Taljaard a while ago.

In the last three major presidential speeches delivered on 16 December 2002, 8 January and 14 February 2003, reference was made to the responsibility of the state to be accountable in all of its individual components. In the address delivered in the North West province earlier this year, emphasis was laid on individuals in elected positions discharging their responsibilities with regard to the functioning of the system of governance.

In Stellenbosch, the highest constitutional structure of the ANC heard the following call:

Led by the executive authorities we have to ensure that these administrations discharge their responsibilities of serving the people through the effective and efficient implementation of policies decided by our legislature and the executive authority.

The truth is, however, that during the period since our 50th national conference there has been a number of instances of failure of our administrations and our leadership with regard to the implementation of these policies. The firm message this communicates to us is that we have to strengthen accountability of all members of our leadership.

The executive arm of Government is enjoined by our Constitution to be accountable to Parliament within the broader design of our democracy that hinges on accountability, responsiveness and transparency. The delicate balance between the three mechanisms that make up the state is maintained equally by the executive as it is by Parliament and our courts. Moreover, initiatives of the executive, both in this Parliament and without, point to an adherence to the values and spirit of the Constitution that goes far beyond the letter of the law.

In the state of the nation address, reference is made to the importance of maintaining contact with the people of our country who elected us. The leader of the UDM earlier spoke in scathing terms of the presidential imbizos. Imbizos are traditional democratic mechanisms that have been adapted to modern times. Drawn from the wisdom of our common African ancestors, they bring into the democratic fold the most marginalised and vulnerable of our people. The imbizo at Bekkersdal, to which specific reference was made in the state of the nation address, was indeed a very special occasion. The impact of a presidential and governmental imbizo in this community living daily without basic necessities such as readily accessible water and no prospect of adequate housing due to the dolomitic land on which the township is located, cannot be overstated. Not only did it result in a sudden boost of morale in the township, but it brought the prospect of real delivery through a shift in government policy and spending priorities. In simple terms, it brought to the people of Bekkersdal a promise of a better life. Imbizos are in this way a very real and effective initiative of the ANC-led Government and are to be applauded, and hopefully will be sustained as part of the institution of the Presidency into perpetuity. [Applause.]

However, imbizos do have their limitations, most of which relate to the demands of time on the executive branch of Government. This is where Parliament’s oversight capability is of great import. The representatives of the people, by their very nature, often have intimate knowledge of policy deficiencies or implementation lapses which is obtained through regular constituency work or through parliamentary oversight visits or even public hearings. A more effective interface between MPs, both nationally and provincially, and the relevant executive authority inevitably enriches the process of policy formulation or implementation by the relevant government departments. This immediately leads to more responsive and effective government. There are vast areas for improvement in the manner in which Parliament conducts its oversight function. Up to now, much of Parliament’s focus has been on its lawmaking function. Parliament has now, through a process initiated by the presiding officers to their enormous credit, begun to introspect and plan around its oversight role. To this end the Joint Ad Hoc Subcommittee on Oversight and Accountability has tabled its final report before the Rules Committee for adoption in the next few weeks.

Recommendations include, inter alia, structured programming of meaningful debates on oversight reports compiled by committees. This will enable more effective engagement with the executive on matters such as implementation glitches. It is envisaged that these meaningful engagements between the representatives of the people and the executive authority will begin to develop into early warning signals of potential pitfalls which would, inter alia, result in direct savings.

For Parliament to effectively monitor the implementation of government programmes and exercise its constitutional oversight role, it is imperative that parliamentarians have an in-depth understanding of their constitutional mandate, particularly in the light of the sometimes blatantly unconstitutional tendencies that emerged from certain quarters, arising from the arms procurement. That there is a constructive reason and point to oversight other than scoring political points seems to have been lost on some in this House; that oversight is meant, after all, to build Government is twisted into a systematic deluge of Government-bashing which seems to be aimed primarily at securing the proverbial head of a Minister.

There is, of course, a major role for opposition parties to play in any democracy. But there has to come a time when the opposition party in question realises that to try to be everything to everybody and anybody who has ever said anything bad about Government is simply senseless, and it means that you are going to end up looking curiouser and curiouser. A simple regurgitation of media allegations is not a high enough standard to set for this institution. [Applause.]

The report of the ad hoc committee begins by recommending that serious attention be paid to developing amongst ourselves as MPs an understanding of our constitutional mandates and their purpose in the broader architecture of our system of democracy. This is not to say that quality oversight work does not already get done in Parliament. On the contrary, many best practices are developed particularly within committees, and that these should be harnessed and become standard practice is also recommended. Synergy between the two Houses on matters of common interest and the expansion and improvement of the committee section, which is the administrative support section of committees, is further recommended. This area in Parliament is particularly dire and will require more resources to be allocated to Parliament. [Applause.]

The support of the executive in this regard and the overall review of Parliament is particularly important when we consider that it is governance itself that is enhanced, enriched, made more responsive and more transparent, ideals that Government has long committed itself to.

The troika of the state machinery remains incomplete without the judiciary. What of accountability in this vital element of Government? Our new democracy has embraced the concept of judicial independence to rebuild a pivotal element that was deliberately and systematically eroded in our not- so-distant past. Our Constitution goes further and addresses the long- standing debate around judicial deference and judicial activism. The Constitution clearly enjoins judicial officers towards activism in the furtherance of fundamental human rights and, more broadly, the underlying values of the Constitution. This means that judges now have a bigger role to play in governance issues than ever before in our history and therefore, I submit, must be more accountable than ever before.

Judicial independence relates to the constitutional guarantee of independence of mind, or to put it another way, the guarantee of impartiality in dispensing justice. Judicial independence cannot, and does not, mean freedom from accountability. The justice portfolio committee has before it currently a Bill that seeks to introduce a disciplinary mechanism within the judiciary. Key issues such as who sits in judgement of our judges arise but so does the related question of accountability, so that when judges begin by their unreasonable conduct to thwart or defeat the purpose of laws that have been found to be constitutional by our Constitutional Court, they may be held to account.

Together with like-minded members of the judiciary, Parliament and the executive must engage over the idea that is espoused in our Constitution that the different elements that make up the state should be accountable, transparent and responsive. That our judiciary should find itself firmly within this loop is mere compliance with the values and spirit underpinning our democracy and will go a long way towards restoring utmost faith in our courts. [Applause.]

Mr C AUCAMP: Hon Deputy Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President, hon members, in my last speech last year, I referred to 14 February as the day of the President’s state of two nations address. Today I am in the position to deliver my state of two parties address. [Laughter.] There is the one I’m just clinging to, the other one I’m going to. [Laughter.]

Hon President, as loyal and objective South Africans, we can appreciate the positive initiatives you have announced in your speech. In this regard, the following should be mentioned: extended infrastructure and capital investment. Important as social development and welfare services may be, it is capital projects that provide jobs and opportunity.

Secondly, there is the much-needed focus on better delivery, especially at local level. Far too often, there is a vast difference between those beautiful plans and schemes we hear about here in Parliament and the hard realities people experience in the real South Africa outside.

Thirdly, there is the extending of the social grant for children from seven to fourteen years. Of course, it is plain logic that a child of eight is as dependent as a child of seven. Also, we have the reaffirmation of the Gear policies, rather than cheap stuff such as unsustainable shortcuts of populist socialism, and the partnership with the business community, and plans that black empowerment should be achieved by way of sound economic principles. All these things we appreciate.

Maar die AEB het egter ook ernstige kritiek op die President se toespraak. Die kommando’s. Die skielike aankondiging dat die kommando-stelsel uitgefaseer gaan word, het skokgolwe deur ons landelike gemeenskap gestuur. Terwyl die kwessie van plaasaanvalle die mees sensitiewe kwessie is onder die blanke gemeenskap, terwyl die verslag van die Du Plessis-kommissie nog steeds uitstaande is, terwyl die twee jaar-oue beloftes van helikopters en 40 000 reserviste nog uitstaande is, terwyl noodoproepe na die plaaslike polisiekantoor dikwels beantwoord word met: ‘‘Ons het nie ‘n voertuig beskikbaar nie.’’. Terwyl al hierdie dinge gebeur, kondig u ewe luiters aan dat hierdie eerste en oudste linie van beskerming weggeneem gaan word, sonder ‘n duidelike alternatief om die vakuum te vul. Is dit nie in die minste ‘n teken van onsensitiwiteit vir die behoeftes en vrese van ons boeregemeenskap nie? Besef u watter rol die kommando’s speel in die beveiliging van landelike gemeenskappe, swart en wit? Besef u dat die kommunikasiestelsel binne die kommando’s die eerste en belangrikste kontak is tussen afgeleë plaasboere en die buitewêreld, veral wanneer telefoondrade alreeds geknip is deur kriminele?

Mnr die President, ek wil u ‘n baie reguit vraag vra. U het hierdie aankondiging oor die kommando’s gedoen in dieselfde hoofstuk waarin u verwys het na terreur aan die kant van die sogenaamde Boeremag. Het die sporadiese bedreiging van die fanatieke Boeremag iets te doen met u besluit? Indien wel, dan skop u die kat omdat die hond u gebyt het. Het u so geskrik vir ‘n paar geïsoleerde ekstremiste dat u die kind met die badwater wil uitgooi? Ek gee u vandag die versekering, en ek plaas my eie geloofwaardigheid daarvoor op die spel, ons kommando’s is 99% toegewyde landsburgers wat bloot wil beskerm en nie bedreig nie. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[But the AEB also has serious criticism on the President’s speech. The commandos. The sudden announcement that the commando system will be phased out sent shock waves through our rural communities. While the issue of farm attacks is the most sensitive issue among the white community; while the report of the Du Plessis commission is still outstanding; while the two- year-old promises of helicopters and 40 000 reservists is still unfulfilled; while emergency calls to the local police stations are still answered with: ``We have no vehicle available.’’. While all these things are happening, you announce quite casually that this, the oldest and first line of defence will be taken away, without a clear alternative to fill the vacuum. Is this not at least a sign of insensitivity towards the needs and fears of our farming community? Do you realise what role is being played by the commandos in the protection of the rural communities, both black and white? Do you realise that the communication system within the commandos is the first and most important contact among isolated farmers and the outside world, especially when telephone wires have already been cut by criminals?

Mr President, I would like to ask you a very straightforward question. You made this announcement about the commandos in the same chapter in which you referred to terrorism on the part of the Boeremag. Does the sporadic threat of the fanatical Boeremag have something to do with your decision? If so, then you are kicking the cat because you have been bitten by the dog. Were you given such a fright by a couple of isolated extremists that you want to throw out the baby with the bathwater? I shall give you the assurance today, and I shall put my own credibility on the line for this, that 99% of our commandos are committed citizens who only want to protect and who do not pose any threat.]

I give you the assurance, Mr President, that the Boeremag is a small, isolated group and that their basis of religious exclusivity and fanaticism will never have fertile soil in the Afrikaner community, precisely because of our belief in the solemn grace of God and the universal power of the redeeming blood of Christ for all the peoples of the world.

A second matter of grave concern is your foreign policy. Mr President, a matter of real concern is our positioning in the international world. We agree with you that war in Iraq should be avoided if in any way possible. We agree with you on the matter of Iraq and its compliance with the UN regulations on disarmament, that it should be dealt with multilaterally and not by one superpower, but you can’t escape the impression that the SA Government is biased in favour of Iraq. Saddam Hussein and his atrocities are de facto excused when people in our Government say it is only about the oil that America is after and that Saddam is an innocent victim.

By warnings from the General … [Interjections] … I am not talking to you. The warnings from the General Secretary of the ANC and the Minister of Health and the Minister of Foreign Affairs against possible US attacks on South Africa serve as an encouragement to Iraq to stand firm in turbulent times. From your address on Friday, one gets the impression that Saddam only needs some training in disarmament and everything will be hunky-dory, without asking the crucial question whether he has the will to disarm.

From your speech, one gets the impression that with regard to Zimbabwe, the policy of silent diplomacy has made way for one of total silence. Likewise South Africa supported Gaddafi in Libya’s bid to host the World Commission on Human Rights. Must we assume, Mr President, that your Government still has a soft spot for the Mugabes and the Gaddafis and the Saddams of this world? Must we assume that old struggle loyalties still dominate your international policy, like the well-known song, ``Sal ons ou vriende ooit vergeet?’’. Mr President, there inevitably comes a time in responsible decision-making when old loyalties must make way for new realities and, believe me, that takes some guts. I have taken that risk recently and, here I am, still home and dry. Why shouldn’t you do the same? [Laughter.]

President Olusegun Obasanjo wrote a letter to Australian Premier, John Howard, together with you, co-member of the Commonwealth Troika on Zimbabwe. On the whole, the letter reveals great sympathy for Mr Mugabe, especially for his land reform plan. Obasanjo gives him the following credit: ``The results of the government’s effort in land redistribution have been claimed as remarkable.’’ Can you, in your reply, state clearly whether you share these sentiments and if so, what would be the bearing thereof on South Africa’s land issue?

The last part of my speech I want to devote to the crucial matter of the place and co-existence of minorities in South Africa. There are people who think that somehow some miracle will bring back what they call ``the good old days’’. They don’t take the new South Africa for real but, on the other hand, it would be equally disastrous to take the new South Africa for granted, as if it will automatically succeed, without due consideration for the complexity of the South African community; as if the majority can only carry on fulfilling its own agenda without even asking what expectations, emotions, aspirations and concerns are living in the hearts of minorities.

Ek het tot die besef gekom, agb President, dat daar ‘n onlosmaaklike wederkerige interafhanklikheid is tussen die bevordering van breë nasionale prioriteite en die beskerming van die regte van minderhede. Aan die een kant, so lank as miljoene mense ‘n gebrek het aan die mees basiese lewensmiddele, sal die mees gesofistikeerde korrektiewe regte van gemeenskappe soos taal, kultuur en ‘n eie gemeenskapslewe ‘n sekondêre plek op die agenda inneem. Solank as wat mense natreën op die Kaapse Vlakte, honger ly in die afgeleë gebiede van die Oos-Kaap en Limpopo, werkloos op straathoeke sit, in hulle duisende sterf aan Vigs, moet skoolgaan onder ‘n boom, so lank sal dit wat vir ons kosbaar is as luukshede beskou word. Ons erken dit. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraph follows.)

[I have realised, hon President, that there is an inextricably mutual interdependence between the promotion of broader national priorities and the protection of the rights of minorities. On the one hand, as long as millions of people lack the most basic foodstuffs, the most sophisticated corrective rights of communities, like language, culture and an own community life, have to take a secondary position on the agenda. As long as people are drenched by rain on the Cape Flats, are starving in remote areas of the Eastern Cape and Limpopo; sitting unemployed on street corners; dying in their thousands of Aids; must attend school under a tree, that is how long things that are precious to us will be regarded as luxuries. That much we admit.]

But, on the other side of the coin, as long as communities feel collectively insecure about their land, about their culture, the education of their children, the ethos of their schools, the safety of their farmers, the career prospects of their youth and their middle-aged in a labour market diversity affected by a never-ending racially-based affirmative action - another distinctive characteristic of their community life and community institutions - so long will the country forfeit and miss their invaluable and loyal creative contribution to the advancement of the country as a whole, and that we can’t afford.

In this regard, a proposal by the AEB at the parliamentary forum of the World Summit for Sustainable Development was unanimously accepted and taken up as one of the priority areas for sustainable development, and I quote: ``Recognising cultural diversity and promoting the rights of cultural, religious and linguistic communities.’’ This, Mr President, is something I sorely missed in your address on Friday. Really, there was nothing in it to strengthen my hands to convince my people that Government really takes their concerns and legitimate aspirations seriously. [Interjections.]

There was nothing I could give to the widow left alone after a farm killing or to the matriculant with seven distinctions whose application for medical study was turned down or to the well-qualified young professionals in London who dearly want to come back and invest their skills and their expertise in a country they so dearly love.

When you address this House again, Mr President, please tell them that they are important too. They want to hear it from you - not from me. Tell them that their wellbeing is on your agenda as well, that their concerns are your concerns. Strengthen the hands of us loyal South Africans who dare to place our heads on the block to come to terms with new realities, who dare to convince our people that their future lies here. I thank you. [Interjections.] [Applause.]

Ms N R NTSHULANA-BHENGU: Madam Deputy Speaker, the President, the Deputy President, hon members, the President devoted part of his all-important state of the nation address on Friday to the Cricket World Cup and sport in general.

We commend President Mbeki for, once again, reaffirming the ANC-led Government’s view that sport is central to our country’s nation-building and social development. We acknowledge the warm welcome that President Mbeki gave to the international sports bodies during the opening ceremony of the Cricket World Cup in Cape Town. Special praise goes to the United Cricket Board of South Africa for its success in bringing this major sports event to Africa. We acknowledge the role played by the Departments of Sport and Recreation, Environmental Affairs and Tourism, Safety and Security, Transport, Trade and Industry, Home Affairs, Foreign Affairs, Provincial and Local Government and Health.

This to us demonstrates an integrated approach to social transformation. We believe that the International Cricket Council’s decision to award this major international sport to Africa is this body’s acknowledgement that Africa has the capacity to host events of this magnitude. We recognise this as a contribution of the ICC to the African Renaissance and Nepad. This event will leave Africa with a legacy of skills, social and economic benefits.

We however wish to express our regret and disappointment at last week’s cancellation of the cricket match involving the English team, following the team’s refusal to participate in Zimbabwe. We urge our sports administrators to spare no effort in ensuring that the general enthusiasm for the Cricket World Cup shown by our people is translated into active involvement in sport.

We assure the world that South Africa will make this year’s Cricket World Cup the most memorable in the history of the game. We in the ANC welcome the President’s announcement that, towards the end of 2003, South Africa will host another prominent international sports event, the President’s Golf Challenge. This will serve as another motivation for taking forward our campaign of getting the nation to play, and claim our youth from the streets.

We also welcome President Mbeki’s announcement that Government stands firmly behind the bid for the 2010 Soccer World Cup. The Minister of Sport and Recreation, Mr Ngconde Balfour, has initiated a debate on bidding to host major international sports events in South Africa. This is in response to the challenge of co-ordination and early involvement of the Government and other role-players when bids are initiated.

We believe that bidding to host international sports event is a national issue rather than that of individual sports federations. Therefore Government should play a leading role. We believe such efforts at ensuring that the country has an integrated approach to bidding for the events will greatly improve our country’s success at hosting events of this magnitude.

We in the ANC believe that sport should play a critical role in the struggle to eradicate poverty and underdevelopment. We urge Government to play a central role, and where necessary, an interventionist role in the transformation of sport and recreation and to develop programmes and initiatives aimed at increasing the level of youth participation in sport as part of moral regeneration. We therefore reaffirm that sport should form an integral part of a comprehensive, people-centred and people-driven programme of transformation.

The ANC at its national conference held in December 2002 resolved that the Sports Transformation Charter be developed as a tool for facilitating a total transformation of sport in South Africa. We charged the Department of Sport and Recreation to move with speed in finalising this and to facilitate the adoption of the Sports Transformation Charter by the nation.

Uhlelo lokwakhiwa kwezinkundla zemidlalo ezindaweni ezikhungethwe yindlala nobubha lwaqala ngonyaka ka-2000. NgoMashi kulo nyaka ophezulu kuzobe sekuphele izinkundla eziyikhulu namashumi amane ezakhiwe ngalolu hlelo. Ngonyaka ka-2003 kuphela kuzokwakhiwa ezinye eziyikhulu.

Kuyajabulisa ukuthi abesifazane basemakhaya bahlomula kakhulu ngokuthola imisebenzi kanye nokuqeqeshwa kumakhono okwakha ngesikhathi kwakhiwa lezi zinkundla. Kodwa kumele siphawule ukuthi ukuphumelela kwalolu hlelo angeke sikukale ngenani lezinkundla ezakhiwe kuphela. Kuyomele siqaphele ukuthi lezi zinkundla ziyasiza yini ukunciphisa izinkinga ezikhungethe intsha yakithi, okuyizinto ezifana nokusetshenziswa kwezidakamizwa, ukuphuza uphuzo oludakisayo, ukuhlala kwentsha emigwaqeni nokuzinikela kwentsha kwezocansi. Kubalulekile ukuthi lezi zinkundla zisetshenziswe njengezikhungo zokuqhubela phambili uhlelo lokuvuselela izimilo. Imiphakathi esivela kuyo impofu. Ngakho-ke kumele kubukezwe uhlelo lokukhokhiswa kwemiphakathi ngokusebenzisa izinkundla zemidlalo. Kanjalo nemiphakathi kumele ikuvimbele ukulinyazwa nokuphathwa kabi kwezakhiwo zemidlalo.

Siyakuthakasela ukubambisana komNyango wezemiDlalo nomNyango wezeMfundo ohlelweni lwezemidlalo ezikoleni. Kodwa kumele sikubhekisise ukuthi izinkundla zemidlalo zakhiwe eduze nezikole ukuze zisetshenziswe imiphakathi nabafundi ngokulingana.

Kunezikhungo zokuqeqesha othisha ezavalwa ezinezinkundla zemidlalo eziseqophelweni eliphezulu. Lezi zinkundla zingasetshenziswa ukuthuthukisa amakhono emidlalo. Ngisho izinkundla ezifana nalezo ezisemakolishi ezemfundo njengeNdumiso eseMgungundlovu, iMadadeni eseNyukhasela naseGamalakhe ePort Shepstone nezinye eziningi kwezinye izifunda zaseNingizimu Afrika.

Sinenselelo yokusungula izikhundla zokuqeqeshela ezemidlalo. Kuzodingeka ukuthi kube nokuxoxisana phakathi komNyango wezeMidlalo nomNyango wezeMfundo kanjalo nomNyango wezeMisebenzi yoMphakathi mayelana nendlela okungenziwa ngayo ukuthi izinkundla zemidlalo ezikulezi zikhungo zisetshenziselwe ukuqeqesha imiphakathi eseduze nazo.

UmNyango wezemiDlalo uyaqhubeka nohlelo lokusungulwa kwesikhungo sokuqeqeshelwa kwezemidlalo sikazwelonke. Uhlelo lokwakhiwa kwezikhungo zokuqeqeshelwa ezemidlalo luyaqhubeka. Ngikhuluma nje izifunda zonke sezinikeziwe imali yokusungulwa kwalezi zikhungo zezifundazwe. Ngalolu hlelo uHulumeni uqonde ukuthuthukisa ezemidlalo eqophelweni eliphezulu. Ukuphumelela kwalolu hlelo siyokubona ngokunyuka kwesibalo sokuqeqeshwa kwabantu ebebengenawo amathuba kwezemidlalo ngesikhathi sobandlululo, ngokuphumelela kwabo ekuphatheni ezemidlalo nangokunyuka kwezinga lokudlala kwabadlali namaqembu aseNingizimu Afrika emidlalweni yomhlaba wonke.

Siyakuthakasela ukuthuthukiswa kwemidlalo ezikoleni. Sikholwa ukuthi imidlalo ezikoleni ineqhaza elibalulekile ekulwiseni izinkinga zokungathuthuki kwemiphakathi yethu. Engqungqutheleni kazwelonke ye-ANC ebingoDisemba ngo-2002, i-ANC ithathe isinqumo sokuthi igqugquzele ukuthi uhlelo lokuthuthukisa ezemidlalo nezokufunda ngezemidlalo lube ngaphansi komNyango wezeMfundo bese uhlelo lokuqhudelana nobungcweti kwezemidlalo lube ngaphansi komNyango wezemiDlalo. Ngakho siphakamisa ukuthi le minyango kaHulumeni ilusukumele phezulu lolu daba futhi isebenze ngokubambisana.

Sinxusa ukuthi uhlelo lonke oluhambisana nokwakhiwa kwezindlu luhambisane nokwakhiwa kwezinkundla zemidlalo ukuze sigweme inkinga yokuthi izingane zethu ziqale zidlale umacashelana, zikhuleliswane, zidle izidakamizwa ngaphambi kokudlala imidlalo eyakha izimilo nobuntu. Imidlalo yendabuko ingeminye imidlalo ebonisa isigqi sase-Afrika nobuzwe bethu. Lolu hlelo kumele luhambisane nohlelo lokuvuselelwa kwe-Afrika, i-African Renaissance neNepad.

Sigqugquzela imiphakathi ukuthi iyisukumele imidlalo ngezinjongo zokuvuselela ubuzwe bethu. Sinxusa abagqugquzeli bezemidlalo ukuthi bakhangise ngemidlalo yendabuko lapho kuvulwa imidlalo enjenge-Cricket World Cup ukuze kubonakale futhi kucace ukuthi sise-Afrika.

INhlangano kaKhongolose izibophezele ekuthuthukiseni nasekugqugquzeleni imidlalo yabesifazane nabantu bakithi abakhubazekile. Ukusetshenziswa kwamagama ayizidlaliso njengaleli elithi Amakrokokroko kumele angasetshenziswa ngendlela yokubandlulula labo bantu bakithi abakhubazekile. Ukuxhaswa nokusekelwa kwemidlalo yale mikhakha kusalele emuva uma kuqhathaniswa nemidlalo yabesilisa kuleli zwe.

Thina singuKhongolose sinxusa osomabhizinisi ukuthi baxhase umkhakha wabesifazane kwezemidlalo kanye nomkhakha wabantu bakithi abakhubazekile ngendlela efanayo nale okuxhaswa ngayo imidlalo yabesilisa ukuze le midlalo ibe sezingeni elilinganayo neminye imidlalo. Sinxusa ohulumeni basekhaya ukuthi bakhombise uzwelo kwabesifazane nezidingo zabantu bakithi abakhubazekile uma behlela ukwakhiwa kwezinkundla zemidlalo ukuze le mikhakha izithole iyingxenye ephelele yomphakathi wakithi.

UKhongolose ukhulume kabanzi ngokubaluleka kokuqeqeshwa nokuzinikela kwamajoni okuthuthukiswa komphakathi. Ukuqhubekela kwalo mkhankaso phambili kuzomele imiphakathi yethu, amalungu ephalamende nabaholi bezepolitiki bakhulumisane namaqhawe ethu kwezemidlalo afana noTap-tap Makhathini, Sugar Ray Xulu, noPatson Banda nabanye abaningi ngezinjongo zokusebenzisana nabo ukudlulisela ulwazi lwabo olunzulu kwezemidlalo nanjengamaqhawe intsha yethu engafunda kuwo umlando wezemidlalo nobunzima abadlula kubo. Lokhu kungaba ngeminye yemizamo yomkhankaso wokuvuselelwa kwezimilo nokuziphatha kahle emphakathini.

Sibonga uNgqongqoshe wezemiDlalo, uMnu Ngconde Balfour, ngezimbizo abe nazo emiphakathini eyahlukene. Sikholwa ukuthi lezi zimbizo zisiza uHulumeni ukuthi azizwele izidingo zabantu. Ngingcina ngokubonga bonke abantu baseMzansi Afrika abasabele ngobuningi babo ngesikhathi uMongameli wezwe esimema ukuthi sibe ngamavolontiya. Sibonga kakhulu labo abangamavolontiya kulesi sikhathi somdlalo wekhilikithi iCricket World Cup. Umsebenzi owenziwa amavolontiya uyancomeka. (Translation of Zulu paragraphs follows.)

[The programme of building stadiums in starvation and poverty-stricken areas started in the year 2000. In March this year 140 stadiums that are being built in this programme will be completed. In 2003 only another hundred will be built. It makes one happy that women in rural areas benefited by getting jobs and building skills training when these stadiums were built. But we must comment on the fact that the success of this programme cannot be measured only in terms of the number of stadiums that have been built. We should be careful to ensure that these stadiums help in alleviating problems that affect our youth, things like drug abuse, alcohol intake, youth living on the streets, and their subjection to sex.

It is imperative that these stadiums are used as centres for promoting moral regeneration. We come from poor communities, therefore the system of paying for the usage of stadiums by communities should be reviewed. At the same time, communities must avoid vandalising sports facilities.

We commend the co-operation between the Department of Sport and the Department of Education in the schools’ sports programme. But we should be careful to ensure that stadiums are built near the schools so that they can be used by communities and learners equally. There are teacher training centres that were closed down, which have stadiums of a high standard. These stadiums could be used to develop sports skills. I am talking about stadiums like those at colleges of education such as Ndumiso in Pietermaritzburg, Madadeni in Newcastle and Gamalakhe in Port Shepstone, and many others in the regions of South Africa.

We are still faced with the challenge of building sports training stadiums. There is going to be a need for communication between the Department of Sport and the Department of Education, and also the Department of Public Works, with regard to the way in which the stadiums in these centres are used to train communities which are near to them.

The Department of Sport is continuing with the programme of creating sports training centres nationally. The programme of building sports training centres is going ahead. As I speak all the regions have been given the money to create these centres for provinces. By this programme the Government intends to develop sports to a higher level. The success of this programme will be measured by the increase in the number of people who receive training, people who had no opportunities in sport during apartheid, by succeeding in managing sport and the standard of play shown by players and South African teams in world sport.

We commend the development of sports in schools. We believe that sports at schools have an important role in combating problems of nondevelopment in our communities. At the ANC national conference that was held in December 2002, the ANC took a decision to encourage a sports development programme and sports education under the Department of Education, and a programme of competition and championship in sports under the Department of Sport.

We are appealing that the whole programme that goes with the building of houses should go hand in hand with the building of sports stadiums so that we can avoid this problem of our children playing hide and seek, getting pregnant and doing drugs before they play games that build morals and humanity. Traditional games are some of the games that show African rhythm and our nationality. This programme should go hand in hand with the African Renaissance and Nepad.

We encourage communities to take up sports with the purpose of regenerating our nationality. We appeal to sports organisers that they promote traditional games in opening ceremonies at events such as the Cricket World Cup so that it is clear that we are in Africa.

The ANC is committed to developing and encouraging women in sport, and our disabled people. The use of nicknames like ``Amakrokokroko’’ should not be used in a discriminatory manner against our people who are disabled. The sponsoring and supporting of sports in these categories is being left behind, compared with men’s sports in this country.

We as the ANC would like to appeal to businesses to support women and our disabled people in sports in the same way as male sports are supported, so that these sports are of the same standard as other sports. We also appeal to local governments to show sympathy towards women and the needs of our disabled people when they plan to build sports centres so that these people will find themselves being part of our community in totality.

The ANC spoke at length about the importance of training and dedication of soldiers of community development. For this campaign to move forward our communities, members of Parliament and political leaders should communicate with our sports heroes like Tap-tap Makhathini, Sugar Ray Xulu, Patson Banda and many more with the purpose of working with them to pass on their sound knowledge in sports and as heroes from whom our youth can learn the history of sports and the hardships they went through. These could be some of the attempts of the campaign to regenerate morals and good behaviour within the community. We thank the Minister of Sport and Recreation, Mr Ngconde Balfour, for meetings he has had in different communities. We believe that these meetings assist the Government to hear for itself the people’s needs. I conclude by thanking all the people of South Africa who responded in large numbers when the President of the country invited us to be volunteers. We thank those who are volunteers at this time of the Cricket World Cup. The work that is done by volunteers is commendable.]

Dr A I VAN NIEKERK: Madam Deputy Speaker, hon President, hon Deputy President, colleagues, there is a saying that says: We live today in the tomorrow of our yesterdays.

It is the nature of mankind to strive for the better. In our minds, the tomorrow that we wish for for all will always be flawless, better and ideal. Unfortunately, life does not work that way. The reality is what we experience in practice, of all the plans, especially those of the Government, for the tomorrow that we live in.

That is what we must assess in this debate - whether this tomorrow that we have longed for is good or bad; whether the tomorrow ideals which we have put in place and experienced in practice are really as bad as some say or as good as others say. Life is never perfect. Those conditions only exist in fairy tales.

If we look back and compare the past with the present in our country, we will find many differences. In most instances, if not all, the conditions that prevail today are different from what we have experienced in the past. In many instances, they are better, yes, but not necessarily ideal.

Much of the dispute we have today in our debate is not to make the change or better conditions undone, but to eliminate that which is not ideal. In this way, we can ensure that the tomorrows that we and our children will experience will be better and nearer the ideal that we strive for.

That is why there are questions on many aspects and policies of the Government of the day - a Government which has the duty to govern South Africa for the benefit of all the people, and not only some.

There is a long range of questions on many subjects in the mind of people. To name a few: the question of land reform, HIV/Aids, jobs, crime and Zimbabwe. The one question, however, which worries me the most is the threat to our democracy, namely that we will become a one-party state without an independent opposition, which cannot be coerced or co-opted; an opposition that can put an alternative on the table for the people of this country. The comments on this matter by the Government of the day and its lack of tolerance for opposition parties which do not toe the line is disturbing.

Opposition parties can and must be independent and have an independent say. In having an own opinion and policy, they can still be and are loyal to South Africa and uphold our Constitution. There is no need for the opposition to be in bed with the ruling party, while they sleep contentedly, waiting for the majority jet to find its instruction and destination, as hon member Boy Geldenhuys from the New NP so vividly described. In doing so, an opposition party loses sight of its own destination, eventually toes the line and is tolerated, without any real influence, and disappears into oblivion.

Onsekerheid is die grootste opwekker van kritiek en teenstand in die lewe. Daar is groot onsekerheid oor hoe die Regering van die dag verskeie kwelpunte hanteer. Een daarvan is die bedoeling om die kommando’s op die platteland tot niet te maak.

‘n Ander kwessie is grondhervorming. Die gerug dat die Regering planne beraam om die onteieningsbeginsel te omseil, is vir my baie kommerwekkend.

Die negatiewe berigte en beskuldigings oor swak hantering van arbeid in die boerderysektor en konstante klappe na hierdie sektor stem mense negatief. Die groot dam van welwillendheid wat ons sedert 1994 ervaar het, is vinnig besig om te verdwyn.

Hoekom slaan die Regering van die dag keer op keer die uitgestrekte hand van die landbousektor weg wanneer dit kom by sinvolle grondhervorming en hulle betrokkenheid daarby? Op vele ander terreine waar kundige en praktiese hulp deur die landbou aangebied word, word hulle doodeenvoudig geïgnoreer. Die welwillendheidsdam verdamp daardeur in die niet.

Niemand, mnr die President, wil terug na gister nie. As gister egter in ‘n ander gedaante vandag terugsluip, ondermyn dit die vertroue en vermoë van ons mense en ons Grondwet om ‘n nuwe Suid-Afrika te skep en daar is baie tekens daarvan. Die goedpraat van buurlande se verkragting van die demokrasie en goedpraat van politieke sirkusse, is ondermynend en ondermyn dié vertroue.

Mnr die President, as die verkeerd van gister al meer vandag te sien word, is die môre van ons verwagting van ‘n beter toekoms net ‘n hersenskim. Dan word die beter môre wat ons soek al meer die vandag van ons lewe, en selfs die gister van ons lewe. Ons soek dit nie! En daarom is ons hier, as onafhanklike opposisie met ‘n eie mening en siening om te help om dit wat reg en beter is vir ons land en al sy mense te vind en ‘n bydrae daartoe te lewer. Ek dank u. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[Uncertainty is the biggest instigator of criticism and resistance in life. There is great uncertainty on how the Government of the day is handling several problematic issues. One of these is the decision to do away with the commando system in the rural areas.

Another issue is land reform. I find the rumour that the Government is planning to circumvent the principle of land expropriation quite disturbing.

The negative reports and allegations about the poor managing of labour in the farming sector and the constant criticism aimed at this sector are making people negative. The large reservoir of goodwill which we have experienced since 1994 is slowly disappearing.

Why does the Government of the day again and again brush aside the hand offered to it by the agricultural sector when it comes to sensible land reform and their involvement in it? In several other areas in which expert and practical assistance is offered by the agricultural sector, they are ignored completely. The reservoir of goodwill is evaporating into within air.

Nobody, Mr President, wants to return to the past. However, if our past tends to creep back in a different guise today, it undermines the trust and abilities of our people and our Constitution to create a new South Africa, and there are many signs of this. The attempt to justify our neighbouring countries’ violation of democracy, and the attempt to justify political circuses, is subversive and undermines such trust.

Mr President, if the wrong of the past is seen more and more today, then the tomorrow of our expectations of a better future is but a mere illusion. Then the better tomorrow which we are all looking for becomes more and more the today, and even the yesterday, of our lives. We do not want that! And that is why we are here, as an independent opposition with an opinion and a vision of our own to assist in finding that which is right and better for our country and all its people and to make a contribution in that regard. I thank you.]

Mr L CHIBA: Madam Deputy Speaker, President Thabo Mbeki, Deputy President Jacob Zuma, comrades and colleagues, in his state of the nation address on Friday, the President stated that our currency wrested back the losses it had suffered during 2001 and that, during 2002, it had recorded its first annual gain against the US dollar in 15 years.

The fluctuations in the rate of exchange in the past two years and the implications thereof constitute the main thrust of my input. The rapid depreciation of our currency in 2001 and its appreciation in 2002 have been unprecedented in the history of foreign exchange fluctuations in South Africa. Contrary to expectations, the rand had depreciated against the dollar by 35% by December 2001. At the time, some observers attributed this to the political situation in Zimbabwe and issues of financial instability in some emerging market economies. In addition, the September 11 attack on the United States caused a decline in global equity markets, and asset fund managers preferred dollar- denominated assets. This stimulated a greater demand for the US currency.

The anticipated deficit in the current account in the balance of payments led to a further increase in the demand for dollars. This exerted downward pressure on the exchange rate. Other economies, such as Australia, also experienced a similar decline in the value of their currency.

This extraordinary depreciation led to allegations of improper conduct in foreign exchange trading, resulting in the appointment of a commission of inquiry, which found no evidence that might have contributed to the rapid depreciation of our currency. The depreciation had the negative consequence of rising inflation, particularly with regard to the price of foodstuffs. There was also a significant increase in the price of fuel internationally, leading to several hikes in the local price of liquid fuel. To contain rising inflationary pressures, the SA Reserve Bank was left with no option but to increase interest rates.

The combination of these developments impacted negatively on the standard of living of the vast majority of our people. Food prices spiralled further, transport costs escalated, and there was an increase in the repayments of mortgage and hire purchase agreements. The Government must be commended for responding appropriately.

Firstly, the matter of the rising prices of foodstuffs was referred to the Competition Commission which found no manipulation of prices. Secondly, the Government made R400 million available for food parcels and agricultural starter packs. Thirdly, a tax relief of R15 billion assisted in combating the effects of inflation. This relief was biased towards low-income households. For those who argue that tax relief benefits only the middle and upper income groups, it must be borne in mind that in a developing country such as ours, with a high unemployment rate, workers distribute their incomes to an extended family or dependants.

Fourthly, the President announced during his state of the nation address that the Government has decided to replace the in bond landed cost system with a basic fuel price formula. In terms of this new arrangement, it is estimated that fuel users would save more than one billion rand a year. This is an important milestone in the history of the oil industry, because South Africa’s fuel pricing system was established …

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Order! There is a point of order.

The MINISTER OF HOME AFFAIRS: Madam Deputy Speaker, I feel very ashamed by the extent of the noise. I know that we misbehave in this House, particularly when the President is not here. I think it puts us to shame, when the President is here, and while we are discussing the state of the nation address, that there is so much talk that we drown out the speaker. We cannot even hear what the speaker is saying. I just wanted to place that on record.

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Thank you, hon Minister. I do not have to repeat or interpret. Please proceed, hon Chiba.

Mr L CHIBA: Thank you. As I was saying, the estimated amount fuel users will be saving is approximately one billion rand a year. This is an important milestone in the history of the oil industry, because South Africa’s fuel pricing system was established in the apartheid era and offered marketing oil companies rewards for the risks they were then taking.

The flip side of our depreciated currency was that it made our exports more competitive. The value of our exports, excluding gold, increased by 22%. The weaker rand boosted manufacturing production, indicating favourable news for economic growth.

The depreciated currency also stood the tourism industry in good stead. South Africa is considered to be one of the world’s safest and cheapest destinations, and the industry constitutes 5% of gross domestic product. It is one of the fastest growing industries in South Africa and has the potential of generating a huge number of jobs. Globally tourism was under pressure, but South Africa was performing better than many other destinations. In December 2001, South Africa was granted the status of approved destination by the People’s Republic of China, further injecting a spurt into the tourism industry.

There was a dramatic appreciation of the rand in the first half of 2002. The stronger rand is unlikely to reduce the number of foreign visitors to South Africa. With the Cricket World Cup our country will once again be in the world’s spotlight. Together with the President’s Golf Challenge, these events will attract an estimated 25 000 foreign visitors to our shores, thereby boosting our reserves of much-needed foreign currency. The attraction of Cape Town, now ranked as one of the world’s top 10 tourist destinations, has further boosted demand. It is therefore expected that the booming tourism industry will continue.

The stronger rand is primarily attributed to the surplus of the current account in the balance of payments. The inflow of capital into the country as a result of higher interest rates enhances prospects for the continued growth of exports and an increase in the price of international commodities, making the rand the best performing currency in the world during 2002. At the time of the rapid depreciation of our currency, various observers claimed that the depreciation was an expression of the low confidence in the country. If we take such claims to the logical conclusion, then it follows that the unprecedented appreciation of the currency is an expression of the highest confidence in the South African Government and its management of the economy.

With the boom in manufacturing and production, sales soared to R614 billion. The predicted growth rate of 2,6 % is expected to reach 3% for last year. Although the appreciation of our currency will impact negatively on our export ability, indications are that the economy is robust enough to absorb the effects of an appreciating rand.

With regard to the economic outlook, the high level of business confidence is encouraging. The outlook for economic growth is positive. It is therefore likely that the upswing in the South African business cycle will continue for a couple of years.

We have registered many gains and successes. The challenge that confronts us is to ensure that these gains are not eroded. We are in an important stage in the growth of our economy. However, one factor which is beyond our control, and which may impede our economic advancement, is the US-led war against Iraq. The war would mark the beginning of global uncertainty and insecurity. It may harm our prospects of economic growth, of investments and of our exports, which constitute one-third of our gross domestic product.

In the light of this, I fail to understand how some of our economic commentators can state the following: That the effect of the war could be neutral for South Africa, because our healthy fiscal situation should cushion the economy; that, since South Africa has gold as a built-in stabiliser, if oil prices rise, so will gold, rendering the effect on the balance of payments relatively neutral; and that the healthy state of South Africa’s fiscal situation can cushion the economy for a couple of years without the fear of macroeconomic instability or fiscal and financial difficulty.

But when any country is at war, its resources are geared towards the war effort, and its economy is under duress. Consequently, for war-mongering countries such as the United States, the needs of developing countries assume a very low priority. In the event of a war, the issue of economic development in our region will receive very scant attention. Hence the prospects of realising our stated objective of pushing back the frontiers of poverty could be rendered all the more difficult. From this past weekend’s anti-war demonstrations, the message is abundantly clear: People the world over want peace and not pieces.

In conclusion, the vast majority of the peace-loving people of South Africa and the world commend our President and our Government for the sterling efforts they made and the bold initiatives they took to ensure that the crisis is resolved peacefully. To what extent these efforts and initiatives bear the desired fruit, remains to be seen. Only time will tell. I thank you. [Applause.]

Ms M L NGWENYA-NKOMPE: Madam Deputy Speaker, hon members, hon President and hon Deputy President …

Setšhaba se kwele bose kudu, go kwa ge o leboga dikete-kete tš a batho Presidente bao ba ithapilego go foula matsogo le go thuša go hlabolla le go aga bophelo bjo bo kaone bja Ma-Afrika Borwa. Le go akaretša ba bangwe ba maloko a palamente bao ba tsenego fase go tšweletša mananeo a rena ka go bona go re bana ba kgona go ngwadiša matswalo a bona go re ba kgone go gola child grant go fihla mo mengwageng e lesome le metšo e mene. Le go thuša kua dipolisiteišeneng, dikolong, dipetleleng go re ditirelo di fihle bathong le gore lenaneo la rena la Batho Pele le phethagatswe.

Re tseba ga botse comrade President gore o bolela seo o se bonego ka mahlo a gago ka ge o sepetše diprofinsi tše tša rena ka moka, o theetša dinyakwa tša batho ka mokgwa wa Imbizo le go bona bao ba phethagatšago tša lesolo la letšema. Re leboga thekgo ya gago mohlomphegi Presidente.

Madam Deputy Speaker, re kwele bose ge mmuso wa rena o thomile ka lesolo la go aga di multipurpose community centers. Ke moo basadi le baswa ba rena ba tlilego go ithuta mešomo ya matsogo go hlabolla maphelo a bona le malapa a bona. Ešita le bona bakgekolo le bakgalabje ba rena ba tla ba le lefelo le lekaone la go gola motente wa bona ka go hlomphega le ka seriti gomme ba humana dithekgo go bao ba tla bego ba ba thuša ba tšhaba go nelwa ke di pula le go fišwa ke matšatši jwale ka ge go direga gona bjale.

Re a mogela tšeo mopresidente a re tsebišitšego tšona, re mo tshepiša gore re tla di diriša ka tlhokomelo e kgolo le thekgo e kgolo. (Translation of Sepedi paragraphs follows.)

[The nation has rejoiced to hear the President thanking all the multitudes who rolled up their sleeves to help improve and build a better life for all South Africans. This also includes other members of Parliament who are striving hard to make sure that people are able to register the births of their children for them to receive the child grant until they are 14 years old. There should also be help at police stations, schools and hospitals for services to reach our people and for our programme, Batho Pele, to be maintained.

We know very well, comrade President, that you are speaking about something you have seen with your own eyes as you have been to our different provinces, listening to people’s demands in a form of Imbizo. We thank you for your support, Mr President.

Madam Deputy Speaker, we felt honoured when our Government announced a campaign to build multipurpose community centres where women and the youth are going to learn the handiworks to improve their lives and those of their families. Even our grandfathers and grandmothers will have a better place to receive their pension with dignity and respect. They will get support from those who will be helping them so that they will not have to stand in long queues in the rain or in the hot sun, as is happening now.

We welcome all that the President has introduced to us and we promise that we will use these things with care and diligence.]

The President has spoken of the need to introduce and train public sector workers who can act as community-based development workers. The idea is that these public sector workers would combine many skills. They would not be narrowly specialised and would also not be bound to desks but should work amongst communities and be able to help communities access different resources from different departments, like social grants for projects connecting up with integrated development plans or with training. Looking at these proposals from the perspective of my constituency, I can see how important these public sector cadres can become. There are many good government programmes but it can be very difficult for remote rural areas to access Government. In our communities we have good ideas ourselves. We have co-operatives and micro-businesses. We know how to farm but how we get our products to the markets is another question. We have skills but we need start-up funding. How we get that is yet another question. If we go to a government department or a parastatal, we are told to produce a business plan. We are farmers and we do not know how to produce a business plan. That is why we need public sector workers who understand these things, public sector workers who think development and community empowerment, not just about what the regulations say.

We warmly welcome these proposals, and we hope that a quick start will be made with training and developing these development workers.

The state of the nation address also promised that we will see the passing of the communal land rights Bill this year. Many people in my constituency have been waiting with great expectation for many years. The status of communal land has been uncertain and households are insecure about investing in housing or development because they might be arbitrarily pushed off the land when its value has been improved.

For many poor households living on communal lands, there is great difficulty in accessing mortgages or other loans for development. In the absence of clear tenure rights, banks are even more reluctant than usual to lend. The new Bill will mark a large step forward for hundreds of thousands of poor households in rural South Africa. Some traditional leaders, though, are suspicious of this legislation. They fear losing their own powers. I want to appeal to traditional leaders to see the bigger picture. The legislation is not about destroying the powers of traditional leaders, nor is it about ending communal land tenure. It is about bringing transformation, investment and development to our rural areas.

Le se ke la tšhaba magoši a rena, bogoši bo a tswalelwa a go na motho yoo a tlilego go le amoga bjona. [Our Chiefs need not feel threatened for chieftainship is hereditary and no one will take that away from them.]

Those traditional leaders who seek to resist development will be condemning their communities and themselves. Development will simply pass them by. Added to all of the above-mentioned is another important announcement in the state of the nation address. This is the commitment to ensuring a much more focused approach to microlending, microenterprises and co-operatives. Many important projects in the rural communities which have good prospects of being successful and sustainable suffer from a lack of success because of funding in order to manage the period between harvests or in order to get a successful harvest to the market. Things are changing in our country, even in the remote rural areas. This year, and in the coming year, we need to implement existing policies with greater energy and seriousness.

In the coming year, we also look forward to the introduction of the new measures, not least community development workers, the communal land rights legislation and more effective microlending programmes. We hope that the ones on the left understand that forward we go, backward never. This Government is doing a good job that they also benefit from, regardless of what excuses they make. [Applause.]

Mnr C B HERANDIEN: Mev die Adjunkspeaker, dit is baie duidelik dat die eerste skote geklap het vir die verkiesing wat volgende jaar sal kom, en dit is net ‘n jammerte dat mense hier aangeval word wat nie hier is om hulself te verdedig nie. Die agb dr Mulder is nie nou hier nie, maar ons sal by ‘n latere geleentheid met hom afreken.

Wat interessant is, is dat die agb lid Taljaard ontpop het in ‘n uiters knap speurder. Sy probeer al wat ‘n korrupsiesaak is oopvlek, maar skynbaar het sy baie moeite om vas te stel presies wie Hans is. [Gelag.] As sy ‘n bietjie moeite wil doen en vir ons kan sê wie Hans is, dan sal ons ook weet waar hulle hulle geld gekry het. Ten minste het die Nuwe NP die moed gehad om die geld terug te gee.

Die agb lid dr Kraai van Niekerk verstom my vir ‘n man van sy ouderdom en sy wysheid. Hy kom hier en wil maak asof die Nuwe NP saam in die bed is … luister mooi … in die bed is saam met die ANC. Daar is ‘n verskil tussen saamwerk en saamstaan.

Maar wat nog interessanter is, agb Leon, wat sê u vir Dr Buthelezi as u met hom wil saamwerk? Hy is dan ook in die Kabinet van die President. Dis ses van die een en ‘n halfdosyn van die ander. En agb Dr Buthelezi, ek wil vir u waarsku. Hierdie agb vriend van my kan nie onder ander leiers staan nie. Hy alleen sal die leier wees. [Applous.] Gaan doen ‘n bietjie selfondersoek en u sal voortaan sien hoe ons met hulle gaan afreken. Die kiesers sal in April 2004 besluit wat met wispelturige mannetjies soos hierdie gemaak word. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[Mr C B HERANDIEN: Madam Deputy Speaker, it is very clear that the first shots have rung out for the election which will come next year. It is a pity that people who are not here to defend themselves are attacked here. The hon Dr Mulder is not here at the moment, but we shall deal with him at a later stage.

What is interesting, is that the hon member Taljaard has revealed herself to be an exceptionally able sleuth. She attempts to expose each and every corruption case, but she apparently has much trouble in determining exactly who Hans is. [Laughter.] If she takes a little trouble and is able to tell us who Hans is, then we will also know where they got their money. At least the New NP had the courage to return the money.

The hon member Dr Kraai van Niekerk astonishes me for a man of his age and his wisdom. He comes here and wants to pretend that the New NP is in bed with … listen to this … the ANC. There is a difference between working together and standing together.

But even more interestingly, hon Leon, what do you tell Dr Buthelezi when you want to work with him? He is also in the Cabinet of the President. It is six of the one and half a dozen of the other. And the hon Dr Buthelezi, I want to warn you: This hon friend of mine cannot serve under other leaders. He alone will be the leader. [Applause.] Go and do a little self- examination, and you will see how we will deal with them in future. The electorate will decide in April 2004 what must be done with fickle little men like these.]

Dr M G BUTHELEZI: Madam Speaker, on a point of order: I just wanted to say that the hon member must know that my reasons for being in the Cabinet with the President are completely different from the reasons why … [Interjections.]

The DEPUTY SPEAKER: Order, order!

Mr C B HERANDIEN: We will debate that issue later on, but nonetheless … Madam Speaker, allow me first to congratulate the hon Minister of Housing on her appointment as Deputy Secretary-General of the ANC and wish her well in the future role she is going to play in South African politics. [Applause.] Although we sometimes differed greatly, we have learned to understand each other and I wish her well.

A lot has been said about poverty. However, Mr President, it is not acceptable that money that is earmarked for projects is not being spent. And, in this regard, I would like to congratulate the hon Minister of Education for the commitment he gave this House today that he will take personal, political responsibility for his budget in future.

Dit help ons min dat ons ‘n Minister van Finansies het wat wêreldwyd hoog aangeskrewe staan, maar ons gebruik nie die geld wat die staat vir ons beskikbaar stel nie. Daar behoort beter koördinering tussen provinsies en die sentrale Kabinet te wees. Ons kan nie die luukse bekostig om fondse jaar na jaar oor te rol nie.

Provinsies behoort ook onderling beter saam te werk. In dié verband wil ek die voorbeeld noem van die samewerkingsooreenkoms, en dit is nie in die bed wees nie, wat daar ten opsigte van landbou tussen die Wes-, Oos- en Noord- Kaap gesluit is. Ek reken op alle gebiede behoort hierdie voorbeeld ook gevolg te word.

Ek wil net in die verbygaan noem dat die Wes-Kaapse regering alreeds beskik oor ‘n akademie wat gevestig is by Kromme Rhee, waar amptenare indiensopleiding kry, en ons is heeltemal bereid om dit te deel met die res van die land.

Mnr die President, ‘n bron van groot kommer vir almal van ons is die snelle ontvolking van die platteland. Dit plaas onnodig groot druk op die nabygeleë groot dorpe en stede en dit het aanleiding gegee tot onordelike verstedeliking. Saam sal ons maniere moet probeer vind hoe ons hierdie probleem kan aanpak sodat die ontwikkeling op die platteland ook kan plaasvind.

Onnodig groot druk word ook op ons polisiemag geplaas deur stropers wat ons marine kusbronne wil vernietig. Baie geluk aan die polisie wat moeite gedoen het, en steeds suksesvol is, om ons bronne te beskerm. (Translation of Afrikaans paragraphs follows.)

[It helps us little to have a Minister of Finance who is held in high regard worldwide, but we do not use the money which the state makes available to us. There should be better co-ordination between provinces and the central Cabinet. We cannot afford the luxury of rolling over funds year after year.

There should also be better mutual co-operation between provinces. In this regard I want to mention the example of the co-operation agreement, and this is not being in bed with one another, which has been concluded regarding agriculture between the Western, Eastern and Northern Cape. I am of the opinion that this example should be followed in all fields.

In passing, I just want to mention that the Western Cape government already has an academy which has been established at Kromme Rhee, where officials can undergo in-service training, and we are quite willing to share it with the rest of the country.

Mr President, a source of great concern to us all is the rapid depopulation of the rural areas. It puts unnecessary pressure on nearby towns and cities, and it has given rise to disorderly urbanisation. Together we will have to find ways in which we can tackle this problem, so that development can also take place in the rural areas.

An unnecessarily great amount of pressure is also being placed on our police force by poachers who want to destroy our coastal marine resources. Congratulations to the police, who have taken trouble, and who are still successful in protecting our resources.]

Minority groups have two fundamental choices. The one choice is to fight back, oppose everything, put fear into communities and be pessimistic about everything. On the other hand, we can offer hope to co-build the future of our country. It is more meaningful to be successful together. This is our country and every one of us belongs here, so let’s make it work. We can only succeed if we build the country together for our children. Let us rather forget the evils of the past and move together towards building a better nation.

Baie mense gebruik Zimbabwe as voorbeeld om vrees by gemeenskappe in te boesem. Gelukkig het ons in hierdie land genoeg verantwoordelike leiers om te verhoed dat dit wat daar plaasvind ook met ons gaan gebeur. Ons erken ons het geleer uit ons foute van die verlede, daarom kan ons nie toelaat dat ons vasgevang bly in ons geskiedenis nie. Die Nuwe NP se boodskap is klokhelder en duidelik: Maak ‘n betekenisvolle bydrae tot die vooruitgang van ons land, of vergaan saam met diegene wat verkies om hul te isoleer in hul woede en frustrasie. Ek dank u. [Applous.] (Translation of Afrikaans paragraph follows.)

[Many people use Zimbabwe as an example to inspire fear in communities. Luckily we have enough responsible leaders in this country to prevent what is happening there from happening to us as well. We admit that we have learnt from our mistakes of the past, and that is why we cannot allow ourselves to stay caught up in our history. The New NP’s message is loud and clear: Make a meaningful contribution to the progress of our country, or perish with those who prefer to isolate themselves in their anger and frustration. I thank you. [Applause.]]

Mr D A HANEKOM: Deputy Speaker, President Mbeki, Deputy President Zuma and hon members. Mr President, you started your state of the nation address on Friday by reflecting on the dramatic events of 10 years ago. You were paying tribute to the truly great people who helped bring us to where we are today. While you were talking, I had an overwhelming sense of what an immense privilege it is to be able to serve our country the way we are and to be sitting in this Chamber.

How many of us would ever have imagined, 10 years ago, that we would be sitting here today? We remember the conversations we had just a few years earlier in our prison cells, in exile, or late at night in safe houses - our yearning to return home, our yearning for freedom, nostalgic reminiscence of our beautiful country. We often spoke about what we would do one day when our country was finally liberated. We spoke about wanting to be teachers or lecturers one day, or nurses or doctors, or lawyers or journalists. Some wanted to serve in the new defence force or the police force and some, like myself, even wanted to go back to farming one day. But I do not recall a single person saying that what they really wanted was to be a member of Parliament one day. Yet here we are, 10 years later, and it presents us with a unique opportunity to take the struggle for a better life for all a few steps further every day of our lives.

We fought to end racist minority rule and we won that fight, but we cannot rest until we have won the fight to end the poverty that remains with us. We should not deceive ourselves and the public by pretending that there are simple solutions. There is no such thing. While ideas such as the introduction of a basic income grant deserve careful consideration and should not simply be dismissed, to suggest that all the country is waiting for is for the President to announce a few simple measures, such as this grant, is oversimplifying a complex challenge and is in fact misleading. On its own, it could not possibly eradicate poverty in our country.

What is clearly needed is a set of measures that are developmental in their nature, and which address real and immediate needs that are complementary and sustainable in their conceptualisation and in practice.

Your speech, Mr President, was not a populous pronouncement, however tempting it may be to do so in the run-up to an election. The goals and ideals that we have fought for were not about winning elections. They are about creating a better life for all our people and in particular for the poor. Your address gives us a framework that can help us achieve our aims of pushing back the frontiers of poverty.

I would like to pick up on a few points that could result in job creation on a significant scale and could go a long way towards reducing poverty, if properly implemented. The first point is your announcement on the expansion of services to our people and, in particular, the progressive extension of the child support grant to cover children up to the age of 14. Of course, this is not the long-term answer to all the challenges facing us, but it will bring welcome relief to many and will help support those who simply cannot find work or whom we will not be able to reach in the short-term with the best will in the world through increased investment in our job- creating efforts.

When you say that the Government must act to ensure that we reduce the number of people dependent on social welfare, surely all people serious about finding solutions must agree with you? The reduction of dependency on grants means the creation of jobs. This will require monumental effort from all levels of government, from business and from labour with well thought- out interventions. Economic growth on its own will not be enough. The Growth and Development Summit offers an important opportunity for the emergence of creative ideas and a commitment from all stakeholders to collective action. The summit comes at a critical time in our country - a time when we have opportunities such as we have never had before. Our macro- economic policies are bearing fruit; the rand is performing extremely well. Inflation is coming down; growth forecasts are good; revenue collection is steadily improving; our deficit has been reduced and our foreign reserves are healthy. But the poor remain poor and were hard hit by last year’s food price increases. Unemployment remains at an unacceptably high level. The opportunities that a relatively strong economy offers us cannot be lost. The summit cannot just be a consensus-seeking exercise. The challenges of poverty eradication and job creation will have to be tackled head-on.

You have presented us, Mr President, with a comprehensive set of measures to start dealing with these challenges. But implementation strategies no doubt still need further attention. New, creative ideas need to be explored and, above all, the summit must emerge with a genuine commitment to effective collective action to address these challenges.

One important part of a comprehensive set of interventions will have to be the expanded public works programme that you referred to. We need a massively expanded public works programme, but one that goes much further than simply a number of projects, run by some government departments. Principles of labour intensity need to be embraced and applied to all our road-building, our construction of airports and harbours and the maintenance of public facilities.

An initiative of the MEC for Health in the Gauteng Province offers us a good example. The curtains in public hospitals for which she is responsible were old and needed to be replaced. She used this opportunity to create jobs by awarding the contract to unemployed women who were assisted with sewing machines and given the necessary training. They are now examining how the training they have received and the skills acquired can lead to permanent employment.

The Working for Water Project, well-known to Prof Asmal over here, employed 42 000 people at its peak and did immensely valuable work in removing alien species, especially from our water attachment. The programme has barely scratched the surface in removing alien vegetation, but it has not grown over the last few years. And yet it provides benefits to the poor, over and above employment, by restoring the productive capacity of land, increasing water availability and even making communities safer against the threat of runaway fires.

Every municipality has its standard waste management function and refuse is collected and disposed of. Meanwhile, there are areas that they simply do not seem to be able to clean-up with their regular municipal staff. We have all seen areas in our townships and informal settlements that have years worth of litter lying there, posing a health hazard and undignified living conditions. Some municipalities have introduced clean-up projects for the unemployed, but not all. These activities have positive spin-offs. A cleaner country becomes more attractive to tourists and increased tourism creates jobs.

The local shopping centre close to where I live is always spotlessly clean, but outside there are not enough rubbish bins, drains are clogged-up with plastic bags and tins and there is always a lot of litter. Why can’t the Pick and Pays and Shoprites and Spars have national programmes to clean up the areas around their shopping centres? [Applause.] We need to think of creative ideas to encourage all businesses countrywide to employ more people. We could possibly have a national programme of support to businesses who employ people from registered lists to do work that is additional to their normal operational requirements, with the Government and the firm each paying 50% of the salary, with the firm taking management responsibility, thus overcoming possible capacity limitations of Government. We could have a massive country clean-up or alien species removal happening on a much greater scale, with private nature reserve involvement, for example. Groups of farmers may club together, Minister Didiza, and fix up the access roads that they use, because it will be in their interests to do so.

Deputy Speaker, these are not ideas that come from the national conference of the ANC. I would be the first to admit that they need much more thought and there are no doubt many far better proposals. I am airing a few ideas to make a point, and the point is that we need people to come up with ideas. We need creative thinking.

The state of the nation address presents us with a carefully considered and comprehensive framework, but it allows for an infinite number of ideas and initiatives. Determination and commitment to make this country of ours a better place for everyone is what is needed. An expanded public works programme with all the potential it has to create jobs will not be enough. The economy will have to continue to grow - that much we all know. Every economist in the country can see that we have done extraordinarily well on this front, but we also know that even this is not enough.

We need to pay special attention to certain sectors of our economy that have great livelihood-enhancing and employment-creating potential, but are struggling with a range of disadvantages and constraints. In particular, I am referring to small businesses - the man who cuts your hair on the street corner. Not Trevor Manuel’s hair, but possibly the President’s hair. The woman selling fresh produce … [Interjections.] Not yours either, Douglas. The woman selling fresh produce on the pavement, the backstreet panelbeater and the builder who is skilled, but cannot obtain finance to buy himself a bakkie or a ladder. Stimulating this sector of the economy will result in reduced dependency on grants, will make our economy more competitive, will benefit consumers, will enhance household livelihoods and will result in jobs that are not Government provided. The potential benefits to society are huge.

The real question is: What do you do to support this sector and where do you begin? Again, there are no easy answers, but there are at least some things that can be done that will make a difference. Offer skills training. Do not wait for people to come to you. Go to them. Assess their needs and inform them about the training opportunities. Set aside areas where informal training and other business activity can flourish with infrastructure and facilities including sanitation facilities. Local governments will have to lead this process, provide deposit-taking facilities and banking facilities to encourage saving and reduce vulnerability to theft of hard-earned cash and, above all, find innovative ways of ensuring that small businesses have access to finance on reasonable terms.

Mr President, you referred to the establishment of an Apex Fund to provide micro-credit to people at grassroots level. This is another welcome announcement. As we all know, though, the devil lies in the detail and the fund will only assume real value once it translates into access to loans for poor people and small businesses, even without collateral. The discussions with institutions active in this field should happen as a matter of great urgency. The extent to which access to finance can assist in stimulating economic activity should not be underestimated. It would be useful to include NGOs who have experience in this field in these discussions.

If you have time, Mr President, you might even consult with your wife, who feels passionately about microcredit and has great insights and experience through her work in this field.

There is so much to be said, so much to be done, so little time. And even my time is running out. I am confident, Mr President, that all of us are approaching this year ahead with a great deal of positiveness, with a great deal of enthusiasm. We are going to roll up our sleeves this year in united action to roll back the frontiers of poverty. Thank you very much. [Applause.]

                   CASE AGAINST MR T S YENGENI, MP

                           (Announcement)

The SPEAKER: Order! Hon members that ends the speakers’ list for today but, before adjourning the House, I have two announcements to make.

Members will be aware that the court proceedings in the criminal case against Mr Yengeni have been concluded. Since the court has accepted a plea of guilt to a charge of fraud, sentencing has not yet taken place. I have written to the Ethics Committee requesting them to resume, without delay, their consideration of the complaint against Mr Yengeni which they had suspended with the approval of the House, pending the outcome of the court case. I have submitted Mr Yengeni’s plea of guilt to them.

Further, members will recall that Mr Yengeni made a personal statement to the House on this matter. This falls outside the mandate of the Ethics Committee. A copy of that statement is being provided to all parties. The House needs to consider how it wishes to deal with the content of that statement. I shall discuss with parties an appropriate process for that.

The other announcement, hon members, is perhaps more familiar. It is that I wish to remind hon members that the debate will resume at 09:30 tomorrow morning, and we are expected to adjourn for lunch at about 12:30. The President will reply to the debate at 15:00 tomorrow.

The House adjourned at 18:30. ____

            ANNOUNCEMENTS, TABLINGS AND COMMITTEE REPORTS

                      FRIDAY, 15 NOVEMBER 2002

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 (a)    General Report of the Auditor-General on the Audit Outcomes  for
     2001-2002 [RP 226-2002].


 (b)    Report of the Auditor-General on the  Special  Investigation  of
     the Coega Project [RP 169-2002]. 2.    The Minister for Agriculture and Land Affairs:


 (a)    Report  and  the  Financial  Statements  of  the  South  African
     Veterinary Council for 2001-2002.


 (b)    Report and Financial Statements of the Ncera Farms (Pty) Ltd for
     2001-2002.
  1. The Speaker:
 1.      Written  comments  received  from  the  public  and  provincial
     legislatures on the Constitution of the Republic  of  South  Africa
     Fourth Amendment Bill [B 69 - 2002], submitted by the Minister  for
     Justice  and  Constitutional  Development  in  terms   of   section
     74(6)(a) of the Constitution, 1996.
     Referred to the Portfolio Committee on Justice  and  Constitutional
     Development.


 2.     Letter from the Minister of Foreign Affairs, tabled in terms  of
     section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management  Act,  1999  (Act
     No 1 of 1999), explaining the reasons for the late tabling  of  the
     annual report:
     In  accordance  with  the  stipulations  of  the   Public   Finance
     Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999 as amended by Act No  29  of
     1999), the Department of Foreign Affairs should have submitted  and
     tabled its 2001/02 Annual Report in Parliament not  later  than  30
     September 2002.


     Due to the Department's high-level involvement in  the  proceedings
     of the World Summit  on  Sustainable  Development  (WSSD)  and  the
     unforeseen technical delays in the production and printing  of  the
     Report exacerbated by requirements from the Office of the  Auditor-
     General, the Department could not discharge its  mandate  timeously
     in this regard.


     The net effect  was  that  the  Department  could  only  manage  to
     officially table its Report in Parliament on 11  October,  11  days
     after the deadline.


     The Department wishes to express  its  sincere  apologies  for  any
     inconvenience this might have caused.


     With kind regards
     NKOSAZANA DLAMINI ZUMA
     MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS


 3.     Letter from the Minister of Finance, tabled in terms of  section
     65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act  No  1  of
     1999), explaining the  reasons  for  the  late  tabling  of  annual
     reports:


     Section 65 of the Public Finance  Management  Act  (PFMA)  provides
     timelines  for  the  submission  of  departmental  Annual  Reports.
     Section 65(1) calls for the Annual  Report  to  be  tabled  in  the
     National Assembly "within one month after  the  accounting  officer
     for the department...received  the  audit  report".  Section  65(2)
     states  that  "If  an  executive  authority  fails  to  table,   in
     accordance with subsection (1)(a), the Annual Report and  Financial
     Statements of the Department..., and  the  Audit  Report  on  those
     statements, in the relevant legislature  within  six  months  after
     the end of the financial year...the executive authority must  table
     a written explanation in the legislature setting  out  the  reasons
     why they were not tabled".


     In according with section 65(2), I wish to inform  Parliament  that
     the Annual Reports of Statistics South Africa and the PIC were  not
     tabled within the timeframes set in section 65.


     In respect of Stats SA, the delay in presenting the  Annual  Report
     to Parliament is a result of the late finalisation  of  Stats  SA's
     financial statements (including  the  management  report)  and  the
     audit report  thereon.  Discussions  with  the  Auditor-General  to
     solve  outstanding  issues  are  ongoing.  The   annual   financial
     statements of the PIC were completed and finalised  in  July  2002.
     The Auditor-General's representatives, KPMG, however, required  the
     PIC to attach an annexure of "Assets managed  on  behalf  of  Third
     Parties" to the financial statements. The PIC  was  also  requested
     to prepare  this  annexure  in  accordance  with  General  Accepted
     Accounting  Practice  (GAAP).  The  finalisation  of  the  annexure
     involved  numerous  technical  interactions  between  the  Auditor-
     General, KPMG and the PIC.  Problems  were  also  experienced  with
     regard to the finalisation of performance  figures  in  respect  of
     assets managed on behalf of third parties, more  particularly  with
     regard to the categorisation  and  income  recognition  of  special
     investment products.


     As soon as finalisation in the above regard has been  reached,  the
     Annual Reports will be presented to Parliament.


     Please accept my apologies for the delay.


     Yours sincerely


     TREVOR A MANUEL, MP
     MINISTER OF FINANCE

                      TUESDAY, 19 NOVEMBER 2002

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 (1)    The Minister of Finance has submitted the Wetsontwerp op  Beheer
     van Kollektiewe Beleggingskemas [W 28 - 2002] (National Assembly  -
     sec 75) to the Speaker and the Chairperson. This  is  the  official
     translation into Afrikaans of  the  Collective  Investment  Schemes
     Control Bill [B 28 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75).


 (2)    The Minister of Finance has submitted  the  Wysigingswetsontwerp
     op Inkomstewette [W 67 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 77) to  the
     Speaker and the Chairperson. This is the official translation  into
     Afrikaans of  the  Revenue  Laws  Amendment  Bill  [B  67  -  2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 77).

National Assembly:

  1. The Speaker:
 The following papers have been tabled  and  are  now  referred  to  the
 relevant committees as mentioned below:


 (1)    The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Communications:


     (a)     Report and Group Annual Financial Statements of  the  South
          African Post Office Limited for 1997-1998.


     (b)     Report and Group Annual Financial Statements of  the  South
          African Post Office Limited for 1998-1999.


     (c)     Report and Group Annual Financial Statements of  the  South
          African Post Office Limited for 1999-2000.


 (2)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Housing:


     Report and Financial Statements of LANOK (Proprietary) Limited  for
     2001-2002.


 (3)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Minerals and Energy:


     Annual Report of the Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate for  2001-
     2002.


 (4)    The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Justice and Constitutional Development:


     (a)     Proclamation No R 73 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
          23951 dated 18 October 2002: Referral of Matters  to  existing
          Special Investigating Units and  Special  Tribunals,  made  in
          terms of the Special Investigating Units and Special Tribunals
          Act, 1996 (Act No 74 of 1996).


     (b)     Proclamation No R 74 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
          23951 dated 18 October 2002: Referral of Matters  to  existing
          Special Investigating Units and  Special  Tribunals,  made  in
          terms of the Special Investigating Units and Special Tribunals
          Act, 1996 (Act No 74 of 1996).


     (c)     Proclamation No R 75 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
          23973 dated 25 October 2002: Referral of Matters  to  existing
          Special Investigating Units and  Special  Tribunals,  made  in
          terms of the Special Investigating Units and Special Tribunals
          Act, 1996 (Act No 74 of 1996).


     (d)     Proclamation No R 76 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
          23973 dated 25 October 2002: Referral of Matters  to  existing
          Special Investigating Units and  Special  Tribunals,  made  in
          terms of the Special Investigating Units and Special Tribunals
          Act, 1996 (Act No 74 of 1996).


     (e)     Proclamation No R 77 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
          23973 dated 25 October 2002: Referral of Matters  to  existing
          Special Investigating Units and  Special  Tribunals,  made  in
          terms of the Special Investigating Units and Special Tribunals
          Act, 1996 (Act No 74 of 1996).


 (5)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Safety and  Security  and  to  the  Standing  Committee  on  Public
     Accounts:


     Letter from the Minister of Safety and  Security  to  the  Speaker,
     tabled  in  terms  of  section  65(2)(a)  of  the  Public   Finance
     Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999), explaining  the  delay  in
     the tabling of the Secret Services Account  of  the  South  African
     Police Service and the Auditor-General report.


 (6)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Finance and to  the  Standing  Committee  on  Public  Accounts  for
     consideration:


     Report of the Auditor-General on  the  Delays  in  the  tabling  of
     Annual Reports as required by the Public  Finance  Management  Act,
     1999 (Act No 1 of 1999) [RP 228-2002].


 (7)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Labour and to the  Portfolio  Committee  on  Provincial  and  Local
     Government. The Report of the Auditor-General is  referred  to  the
     Standing  Committee  on  Public  Accounts  for  consideration   and
     report:


     Report  and  Financial  Statements  of  the  Local  Government  and
     Related Services Sector Education and Training Authority for  2001-
     2002, including the Report of the Auditor-General on the  Financial
     Statements for 2001-2002 [RP 103-2002].


 (8)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Social Development. The Report of the Auditor-General  is  referred
     to the Standing Committee on Public Accounts for consideration  and
     report:


     Report and Financial Statements of the Health  and  Welfare  Sector
     Education and  Training  Authority  for  2001-2002,  including  the
     Report of the Auditor-General on the Financial Statements for 2001-
     2002.


 (9)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Safety and Security for consideration and to the  Joint  Monitoring
     Committee on Improvement of Qualtiy of Life and Status of Women:


     Report of  the  Independent  Complaints  Directorate  in  terms  of
     section 18(5)(c) of the Domestic Violence Act, 1998 (Act No 116  of
     1998) [RP 199-2002].

TABLINGS:

National Assembly:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker:
 Letter from the Minister of Public  Enterprises,  tabled  in  terms  of
 section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act  No  1
 of 1999), explaining the reasons for the late  tabling  of  the  annual
 report for Aventura:


     However, due to the medical and pension fund deficits which  needed
     to be addressed by the Actuaries and  the  consequential  delay  in
     acquiring a letter of Comfort to enable the Auditors  to  issue  an
     unqualified report, the finalisation of the Annual Report has  been
     delayed. These matters have now been resolved.


     The Annual Report for Aventura will be  available  for  tabling  in
     Parliament not later than 31 December 2002.

                      TUESDAY, 26 NOVEMBER 2002

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 (1)    Assent by the President  of  the  Republic  in  respect  of  the
     following Bills:


    (i)      Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Bill [B 52B -
             2001] - Act No 37  of  2002  (assented  to  and  signed  by
             President on 15 November 2002); and


    (ii)     South African Revenue Service Amendment Bill [B 36 - 2002]
             - Act No 46 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President on
             21 November 2002).


 (2)    The Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM) on 20 November 2002  in  terms
     of Joint Rule 160(2), classified the following Bill  as  a  section
     74 Bill:


     (i)      Constitution  of  the  Republic  of  South  Africa  Fourth
          Amendment Bill [B 69 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 74).


 (3)    The Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM) on 20 November 2002  in  terms
     of Joint Rule 160(3), classified the following Bill  as  a  section
     75 Bill:


     (i)     National Development Agency Amendment Bill [B  70  -  2002]
          (National Assembly - sec 75).


 (4)    The Minister of Finance on 20 November 2002 submitted drafts  of
     the following  Bills  as  well  as  the  memoranda  explaining  the
     objects of  the  proposed  legislation,  to  the  Speaker  and  the
     Chairperson in terms of Joint Rule 159:


    (i)      Government Employees Pension Fund Increase (Members of Non-
             Statutory Forces) Bill, 2002.


     (ii)    Special Pensions Amendment Bill, 2002.


     (iii)   Pensions (Supplementary) Bill, 2002.


     The drafts  have  been  referred  to  the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Finance and the Select Committee on Finance by the Speaker and  the
     Chairperson, respectively, in accordance with Joint Rule 159(2).


 (5)    The  Minister  of  Safety  and  Security  on  20  November  2002
     submitted a draft of the Anti-Terrorism Bill, 2002, as well as  the
     memorandum explaining the objects of the proposed  legislation,  to
     the Speaker and the Chairperson in terms of  Joint  Rule  159.  The
     draft has been referred to the Portfolio Committee  on  Safety  and
     Security and the Select Committee on  Security  and  Constitutional
     Affairs by  the  Speaker  and  the  Chairperson,  respectively,  in
     accordance with Joint Rule 159(2).


 (6)      The   Minister   of   Communications   has    submitted    the
     Uitsaaiwysigingswetsontwerp [W 34 - 2002] (National Assembly -  sec
     75) to the Speaker  and  the  Chairperson.  This  is  the  official
     translation into Afrikaans of the Broadcasting  Amendment  Bill  [B
     34 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75).


 (7)    The Minister for  Justice  and  Constitutional  Development  has
     submitted the Wysigingswetsontwerp  op  Geregtelike  Aangeleenthede
     [W 55 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75) to the Speaker  and  the
     Chairperson. This is the official  translation  into  Afrikaans  of
     the Judicial  Matters  Amendment  Bill  [B  55  -  2002]  (National
     Assembly - sec 75).

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Minister of Finance:
 (a)    Annual Report of the Registrar of Unit Trust Companies  for  the
     year ended 31 December 2001.


 (b)    Report of the Registrar of Pension Funds for 2001.


 (c)    Resolutions of the Standing Committee  on  Public  Accounts  for
     2002 and replies  thereto  obtained  by  the  National  Treasury  -
     Thirteenth, Eighteenth and Twenty-third reports, 2002.


 (d)    Rider No 2 to Financing Agreement between the Government of  the
     Republic of South Africa and the European Community concerning  the
     strengthening of Local Governments in Mpumalanga and  the  Northern
     Province, tabled in terms of section 231(3)  of  the  Constitution,
     1996.


 (e)    Rider No 5 to Financing Agreement between the Government of  the
     Republic of South Africa  and  the  European  Community  concerning
     Technical Support to the Department of Education, tabled  in  terms
     of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.
 (f)    Financing Agreement between the Government of  the  Republic  of
     South Africa and the  European  Community  concerning  the  Private
     Sector Support Programme Risk Capital Facility, tabled in terms  of
     section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (g)    Specific Agreement between the Government  of  the  Republic  of
     South Africa and the Government of the Kingdom of  Belgium  on  the
     Creation of a Study  and  Consultancy  Fund,  tabled  in  terms  of
     section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (h)    Agreement between the Government of the Republic of South Africa
     and the Government of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on  Development
     Co-operation,  tabled  in  terms   of   section   231(3)   of   the
     Constitution, 1996.


 (i)    Rider No 3 to Financing Agreement between the Government of  the
     Republic of South Africa and the European Community concerning  the
     Trade and Industry Policy Support Programme,  tabled  in  terms  of
     section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (j)    Rider No 3 to Financing Agreement between the Government of  the
     Republic of South Africa and the European Community concerning  the
     Cato Manor  Development  Programme,  tabled  in  terms  of  section
     231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (k)    Rider No 4 to Financing Agreement between the Government of  the
     Republic of South Africa and the European Community concerning  the
     Trade and Investment Development  Programme,  tabled  in  terms  of
     section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (l)    Agreement Regulating Technical Assistance between the Government
     of the Republic of South Africa and the Government of  the  Kingdom
     of Belgium, tabled in terms of section 231(3) of the  Constitution,
     1996.
  1. The Minister of Trade and Industry:
 Report and Financial Statements of Khula Enterprise Finance Limited for
 2001-2002.

                     WEDNESDAY, 27 NOVEMBER 2002

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The President of the Republic:
 Report and Financial Statements of the National  Youth  Commission  for
 2000-2001, including the Report of the Auditor-General on the Financial
 Statements for 2000-2001.
  1. The Minister of Finance:
 (a)    Resolutions of the Standing Committee  on  Public  Accounts  for
     2002 and replies  thereto  obtained  by  the  National  Treasury  -
     Sixth, Ninth and Twentieth Reports, 2002.


 (b)    Proclamation No R 71 published in Government  Gazette  No  23894
     dated 30 September 2002: Date of coming into operation of  sections
     40(1) and 41(1) of the Revenue Laws Amendment Act, 2001 (Act No  19
     of 2001).
  1. The Minister of Trade and Industry:
 Report  and  Financial  Statements  of   the   Industrial   Development
 Corporation of South Africa Limited for 2001-2002.

                       FRIDAY, 6 DECEMBER 2002

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 (1)    The Minister of Intelligence has submitted  the  Wetsontwerp  op
     Electronic  Communications  Security  (Pty)  Ltd  [W  59  -   2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75) to the Speaker  and  the  Chairperson.
     This is the official translation into Afrikaans of  the  Electronic
     Communications Security (Pty) Ltd Bill  [B  59  -  2002]  (National
     Assembly - sec 75).
 (2)    The Minister of Trade and Industry has submitted the Wetsontwerp
     op Internasionale Handelsadministrasie  [W  38  -  2002]  (National
     Assembly - sec 76) to the Speaker and the Chairperson. This is  the
     official translation into  Afrikaans  of  the  International  Trade
     Administration Bill [B 38 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 76).


 (3)      The   Minister   of    Intelligence    has    submitted    the
     Wysigingswetsontwerp op Beheer oor  Intelligensiedienste  [W  50  -
     2002]  (National  Assembly  -  sec  75)  to  the  Speaker  and  the
     Chairperson. This is the official  translation  into  Afrikaans  of
     the Intelligence Services Control Amendment  Bill  [B  50  -  2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75).


 (4)      The   Minister   of    Intelligence    has    submitted    the
     Wysigingswetsontwerp op Nasionale Strategiese Intelligensie  [W  51
     - 2002] (National Assembly  -  sec  75)  to  the  Speaker  and  the
     Chairperson. This is the official  translation  into  Afrikaans  of
     the National Strategic Intelligence Amendment Bill [B  51  -  2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75).
 (5)    The Minister of Intelligence has submitted  the  Wetsontwerp  op
     Intelligensiedienste [W 58 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75)  to
     the Speaker and the Chairperson. This is the  official  translation
     into Afrikaans of the Intelligence Services  Bill  [B  58  -  2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75).


 (6)    The Minister for  Justice  and  Constitutional  Development  has
     submitted the Wysigingswetsontwerp op Regterlike Amptenare [W 72  -
     2001]  (National  Assembly  -  sec  75)  to  the  Speaker  and  the
     Chairperson. This is the official  translation  into  Afrikaans  of
     the Judicial Officers  Amendment  Bill  [B  72  -  2001]  (National
     Assembly - sec 75).

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Minister of Education:
 (a)    Report  and  Financial  Statements  of  the  Council  on  Higher
     Education for 2001-2002,  including  the  Report  of  the  Auditor-
     General on the Financial Statements for 2001-2002.


 (b)    Government Notice No 887  published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     23557 dated 25 June 2002: Appointment of members to  serve  on  the
     Ministerial Project Committee to  investigate  and  advise  on  the
     suitability  of  the  current  system  of  differentiation,  namely
     Standard and Higher Grade in the  Senior  Certificate  Examination,
     made in terms of section 3(4)(l) of the National  Education  Policy
     Act, 1996 (Act No 27 of 1996).


 (c)    Government Notice No 1269 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     23920 dated 7 October 2002: Appointment of members to serve on  the
     Ministerial Project Committee to investigate the possibilities  and
     processes regarding the integration  of  senior  secondary  schools
     into the Further Education and Training (FET) system  with  special
     reference to funding and  governance,  made  in  terms  of  section
     3(4)(l) of the National Education Policy Act, 1996 (Act  No  27  of
     1996).


 (d)    Government Notice No 1335 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     23988 dated 28 October 2002: Development of a  National  Curriculum
     Statement Grades 10-12  (Schools):  Call  for  written  submissions
     from stakeholder bodies and members of the public,  made  in  terms
     of section 3(4)(l) of the National Education Policy Act, 1996  (Act
     No 27 of 1996).
  1. The Minister of Finance:
 (a)    Government Notice No 1362 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     24010  dated  30  October  2002:  Statement  of  the  National  and
     Provincial   Governments'   Revenue,   Expenditure   and   National
     Borrowing as at 30 September 2002, made in terms of section  32  of
     the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999).


 (b)    Government Notice No 1350 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     23994 dated  31  October  2002:  Amendment  of  the  Rules  of  the
     Government Employees Pension Fund, made in terms of the  Government
     Employees Pension Law, 1996 (Proclamation No 21 of 1996).


 (c)    Government Notice No R 1351 published in Government  Gazette  No
     23997  dated  1  November  2002:  Exchange   Control   Regulations:
     Cancellation of appointment of  an  authorised  dealer  in  foreign
     exchange: International Bank of Southern Africa  Limited,  made  in
     terms of the Currency and Exchanges Act, 1933 (Act No 9 of 1933).


 (d)    Government Notice No R 1352 published in Government  Gazette  No
     23997 dated 1 November 2002: cancellation  and  appointment  of  an
     authorised  dealer  in  foreign  exchange:  Morgan  Guaranty  Trust
     Company of New  York  and  J  P  Morgan  Chase  Bank  (Johannesburg
     Branch), made in terms of the  Currency  and  Exchanges  Act,  1933
     (Act No 9 of 1933).


 (e)    Government Notice No R 1379 published in Government  Gazette  No
     24022  dated  4  November  2002:   Framework   for   Supply   Chain
     Management, made in terms of  section  78  of  the  Public  Finance
     Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999).


 (f)    Regulations made  in  terms  of  section  77  of  the  Financial
     Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No 38 of 2001), tabled in  terms
     of section 77(4) of the Act.
  1. The Minister of Housing:
 (a)    Report and Financial Statements of the National Housing  Finance
     Corporation Limited for 2001-2002.


 (b)    Report and Financial Statements of the Social Housing Foundation
     for 2001-2002.


 (c)     Report  and  Financial  Statements  of   the   National   Urban
     Reconstruction and Housing Agency for 2001-2002.


 (d)    Report and Financial Statements  of  Servcon  Housing  Solutions
     (Proprietary) Limited for 2001-2002.


 (e)    Report and Financial Statements of the  National  Home  Builders
     Registration Council for 2001-2002, including  the  Report  of  the
     Auditor-General on the Financial Statements for 2001-2002 [RP  171-
     2002].
  1. The Minister of Water Affairs and Forestry:
 (a)    Annual Report and Financial Statements of the  Lepelle  Northern
     Water for the year ended 30 June 2002.


 (b)    Annual Report and Financial Statements of the Sedibeng Water for
     the year ended 30 June 2002.

National Assembly:

Papers:

  1. The Minister of Education:
 Letter from the Minister of Education to the Speaker, tabled  in  terms
 of section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act  No
 1 of 1999), explaining the delay in the tabling of the Annual Report of
 the Council on Higher Education:


 Dear Madam


 Traditionally, the Council on Higher  Education  (CHE)  released  their
 Annual  Report  during  their  Consultative  Conference  scheduled  for
 November of each year. They planned to do the same  this  year  without
 realising that they are contravening the reporting requirements of  the
 PFMA. They apologised for this oversight and  committed  themselves  to
 rectify this shortcoming. The CHE  Annual  Report  will  be  tabled  in
 Parliament by 29 November 2002.


 I can confirm that all the requirements  were  met  concerning  timeous
 submission of the financial statements to the Auditor-General  and  the
 auditing of the  financial  records  and  statements  by  the  Auditor-
 General.


 I trust that my sincere apology will be accepted.


 With my best wishes
 Professor Kader Asmal (MP)
 MINISTER

                      FRIDAY, 13 DECEMBER 2002

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 (1)    Assent by the President  of  the  Republic  in  respect  of  the
     following Bills:


     (i)     Disestablishment of South  African  Housing  Trust  Limited
          Bill [B 3D - 2002] - Act No  26  of  2002  (assented  to  and
          signed by President on 2 December 2002);


     (ii)    Institution of Legal Proceedings against certain Organs  of
              State Bill [B 65D - 99] - Act No 40 of 2002  (assented  to
              and signed by President on 24 November 2002);


     (iii)   Road Accident Fund Amendment Bill [B 27B - 2002] -  Act  No
              43 of 2002 (assented to and  signed  by  President  on  24
              November 2002);


     (iv)    Collective Investment Schemes Control Bill [B 28B  -  2002]
              - Act No 45 of 2002 (assented to and signed  by  President
              on 9 December 2002);


     (v)     Administration of Estates Amendment Bill [B 54B -  2002]  -
              Act No 47 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President  on
              4 December 2002);


     (vi)    Education Laws Amendment Bill [B 31B - 2002] -  Act  No  50
              of 2002  (assented  to  and  signed  by  President  on  24
              November 2002);


     (vii)   Local Government Laws Amendment Bill [B 61B - 2002]  -  Act
              No 51 of 2002 (assented to and signed by  President  on  4
              December 2002);


     (viii)  Higher Education Amendment Bill [B 30D - 2002] - Act No  63
              of  2002  (assented  to  and  signed  by  President  on  9
              December 2002);


     (ix)    Adjustments Appropriation Bill [B 66 - 2002] -  Act  No  73
              of 2002  (assented  to  and  signed  by  President  on  26
              November 2002); and


     (x)     Revenue Laws Amendment Bill [B 67 - 2002] - Act  No  74  of
              2002 (assented to and signed by President  on  9  December
              2002).


 (2)    The Minister for Justice and Constitutional  Development  on  26
     September 2002 submitted a draft of  the  Judicial  Matters  Second
     Amendment Bill, 2002, as well  as  the  memorandum  explaining  the
     objects of  the  proposed  legislation,  to  the  Speaker  and  the
     Chairperson in  terms  of  Joint  Rule  159.  The  draft  has  been
     referred to the Portfolio Committee on Justice  and  Constitutional
     Development   and   the   Select   Committee   on   Security    and
     Constitutional  Affairs  by  the  Speaker  and   the   Chairperson,
     respectively, in accordance with Joint Rule 159(2). National Assembly:
  1. The Speaker:
 The following paper has been tabled and is now referred to the relevant
 committees as mentioned below:


 (1)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Foreign Affairs and  the  Portfolio  Committee  on  Provincial  and
     Local Government for consideration. The committees  to  confer  and
     the Portfolio Committee on Foreign Affairs to report:


     Petition of the Royal Swazi Families  (Bantfwabenkhosi)  and  Swazi
     Chiefs/Nation presiding in Traditional  Swazi  Areas,  praying  for
     Parliament to urge and encourage the South  African  Government  to
     expedite the final determination of a border issue.

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 Report and Financial Statements of the Municipal Demarcation Board  for
 2001-2002, including the Report of the Auditor-General on the Financial
 Statements for 2001-2002 [RP 208-2002].
  1. The Minister of Finance:
 (a)     Thirty-ninth  Annual  Report  of  the  Registrar  of   Friendly
     Societies for 2001.


 (b)    Report of the Public Investment Commissioners for 2001-2002  [RP
     214-2002].


 (c)    Statement of the National Revenue, Expenditure and Borrowing  as
     at 31 October 2002.
  1. The Minister for Provincial and Local Government:
 Report  and  Financial  Statements  of  the  Municipal   Infrastructure
 Investment Unit for 2001-2002. 4.    The Minister of Health:


 (a)    Exchange of Notes between the Republic of South Africa and Japan
     on Cooperation in KwaZulu-Natal, tabled in terms of section  231(3)
     of the Constitution, 1996.


 (b)    Memorandum of Understanding between the Republic of South Africa
     and the Government of the Italian Republic in the field  of  Health
     in Gauteng Province, tabled in  terms  of  section  231(3)  of  the
     Constitution, 1996.


 (c)    Explanatory Memorandum to the Memorandum of Understanding.


 (d)    Memorandum  of  Understanding  between  the  Government  of  the
     Republic  of  South  Africa  and  the  Government  of  the  Italian
     Republic in the field of Health in KwaZulu-Natal  Province,  tabled
     in terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (e)    Agreement between the Government of the Republic of South Africa
     and  the  Government  of  the  Federal  Republic  of   Nigeria   on
     Cooperation in the field of Health and Medical Sciences, tabled  in
     terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (f)    Basic Agreement between the Government of the Republic of  South
     Africa and the World Health Organization for the  establishment  of
     Technical  Advisory  Cooperation  Relations,  tabled  in  terms  of
     section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (g)    Declaration of Intent between the Government of the Republic  of
     South  Africa  and  Government  of  the  Republic  of   Rwanda   on
     Institutional Cooperation in the field of Health, tabled  in  terms
     of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (h)    Declaration of Intent between the Government of the Republic  of
     South  Africa  and  Government  of  the  Republic  of   Angola   on
     Cooperation in the field of Health,  tabled  in  terms  of  section
     231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


 (i)    Declaration of Intent between the Government of the Republic  of
     South  Africa  and  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Senegal   on
     Cooperation in the field of Health,  tabled  in  terms  of  section
     231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.

COMMITTEE REPORTS:

National Assembly:

  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Public Service and Administration on provincial visits, dated 6 November 2002:
 The Portfolio Committee on Public Service  and  Administration,  having
 undertaken provincial visits in April 2002, reports as follows:


 A.     Background


     The Committee undertook visits to selected provinces, and  to  some
     national departments, during the week of 21 to 27 April  2002.  The
     provinces visited were Gauteng, the Western Cape  and  North  West.
     The  visits  were  part  of  the  oversight   function   that   any
     parliamentary committee has to exercise to ensure  that  government
     policies are implemented  timeously  and  correctly,  that  service
     delivery is taking place, and that problem  areas  are  identified,
     isolated and mechanisms devised to address them.


     During the visits, the  Committee  sought  to  be  briefed  by  the
     Offices  of  the  respective  provincial   Premiers,   Members   of
     Executive  Councils  (MECs)  and  Heads  of  Department  (HODs)  of
     selected departments, varying from province to  province,  as  well
     as to have on-site views and briefings by targeted institutions  on
     performance highlights selected at the Committee's discretion.


     Three focused areas were identified for briefings by the  Premiers'
     Offices:


     *  Provincial public service management plans


     *  Provincial organisational structures


     *  Service delivery highlights.


     The targeted departments were requested to brief the  Committee  on
     their performance highlights for the 2001-02 financial  year,  with
     the exception of the national  Department  of  Public  Service  and
     Administration, the Public Service Commission, SAMDI and the  State
     Information Technology Agency (SITA). Their focus was requested  to
     be on their 2002-03 budget and programme of action.


     The sites for  visits  were  selected  to  provide  a  synopsis  of
     departmental  programmes  in  operation,  thus  allowing  Committee
     members to get a  feel  of  policies  in  action  and  institutions
     including systems through which plans are communicated (i.e.  their
     offices). Findings from these sites are  also  well  documented  in
     this Report.


 B.     Observations


     1. Gauteng Province


          (a) The co-ordination forum established  and  located  at  the
              Premier's Office comprises the Premier,  executive  mayors
              of metropolitan councils and senior government officials.


          (b) The shared services centre as an establishment brings a co-
              ordinated service delivery mechanism to the people.


          (c) The provincial Department of Housing set aside  an  amount
              of R40 million for housing projects to be  constructed  by
              women contractors, as  part  of  their  women  empowerment
              policy.


          (d) The continued invasion of unoccupied land affects  housing
              delivery negatively.


          (e) The Department of Public Transport, Roads and Public Works
              reportedly achieved 59% of black economic  empowerment  in
              terms of contracts awarded.


          (f) Their is weak interaction between Chris  Hani  Baragwanath
              Hospital and local clinics.
          (g) A greater part of  the  Chris  Hani  Baragwanath  Hospital
              looks dilapidated.


          (h) The nurse training programme at  Chris  Hani  Baragwanatha
              Hospital is no longer accommodating as  many  trainees  as
              in the past.


          (i) There  seems  to  be  mixed  feelings  from  residents  of
              Alexandra on the impact of  the  Alexandra  Urban  Renewal
              Programme.


     2. North West Province


          (a) Affordable access roads to 19  villages,  victims  of  the
              2000 flood disaster, are currently under construction.


          (b) There is a lack of equitable gender representation in  the
              management structure of the Department of Health - 80%  of
              the workforce  are  female,  yet  90%  of  the  management
              component are male.


          (c) The Department of Minerals and Energy  reported  that  the
              Anglo-American group in the North West  has  a  clause  in
              their policies promoting black economic empowerment.


          (d) About 400 000 people in rural  settlements  still  do  not
              have access to potable water.


          (e) People living in remote rural areas experience  difficulty
              in  reaching  institutions  where  they  can   apply   for
              identity documents and birth certificates.


          (f) There is a lack of equipments such  as  computers,  faxes,
              photocopiers and telephones at border post offices.


     3. Western Cape Province


          (a) Most owners of low-cost houses  reportedly  cannot  afford
              the service charges.


          (b) Poll's Moor Prison, with a carrying capacity of 3 000,  is
              overcrowded, with 7 000 inmates, 4 000 whom  are  awaiting
              trial (1 900 are juveniles).


     4. Cross-cutting observation


          There is an exodus of professional personnel from  the  health
          departments.


 C.     Recommendations


     1. Gauteng Province


          The Committee recommends:


          (a) That an  audit  be  performed  to  determine  whether  all
              Premiers' Offices  have  a  co-ordinating  structure  with
              mayors, like the one in Gauteng, and that,  in  the  event
              that such a  structure  does  not  exist,  each  Premier's
              Office set up such a structure with the  same  or  broader
              mandates, as per prevailing provincial conditions.
          (b) That the Province be commended for having established  the
              Shared Service Centre, and also the other  provinces  that
              are using the Multi-purpose Community Centres.


          (c) That the Gauteng Department of Housing submit  a  progress
              report on their R40  million  housing  projects  earmarked
              for women contractors.


          (d) That it confer with  the  committees  dealing  with  land,
              housing and local government to discuss  ways  of  dealing
              with problems of land  invasion  and  all  other  problems
              experienced with the government's housing programme.


          (e) That a  detailed  activity  report  be  requested  on  the
              Community-Based Public Works Project,  where  the  Gauteng
              department achieved 59% of black economic  empowerment  on
              contract allocation.


          (f) That Chris Hani  Baragwanath  Hospital  give  feedback  on
              promised progress towards an improved  integrated  working
              strategy with local clinics, as was indicated  during  the
              visit.


          (g) That the Gauteng Departments of Health and of Public Works
              speedily  intervene  to   deal   with   the   unacceptably
              dilapidated  appearance  of  the  Chris  Hani  Baragwanath
              Hospital.


          (h) That, in  view  of  challenges  around  the  retention  of
              professional personnel in the Department  of  Health,  the
              nurse training programme be reviewed  to  accommodate  the
              rising need for professional personnel.


          (i) That a People's Forum be  held  within  the  community  of
              Alexandra, with the main aim of assessing  the  impact  of
              the Urban Renewal Programme, in  respect  of  projects  as
              well as the efficiency of the management.
     2. North West Province


          The Committee recommends:


          (a) That a report be furnished by  the  Department  of  Public
              Works on the state of roads for the areas affected by  the
              flood disaster in 2000.


          (b) That the Department of Health in the North West be  called
              upon to rectify the anomaly that, in a workforce of  which
              80% are female, 90% of the management component are male.


          (c) The Committee commends the Anglo-American  group,  through
              the Department of Minerals and Energy, for  their  efforts
              to promote black economic empowerment, and  further  calls
              on the Department of  Minerals  and  Energy  to  submit  a
              performance report in this regard.


          (d) That the Department of Water Affairs and Forestry submit a
              plan of their activities  to  deal  with  the  backlog  of
              about 400 000 people still waiting for running water.


          (e) That the national Department of Home Affairs' statement of
              intent to expand and intensify service provision to  rural
              areas be pursued with vigour to enable citizens to  access
              government  services  such  as  birth   certificates   and
              identity documents, as these are  key  documents  required
              to apply for social grants and other government  services.
              Particular emphasis should be placed  on  those  provinces
              whose people largly live in rural areas.


     3. Western Cape Province


          The Committee recommends:


          (a) That a study be conducted on the affordability of  service
              charges  by  owners  of  low-cost  houses,  and   on   the
              implications thereof.


          (b) That  the  Departments  of  Justice  and  of  Correctional
              Services take care of the overcrowding problem  in  Poll's
              Moor Prison.


     4. Cross-cutting recommendation


          The Committee recommends that the  provincial  Departments  of
          Health  submit  reports  on   their   respective   states   of
          preparedness to deal with the  challenges  occasioned  by  the
          exodus of professional personnel from their establishments.


 Report to be considered.
  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Labour on Visit to Statutory Bodies in Gauteng, dated 26 September 2002:
 The Portfolio Committee on Labour,  having  undertaken  a  fact-finding
 visit to the Commission for  Conciliation,  Mediation  and  Arbitration
 (CCMA), the National Economic Development and Labour Council  (NEDLAC),
 Ditsela and the Umsobomvu Youth Fund in Gauteng on 29 and 30 July 2002,
 reports as follows:


 Table of Contents


         Topic     Paragraph


       Terms of reference     A
       Background  B
       Procedure   C
       Logistical arrangements      D
       Findings    E
       NEDLAC      F
       Concluding remarks     G


 A.     Terms of reference


     The Committee met to discuss the viability of conducting visits  to
     four statutory bodies, the CCMA, NEDLAC, Ditsela and the  Umsobomvu
     Youth Fund. The Committee agreed to conduct the visits to:


     1. Focus on their operations
     2. Find out about the implementation of the:


          (a) Basic Conditions of Employment Act


          (b) Employment Equity Act


          (c) Labour Relations Act


          (d) Skills Development Act


          (e) Skills Development Levies Act


     3. See whether companies are complying with the provisions  of  the
          above Acts


     4. Look at employees' working conditions in the workplace


     5. Find out whether business, labour and organs  of  civil  society
          are aware of the existence of  these  institutions  and  their
          functions


     6. Look at the relations between these institutions and the  public
          they serve.
     The Committee agreed that this Report would be compiled  after  all
     the information had been collated and analysed, and that  it  would
     be submitted to the National Assembly.


     The visit was conducted in Gauteng with a view  to  visiting  other
     provinces in the next financial year.


 B.     Background


     Section  55(b)  of  the  Constitution  states  that  the   National
     Assembly must provide for mechanisms to maintain oversight of -


     (i)     the exercise of  national  executive  authority,  including
          the implementation of legislation; and


     (ii)    any organ of state.


 C.     Procedure


     Communication on the proposed visit  was  conducted  both  verbally
     and in  writing.  Specific  emphasis  was  placed  on  meeting  the
     institutions and their constituencies in order  to  get  first-hand
     information on problems experienced.


 D.     Logistical arrangements


     The multi-party delegation consisted of:


     Ms E Thabethe ANC   (Acting Chairperson)  Ms H Malebane    ANC
     Mr G G Oliphant     ANC
     Mr R Pillay   DA
     Ms T E Lishivha     ANC
     Mr R M Moropa ANC
     Mr S A Mshudulu     ANC
     Mr N S Middleton    IFP
     Mr M N Ramodike     UDM
     Adv Z L Madasa      ACDP
     Ms P Jayiya   Committee Secretary


 E.     Findings


     1. CCMA (Head Office)


          The Committee met with the chairperson of the governing  body,
          the director, the acting director,  senior  commissioners  and
          heads of department. It also conducted an in  loco  inspection
          of the offices  and  interacted  with  members  of  staff  and
          clients.


          (a) Institutional vision


              The institutional vision is to promote social justice  and
              economic  growth  with  social  partners  by  transforming
              relations in the labour market. Part of the vision is  the
              strengthening of relations  with  neighbouring  countries.
              The CCMA has shared experiences with other countries.  The
              institution has proved to be ahead of its counterparts  on
              the African continent.


          (b) Projects for 2002-03


              *    Legislative amendments
              *    Information systems


              *    Customer service


              *    Capacity building


              *    High standard operations and performance.


          (c) Institution-building focus for 2002-03


              *    Additional training of bargaining council panellists


              *    Provision of  IT  support  for  bargaining  council's
                customised case management systems


              *     Technical  support  for   new   dispute   settlement
                services in SADC countries


              *    Collaborative work and technical assistance to  other
                South African institutions


              *    A fundamental shift in  CCMA  policy  direction  from
                conciliation and  arbitration  to  partnership-building
                and networking for  effective  dispute  management  and
                prevention.


          (d) Training


              *    Induction courses are  provided  to  newly  appointed
                commissioners and bargaining council  panellists.  Most
                new commissioners join the institution with very little
                knowledge of certain laws. There is a need for them  to
                gain substantial knowledge of the laws with which  they
                are dealing.


              *    The need to upgrade training is due to  criticism  of
                the quality of dispute resolution.


              *    In the current financial year all bargaining  council
                panellists are required to attend training.
              *    Training is  provided  on  substantive  law  courses,
                conciliation and managing dismissal disputes.


              *    There  is  an  agreement  that  training  courses  on
                arbitration should be improved.


              *    Training is also provided on  labour  law  amendments
                and CCMA rules. A number  of  officials  at  provincial
                level have attended such courses.


              *    The CCMA recognises the need  for  capacity  building
                and training of managers. Opportunities  are  given  to
                female managers as well.


              *    Basic training in customer service is  also  provided
                to staff.  Frontline  and  call  centre  staff  receive
                training on how to deal with people.


              *    There is no immediate impact of  losing  people  who,
                after  being  trained,  are  attracted  to  the  public
                sector.


          (e) Appointment of commissioners


              Once positions become vacant,  the  governing  body  gives
              the  go-ahead  for   posts   to   be   advertised.   After
              interviews, the successful  ones  undergo  a  skills  test
              before training. At present there are  408  part-time  and
              102 full-time  commissioners.  Interviews  were  conducted
              for posts applied for in September 2001.


          (f) Screening and case management


              *    All cases/complaints are presented in  the  reception
                area. Almost  420  cases  are  attended  to  each  day.
                Complainants are assisted  to  complete  the  complaint
                forms.


              *    When a staff member finds it  difficult  to  explain,
                it is referred to the duty commissioner.


              *    Staff members attached to the front desk  are  fluent
                in at least five languages.


              *    Each floor has  a  senior  commissioner  and  a  case
                management   commissioner.    The    case    management
                commissioners deal with  conciliation,  in  some  cases
                done telephonically and  voluntarily.  On  average,  20
                cases are settled per day.


              *    Many  cases  reported  are  as  a  result  of  unfair
                dismissals. There are very few cases of discrimination.


              *    Cases are screened to  avoid  non-jurisdiction  cases
                entering the system. Cases falling outside  the  CCMA's
                jurisdiction, are redirected.  30%  of  cases  screened
                have jurisdiction.


              *    A follow-up is done on such cases and applicants  are
                advised through correspondence to whom they  can  refer
                their cases.


              *     Some  applicants  whose   applications   have   been
                referred to the bargaining council, come  back  to  the
                CCMA if their cases are not attended to.  However,  the
                CCMA has no jurisdiction  over  cases  that  have  been
                referred to the bargaining council.


              *    The Acting Senior  Case  Management  Officer  screens
                referrals to check for defects.


              *    The public expects the CCMA should play the  role  of
                a legal representative.


              *    A call centre has been  piloted  for  a  month.  Over
                6 000 calls have been received, in different languages.


              *    A fraud and corruption hotline has also been set up.
              *     The  staff  generally  work  under   pressure.   The
                staff/workload ratio is a cause for concern.  One  case
                management officer handles all queries.


              *    Clients who come to  present  their  cases,  are  not
                received and welcomed. Most of them look disillusioned.


          (g) Partnership building and networking


              The CCMA has launched user forums in all  provinces,  with
              the objective to facilitate information sharing,  and  the
              exchange of experiences and ideas  between  the  CCMA  and
              stakeholders.


              The  expected  outcome  is   the   creation   of   greater
              understanding between  the  CCMA,  its  users  and  social
              partners on  problems  experienced  by  users,  the  daily
              challenges and issues experienced by  the  CCMA,  and  how
              best to use the CCMA.


          (h) Constraints and challenges facing CCMA


              *    Delays in the finalisation of cases  are  most  often
                caused  by  users  themselves.  A  high  percentage  of
                inspectors are  newly  employed  and  still  undergoing
                training.  Some  regional  offices  still  have   staff
                shortages.


              *    The CCMA office in  Gauteng  has  to  cope  with  the
                workload of Pretoria, because Pretoria  does  not  have
                sufficient venues to hear cases. This has  caused  some
                commissioners to  volunteer  their  space  for  hearing
                cases.


              *    It has been discovered that  most  people  are  still
                not clear about their rights. Every client who comes to
                the front desk, is advised of his/her rights. The  CCMA
                is also considering offering  training  to  the  advice
                centres.


              *     The  institution  is  faced  with  a  challenge   of
                matching service delivery with financial constraints.


              *    There is an increase in the number  of  cases,  which
                stems  from  the  old  labour   environment.   However,
                commissioners have been drawn from other  provinces  to
                assist. As a cost-cutting exercise commissioners had to
                pay for their accommodation and meals. More than 15 000
                cases were dealt with.


              *    A copy of the training programme offered by the  CCMA
                was made available to the Committee.


     2. Umsobomvu Youth Fund


          (a) The Committee met with Mr M Kekana, CEO, the  Director  of
              the National School of Accounting (NSA), and students.


              *    The Fund has made much progress since  its  inception
                in January 2001, and has proved to be fully  competent.
                Of the  two  divisions,  Youth  Development  and  Youth
                Entrepreneurship, the former has developed enormously.


              *    Numerous resources were  dedicated  towards  capacity
                building.


              *    20% of funds  are  spent  on  creating  contacts  for
                young people in career employment and entrepreneurship.


              *    The Fund has formed  a  partnership  with  the  Youth
                Commission.


              *    Youth advisory  centres  were  developed  to  provide
                young people with  advice  and  information  on  career
                development,  employment  and  entrepreneurship.  Three
                service  providers   have   been   selected   for   the
                establishment of pilot centres. Currently these are  in
                Kagiso, Soweto and the Western Cape.


              *     The  Fund  offers  youth   service   programmes   in
                construction, agriculture,  and  HIV/AIDS  care.  These
                programmes  are  taking  place   in   Mothibistad   and
                Atamelang, North-West.


              *    Youths are involved in constructing  a  multi-purpose
                centre and, in agriculture, in  creating  250  communal
                gardens. Training is given in HIV/AIDS counselling, and
                there are general counselling to youths at school.


              *     Negotiations  have  been  entered  into   with   the
                Department of Public Works on how it could be used as a
                training centre. The Red Meat  Association  will  offer
                training on livestock farming and land restitution. The
                Agricultural Research Council will teach  young  people
                technical and professional skills.
              *    The Fund has signed  a  memorandum  of  understanding
                with the SABC, and it is going to fund the Yizo Yizo  3
                series.


              *    Two entrepreneurship projects have been  set  up,  in
                Maluti and Keiskammahoek.


              *    Capacity needs to be built  within  youth  structures
                to  enable  them  to  co-ordinate  and  network   among
                themselves and with the Fund.


          (b) School to work


              *    The National School of Accounting  (EQUIP  Programme)
                is one of the major projects  supported  by  the  Fund.
                About   500   graduates   from    historically    black
                universities undergo a  bridging  programme  to  assist
                them to acquire a chartered  accountant  qualification.
                The bridging programme is  aimed  at  closing  the  gap
                between university and working environment.  The  focus
                is on areas that are in demand.


              *    The life skills component is what attracted the  Fund
                to the NSA programme.  Minimal skills impact  is  being
                infused into this programme.


              *     The   Fund   receives   quarterly   monitoring   and
                evaluation reports.


              *    As a way of assisting  students  in  getting  through
                the learnership programme, some editing firms have been
                approached to do presentations on their  organisations.
                Some  have  vacancies  relating  to   the   learnership
                programme.


              *    The NSA enrols 50 students per year. The capacity  of
                the NSA is limited by funding. The cost per student  is
                R32 000, excluding  R15 000  living  costs.  With  more
                funding the institution could  expand.  Increasing  the
                number of students  would  also  necessitate  employing
                more professionals.


              *    The Fund has commissioned a resolution that is  going
                to inform labour market opportunities. For example, one
                employer in Johannesburg could employ 200 trainees.


              *    The legal fraternity is not  included  in  programmes
                funded by Umsobomvu.


              *    The vision also includes opening an NSA satellite  in
                the Eastern Cape.


              *    The NSA accepts students from  peri-urban  and  rural
                areas.


          (c) Challenges facing Fund


              *    The agency has insufficient  funding.  This  year  it
                will commit R18 million. It needs to have direct access
                to funding from departments such as Public Works.
              *     Funds  are  solicited  from  foreign   donors,   and
                linkages will be formed with the National Skills  Fund.
                Government funding is not sufficient.


              *    There is  a  need  to  build  capacity  within  youth
                structures to enable them to  co-ordinate  and  network
                among themselves and with the Fund.


 F.     NEDLAC


     The Committee met with representatives from NEDLAC constituencies.


     *  NEDLAC moved to new premises in February 2002, and has  a  staff
       complement of 18, including  the  executive  director,  a  small
       secretariat and general assistants.


     *  190 meetings were held during the last financial year.


     *  The constituencies of NEDLAC reaffirmed a commitment  to  social
       dialogue and working together. NEDLAC is committed to  assisting
       its  constituencies  to  better   reach   their   members   with
       information about what is happening at NEDLAC.


     *  The NEDLAC summit was due to be held on 28 September  2002.  The
       growth and development summit will be held in the first  quarter
       of 2003.


     *   The  annual  summits  assist  in  ensuring   that   broad-based
       participation   is   drawn   from   various   structures.   Each
       constituency  is  guided  by  its  objectives,   positions   and
       principles.


     Annual financial statements


     *  An audit,  which  includes  examining  evidence  supporting  the
       amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements,  assessing
       the accounting principles used, significant  estimates  made  by
       management, and evaluating the overall  financial  presentation,
       was conducted by Gobodo Incorporated.
     *  This was done in accordance with  statements  of  South  African
       Auditing Standards.


     *  The audit opinion proved that the  financial  statements  fairly
       present, in all material respects,  the  financial  position  of
       NEDLAC, and the results  of  its  operations  for  the  year  in
       accordance with generally accepted accounting practice.


     Current activities


     1. Trade and Industry Chamber


          (a) The Chamber is involved with the Department of  Trade  and
              Industry  in  a  workshop  that  is  discussing  the   new
              CITA/SACU legislation.


          (b) Discussions were held with parties  on  plastic  bags  and
              minerals development.


          (c) Trade policy is developed along the lines  of  SA-Mercosur
              and WTO trade agreements.


          (d)  Studies  on  the  programme  include   stainless   steel,
              jewellery and the phasing out of asbestos.


          (e) A feasibility study was done on the introduction of econo-
              labels in South Africa.


          (f)  There  are  plans  to  hold  sector  summits  on  metals,
              engineering and petrochemicals.


     2. Public Finance and Monetary Policy Chamber


          (a)  Discussions  on  the  conference  on  transformation  and
              diversification of the  financial  sector  were  scheduled
              for 20 August 2002.


          (b) The report on food prices is due soon.


          (c) Discussions with the Minister and the National Treasury on
              the 2003-04 budget are under way.


          (d) A summit on the financial sectors was also  scheduled  for
              20 August 2002.


     3. Development Chamber


          (a)  A  task  team  was  operating  on  the  World  Summit  on
              Sustainable Development.


          (b) A civil society summit was scheduled for 12 and 13  August
              2002.


          (c)  The  Department  of  Housing  has  given  an  update   on
              developments relating to housing delivery.


          (d) Report-backs on the Integrated Rural Development Programme
              are awaited from various departments.


          (e) A task team has been set  up  to  co-ordinate  a  research
              project  to  identify  best  practices  in  dealing   with
              HIV/AIDS in the workplace. This  exercise  includes  rural
              people and the unemployed.
          (f) Discussions were held on taxi recapitalisation. NEDLAC  is
              looking at the new  taxi  industry  that  will  cater  for
              various groups such  as  school  children,  the  disabled,
              etc.


          (g) Discussions are being held between  the  Chamber  and  the
              Minister on the National Higher  Education  Plan.  A  task
              team  has  been  established  with  the  mandate  to  make
              proposals on the restructuring of public education.


          (h) A task team on local government has been  considering  the
              Property  Rates  Bill  and  water  regulations  under  the
              National Water Act.


     4. Capacity building at NEDLAC


          (a) A substantial  amount  of  money  is  devoted  to  support
              constituency  structures.  This   helps   to   develop   a
              constituency's capacity to engage in NEDLAC  and  to  take
              part in policy formulation.


          (b) NEDLAC jointly hosted a three-day  workshop  with  COSATU,
              Western Cape, as part of its capacity  building  programme
              for constituencies.


     5. NEDLAC constituencies


          (a) Labour


              *    The input that NEDLAC makes, is  appreciated.  NEDLAC
                has managed to diffuse the tension that used to exist.


              *    Negotiations on labour law  amendments  were  lengthy
                and tedious.


              *    The negotiation process on the Immigration  Bill  was
                surrounded by controversy and a lack  of  agreement  on
                the labour law amendments.


              *    Because of  the  hectic  schedule,  labour  sometimes
                finds it difficult to interact at the joint  task  team
                level.


              Challenges


              *       Co-ordination    of    inputs    from    different
                constituencies


              *    Strengthening administration in the  Chamber  through
                empowering people and improving resources


              *    Slow pace at which decisions are processed


              *    Need for more financial and human resources


              *    Justice is not done to tasks  allotted  to  different
                constituencies


              *    Little co-operation within constituencies.
          (b) Business South Africa


              This is a 19-member organisation, consisting  of  employer
              organisations and confederations.  An  alliance  has  been
              formed with the Black Business Council in  order  to  work
              together  to  form  one   national   non-racial   business
              society.


              Challenges


              *    There is a concern that the government  is  selective
                in the manner in which policies are referred to NEDLAC.
                Examples of this  are  the  Immigration  Bill  and  the
                Insolvency Bill.


              *    The lack of  human  and  financial  resources  places
                constraints on the work of the organisation.


              *    Some issues take too long as a  result  of  input  by
                parties.


              *    There is a problem with quick decisions  being  taken
                due to time constraints.


          (c) Government


              The lack of resources would be  looked  at.  All  concerns
              raised by constituencies were noted.


          (d) Community


              This constituency is represented by organisations such  as
              the  SA  Youth  Council,  SANCO,   the   National   Womens
              Coalition, etc.


          (e) Ordinary people from the community have an opportunity  to
              interact with NEDLAC, especially on labour  policies  such
              as equity.


          Challenges


          *    NEDLAC  has  been  confronted  from  time  to  time  with
            unplanned  activities  from  unexpected  competencies,   for
            example the WSSD.


          *   Capacity building and resources need attention.


          *   Regular interaction with community  representatives  needs
            to be harnessed.


          *   More  attention  needs  to  be  focused  on  key  national
            objectives such as poverty alleviation and HIV/AIDS.


     4. Ditsela


          (a) The Committee  met  with  the  Director,  members  of  the
              governing body and staff.


          (b) Ditsela was established in 1997, with a  staff  complement
              of three. At preent, it has 18 staff members.


          (c) The existing board was appointed by COSATU and FEDUSA.


          (d) This institution gets core funding from the Department  of
              Labour and has to report every four months.


          (e) The budget for the current financial year is R8,2 million.


          (f) Ditsela requested financial support from other independent
              unions.


          (g) Accounting on funding is done every three months by  means
              of audit reports.


          (h) Attempts have been made to bring NACTU on board, but to no
              avail. Two seats on  the  board  have  been  allocated  to
              NACTU.


          Challenges


          *   A model that would help to address key problems  faced  by
            the new generation of shop stewards, needs to be developed.


          *   A plan for a pilot programme to  train  shop  stewards  is
            being designed.


          *   Capaciy on the shop floor seems to be  decreasing  due  to
            natural attrition and union members going into business.


          *   Ditsela recognises the issue of women. An advanced  course
            in leadership has been introduced.


          *   There is  a  challenge  to  get  into  the  Department  of
            Education and develop a concept of introducing  trade  union
            studies by linking them to broader society and to  the  role
            they play in society.


          *   The problem of capacity  and  budget  constraints  hinders
            Ditsela in reaching out to other parts.
          *   There is need for training in the labour  field  to  reach
            areas besides unions.


          *   Ditsela is currently working on skills development.


          *   The Department of Labour has assigned Ditsela to  drive  a
            massive health and safety programme. A project proposal  has
            already been designed, but the programme has been stalled by
            changes in the Department.


          *   The institution responded to requests  made  to  establish
            links. There is a need for Ditsela to expand its network  by
            linking with international institutions such as the ILO  and
            Ruskin College.


          *   Courses prioritised for the 2003-04 financial year include
            negotiation skills, a  women's  leadership  course,  and  an
            office-bearers' courses, as well as core skill courses  such
            as writing skills and  using  the  Internet  and  electronic
            mail.
          *   Negotiations are conducted with WITS on  accrediting  some
            of the advanced courses.


          *   Staff development is taking place within the  institution.
            A workshop was conducted recently on how Ditsela  would  fit
            in with the WSSD. Internship courses are  offered  to  train
            people on the operations of Ditsela.


 G.     Concluding remarks


     The Committee expresses its appreciation for the  efforts  made  by
     the above institutions to make the visit a success.  The  Committee
     further recommends that in future there  should  be  continuity  in
     interaction between these institutions and the Committee.
  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Labour on provincial visits, dated 26 September 2002:
 The Portfolio Committee on Labour,  having  visited  various  provinces
 from 19 to 20 June 2001, reports as follows:
 The objective of the  visits  was  to  identify  industrial  activities
 indigent to a specific province and then to focus  exclusively  on  the
 level of implementation of the labour market programmes designed by the
 Department of Labour (the Department).  The  focus  will,  however,  be
 completed by the skills development and employment  equity  programmes,
 which will form the underlying and common thread.


 A.     Mpumalanga


     1. Findings


          (a) There was a  continuous  linkage  between  the  divisional
              collective  bargaining  body  at  head  office   and   the
              provincial office to reconcile the reports.


          (b) In 1999 the provincial job summit  was  established  after
              the Department had realised that it could not run all  the
              initiatives.


          (c) The summit led to the establishment of the provincial  job
              summit  co-ordinating  committee,  which  comprised  three
              clusters.


          (d) The economic and investment  cluster  was  headed  by  the
              Department of Finance and  Economic  Affairs,  the  skills
              development cluster by  the  Department  and  the  special
              employment programmes cluster by the Department of  Public
              Works.


          (e) As regards inspections, the province  was  looking  at  40
              inspections per inspector per month.


          (f) Procedural  compliance  and  substantive  compliance  were
              highlighted as Employment Equity Act problems.


          (g) The  provincial  executive  manager  said  the  focus  was
              currently on procedural compliance.


     2. Challenges
          (a) There were 4 032  outstanding  cases  due  to  a  lack  of
              capacity.


          (b) Construction and agricultural sectors were  identified  as
              problem areas.


          (c) Problems experienced in the construction sector  were  due
              to contractors who are contracting with local government.


          (d) The Department's tender procedures had no provision  which
              complied with labour laws.


          (e) Retrenchments in most sectors resulted in  delays  in  the
              filling of  vacancies.  Therefore,  business  units  could
              only fill 70 per cent of the  vacancies,  instead  of  the
              targeted 90 per cent.


          (f) There was still many outstanding complaints.


          (g) There was a scarcity of skilled people.


          (h) The poor economy and the decline in the labour market made
              it very difficult  to  assist  retrenched  workers  to  be
              reabsorbed in the labour market.


          (i)  Retrenched  workers  were  not  interested  in  training;
              instead they visited  the  office  to  claim  Unemployment
              Insurance Fund (UIF) payouts.


          (j) The  implementation  of  the  Employment  Equity  Act  was
              highlighted as the most problematic area.


          (k) NACTU mentioned that some of the  cases  referred  to  the
              Department are complaints from employees who are  employed
              on the basis of verbal contracts.


     3. Recommendations


          (a) When a case is  referred  for  inspection,  it  should  be
              finalised within 30 days of referral.
          (b) The Department should look again at cases where  employers
              do not deduct  UIF  contributions  from  their  employees'
              salaries. This is unfair  to  employees  who  have  worked
              with one employer for more than five years.


          (c) The  Department  should  ensure  the  enforcement  of  the
              Employment Equity Act on farmers.


          (d) NACTU suggested that organised labour and  the  Department
              should join hands to address employment issues.


          (e) The inspection blitz of the Department that focused mostly
              on child labour and seasonal labour could be the  solution
              to most of the problems in farm areas.


          (f) More staff was required at the provincial office to  drive
              the skills development strategy.


 B.     Witbank Labour Centre


     Meeting with clients in queues


     1. Farm and domestic workers got dismissed after  they  had  lodged
          complaints with the Department against their employers.


     2. The Middelburg Labour Centre developed a  programme  where  they
          met domestic workers three  times  a  week.  The  aim  of  the
          meetings was to educate domestic workers about their rights.


     3. The Department used radio stations and  local  newspapers  as  a
          means of communication with farm and domestic workers.


     4. The  delegation  was  informed  that  domestic  workers  in  the
          highveld region were unionised,  and  that  this  resulted  in
          problems being solved more speedily at ground level.


 C.     Groblersdal Labour Centre


     1.  Findings


          (a) The blitz inspection of the Department managed to  include
              most areas that were virtually unreachable.


          (b) The level of  compliance  with  legislation  had  improved
              drastically in the area.


     2.  Evander


          (a) Challenges


              *    The relationship between employers and employees  was
                hostile.


              *    There was a high level of non-compliance with  labour
                laws in the area.


              *    The community faced a problem of slow  feedback  from
                the Department on matters of compliance.


              *    Transfer and resignation of personnel  disturbed  the
                smooth running of  labour  centres  and  also  hampered
                their working relationship.


              *    Compliance with labour laws at  Bethal  Hospital  was
                low; the Committee was requested to intervene.


              *    Farm evictions in Piet Retief was prevalent, and  the
                Department seemed to have done nothing about the plight
                of farmworkers.


              *     Companies  such  as  Edgars  and  Foschini  employed
                people as casual or temporary workers  on  a  continual
                basis for more than 10 years.


              *    Many companies were  not  training  their  employees,
                but continued to claim a skill levy.


              *     Training  on  the  implementation  of   the   Skills
                Development Act  was  cumbersome  and  its  impact  not
                visible on the ground.


              *    The  gender  composition  of  the  personnel  in  the
                department was not in compliance  with  the  Employment
                Equity Act.


          (b) Recommendations


              *    The community suggested that the Labour Centre  Forum
                develop a mechanism to  implement  decisions  taken  at
                meetings.


              *    The terms  of  reference  for  the  Forum  should  be
                clearly pronounced.


              *    Inspectors should visit shops to check the  level  of
                compliance.


              *    The community suggested that the  Department  develop
                a feedback mechanism.


              *    The Department should plan meetings  in  advance  and
                communicate  information   to   the   relevant   people
                timeously.


              *    The Department should budget for training  SMMEs  and
                people with disability.


              *     People  with  disability   were   not   offered   an
                opportunity to  attend  training  by  various  training
                institutions in order to broaden their skills base.  As
                a result, they remained at a disadvantage when it  came
                to employment. Sign language should be accommodated for
                people with disability.


              *    The Department should consider  opening  a  satellite
                office in Mbalenhle township, as many residents in  the
                area cannot afford travelling to Evander.


          (c) Conclusion


              The community saw the service rendered by  the  Department
              in the area to be of a high standard, adding value to  the
              community.


 D.     Gauteng South


     1. Findings


          (a) The areas of jurisdiction included  Greater  Johannesburg,
              Soweto, Eldorado Park and Ennerdale, Germiston,  Alberton,
              Boksburg,  Brakpan,  Sandton,  Randburg,   Kempton   Park,
              Midrand, Roodepoort, Carltonville, Vereeniging,  Sebokeng,
              Everton,  Orange  Farm,   Vanderbijlpark,   Meyerton   and
              Heidelberg.


          (b) The province had 14 labour centres, comprising  800  staff
              members.


          (c) The offices rendered the  beneficiary  services  (UIF  and
              Compensation for Occupational Injuries  and  Diseases  Act
              (COIDA)),  employment  and  skills  development  services,
              inspection  and  enforcement   services,   labour   market
              information  statistics  and   planning   and   management
              support services.


     2. Brakpan Head Office


          (a) Findings


              *    Staff complement:




              African male     4
              White femal      6
              White male  1
              Coloured female  1
              African female   4
                         --
              Total      16
                         --


              *    Two posts were frozen.


              *    They needed more African males to  balance  race  and
                gender at the centre.


              *    The centre was involved  with  the  women  millennium
                project, funded by the Department.


              *    The project employed  30  people,  mostly  women,  to
                knit curtains and jerseys.


              *    The project was  targeted  at  disadvantaged  groups,
                especially unemployed youth.


              *     The  centre  offered  training  related  to  poverty
                alleviation  projects  of  the  Department  of   Social
                Development.


              *    The centre serviced the following areas:


                - Tsakane
                - Geluksdals
                - Dalpark
                - Brakpan North Industrial Area
                - Greater Brakpan.
          (b) Challenges


              *    Security companies were not complying with the  Basic
                Conditions of Employment Act (BCEA) and the Wage Act.


              *    Employers in the domestic sector did  not  understand
                or comply with the provisions of the Act.


              *    CCMA and UIF cases were a major problem,  since  many
                companies were closing down.


              *    Employers leave without completing all the  necessary
                forms, and it was difficult to trace them.


              *    The centre did not conduct  occupational  health  and
                safety inspections. If an inspection was required,  the
                centre had to request an inspector from  the  Germiston
                labour centre.


              *    Business in Brakpan was declining.
              *    Major businesses established, do not last  more  than
                three months before  they  move  to  other  areas  like
                Germiston or Kempton Park.


          (c) Relationship with stakeholders


              *    The  centre  had  established  working  relationships
                with various community-based organisations,  especially
                non-governmental organisations (NGOs).


              *    There was interaction with the unions on issues  such
                as joint inspections.


              *     There  was  a  sound   relationship   with   various
                employers in the area, especially  in  respect  of  the
                drafting of employment equity plans.


              *    There was  also  a  good  working  relationship  with
                various  government   departments,   such   as   Social
                Development.


              *    The centre was part of the  Government  Communication
                and Information System.


          (d) Meeting with staff


              Challenges


              *    The unavailability of space in  the  centre  made  it
                impossible   to   implement   integrated   registration
                services.


              *    There were no air-conditioners in the centre.


              *    There was a shortage of UIF computers.


              *    Head office took a long time to make payouts on  CCMA
                and UIF cases.


              *     Staff  members  could  not  answer  enquiries   from
                employers and clients.


              Meeting with clients at centre


              *    The Committee interacted  with  clients  queueing  at
                registration services,  and  questioned  clients  about
                service  delivery   they   are   receiving   from   the
                Department.


              *    Most clients which the  delegation  interacted  with,
                were pleased with the quality of  service  rendered  by
                departmental officials at the  Brakpan  labour  centre,
                especially those at the registration services  for  the
                speedy service.


     3. Recommendations


          (a)  The  centre  must  utilise   parliamentary   offices   to
              disseminate information.


          (b) The centre should link up with the local council.


          (c) The centre should work  closely  with  other  departments,
              such as the Department of Trade and Industry, to  identify
              projects.
 E.     Johannesburg labour centre - meeting with inspectors


     1.  Challenges


          (a)  Inspectors  were  leaving  the  Department  for   greener
              pastures  in  government  departments  and   the   private
              sector.


          (b) The lack of resources (computers, transport and furniture)
              made it difficult  to  further  the  principle  of  "Batho
              Pele".


          (c) Inspectors  lacked  support  or  counselling  after  being
              exposed  to  horrible  incidents,  such  as   injured   or
              deceased persons.


     2.  Recommendations


          (a) Provincial matters should be addressed through the correct
              protocol channels.


          (b) The delegation promised to raise issues  of  concern  with
              the Minister when they meet him.


     3.  Co-operation with stakeholders


          (a) Inspectors indicated that  unions  are  co-operating  with
              them during inspections.


          (b) Some employers were more co-operative than others.


          (c) The Public Prosecutions Office and the Small Claims  Court
              co-operated in finalising cases.


          (d) A problem was experienced with the SAPS  not  co-operating
              when a warrant of arrest is issued for an employer who  is
              not complying with the law.


     4. Walkabout and interaction with staff and clients


          (a) The centre serviced 500 to 800 clients a day.


          (b) It lacked information signs that provide direction  for  a
              particular service offered.


          (c) Clients were happy that queues at the UIF pay  point  were
              moving faster.


     5.  Meeting with stakeholders to discuss Employment Equity Act


          (a)  Stakeholders  indicated  that  they  were  succeeding  in
              complying with the implementation of both  the  Employment
              Equity  Act  and  the  Skills  Development  Act,  due   to
              assistance received from officials of the Department,  the
              Department's website and SETA.


          (b) There was a scarcity of skilled people from the designated
              groups, especially people with disability.


          (c) The centre intended developing a strategy to identify  and
              link with associations of the physically disabled  to  get
              assistance from them.


 F.     Meeting with business unit managers


     1. Overview of Integrated Beneficiary Services (IBS)


          (a) The IBS was administering the COIDA Act and the UIF Act.


          (b) Decentralisation of COIDA  and  UIF  functions  from  head
              office to the province was in an advanced stage.


     2. Challenges facing IBS


          (a) The IBS needs to establish a permanent  relationship  with
              clients and stakeholders.


          (b) There was a shortage of computers.


          (c) There was negative publicity from the media about the  UIF
              being bankrupt.


 G.     Employment and Skills Development Services (ESDS)


     1. Overview of ESDS


          (a) ESDS was part of employment services at head office.


          (b) The main objective of ESDS was to make sure that employees
              enter or re-enter the labour market.


          (c) The province was allocated R12 million to  train  employed
              people and prisoners on parole.


     2. Job creation projects


          (a)  ESDS  was  involved  in  many  projects  with   different
              stakeholders.


          (b) The province developed a database of stakeholders.


          (c) Regional heads were trained to identify projects in  their
              areas.


     3. Challenges


          (a) People did not know about the existence of the projects.


          (b) There was a shortage of staff.


          (c) A poor relationship existed with  the  Gauteng  provincial
              government.


          (d) The formal sector was shrinking.


          (e) The shortage of IT systems has hampered progress.


     4. Management Support Services (MSS)


          (a) Overview of MSS
              The role of MSS was to support all  business  units,  such
              as staff, resources, accommodation, delivery of  services,
              facilities, etc.


          (b) Priorities


              These included the introduction  of  the  new  performance
              management system, the identification of training  skills,
              the alignment of the Employment Equity Act with  a  proper
              recruitment strategy, the balancing of  staff  complements
              and the boosting of morale.


          (c) Challenges


              *    It was difficult to recruit people  with  disability,
                and there was a lack of proper facilities for them.


              *    The policy on internship was not yet in place.


              *    The relationship with  the  Public  Works  Department
                was poor.


              *      Budget   constraints   made   it   difficult    for
                registration services to be restructured.


              *    Staff resignations due to unclear career pathing  and
                upward mobility cost the province dearly.


 H.     Sebokeng - visit to Industries Education and Training  Institute
     (IETI)


     1.  Background


          (a) The IETI, an employment creation  project  funded  through
              skills   development   strategy,   was   an   organisation
              established  to  train  and  develop  skills  of  selected
              groups, such as people with disability and the youth.


          (b) It promoted independence and sustainability of income, and
              enhances the quality of people's lives.
          (c) The IETI intended  to  achieve  its  purpose  through  the
              process   of   saleable   skills   development,   economic
              development,  career   pathing,   learnership   and   SMME
              development of its target population.


          (d) The IETI  attempted  to  influence  the  overall  training
              mechanism  in  a  positive  manner  and  to   fulfil   the
              initiative instituted by the RDP.


     2.  Objectives


          (a) To participate with industries and communities to identify
              training and development needs.


          (b) To  align  the  Department  with  training  needs  of  the
              industry arising from the Skills Development Act  and  the
              Employment Equity Act on a national basis.


          (c) To identify areas where training and development will have
              the most impact.
          (d) To train people  to  a  level  of  competence,  and  where
              possible, to artisian status, in order to place  a  highly
              trained workforce at the disposal of the industry.


     3.  Training centre


          (a) The motto of the centre was "Job creation  through  skills
              development".


          (b) The centre had 48 students.


          (c) Most of the students were  unemployed  and  did  not  have
              funds to start their own businesses.


          (d)  All  students  came   from   disadvantaged   backgrounds,
              including black females and people with disability.


          (e) People with disability were developed  in  entrepreneurial
              and technical skills to earn a sustainable income.


          (f) The availability of able students at the  training  centre
              assisted  students  with  disability  to   perform   their
              physical chores.


          (g) The centre is a tripartite partnership between  IETI,  the
              Association of the Disabled and the Department of Labour.


     4.  Interaction with trainees/students


          Trainees had  skills  such  as  welding,  woodwork,  business,
          computers and electronics. Students appreciated the  visit  by
          the delegation and were grateful for the financial  assistance
          from the Department.


 I.  Northern Cape


     1.  Hartswater farm


          (a) Findings


              *    Farmers were not aware of their  role  regarding  the
                existing labour laws.


              *    Many farmers were not complying  with  all  the  laws
                yet, but were willing to listen and abide by the law as
                far as possible.


          (b) Challenges


              * Farm sizes ranged from  20  to  25  ha.  There  was  not
                enough space to build houses for workers.


              * Permanent workers had contracts but there were no  clear
                guidelines on how to hire casual labour.


              *  During  school  holidays  girls  between  12   and   15
                accompanied their parents  to  help  pick  cotton,  for
                workers were paid per kg picked. It seemed that not all
                farmers abided by the Child Labour Act.


          (c) Recommendations
              *    Farmers must establish the  need  for  housing  among
                farmworkers and the government should look  into  rural
                development for them.


              *    As regards  casual  workers,  a  strategy  should  be
                worked out between the Department and farmers.


              *    Farmers can apply  for  exemptions,  for  example  on
                deciduous fruits.


              * Farmers can have cases negotiated, and in certain  cases
                exemptions may  be  negotiated  with  the  Minister  of
                Labour.


          (d) Meeting with farmworkers


              * Workers were not treated as fellow  human  beings.  They
                worked with no resistance to unjust laws.


              * Farmers did not receive leave pay.


              *    When a worker  fell  ill,  money  was  deducted  from
                his/her  wages  upon  return,  for  transport  to   the
                hospital or a doctor.


 J.  Northern Cape - provincial office


     1.  Findings


          (a)  More  females  were  employed  in   the   Northern   Cape
              Directorate.


          (b) The province  had  not  finalised  its  employment  equity
              targets.


     2.  Meeting with stakeholders


          (a) Findings


              *    Many  companies  experienced  serious  problems  with
                skills development due to budget constraints.


              *    Time-frames for employers to  submit  their  business
                plans were too short.


              *     In  respect  of   employment   equity   and   skills
                development,  there  was  a  need  to  address  "window
                dressing" and the  necessity  of  bringing  experienced
                people from other provinces instead of equipping  local
                people.


              *    Companies were promoting child labour, for example  a
                company in Springbok (Black  Mountain),  an  Australian
                Company called Torax, etc.


              *    Cheap labour  was  promoted,  and  many  people  were
                working in unsafe conditions.


              *    Employers were turning their dogs loose  on  workers,
                and livestock was impounded when found trespassing.


              *    Persons with 32 years' service were  being  dismissed
                when they requested a salary increase.


              *    Labour  courts  were  unable  to  assist  people  and
                victims, who had applied for compensation under  COIDA.
                Those persons were frustrated, as some have applied  as
                long ago as 1990 but have not been paid.


              *      Telephonic   enquiries    to    the    Compensation
                Commissioner's office were not answered timeously,  or,
                in most cases, not at all.


     3.  Meeting with Department of Economic Affairs


          Findings


          (a) In respect of the  Basic  Conditions  of  Employment  Act,
              difficulties were experienced, especially  in  respect  of
              the Department of Health and nurses' time of duty.


          (b) Labour court judges were hostile towards  the  affirmative
              action policy.


 K.  Western Cape


     1.  Mitchells Plain Labour Centre (Morgenster)


          (a) Findings


              *    The centre rendered the following services:


                - Beneficiary services (main function)


                - Labour relations enquiries


                - Inspection and enforcement


                - Employment equity


                - Skills development strategies.


              *    The beneficiary service  was  said  to  be  the  most
                important function rendered by the centre  due  to  the
                large number of unemployed people.


              *    The centre rendered services to between 180  and  200
                clients reporting for the first time  to  register  for
                employment.


              *    On busy days the centre rendered  services  to  1 800
                people.


              *     The  centre  serviced   people   from   Khayelitsha,
                Mitchell's Plain, Mandalay, Philippi and Delft.


              *    Taxis were used  as  a  means  of  transport  to  the
                satellite office.


              *    Staff at the centre comprised  12  people,  three  of
                whom were in the satellite office at D F  Malan  labour
                centre in Nyanga.


              *    80% of  the  cases  dealt  with  were  resolved,  but
                currently there are no  figures  available  to  support
                these statistics. Information will be supplied  in  due
                course.


              *    The inspection  and  enforcement  department  carried
                out occupational health and safety duties although they
                were  not  qualified  to  do  so.  However,   intensive
                inspections were referred to the Cape  Town  provincial
                office.


              *     Since  this  Department  was  performing   intensive
                duties, they only lodged complaints and submitted  them
                to the provincial office.


          (b) Placement and benefits


              *     Front-line  staff  members  registered  clients  for
                employment and placed them  when  the  opportunity  for
                employment became available.


              *     Employment  service  practice  held   workshops   to
                prepare clients for re-employment.


              *     The  waiting  period  for  benefits  was  12  weeks,
                depending  on  the   availability   of   the   required
                documents.


              *    The Department made it a  priority  to  keep  regular
                contact with the client on progress of the placement.


     2.  Challenges


          (a) The centre is located in an environment where there  is  a
              high rate of gangsterism. Security is a problem since  the
              building is shared with other tenants. Security  personnel
              are not present at the centre at all times. They are  only
              present on payout days.


          (b) Robberies have cost the centre dearly,  and  it  has  lost
              most of its  equipment.  People  were  constantly  mugged,
              especially on payment days. Mr Adam, head of  the  centre,
              forwarded two letters to the provincial  office  regarding
              complaints about burglaries. A neighbourhood watch  helped
              look after the building.


          (c) Complaints were also lodged by a number of clients who had
              to use two taxis to get  to  the  centre.  This  ended  up
              being quite expensive. People were robbed  inside  a  taxi
              when leaving the building. They preferred to use the  Cape
              Town provincial office, where only one  vehicle  was  used
              and was less expensive.


          (d) The centre was facing a shortage of  staff  to  render  an
              adequate service.


          (e) Staff  members  lacked  sufficient  information  regarding
              procedures on certain pieces of legislation,  for  example
              the Labour Relations Act and the Occupational  Health  and
              Safety Act.
          (f) The centre was without an integrated computerised system.


          (g) Budget constraints affected the distribution of resources.


          (h) Fraud was experienced  at  the  centre.  The  culprit  was
              arrested before he could receive his first cheque.


     3.  Meeting with public in queues


          The following concerns were raised:


          (a) Members of the public expressed their  dissatisfaction  at
              the number  of  times  they  visited  the  office  without
              receiving their first cheque.


          (b) People felt they were not informed about  the  causes  for
              the delays.


          (c) People also felt that there was a lack of information from
              staff members regarding the documents  they  should  bring
              when applying for benefits.


     4.  D F Malan satellite office


          (a) Findings


              *    The head of the centre briefed the delegation on  the
                functions of the office, which included the  processing
                of applications  for  beneficiaries,  registration  for
                employment and payouts benefits.


              *     The  office  rendered  a  service  to  people   from
                Philippi, Nyanga and Gugulethu. Not  many  people  used
                this office; they preferred the  Cape  Town  provincial
                office to collect their benefits. Figures  showed  that
                very few people visited the office from beginning  2001
                till the time of the visit:


                January 2001  252
                February 2001 234
                March 2001    245
                April 2001    219
                May 2001      173


              *    The challenge facing the office was capacity.


              *    The centre lacked sufficient information to  properly
                inform the public.


          (b) Location of centre


              *    According to the survey conducted  in  2000,  71%  of
                clients preferred the office  to  be  moved  closer  to
                their residences.


              *    Locations identified included offices in Cross  Roads
                and Old Cross Roads, but these buildings were not  good
                in good shape and needed to be renovated. These offices
                were more secure than  the  one  in  Mitchell's  Plain,
                being closer  to  the  police  station.  Other  clients
                identified Brown's  Farm  in  Philippi  as  a  possible
                location.


              *    Mr Adams said the decision lay  with  the  Department
                of Public Works to avail the premises required  by  the
                Department of Labour.


     5.  Communication


          (a)  The  office  was  running  workshops  as   a   means   of
              communicating with the public,  and  radio  sessions  were
              also in the pipeline.


          (b) Six sessions on unemployment insurance were conducted.


          (c) A task team was appointed at head office to conduct a work
              study.


          (d) It was recommended that each labour centre have  a  client
              service desk and an  inspection  and  enforcement  service
              desk to deal with CCMA enquiries.
     6.  Employment placement


          (a) The centre had a 7% placement rate.


          (b) Its challenge was the long queues during payouts.


          (c) Members of the public  queued  outside  the  building  and
              during  rainy  days  the  situation   became   even   more
              difficult.


     7.  Working hours


          (a) The office opened at 08:30 and closed  at  15:00,  clients
              already inside being served till 16:00.


          (b) Services such as the payment of grants  started  at  11:00
              and continued till 16:00.


          (c) Staff members experienced problems with closing time. They
              preferred the office to officially close at  15:00,  which
              would enable them to  finalise  the  day's  administration
              and process forms timeously so as to avoid backlogs.


     8.  Recommendations


          (a) The office should conduct a survey on the number of people
              who use the provincial office in Cape Town, who should  be
              encouraged to use their nearest labour centre.


          (b)  Pamphlets  in  all  languages  should  be  used   as   an
              alternative way of informing  people  about  the  services
              offered.  These  pamphlets  must  outline  procedures   to
              follow from one queue to another, and  must  indicate  the
              documents to be brought in respect of certain services.


          (c) The closing time of 16:00 should be reconsidered to enable
              staff members to expedite the processing of applications.


     9. Cape Town - provincial office
          (a) Findings


              The delegation was  briefed  on  strategic  planning,  the
              status  of  the  building,  recruitment  plans   and   the
              province's initiative in supporting Human Rights Day,  May
              Day and other cultural events in the province.


          (b) Inspection and enforcement


              Challenges


              * There was a lack of resources.


              * Personnel required training.


              * Incidents of fraud were reported.


              *    An integrated system needed to be installed.


              *    Budget cuts affected distribution of resources.
          (c) Discussions


              Concerns raised:


              *    Occupational health and safety needed to be  in  line
                with the mining sector, which gave employees the  right
                to refuse to work in a dangerous environment.


              *    The Labour  Relations  Act  was  silent  about  child
                labour procedures; it only provided information.


              *    Due to slow  processing  of  applications  after  the
                lodging  of  a  child  labour  complaint,  farmers  hid
                children during inspections.


              *    The restructuring process and the budget  had  to  be
                tackled simultaneously to  prevent  problems  with  the
                distribution of resources.


              *     Another  problem  was  that  of  people  who,  while
                receiving UIF payouts, did not  report  to  the  office
                after having found employment.


              *     Because  of   time   constraints   the   chairperson
                suggested that questions be submitted to the provincial
                office and returned to  Parliament  via  the  Committee
                Secretary.


          (d) Meeting with organised labour


              *    NACTU  said  the  integration  in  most  institutions
                (CCMA's ruling) did not affect the  Department  because
                it was applied differently.


              *     Staff  lacked  sufficient   information   from   the
                Department, and training was needed.


              *    Six specialists in  occupational  health  and  safety
                were needed to improve conditions in the Department, as
                this was identified as a national problem.


              *     FEDUSA  mentioned  that  the  aim  of   the   Labour
                Relations Act was is to  settle  matters  quickly,  but
                cases showed that the  Constitution  lacked  precedence
                and adjudication.


              *    Section 145 of the Act did not stipulate  time-frames
                within  which  a  case  would  end.   Employers   could
                manipulate the process and drag the case to the  labour
                court, which would then become costly for the employee.


              *     Exclusion  of  public  servants  from  the  UIF  was
                unfair. Everyone needed to enjoy security and benefits.


              *    The fishing industry  requested  regular  inspections
                for employers who did  not  comply  with  the  relevant
                legislation.


              *    The Department needed  to  play  a  visible  role  in
                terms of inspections in order to address the  needs  of
                fishermen.


              *    Fishermen were severly exploited  since  they  worked
                on commission. People with 30 years' experience in this
                industry had nothing to fall back on since there was no
                pension schemes.


              *    They were not covered  under  the  legislation.  They
                did not have protective clothing,  and  hours  of  work
                were not stipulated anywhere.


              *    SASBO mentioned that payment of UIF cheques took  too
                long.


              *    They felt that complaints referred to the  Department
                took too long to be responded to  and,  when  responded
                to, the response would not address what was requested.


     10. Recommendations


          (a) With regard to CCMA cases, the Department needs to put  in
              place a system that will enable it to screen cases  before
              they get to  the  CCMA,  and  to  select  those  that  the
              Department can deal with immediately.


          (b) SASBO suggested that if the Department lacked the transfer
              of skills for its staff members, it should outsource  some
              of the work to companies with capacity.


     11. Findings


              *    The layout of the office building was  not  conducive
                to all the services offered, as clients  have  to  move
                from one room to another for different services.


              *    On the system of inspection, a team of six  to  seven
                inspectors dealt with a case until its  completion  and
                was given one week in the office and one  week  in  the
                field. The system showed a high rate of  success  since
                all team members were accountable for the outcome of  a
                case.


              *    The backlog dropped to 42 cases  and  the  number  of
                lost or missing files decreased.


              *    The provincial office made use of pamphlets in  three
                languages (English,  Xhosa  and  Afrikaans)  to  assist
                clients  with  the  service  rendered   and   documents
                required for processing.


              *    In 2001 the number of cases fell to  2 300,  compared
                to 3 000 in 2000. A fair  amount  of  duplication  took
                place in the process, which caused delays.


     12. Further recommendations


              *    The Mitchell's Plain labour centre and the  satellite
                office require 18 staff members to  perform  adequately
                and efficiently.


              *    An integrated  computerised  system  is  required  to
                enable the centre  to  revisit  programmes  related  to
                cases.


              *    More interaction is necessary between the  provincial
                labour office and the Portfolio Committee on Labour  to
                address issues related to the needs of the  centre,  in
                order to render an efficient service to the public.


              *     The  Department  needs  to  communicate   with   the
                Department of Public Works so as to address the problem
                of location of the centre.


              *    The  Department  needs  to  test  the  suitable  area
                identified against the community it is going to serve.
              *    The director of the provincial office suggested  that
                the national office handle enquiries, as  these  result
                in long queues.
              *    The Department  needs  to  draft  a  form  that  will
                record a person's address and also state the number  of
                people assisted in a day in the provincial office.


 L.  West Coast - Vredendal Labour Centre


     1.  Findings


          (a)  Posters  and  pamphlets  were  all  in   English,   while
              Vredenburg is predominantly an Afrikaans community.


          (b) The centre had a front desk that dealt with enquiries.  If
              the case was more  complicated,  it  was  referred  to  an
              inspector at the centre.


          (c) The centre rendered the following services:
              * Registration for employment


              * Unemployment insurance benefits


              * Registration of training projects.
          (d) The centre closed for business at 15:00 and staff finished
              administrative duties at  16:15.  Each  staff  member  was
              responsible for dealing  with  clients  application  forms
              and  cases  until  finalised  and  was  held  responsible,
              should documentation go missing.


          (e) This centre began  advocacy  work  for  clients,  employer
              organisations and unions.


          (f) An Employment Services Practitioner (ESP) was situated  at
              the centre to deal with training and requests for jobs.


          (g) The delegation suggested that the  Department  and  Public
              Works work together on job creation projects.
          (h) There were 189 vacant posts - 54 them were  funded,  while
              others were still frozen. This severely  affected  service
              delivery in the province.


          (i) The province had 12 labour  centres  with  five  satellite
              offices.


          (j) A labour centre forum was established to discuss and share
              experiences  about  problems  and  challenges  faced  with
              other centres.


          (k) A 100% verification target in respect of all  applications
              was set for all labour centres regarding applications  for
              unemployment insurance benefits.


          (l) The province established  an  Accommodation  Committee  to
              look at adequate venues for labour centres  and  satellite
              offices.


     2.  Challenges


          (a) Budgets at labour centre level were severely  hampered  by
              the use of vehicles belonging to Imperial  Fleet  Services
              (IFS).


          (b) The Department signed a contract with IFS and the province
              paid R4 800 per month  for  the  use  of  their  vehicles,
              excluding petrol.


          (c) An interim measure, whereby clients had to  produce  their
              last  six  payslips   before   their   applications   were
              approved, caused problems for them.


     3.  Kaffeskuitjie Farm


          The delegation undertook an inspection of the farm.


     4.  Meeting with stakeholders


          The following concerns were raised:


          (a) The Department needed to market its  services,  especially
              those around training for the unemployed.


          (b)  The  community  and  the  Department,  along  with  other
              government departments, needed to  establish  a  forum  to
              discuss issues of mutual interest.


          (c) Labour inspections should be visible in the area.


          (d) Information sessions should include the vulnerable  worker
              sector, farmworkers and fishing industry workers.


          (e) Training on how to  tender  should  be  held  as  soon  as
              possible between  entrepreneurs  and  the  Departments  of
              Trade and Industry and of Labour.


     5.  Saldanha - garment-making project


          (a) This project was sponsored by the  Department  -  a  joint
              venture with the local business development centre.


          (b) The Committee visited the site where trainees were  making
              dresses, shirts and trousers.


          (c) The aim of the project was to  assist  trainees  to  start
              their own businesses.


 M.  Northern Province


     1.  Lebowakgomo labour centre - findings


          *   The centre  was  located  at  the  Thabamoopo  Magisterial
            Complex, about 52 km south  of  the  Pietersburg  provincial
            office.


          *   Clients interviewed  came  to  the  centre  to  apply  for
            benefits, collect  payouts,  register  as  unemployed,  make
            general enquiries about services rendered by the department,
            etc.


          *   The delegation observed that there were beneficiaries  who
            had  not  received  payment,  although  they  had  submitted
            applications three months previously.
          *   Other clients indicated that cheques did not work well for
            them, as they had to travel to  Pietersburg,  which  is  far
            from the labour centre, to cash them.


          *   Most clients were in favour of cash as an alternative form
            of payment, especially those who received small amounts.


     2.  Findings


          (a) Presentation by Nkuzi Development Association (NDA)


              *    Key issues raised:


                - Extreme poverty areas
                - Inhumane working conditions
                - Wages range from R120 to R400 per month
                - Evictions


              *    The Soutpansberg  area  was  affected  by  immigrants
                (legal and illegal) who earn low wages and whose rights
                are not protected.


              *     South  Africans  were  retrenched  in  numbers   and
                replaced by Mozambiqans and Zimbabweans.


              *    Regarding the phase-in/phase-out programme, about  10
                000 non-South  Africans  are  employed  on  farms.  NDA
                highlighted that if this number was  covered  by  South
                Africans citizens, the province would not have  had  an
                unemployment figure of 46%, where it stood at the time.


              *     NDA  acknowledged  that  the  Department's  training
                initiative assisted South African  citizens  to  access
                employment opportunities.
              *    There should be no pre-inspection appointments.


              *    Farmers selected their own people to be interviewed.


              *    A multi-disciplinary approach  was  needed  from  the
                government.


              *     The  Department  lacked   a   follow-up   mechanism,
                especially on issues of child labour.


              *     NDA  suggested  adoption  of  a   multi-disciplinary
                approach on enforcement, to include:


                - Department of Labour
                - South African Police Service
                - Prosecutors (Department of Justice)
                - Social Services
                - CCMA


              *    NDA also suggested that a minimum wage be  introduced
                for workers.


          (b) Presentations by organised labour (NACTU/COSATU)


              *    Unions stated that  labour  inspectors  allowed  farm
                management to choose people to be interviewed and never
                made the effort to interview other  workers,  of  their
                choice.


              *    They indicated that pre-inspection appointments  gave
                rise to situations where  practices  of  non-compliance
                were easily swept under the carpet.


              *    Organised labour recommended legislation to  do  away
                with pre-inspection appointments.


              *    NACTU and COSATU suggested  that  the  Department  be
                represented at Tender Board sessions as  observers,  to
                signal  to  and  advise  commissioners  during   tender
                awards.


              *    NACTU indicated that tenders  were  awarded  to  non-
                complying firms who continuously exploited workers.


          (c) Presentation by organised business - NOESA


              *    The presentation focused  on  the  implementation  of
                the Employment Equity Act and  the  Skills  Development
                Act.


              *    NOESA represented a wide  spectrum  -  500  employers
                and 40 000 employees.  They  indicated  that  employers
                approached the development and  implementation  of  the
                Employment Equity Act with suspicion.


              *    NOESA further  said  that  they  were  assisting  and
                advising their corporate members  to  comply  with  all
                labour legislation, including registration with the UIF
                and the Compensation Fund.
              *    NOESA said that almost all  employers  affiliated  to
                them had  already  forwarded  their  employment  equity
                plans.
              *     There  was  a  lack  of  advocacy  on   the   Skills
                Development Act and the Skills Development Levies  Act,
                that caused businesses to regard them  as  an  indirect
                form of taxation.


              *    The migration of employees to other provinces due  to
                poor  economic  development  discouraged  employers  to
                train their employees.


              *     NOESA  appealed  for  learnership   programmes   and
                visibility of SETAs in provinces.


          (d) Presentation by Northern Province Business Forum


              *    The Forum fully supported the Skills Development  Act
                initiative.


              *    They suggested that exemptions be given to  employers
                who employed more people, as they reduced unemployment.


              *    They added that this request should not be seen as  a
                permanent  measure,  but  as   a   way   of   resolving
                unemployment.


          (e) Presentation by CCMA


              The  CCMA  appreciated  the  efforts  of  the   Province's
              Directorate:  Labour  to  continuously  engage   them   in
              discussions on possible solutions to problems relating  to
              service delivery.


          (f) Discussions on skills development


              *    Skills providers needed to be  given  an  opportunity
                of training at a higher level.


              *     SETAs   should   be   launched   in   provinces   to
                continuously advise  and  support  both  providers  and
                stakeholders.


              *    The material produced for training should  reach  the
                most vulnerable of all and must be user-friendly.


          (g) Discussion on inspection and enforcement


              *     Pre-inspection  appointments  to  farms  should   be
                reviewed.


              *     Co-operation  with  other   government   departments
                (Labour, Social Development, SAPS) should be embraced.


              *    A multi-pronged skills  development  approach  should
                be adopted by looking at the integration of  inspection
                services.


              *    In respect of labour  law  amendments,  there  was  a
                need for mobile labour courts  to  ensure  that  awards
                were enforced effectively.


              *    During conciliation by  the  Department,  the  weaker
                party needed to be given an opportunity to  be  advised
                by the Department.


          (h) Processing unit


              *    An automated clearing bureau  payment  method  needed
                to  be  introduced  for  maternity,  illness,  adoption
                benefits  and  payments  to  dependants   of   deceased
                contributors.


              *     An  Employee  Management   System   needed   to   be
                introduced.


              *     Section  38  benefits  (death)  took  longer  to  be
                finalised.


              *    The Unemployment Insurance  Board  should  determine,
                when more than one wife claims benefits from a deceased
                contributor, whether widows who  were  married  through
                custom should receive the same recognition  as  legally
                married widows.


              *    On the death of both parents, the  office  tended  to
                receive multiple applications for benefits,  which  all
                looked  legitimate.  The   process   of   verification,
                therefore, took longer  to  determine  which  candidate
                qualified.


          (i) Pietersburg branch of First National Bank


              The officials indicated that they co-operated  fully  with
              the Department and  experienced  no  major  problems  with
              payouts.  They  indicated  that  beneficiaries   sometimes
              reported later than the stipulated and agreed time.


 N.  Potgietersrus


     Interaction with staff on farm


     1. Workers indicated that they were  not  receiving  feedback  from
          labour  inspectors.  Inspectors  tended   to   interview   the
          management and the few workers chosen by management.
     2. Farmworkers' houses were in an appalling condition,  with  smoke
          all over the place. These houses did not  have  doors.  Adults
          and children slept in one room.


 Report to be considered.
  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Education on provincial visits to Mpumalanga and Free State, dated 5 November 2002:
 The Portfolio Committee on Education reports as follows:


 A.     Introduction


     Two  multi-party  delegations  of  the   Committee   on   Education
     undertook provincial visits to Mpumalanga and Free  State  from  22
     to 24 July 2002 and to the SABC in Johannesburg on  25  July  2002,
     with the following mandates:


     1. Objectives of visits


          The  Committee  unanimously  agreed   that   two   multi-party
          delegations of five  members  each  undertake  the  visits  to
          schools, including farm schools in  Mpumalanga  and  the  Free
          State, to give focus attention to the following issues:


          (a) Mpumalanga and Free State


              *    Early Childhood Development (ECD)


              *    Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET)


              *    Education for Learners with Special  Education  Needs
                (ELSEN)


              *    Further Education and Training (FET)


              *    Governance in farm schools (School  Governing  Bodies
                - SGBs)
              *    Programmes on HIV/AIDS


              *    Primary Nutrition Programme


          (b) SABC - Johannesburg


              When SABC Education gave a briefing before  the  Committee
              on 19 February 2002, Ms Y Kgame invited the  Committee  to
              visit them to see how they:


              *    Manage and deliver the SABC's educational mandate


              *    Provide quality products  and  services,  distributed
                through differentiated mediums


              *    Prioritise the diverse  educational  needs  of  South
                African   audiences,   and   become   an    educational
                broadcasting partner and a resource throughout Africa.


     2. Delegations
          The multi-party delegation of 10  Committee  members,  divided
          into two groups to visit  the  provinces  simultaneously,  was
          constituted as follows:


          (a) Group A - Mpumalanga


              Prof S M Mayatula (Leader) - ANC
              Ms D G Nhlengethwa - ANC
              Mr S B Ntuli - ANC
              Mr T A Abrahams - UDM
              Mr A M Mpontshane - IFP
              Ms N C Manjezi - Committee Secretary


          (b) Group B - Free State


              Mr L M Kgwele (Leader) - ANC
              Mr B M Komphela - ANC
              Ms P N Mnandi - ANC
              Mr R S Ntuli - DP
              Mr C Aucamp - AEB
              Ms A Jojozi - Committee Secretary


          (   SABC delegation
              Prof S M Mayatula (Leader)
              Mr L M Kgwele
              Mr B M Komphela
              Mr T Abrahams
              Mr A M Mpontshane
              Ms P N Mnandi
              Mr R S Ntuli
              Mr C Aucamp
              Ms N C Manjezi
              Ms A Jojozi


              Due to other pressing commitments, Mr S B Ntuli and  Ms  D
              G Nhlengethwa were unable to visit the SABC.


 B.     Mpumalanga


     1. Meeting with MEC for Education, Mr C N M Padayachee, on 21  July
          - official view


          The delegation was warmly welcomed  by  the  MEC  and  had  an
          informal meeting to discuss the following matters:


          (a) Learner Support Material (LSM)


              The  Department's  budget  for  LSM  and  stationery   and
              textbooks budget has increased by 100%. It  was  allocated
              R136 million for 2002-03,  compared  to  R68  million  for
              2001-02.


              In 2001 all Grade 5 and 9  books  were  delivered  to  all
              schools. According to  an  audit  conducted,  all  schools
              received the LSM. Regular visits are made by the  MEC  and
              his senior officials to verify that schools have  received
              textbooks.


          (b) Infrastructure


              In 2001-02 R83 million was spent  on  infrastructure,  and
              the following was done throughout the province:


              386 class-rooms, 42 special  rooms,  873  toilets  and  32
              administration  blocks  were  built;   67   schools   were
              renovated;  19  schools  were  fenced;  17  schools   were
              provided with water;  13  schools  were  electrified;  and
              flood-damaged schools  were  repaired  at  a  cost  of  R3
              million.


              Planning was done to  get  quantity  surveyors  and  other
              people    in    on    the    ground    to    apply     for
              tenders.ÿApproximately 428 class-rooms will be built.  The
              Japanese Government will sponsor the building of  toilets,
              special rooms and additional class-rooms. SAPPI will  also
              build libraries with teacher resource materials.


              At present there is a shortfall/backlog  of  4 000  class-
              rooms  throughout  the  province.  Most  class-rooms   are
              overcrowded; some schools are not  conducive  to  learning
              and teaching, and need major repairs. There is  no  school
              literally under the tree in the entire province.


          (c) Scholar transport


              Learners still walk long distances  to  reach  school.  In
              1994 transport was provided for 400 learners; in 2000  for
              2 700; and in 2001 for 6 800. Now  the  number  of  routes
              has increased from 48 to 102, covering 11 299 learners.


          (d) Teaching posts


              There are 56 HOD posts to be filled. In 2001  2 700  posts
              were created. 1 036 promotional posts need to be filled  -
              if a teacher is promoted, the post  become  vacant.  There
              are under-qualified educators in the system; they are  now
              upgrading their qualification.


          (e) Computers


              About 130 computers (software) have  been  donated  to  10
              teacher centres and four  schools.  A  contract  has  been
              signed with Microsoft to provide software  to  353  public
              schools and training  centres  in  Mpumalanga.  They  will
              supply the software as well as the hardware.


              Training for educators has been done to  enhance  learning
              and teaching. Computers  not  used  by  state  departments
              will be upgraded for use in schools.


          (f) Teachers


              Temporary educators who have in the system for two  years,
              will be employed permanently.


          (g) Early Childhood Development


              The conditional grants in 2001  were  not  sufficient.  R6
              million was used for the introduction of Grade R  classes.
              221 ECD tutors conducted intensive training.


          (h) School furniture


              Due to insufficient funding over the past  two  years,  it
              was difficult for the Department to deliver  furniture  to
              schools. Furniture to the value of R5 275 517,66 has  been
              procured.


          (i) Farm schools


              There are 449  farm  schools  in  the  province,  and  112
              contracts have been  signed  with  farmers.  Some  farmers
              threaten to close the schools. There  are  no  toilets  in
              these  schools;  water  and  sanitation   pose   a   major
              challenge. At present, there is no proper sanitation.


              Most learners in farm schools benefit from  the  nutrition
              programme. The SGB handles all logistical arrangements  to
              pay the person preparing food for the learners.


              Every circuit  manager  must  visit  the  schools  once  a
              month, and produce a report thereon to Head Office.


     2.  Visit to Silamba Senior Secondary School on 22 July -  official
          view by principal, Dr M E Mabena


          The school building consists of a brick structure with burglar-
          barred windows, and is properly fenced. Very few  windows  are
          broken.


          The school offers Grades 8 to 12, with 1 200 learners  and  35
          educators. To have a full  staff  complement,  they  need  one
          educator for languages and science.


          They are comfortable with the  class-rooms,  but  shortage  of
          furniture poses a serious problem.  Every  year  they  send  a
          requisition to the Department; they have neem waiting for  the
          furniture for more than two years.


          Initially the government did not send enough furniture and the
          quality was not good. More than 78 desks  have  been  repaired
          with the help of SGBs.


          Textbooks are not enough for learners and  educators  for  all
          grades. 80% of the learners do not have textbooks.


          According to departmental official Mr J Molai, there have been
          budgetary problems over the past four years - they have  spent
          R130  million  on  backlogs  and  R100  million   on   current
          deliveries. He  emphasised  that  schools  should  report  any
          oversupply of books so  that  these  can  be  taken  to  needy
          schools.


          Very little learner support materials were  delivered  to  the
          school, and the requisition  dates  back  to  July  2002.  The
          school only received 50 books which they  could  not  give  to
          learners.


          There is a lack of communication between the  school  and  the
          Department; sometimes they receive more, sometimes less,  than
          they have requisitioned for.


          There are Natural Science classes up to Grade  12;  one  class
          for Grade 10, 11 and 12, and one  educator.  According  to  Dr
          Mabena, it is an overload for one educator to teach all  these
          classes. There is  also  a  huge  shortage  of  chemicals  and
          facilities; water taps in the laboratory are not working.


          The condition of toilets constitutes a health hazard; most  of
          the toilet structures are very bad, and  they  are  always  in
          need of repairs. The school has insufficient funds to fix  and
          repair these.


          The educators are of the view  that  once  these  toilets  are
          built and completed by the constructors, the Department should
          come and supervise the work done.


          A Grade 12 pass rate of 33,9%  in  2001  was  not  very  good.
          Learners were without textbooks and a commitment to  do  their
          work; parents lack the  commitment  to  support  teachers  and
          supervise learners - these were major  reasons  for  the  poor
          Grade 12 results in 2001.


          The school sometimes gets feedback from  successful  Grade  12
          students studying at technikons and universities,  but  others
          disappear.


          In respect if lannguages, there are no textbooks for  learners
          to read and no English literature textbooks for Grade  11.  In
          Grade 12 there is a huge shortage. At present there  are  only
          30 copies for 94 learners.


          50 textbooks for 300 learners is seen a  recipe  for  failure.
          The suppliers sometimes send textbooks that do not tally  with
          the delivery note; they rush  to  schools  and  deliver  books
          without invoices.


          According to Mr Molai, if such instances do exist, it is  each
          school's  duty  to  check   on   it,   not   the   Department.
          Nevertheless, the Department will look into a better system of
          delivery of textbooks to schools in 2003.


          Not all educators were workshopped or trained in outcome-based
          education (OBE). OBE was introduced in Grade 8 in  2002;  only
          eight educators were trained.


          Parents do not want  to  support  teachers  to  supervise  the
          learners in their schoolwork and they also do not  participate
          in all school meetings and activities.


          The  school  needs  continuous  assessment  support  from  the
          Department to see how they are coping with their work.  Parent
          support  is  also  crucially  needed  at   the   school,   and
          councillors need to interact with the community  to  sensitise
          parents  to  participate  in   all   school   activities   and
          programmes.


     3. Visit to Makerana Primary School - official  view  by  Mrs  N  G
          Kgosana


          The majority of the class-rooms and the school  infrastructure
          consist of a brick  structure;  it  is  properly  fenced  with
          burglar bars on all doors  and  windows.  The  office  of  the
          principal is properly secured, with security gates inside  and
          outside.


          The school offers Grades R to 7,  with  760  learners  and  19
          educators, including the principal. Grade R was established in
          2002, with 38 learners and one educator.


          There is no shortage of educators. The two class-rooms are not
          enough to  accommodate  all  the  learners.  They  were  built
          through the efforts and initiative of parents  and  educators.
          Due to the shortage of four  class-rooms,  they  use  a  shack
          structure, which is also in a very bad state.


          All learners benefit from a nutrition programme.  There  being
          no resources at the school, the scheme is run  by  the  school
          committee outside the school, non-working  parents  doing  all
          the cooking. The stationery received, was not enough. No  LSMs
          were received in some learning  areas.  The  LSM  shortage  is
          follows:


          Grade 1 - reading books (IsiNdebele)
          Grade 2 - reading books (IsiNdebele); reading books  (Sepedi);
          numeracy learners book (My Clever)
          Grade 3 - reading books for English and Sepedi.


          No reading books for Grade 2 were received since the beginning
          of the year.


          Sanitation and toilets are in good working condition. There is
          not enough furniture for the class-rooms  and  for  educators,
          and no administration block. There is a shortage of desks  and
          chairs, and the furniture quality is very poor. The school has
          put in a requisition to the Department, but nothing  has  been
          received.


          The educators were trained in,  and  numerous  workshops  were
          held on, OBE. The school received all the OBE material.  There
          is  huge  participation  and  support  of  parents  in  school
          activities. Parents, the SGB and educators attend meetings  to
          discuss issues of concern about the school.


          As there are various learners from surrounding areas,  parents
          organise buses and pay for the transport  of  their  children.
          The principal deems it important that the  regional  directors
          and circuit managers monitor the delivery system of resources,
          e.g. LSM and stationery, before  books  are  received  at  the
          beginning of each year.


     4.  Visit  to  Hlonipha  Secondary  School  -  official   view   by
          principal, Mr M S Mabasa


          The school consists of a brick  and  tin  (shack)  structures.
          Some of the windows and doors are burglar-barred.  The  school
          offers Grades 8 to 12, with 795  learners  and  23  educators.
          According to the staff  complement,  there  are  vacancies  in
          respect of the post of school administrator, the HOD post  for
          commerce and two other HODs posts, as well  as  one  owing  to
          promotion. At present there are two acting HODs.


          As enrolment increased, a  need  arose  for  the  creation  of
          posts. In 2001 there was good dispatch of stationery  for  all
          Grades but nothing was received for Grade 8, 10, 11 this year.
          Only Grade 12 received LSM this year. The school has 12 class-
          rooms, including the staff room, and needs eight  more  class-
          rooms, including the administration  block.  Because  of  this
          shortage, they have erected four  additional  shack-structured
          class-rooms,  which  are  not  conducive  for   learning   and
          teaching. Grade 8 is accommodated in these  structures,  which
          are too packed and congested.  During  the  rainy  and  winter
          season, it becomes difficult for learners and educators to use
          these class-rooms. Therefore  the  school  needs  more  class-
          rooms.
          As the school will be phasing in OBE in  2003,  they  did  not
          requisite Grade 10 textbooks. As the school has  only  started
          with Grade 12 last year, it had a 43% pass rate then, but they
          expect an improvement this year. Parents support the school by
          talking to learners. Few Grade 12 learners  give  feedback  to
          the school about their progress in tertiary  institutions.  As
          there is not enough furniture, they take broken furniture from
          other schools and repair these for use.  Parents  also  assist
          the school in  identifying  schools  with  excess  and  broken
          furniture.


          Absenteeism is high on opening day at  the  beginning  of  the
          year; students do not come in numbers. There is also an impact
          on performance when learners have to go to initiation  school.
          School  property  is  vandalised  frequently.  Learners  break
          windows towards the end of the year when  they  receive  their
          end-of-year reports - anger  from  those  who  fail  leads  to
          vandalising of windows and damaging of property.
          Sanitation and toilets pose a serious  problem  and  a  health
          hazard to the school. Both learners and educators  share  four
          toilets. Since the inception of the school in 1994, no  proper
          toilet facilities have been  erected.  Proper  sanitation  and
          toilets are needed as a matter of urgency.


          For OBE, it is difficult to put Grade  7  learners  in  groups
          because each  class  has  about  64  learners.  For  Grade  9,
          educators are not properly trained. According to Mr Molai, the
          process has taken long to develop. The school has no computer,
          but they have tried to acquire  one  through  donations.  They
          bought a copy machine from the school fund.


     5. Visit to Mnyamana Primary School -  official  view  by  Ms  E  B
          Jiyane


          The  school  infrastructure  consists  of  brick   and   shack
          structures, with all windows and doors burglar-barred.  Not  a
          single window is broken. The school offers Grade R to 7,  with
          621 learners (xcluding  47  non-registered  pre-schoollearners
          not formally accommodated) and 16 educators. This  is  one  of
          the schools piloting Inclusive Education.


          There  is  a  shortage  of  educators  according  to   teacher
          development. Due to the shortage  of  four  class-rooms,  some
          operate in the shack structure. The school  has  not  received
          sufficient LSM, textbooks and OBE material. All educators  are
          trained in OBE. OBE materials  are  urgently  needed  for  all
          Grades.


          There is also a shortage of furniture and  no  proper  storage
          room for books. There are five toilets - two  for  girls,  one
          for boys and  two  for  staff  -  they  are  in  good  working
          condition. The school urgently needs ramps, toilets  and  four
          additional class-rooms.


          With regard to Inclusive Education, they involve learners  who
          need help. All the  educators  who  attend  the  workshop  for
          Inclusive Education, give feedback in the form of a report  to
          the school and implement their experiences in the class-room.


          The school admits learners with different problems, and  extra
          attention is given to them twice a week (14:00 to  15:00)  and
          during school holidays. At present there  is  one  learner  in
          Grade 1 who is deaf and dumb; there are also others  in  other
          Grades, and  educators  do  their  utmost  to  help  them.  An
          application has been sent to the Department  to  get  suitable
          facilities for learners in  wheel  chairs.  According  to  the
          principal, the Department had  responded  telephonically  that
          two toilets would be erected and that  other  equipment  meant
          for the disabled learners would be supplied to the school.


          There is no parental relationship with  and  support  for  the
          school. The school also  needs  continuous  support  from  the
          Department, especially from ELSEN officials - to guide them as
          a piloting school and  to  see  that  Inclusive  Education  is
          implemented in a proper manner.
          Buses and taxi's transport learners  who  live  far  from  the
          school.


          The school needs major renovations.  Since  its  inception  in
          1986, no renovations have been done.


     6.  Visit  to  Rematlatse  Primary  School  -  official   view   by
          principal, Ms N V Skosana


          This farm school was established in  1996,  and  the  MEC  has
          signed all the contracts with the  farmer  on  behalf  of  the
          school.  The  infrastructure  consists  of  brick  and   shack
          structures.


          The school has Grade R  to  6,  with  82  learners  and  three
          educators, including the principal. Grade R was introduced  to
          prepare learners for Grade 1 - they are  not  registered,  but
          recognised. School fees are R40, 00 per year, and  the  school
          negotiate with those parents who cannot afford it.


          According to post provisioning, two additional  educators  are
          needed at the school. As there are not enough  educators,  all
          the educators are trained  on  how  to  cope  with  multigrade
          classes. More educators are needed to  implement  OBE  in  the
          class-room situation.


          As the school has a transport and feeding  scheme,  attendance
          of learners is very good. All LSMs were received,  except  the
          languages. There are enough  class-rooms  to  accommodate  all
          learners. All that is needed, is  proper  fencing  and  toilet
          facilities. The pit toilets at present in use by both learners
          and educators are a health hazard. According to  Mr  Masombuka
          of the Department, schools  have  never  been  fenced  in  the
          surrounding areas, as there was no programme  to  fence  them.
          Parents are encouraged to view the programme as part of  their
          project.


          The school has no electricity, but when it was  built  cabling
          was done. Funding is needed to  fence  it  and  install  water
          tanks and electricity.  Although  the  school  operates  in  a
          farming community, no child labour has been reported. There is
          an  improvement  in  respect  of  parent   participation,   in
          attending meetings to discuss issues  pertaining  the  school.
          Workshops and training are  conducted  to  train  and  enhance
          skills for the SGB.


          There is no vandalism of school property; not a single  window
          is broken. The SAPS at Enkangala patrol the  school  at  night
          and during school holidays.


     7. Visit to Tetema Primary School - official view by principal,  Ms
          J M Mwenda


          This  farm  school  was  built  in  1996.  The  infrastructure
          consists of a brick structure with five class-rooms, with  all
          doors and windows burglar-barred. There is a telephone but  no
          electricity. The school offers Grade 1 to 7, with 166 learners
          and five educators.


          There are no proper toilet facilities;  the  present  ones  of
          corrugated iron are in poor condition and  are  used  by  both
          learners and educators. LSMs and OBE materials  were  received
          but were not enough. All educators are fully trained  in  OBE.
          There are shortages of furniture - desks, steel cupboards  and
          tables. SGB members assist  the  school  in  repairing  broken
          furniture.


          There are neither sporting facilities nor activities, although
          learners show interest on the  improvised  soccer  fields  and
          netball court. They compete with other farm  schools.  Parents
          are involved in the school nutrition programme. They are  very
          supportive of the school, but when asked for money,  they  are
          unable to give any because most of them are unemployed.


          The school urgently needs electricity, a computer,  water  and
          proper toilets  and  sanitation  facilities,  as  well  as  an
          administrative block. The toilets are a health hazard and  are
          still in use by educators and learners; no request was made to
          the Department for proper toilet facilities. According  to  Mr
          Mabena, there is a  need  for  a  specialist  to  inspect  the
          physical resources. The farmer only provide  water  tanks  and
          taps.


     8. Visit to Sitjhejiwe Senior Secondary School - official  view  by
          principal, Mr D A Dladla


          The school consists of a brick and shack structure,  with  all
          windows burglar-barred. The school offers Grades 8 to 12, with
          792 learners and 24 educators.  With  the  present  enrolment,
          there is no shortage of  educators.  Due  to  vandalism,  some
          class-rooms do not have electricity. They have a  shortage  of
          12 class-rooms, and use the  shack  structure  to  accommodate
          students. A requisition was made to the  Department  to  build
          more class-rooms, and it has promised to  honour  the  request
          soon.


          LSMs and stationery were delivered, but not enough of it.  The
          shortage is caused by increased enrolment.  Because  of  these
          shortages, parents who can afford  it,  buy  items  for  their
          children. Parents support the school in  all  its  activities;
          they  attend  meetings  when  they  are  called.  The   toilet
          facilities are in working condition but need to be  renovated.
          As enrolment grows, more toilets will be needed.


          All the educators attend workshops and  training  sessions  on
          OBE. There is a high failure rate in Grade  12:  1999  -  42%;
          2000 - 62%; 2001 - 49%. Most of the learners decided  to  drop
          out. The principal mentioned the reasons for the failure rate:


          (a) Overcrowding in class-rooms - this prevents educators from
              attending to each learner


          (b) No dedication and effort from learners,  and  no  guidance
              from the educator.


          There was no delivery of textbooks for Grade  9.  There  is  a
          laboratory, but it lacks equipment. The school offers a  range
          of subjects, like Economics, Accounting,  Business  Economics,
          Mathematics, Physical Science and Geography.


          Most  learners  live  in  informal  surrounding  areas.   They
          participate in sports (soccer, rugby  and  netball),  but  the
          facilities are not of a good standard. These  facilities  need
          major maintenance work, as in  their  present  condition  they
          hamper  learner  development.  The  school  excels  in   music
          competitions with other schools.


     9. Visit to Siyazama Primary School on 23 July - official  view  by
          principal, Mr J D Dlamini


          This farm school  was  built  in  1988.  The  school  building
          consists of a brick structure, which is properly fenced. There
          is no electricity, and not a  single  window  is  broken.  The
          school spent R600,00 from the school fund to  repair  all  the
          broken windows. Toilet facilities need major maintenance;  the
          flushing system is not up to standard.


          As a combined school it offers Grades 1 to 9, with 96 learners
          and four educators. Guided  by  the  post  establishment,  the
          school is supposed  to  have  three  educators.  Due  to  work
          overload, the educators were unable to cope with the number of
          learners at the  school,  so  Ms  Ngcobo  was  recruited  from
          another school to join as the foundation educator.


          No transport is provided for the learners.  They  travel  long
          distances (about 20 km every day)  to  and  from  the  school.
          According to the principal, all neighbouring farm  schools  do
          have transport. When they made enquiries  at  the  Department,
          they were told the map supplied by them to the Department  was
          too complicated for the officials to understand, and they were
          requested to submit a simpler map. They  are  now  awaiting  a
          response from the Department.


          According to Mr Zikhali, the circuit manager, the routes  were
          submitted  to  the  Department,  but  not  all  of  them  were
          approved. The region  is  now  attending  to  the  request  of
          providing transport to the school. The two neighbouring  farms
          schools have transport although it does not reach everyone.


          The school-feeding scheme is not reliable. It was supposed  to
          have started again on 22 July 2002, but nothing was  received.
          There are serious problems with this feeding scheme programme.
          Parents who assist to prepare food for the learners, have  not
          been paid for the past three months. It seems that  fraudulent
          activities took place during  the  process.  According  to  Mr
          Zikhali, this school faces such problems.


          The LSMs, OBE materials and textbooks were delivered, but  are
          not enough. OBE materials were never received for Grade 7. All
          educators attend workshops on OBE.  The  SGB  attend  training
          sessions to provide them with  skills  to  handle  educational
          matters. For learning to be conducive, additional  class-rooms
          need to be built  as  a  matter  of  urgency.  There  is  good
          involvement between the school, the SGB and the community.


          Of serious concern is the physical structure,  scholar/learner
          transport, electricity  and  the  condition  of  the  toilets.
          According to Mr Dlamini, resources should first  be  given  to
          farm schools because of their geographical location.


     10.      Visit  to  Phumula  Primary  School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Mrs G Nkosi


          The infrastructure consists of  a  brick  structure,  with  no
          windows broken. Doors are burglar-barred, the place is  fenced
          and the grounds are well-maintained. The school offers  Grades
          1 to 4, with 1 215 learners and 33 educators. Grade R attached
          to the school is very limited (most of  these  are  community-
          based). Forms were issued  to  involve  structures  to  apply.
          Those who have submitted  applications,  have  been  receiving
          their subsidies.
          There is a shortage of six class-rooms. The old pre-fabricated
          structures that are used as class-rooms, need renovations  and
          repair. Toilet facilities are in proper working condition. The
          school experiences problems with regard to LSM: requisitioning
          is rushed; late delivery; and educators have to  choose  books
          from a catalogue. In many instances the  school  receives  the
          wrong materials, but because of their need, they end up  using
          the different series delivered.


          Textbooks  were  received,  but  for  Grade  4  they  are  not
          sufficient. For classes with 299 learners they  only  received
          96. There is  also  a  shortage  of  furniture.  All  the  OBE
          materials were received for all Grades  except  for  Grade  4.
          However, these do not cover all the learning areas.  Educators
          are trained in implementing OBE in the class-room. With regard
          to the feeding scheme, they receive all the necessary supplies
          on time.


          There is great parent involvement with  the  school.  As  they
          have more than 1 000 learners, parents are called  per  Grades
          to discuss school progress and problems.  The  school  fee  is
          R50,00 per annum.  There is  great  interest  in  sports  like
          soccer, netball, cricket and golf amongst  learners,  but  the
          sporting facilities are not of a good standard, and  there  is
          no equipment. Learners who participate in the go-go golf,  use
          tennis balls instead of golf balls.


          Parents have volunteered to clean up the school, and thus  the
          school needs funds to compensate them. Although the school has
          security staff working 14  hours  a  week,  more  security  is
          needed  to  work  over  week-ends  to  prevent  vandals   from
          destroying school property.


          A day-to-day contractor should visit the school to check  what
          needs  to  be  repaired  and  maintained.  According   to   Mr
          Mathebula, day-to-day maintenance  is  done  once  the  school
          reports  the  problems.  If  the  school  sees  the  need  for
          furniture to be repaired, they can use the school fund to  buy
          the necessary equipment to do the repairs, and  not  wait  for
          the Department.


          Mr J Molai is of the view that electrified schools  should  at
          least have one computer for  administrative  purposes,  should
          they meet certain requirements.


     11.      Visit  to  Ermelo  Primary  School  -  official  view   by
          principal, Mr J L Myburg


          This is a previous model C school, built in 1992  and  located
          in the town of Ermelo. It is a double-storey structure, highly
          secured and fenced, with well-maintained grounds.  The  school
          offers Grade R to 7, with 400  learners  (90%  black)  and  18
          educators.  Seven  educators'  salaries  are   paid   by   the
          government, and the rest by the SGB.


          They have received LSMs for Grades 4, 5 and 7,  and  textbooks
          for Grade 5. They have already bought textbooks to be used  in
          2003, and assist  two  other  farm  schools  (Vulingqondo  and
          Nooitgedacht) with  books.  There  is  no  government  feeding
          scheme, and no computers in the  class-rooms.  The  medium  of
          instruction is English.


          Learners  participate  in  various  sports,  like   athletics,
          cricket, volleyball  and  soccer,  and  compete  with  various
          schools  in  the  Ermelo  region.  The  parents  are  actively
          involved in school activities. Some of them  believe  this  is
          one of the best schools in the world. There are  five  parents
          serving in the SGB, three of them black and all of  them  very
          active. Parents are  very  participative  and  all  programmes
          within the school are  devised  in  such  a  manner  that  all
          parents get involved. Non-working parents assist  in  cleaning
          the school and maintaining the grounds on a regular basis. The
          school fund is R2 000 per year, payable over 10  months  (R200
          per month). The school needs extra educators, and an incentive
          for work done, according to Mr Myburg.
     12.     Visit to Masizakhe Secondary  School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Mr Shange


          Mr Shange mandated one of the staff members, Mr  H  A  Abbott,
          and the Chairperson of the SGB, Mr Z G Dhludhlu, to  introduce
          the staff and SGB members, as he did not know  some  of  them.
          The school consists of a brick  structure,  with  all  windows
          burglar-barred.


          There are 1 250 learners, with 45  educators.  There  are  not
          enough class-rooms, and they need urgent attention. LSMs,  OBE
          material and textbooks were received, but not enough. Numerous
          requests were made to  the  Department  on  behalf  of  senior
          classes, but the Department was always telling them that  they
          would not get books because the system was changing.


          Previously there was no  co-operation  between  educators  and
          parents; there were  very  serious  problems  with  the  scool
          management. At the time of our visit, educators, the  SGB  and
          parents have only been working together for a week  to  manage
          the school.


          According to Dr L H Mathunyane, Regional Director, there  were
          problems with the school management, and no co-operation  from
          educators and parents. The problem was more  than  five  years
          old. The school has been dysfunctional for quite a long time.


          The state of affairs was chaotic, and there was instability in
          the school. The principal was charged with misconduct, but  he
          won his  case.  A  task  team  was  established  and  met  all
          stakeholders to try and put a new management team together. As
          a result, the situation was normalised. An HOD  and  a  Deputy
          Principal were appointed. The new School Management Team (SMT)
          only started working on 16 July 2002. Plans have been made  by
          the new SMT and the SGB to solve all the  prevailing  problems
          in the school.


          According to the Regional Director, the  regional  office  has
          come up with a programme  for  all  dysfunctional  schools,  a
          programme to train principals and LRC, and to capacitate  SMTs
          and SGBs.


          The school was never  renovated.  The  building  needs  urgent
          repairs and renovations, and  there  is  also  a  shortage  of
          furniture.


          Grade 12 results were very poor, below 40% over the  last  two
          years (in 2000 - 25% and in 2001 - 35%).


          There is no transport - some learners  live  as  far  away  as
          Carolina and Hendrina - and they walk to and from school on  a
          daily basis. There was no requisition for transport  from  the
          Department.


          Vandalism of school property occurs regularly and is caused by
          learners themselves, emanating  from  non-cooperation  between
          parents, educators and learners.
     13.     Visit  to  Mkhomazi  Primary  School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Mrs D Mashaba


          This intermediate school was built in 1968, offers Grade 5  to
          7, and has 508 learners and 12  educators.  According  to  the
          staff complement, there is a shortage of two educators.  There
          is a shortage of furniture and  class-rooms.  Requisition  was
          made to the Department and they  promised  to  attend  to  the
          problem. The toilet facilities are not in good condition;  the
          system is very poor.


          There is good parent participation - every three  months  they
          meet with the SGB to decide on a date for a parent meeting for
          that quarter. Although the school fee is R30,00 per year, some
          parents cannot afford it.  All  the  LSMs,  OBE  material  and
          stationary were received on time.


          The Department of Health supplies food for schools. There  are
          serious problems with the feeding scheme; some schools have no
          utensils. All schools, including Mkhomazi, were  told  by  the
          Department of Health to buy other amenities to make  the  soup
          edible. They sometimes take money from the school fund to  buy
          coal, pots and amenities to cook for the learners.


          With regard to the above, Prof Mayatula will take  the  matter
          up with the Minister of Health.


          Parents volunteer to help clean the school  and  maintain  the
          grounds and fence. A budget is needed to renovate ceilings and
          for a proper fence around the school premises. Presently there
          is no security.


          The  school  also  needs  technical   materials   for   skills
          development  classes,  although  there   is   neither   skills
          development in OBE nor modernised teaching  aids  like  a  TV,
          projectors, a video recorder and a computer.


     14.     Visit to Zinikeleni Secondary School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Mr M A Mngomezulu


          The school is a double-storey structure,  burglar-barred;  the
          grounds are well maintained. It offers Grades 8 to 12, with  1
          650 learners and 50 educators, including the principal.  There
          is no shortage of educators.


          The school is overcrowded - it has only 28  class-rooms.  They
          also have a laboratory, which has no equipment.  Equipment  is
          borrowed from the  neighbouring  school  in  order  to  assist
          learners taking chemistry.


          Most toilet facilities are not working, and pipes are  leaking
          and in need of repairs. Regular burglaries result in  woodwork
          and home economics appliances being stolen. The administration
          block has been properly secured with a  security  system,  and
          burglar bars have  been  installed  to  prevent  vandals  from
          breaking in.


          LSMs and textbooks were received,  although  not  enough.  OBE
          materials and copies for educators were also received,  except
          those for Grade 8. All Grade 9 teachers were trained  in  OBE,
          and numerous workshops were held.


          The Department does not always pay the  municipality  for  the
          water and electricity on time. In most  instances,  these  are
          then disconnected,  making  it  difficult  for  educators  and
          learners to proceed with learning and teaching.


          Mainstream subjects offered are: Technical, Commerce,  Science
          and General, and the school excels academically and  in  sport
          and music.  There  is  good  participation  between  the  SGB,
          parents and educators. They  attend  meetings  when  they  are
          called and they participate well.


          Many learners still need transport. Most learners live as  far
          away as 20 km. Due  to  inadequate  transport,  most  hike  to
          school, which is deemed dangerous. The Department has approved
          only two routes. School fees are only  R80,00  per  year,  and
          parents co-operate by paying it.
          In 2000 the pass rate for Grade 12 was 69%, but in 2001 it was
          53%. The cause for this was deemed to be the  leaving  of  the
          old principal and the cutting off  of  water  and  electricity
          because of non-payment  for  these  services.  There  are  two
          security systems at the school - the  Department  employs  one
          day shift while the SGB employs one night shift.


          Absenteeism is due to ill health, suggered by  both  educators
          and learners. When young female learners  get  pregnant,  they
          return to school after six months and expect to write internal
          as well as external examinations. According to  Mr  Molai,  no
          student  can  be  barred  from  returning  to   school   after
          pregnancy.


          The school urgently needs furniture (desks and  cupboards),  a
          library, sporting  facilities,  a  playground,  textbooks  for
          Grade 8 life orientation and arts  and  culture,  and  scholar
          transport.


     15.     Visit to Crocodile Valley  Primary  School  on  24  July  -
          official view by principal, Mr J H Nkosi


          The learners performed traditional dancing and warmly welcomed
          the delegation. For the past four years,  this  combined  farm
          school made of bricks  has  been  attached  to  the  Crocodile
          Estate, on a farm owned by Mr D  Solomon.  The  school  offers
          Grades  1  to  9,  with  184  learners  and  eight  educators,
          including the principal. However, due  to  decreasing  numbers
          caused by residents moving to other  areas,  they  will  start
          with Grades 1 to 7 next year. The  owner  insisted  that  they
          should close Grades 8 and 9.


          The owner of the farm does not want learners from outside  the
          farm  to  attend  the  school.  According  to  the  principal,
          however, to retain the student enrolment the  owner  needs  to
          allow learners from other areas  to  attend  the  school.  All
          learners registered at the school live on the farm; there  are
          no learners from other farms. There is  a  pre-school  nearby,
          but it is not registered and most of  the  educators  are  not
          qualified and registered with SACE.


          All LSMs, OBE material and stationery were received  on  time.
          Mr  Solomon  is  very  helpful  in  respect  of  the  school's
          activities and needs. When there is a shortage  of  textbooks,
          he buys them for the school. They have water, electricity  and
          proper sanitation and toilet facilities, but no computers  and
          no telephone.


          The government supplies maize, beans, soya beans  and  cooking
          oil to the school. The  farm  owner  also  provides  food  and
          cooking utensils. According to the principal, they receive the
          same food every day, and there is a need to change the menu on
          a daily basis. All the food is kept in a storage facility  and
          kitchen built by the owner.


          There is good working relationship with the parents. They  are
          very supportive and attend meetings when they are  called  and
          co-operate fully on discussions about the school. The learners
          also participate in sports like soccer, netball and athletics,
          as well as in cultural activities. The school needs furniture,
          renovations to the second block and 12 additional class-rooms.
          A requisition has been submitted to the Department.


     16.      Visit  to  Tekwane  Primary  School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Ms N D Maphanga


          The school consists of  a  brick  structure,  with  all  doors
          burglar-barred. It offers Grades 1 to 7, with 320 learners and
          eight educators, including the principal. There is no shortage
          of educators. There are not enough class-rooms, and  therefore
          the three classes are literally conducted  under  a  tree.  In
          rainy and very hot seasons, no teaching take  place.  Children
          learn when the weather is favourable.


          The land on which the school is built, used to be a farm,  but
          now it belongs to the Mpumalanga government,  who  has  bought
          it. As it is now a public school, no person shows interest  to
          the  school.  The  school  will  be  transferred  to  the  new
          settlement and a site has  been  identified  to  erect  a  new
          school building. According to the  principal,  the  Department
          needs to speed up this process.


          All the educators have  been  trained  in  OBE.  Grade  4  OBE
          materials were not  received.  LSMs  were  received,  but  not
          sufficient for Grade 6, and nothing for Grade 5. They  have  a
          feeding programme running Mondays to Fridays, but  the  supply
          is not enough for all learners to be fed.  The  Department  is
          still using the 1999 enrolment data. If there is  no  food  at
          home, learners come to school knowing that the school runs the
          feeding programme.


          Parents have bought  utensils  and  the  Department  pays  the
          helper. There is good working relationship between parents and
          learners.  Learners  are  very  disciplined.   There   is   no
          transport, and learners walk to school every day. The majority
          of learners live near the school. An application was  made  to
          the Department in 1999, but up to there has been no response.


          During the time of the visit, UK  volunteer  students  working
          for the Tenteleni Project were at the school. They  help  with
          sports, fundraising, the  feeding  scheme  and  HIV  and  life
          orientation programmes. They also render services  to  schools
          all over Mpumalanga during school holidays. This  year  43  of
          them are scattered throughout 18 primary schools.


     17.     Visit to  Tenteleni  Primary  School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Mrs G S Maseko


          The school consists of a brick structure,  which  is  burglar-
          barred and fenced. It offers Grades 1 to 7, with 1136 learners
          and 27 educators. According to  the  post  establishment,  the
          school needs  an  additional  educator.  There  is  a  serious
          problem of overcrowding and a class-room  shortage.  Presently
          there are 16 class-rooms on the main campus and  five  on  the
          satellite campus. They need 12 additional class-rooms, but the
          Department  will  only  provide  six.  As  a  result  of  this
          shortage, two store-rooms had  to  be  converted  into  class-
          rooms. Through fundraising, the SGB has managed to  build  two
          class-rooms. Overcrowding is caused by parents  preferring  to
          send their children to the school  because  of  the  level  of
          education and the school's reputation.


          Stationery was delivered and received on time last year.  LSMs
          were also delivered, but very  late.  OBE  materials  for  the
          foundation phase were received, but for the intermediate phase
          in Grades 4 and 6, nothing was received. A computer is used by
          the educators and SGB members. The school has  electricity  in
          the library and the computer room. There are  no  offices  for
          the principal and staff.


          The toilets are a health hazard, and due  to  an  increase  in
          student enrolment, the toilets are always in a state of repair
          and in need of renovating. Additional toilets should be  built
          to service the large numbers of learners and educators.  There
          is no feeding scheme programme for learners. According to  the
          principal, it is needed because there are learners who need to
          be fed. Aa application has been submitted to the Department to
          assist the school to feed hungry children.


          According to Mr Khoza, schools in the townships were  excluded
          from the programme - a decision of  the  provincial  nutrition
          committee. Parents from the townships were seen as better  off
          than those from rural  communities.  The  decision  was  being
          reviewed, because of those children in township schools who do
          need to be fed. A request was made to those schools to  submit
          applications and motivations.


          There is no transport. Some learners live far away and have to
          walk as far as 10 km every day. The Department runs  workshops
          on HIV/AIDS, as there is an urgent  need  to  educate  parents
          about the disease. According to the principal, the  Department
          should cluster schools to provide  counselling  to  educators.
          The disease causes a lot of absenteeism. Educators need to  be
          trained in counselling skills to deal with learners  who  lose
          parents because of HIV/AIDS. Educators need to  be  given  all
          the resources and necessary documents free of charge.


          Parents are very supportive of the  school  and  the  SMT  and
          participate in  all  school  activities.  The  Department  has
          workshopped them to define their roles and  duties.  There  is
          massive support and co-operation. The school fee is  R100  per
          year, but not all parents can afford to pay.


     18.     Visit to Lekazi Central High  School  -  official  view  by
          principal, Mr F J H Siboza


          The school consists of a  brick  structure,  and  is  properly
          fenced. As the central high school, they have Grades 8 to  12,
          with  1 160  learners  and  33  educators.  According  to  the
          principal, there are enough class-rooms and no  problems  with
          water and sanitation. Toilets do not function  well  and  need
          constant repair.
          The school used to be vandalised in the past, but due  to  the
          efforts  of  parents,  security   personnel   were   employed,
          unfortunately  on  insufficient  salaries.  Now  vandalism  is
          minimal. There is a computer, acquired  through  hardship  and
          efforts of parents. Streams of subjects offered are:  Science,
          General and Commerce. LSMs and stationery were  received,  but
          nothing for Grade 11. OBE materials were also not received for
          all Grades. Only Grade 12 textbooks were received; nothing for
          Grades 8 and 9.


          The Department subsidises water and electricity - no  pressure
          yet from the municipality about  monthly  accounts  not  being
          paid. The Grade 12 pass rate in 2000 was 78%, but in 2001 only
          67%. This was caused by the fact that the system of  half-year
          examination is different from one province to another. In this
          school, this is not taken very seriously. Another contributing
          factor is the lack of parental involvement with  the  learner.
          Also, learners not showing commitment is  seen  as  a  serious
          problem.


          All educators encourage learners towards more  commitment,  as
          the mission of the school is to produce learners who  will  be
          marketable in the outside world. The educators  are  qualified
          and happy with the present SMT and SGB. However, the SGB power
          is  seen  to  block  transformation  in  the  appointment   of
          educators (appointment is based on being a son of  the  soil).
          Training  of  the  SGB  is  not  sufficient,  not   with   the
          responsibilities it has to carry. When there are problems with
          student structures, meetings are held  to  discuss  and  solve
          those problems.


          Parents and educators agreed to a school fee of R100 per year.
          Although most learners are from poor families, there are  very
          few cases of parents who cannot afford to  pay  the  fee.  The
          principal needs computers for the school, even  though  it  is
          perceived to be  difficult  to  meet  this  requirement  as  a
          historically disadvantaged school. There is  office  furniture
          for educators, and no laboratory.


     19.     Visit to Lekazi Primary School -  official  view  by  HODs,
          Mrs N B Hlabangane and Mrs Z L Mhlanga


          During the visit to the school, the principal, Mrs Mabuse, was
          not present, as she was  attending  a  workshop  on  Inclusive
          Education/ELSEN in Badplaas, while the deputy principal was in
          a workshop in Pretoria.


          This is the school piloting inclusive education.  It  consists
          of a brick structure, with  all  doors  and  windows  burglar-
          barred. They have Grades R to 7, with 850  learners;  Grade  R
          has 20 educators. There is a serious shortage  of  class-rooms
          and furniture. As a result, a staff room  has  been  converted
          into a class-room.


          Presently, there is one learner in a  wheelchair.  The  toilet
          facilities are not suitable for this learner, and an  educator
          assists him everyday when he has to use  the  facilities.  The
          school is not accessible enough to accommodate  the  learners'
          requirements; more resources are needed. Educators are trained
          and then return to the school to train other educators.


          All the LSMs and OBE material were received and delivered last
          year, except those  for  Grade  6.  There  is  a  shortage  of
          stationery and textbooks. Parents assisted the school  to  buy
          textbooks for needy learners. All educators  are  OBE-trained.
          The school has a good relationship with parents. Although  the
          school fee is only R80  per  year,  unemployed  parents  still
          cannot afford to  pay.  As  this  is  a  township  school,  no
          nutrition/feeding  scheme  programme  is  provided   for   the
          learners.


          Most learners live as far as  10  km  away  from  the  school.
          Transport is not provided for  them.  Parents  pay  for  their
          transport. The school needs a media centre, additional  class-
          rooms, an administration block and one educator.
     20.     Visit to Khaliphani  Senior  Secondary  School  -  official
          view by principal, Mr B B Gwambe


          The school consists of  a  brick  structure,  with  doors  and
          windows properly burglar-barred. They offer Grades  8  to  12,
          with 907 learners and 24 educators.  According  to  the  staff
          formula, there is shortage of one educator. Because  of  this,
          the SGB saw the need to hire an educator, whose salary is paid
          by the parents. According to  the  circuit  manager,  Mr  S  S
          Khoza, the school needs three additional educators.


          There is water and electricity and no problems of  non-payment
          for these services by the Department.  Because  of  vandalism,
          plugs in most of the class-rooms have been damaged and are not
          working. There are two security guards employed at the school.
          Presently the school lacks the funding to keep on paying their
          salaries. The parents assist in this regard.


          The school fee is R80 per year.  For  those  parents  who  are
          unemployed, it is difficult to pay. LSMs,  OBE  materials  and
          stationery were received for all  Grades.  For  the  last  two
          years, there was poor performance in Grade 12,  theexamination
          success rate being below 30%. In 2001 the pass rate  was  only
          18%. A contributing factor, according  to  the  principal,  is
          poor deployment of good educators. There is also no commitment
          from the learners - only a few  attend  winter  school  during
          holidays (organised by the school).


          Discipline is part of  the  programme.  There  is  a  Students
          Representative Council (SRC), but the learners do not  respect
          them  in  the  class  situation,   only   during   extra-mural
          activities.  There  is  also  escalating  drug   abuse   among
          learners. The school needs additional staff,  a  well-equipped
          laboratory and a mid-year  examination  paper  for  the  whole
          circuit.


          General observations at a glance


          Class    Toilets     LSM  Furniture   Scholar     OBE   Gr  12
              Rooms      Transfer   pass  in 2001




          Silamba SSS X X X    33,9%


          Makerana PS X X X


          Hlonipha SS X X X 43%


          Mnyamana PS X X X X X


          Ramatlatse PS X X


          Tetema PS X X X


          Sitjhejiwe SSS X X 49%


          Siyazama PS X X X X X


          Phumula PS X X


          Ermelo PS
          Masizakhe SS X X X X 35%


          Mkhomazi PS X X


          Zinikeleni SS X X X X X 53%


          Crocodile Valley PS


          Tekwane PS X X X


          Tentele PS X X X X


          Lekazi X X 67%
          Central HS


          Lekazi PS X X X X


          Khaliphani SSS 18%


          This diagramme shows the  critical  shortage  of  class-rooms,
          toilets and furniture and the insufficient provision of  LSMs,
          OBE material and transport at most of the schools  visited  by
          the delegation.
          Of great concern was the apparent  ignorance  of  departmental
          officials of the state of affairs in  these  schools.  Schools
          were  crying  out  for  help,  without  any  assistance   from
          officials.


          On the last day of the visit, the delegation met the  MEC  and
          highlighted some of the issues, especially the health  hazards
          brought about by the lack of proper toilet facilities at  many
          schools. Some of the issues, for example, LSMs and  substitute
          teachers, have already been attended to.


 C.     Free State


     1. Meeting with MEC, Mr P Kganane, on 21 July -  official  view  on
          challenges facing Department


          (a) Farm schools


              Most of the schools are farm schools, and  it  has  always
              been a struggle for learners living on the  farms  to  get
              access to quality education. They travel  long  distances,
              sometimes under very harsh conditions, which  expose  them
              to various forms of abuse. A a  number  of  learners  from
              farm schools live alone, away from home, just to  be  near
              the school. This exposes them to  all  sorts  of  societal
              ills.


              The Department took the initiative  to  establish  hostels
              for these children's safety and also to enable them to  be
              close to school. It also came up with the  alternative  of
              offering transport for learners. Bicycles were offered  to
              learners, as it is expensive to bus  learners  to  school.
              The Department's goal is  to  establish  two  hostels  per
              district by 2005.


              Most educators teaching  in  farm  schools  are  not  from
              those farms and have to travel long distances  to  school.
              They  sometimes  arrive  late  and  knock  off  early   on
              Thursdays. It is difficult to monitor them - most  of  the
              schools are one-teacher schools.


          (b) Urban schools


              Educators  performing  well  assist  those  that  do   not
              perform well. The Department has  ensured  that  textbooks
              are delivered on time and has a programme  to  acknowledge
              district excellence.


          (c) Further Education and Training (FET)


              The Department  disagreed  with  the  national  Department
              when requested to appoint many FET Directors, as there  is
              no budget or funds to remunerate them at  director  level.
              Financing of FET  institutions  is  difficult  because  no
              budget is allocated to  those  who  will  be  teaching  in
              those institutions.


          (d) Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET)


              Every town  has  at  least  one  ABET  institution.  First
              preference in  employment  of  ABET  tutors  is  given  to
              qualified unemployed educators. There is, however, a  high
              rate of drop-outs in these institutions.  In  winter  most
              students tend to attend irregularly and  end  up  dropping
              out.


          (e) Education provision for learners  with  special  education
              needs


              This  issue  has  not  been  addressed  as  well  as   the
              Department  would  have  liked.  Previously  disadvantaged
              schools are not as  integrated  as  the  Department  would
              have preferred.


          (f) HIV/AIDS


              In 2002 the Department  held  a  conference  to  encourage
              HIV/AIDS-positive educators to disclose  their  status  so
              as to ensure that when they are absent  from  school,  the
              principal is aware of their health  status  and  wiil  not
              assume that they have absconded.


          (g) Letsema campaign


              For the first four months of this year, there  was  a  lot
              of activity around the Letsema  campaign.  Many  educators
              volunteered for and participated  in  assisting  with  the
              building of schools. Most of the participation took  place
              during the winter holidays, as most of  the  schools  were
              renovated during this campaign.


          (h) Capital expenditure


              The Department has signed a performance contract with  the
              Department  of  Public  Works  to  ensure  that  they  are
              treated like any other service provider.


              Challenges


              *     It  is  difficult  for  the  Department  to  monitor
                primary  school   performance,   unlike   high   school
                performance, where matric results are used.


              *    It is difficult to get CEOs who  think  beyond  being
                school principals.


     2. Meeting with departmental officials on 22 July


          (a) EMIS


              There are 2 355 schools in the Free State; -  60%  (1 380)
              are farm schools, and 909 are independent  schools.  Seven
              per cent of learners are  farm  school  learners.  Between
              1998 and 1999, learner numbers in the  province  declined.
              868 schools have fewer than 31 learners,  532  fewer  than
              21 and 267 fewer than 15. In 2001, the  Department  signed
              723 agreements; in 2002, 714 agreements were signed.


          (b) Percentage difference between 2001 and 2002 per grade


              The number of learners decreased  by  3,3%.  However,  the
              number of Grade 7 learners has increased  since  1994,  as
              follows: 1994 - 71 000; 1996 - 96  080;  1997  -  88  837;
              1998 - 79 578; 1999 - 70 132; 2000 - 62  256;  2001  -  55
              364; 2002 - 44 805.


              The educator/learner ratio in 1998 was 28:1;  in  2002  it
              is 22:1.


          (c) Reasons for decline in number of learners


              *    There has been a decline in the  birth  rate  in  the
                province.


              *    Over-age learners who fail Grade 12,  do  not  return
                to the mainstream schooling system.


              *    There are fewer learners in the rural areas.
              *    HIV/AIDS and other related illnesses.


              *    Decline in mining practices in Free State.


              The Department planned for farm schools to  link  up  with
              mother schools. Farm school learners now use schools  with
              hostels that are not full.


          (d) Antenatal clinic attendance


              There is a 27% infection rate. The learner mortality  rate
              in 2001 was as follows:


              Male illness - 127
              Female illness - 201
              Male accident - 95
              Female accident - 45
              Male suicide - 15
              Female suicide - 9
              Male violence homocide - 23
              Female violence homocide - 7


          (e) Orphans


              The total number of schools with orphans is  1 072.  There
              are about  21  219  orphan  learners  in  schools  in  the
              province.


     3. Life skills and HIV/AIDS education  programme  for  primary  and
          secondary schools


          (a) Primary schools - objectives of Department


              *    The Department is engaged in  raising  awareness  and
                the level of knowledge of  HIV/AIDS  among  principals,
                parents and community leaders so  as  to  establish  an
                abling environment for  trained  educators  responsible
                for facilitating the Life Skills and HIV/AIDS Education
                Programme.


              *    The Department aims to train educators of  Grades  4,
                5, 6 and 7, who constitute 40% of primary schools,  and
                thus  ensure  curriculum  implementation  of  the  Life
                Skills and HIV/AIDS Education Programme in those Grades
                in all public primary schools.


          (b) Secondary schools - objectives of Department


              *    To raise awareness and  the  level  of  knowledge  of
                HIV/AIDS  among  principals,  parents   and   community
                leaders, thus establishing an enabling environment  for
                trained educators responsible for facilitating the Life
                Skills and HIV/AIDS Education Programme.


              *    To train Educators of Grades 8 and 9, who  constitute
                40% of secondary schools.


              *    To  ensure  curriculum  implementation  of  the  Life
                Skills and HIV/AIDS Education Programme in Grades 8 and
                9 in all public secondary schools.


          (c) Challenges faced by Department


              *    Training manuals: A tender  for  the  duplication  of
                learner materials was awarded fairly late and therefore
                not all schools  received  all  learning  and  teaching
                materials at the beginning of 2002. Material  was  made
                available for distribution to the relevant  schools  in
                March  and  all  schools  were  to  receive  the   full
                complement of materials required.


              *    The Department of Education  is  not  satisfied  with
                the quality of service received and decided to consider
                placing future orders  with  the  Government  Printers:
                Regarding primary  schools,  Educator  Resource  Guide,
                Grades 4 to 7  Educator  Manuals  and  Grades  4  to  7
                Learner  Activity  Books   (English   and   Afrikaans);
                regarding secondary schools, Grades 8  and  9  Educator
                Manuals and Learner Guides.


              *     The  nomination  of   officials   from   the   ELSEN
                subdirectorate to other tasks instead  of  focusing  on
                monitoring the Life Skills Programme  in  both  primary
                and secondary schools is a major stumbling area.  These
                officials are  expected  to  support  and  drive  other
                projects and do not always have  the  time  to  conduct
                support visits to schools that have received training.


              *    Delays caused by the late transfer of funds  as  well
                as a late  appointment  of  the  co-ordinator  impacted
                negatively on planning of  the  training  of  educators
                that should have been conducted in 2002.


              *     Some  learners  do  not  have  birth   certificates,
                especially orphans.


          (d) Successes


              *     Educators  in  all  primary  and  secondary   public
                schools  have  been  trained.  2 400   primary   school
                educators  and  800  secondary  school  educators  were
                trained.
              *    Programme implementation has  started  in  more  than
                60% of primary schools.


              *    Invitations were extended  to  private  schools  -80%
                accepted the offer and have been trained.


              *     Seven  districts  held  successful  peer   education
                seminars during school AIDS week.


              *    A booklet containing questions and answers from  oral
                sessions as well as resolutions taken at  the  HIV/AIDS
                Learner Conference in  April  2001  was  published  and
                distributed to all secondary schools.


              *    An Educator Conference, "Beyond Advocacy",  was  held
                in March 2002.


              *    The Free State Department  of  Education  would  have
                completed  all  proposed  activities  set  out  in  the
                Business Plans for 2000-01 and 2001-02 by end of  March
                2002.


          (e) Further challenges


              The  Department  does  not  have   adequate   funding   to
              translate learner material into all languages.


              ABET


              According to Census 1996 Statistics,  14,1%  of  the  Free
              State population  is  illiterate.  The  solution  to  this
              problem is to build adult learning centres in  every  town
              in the province.  The  Department  has  been  co-operating
              with   the   Departments   of   Social   Development,   of
              Correctional Services and of Justice as well as  the  SAPS
              to address illiteracy.


              It has also engaged in strategies to fight  illiteracy  by
              establishing   the   South   African   National   Literacy
              Initiative  (SANLI)  and  the  Ikhwelo  Project   (poverty
              relief  initiative).  SANLI  co-ordinates   the   national
              literacy campaign and the  Ikhwelo  Project  will  enhance
              ABET provisioning. The Ikhwelo Project  will  be  launched
              at six ABET centres and will  ensure  that  educators  are
              paid on a monthly contract basis.


              All ABET institutions have principals and SGBs.


              The private sector does provide ABET in the workplace  and
              the Department encourages them by  sharing  its  expertise
              with  them.  Departmental  officials  often   visit   ABET
              centres to assess  and  monitor  whether  they  offer  the
              training frequently.


              Educators access their salaries electronically, but  there
              are delays in payment, as they have to submit  proof  that
              they have taught in these centres before  they  get  paid.
              This could be rectified by improving the system,  but  the
              Department is struggling to address this.


              Educators travel long distances  to  ABET  centres,  which
              makes it difficult for them to attend classes  frequently.
              This result in learners dropping out.


     4. Education for learners with special education needs


          (a) Primary School Nutrition Programme (PSNP)


              Background


              In a meeting held on 29 August  2001,  the  Department  of
              Health made a presentation to  senior  management  of  the
              Department of Education.  They  decided  to  have  a  PSNP
              District  Management  Committee  to  facilitate  the   co-
              management of the programme.


              Procurement through a tender system  was  piloted  in  two
              districts, Xhariep and Thabo Mofutsanyana, during 2001.


              The programme is offered to 29 006  farm  school  learners
              and 140 692 town school learners. There now  exist  tender
              specifications  to  ensure  that  parents  assisting  with
              distribution are remunerated.


              Challenges


              *    The criteria for targeting  schools  has  to  change.
                The Department  has  proposed  that  provision  of  the
                programme should be such that it caters  for  learners'
                different needs.


              *    Some schools do not inform the Department  about  the
                poor quality of food they receive.


              *     There  are  discrepancies  in  respect  of   learner
                numbers between the Department's records and reality.


              *    Some schools do not have proper storerooms for food.


              *    Some educators eat the learners' food.


              *    Some schools do not stamp invoices.


              *    Some farm school educators are absent  when  food  is
                delivered.


              *    There is no proper monitoring of delivery and of  how
                and when food is distributed.


              The schools should include women  from  the  community  to
              assist with the provisioning of food, and they  should  be
              remunerated.


          (b) Early Childhood Development (ECD)


              Focus area
              The main focus of ECD is to put systems in place  for  the
              implementation  of  Grade  R  as  a  compulsory  year   of
              education. This entails many different facets, phases  and
              consultations.


              Implementation plans


              It is envisaged that Grade R will be a compulsory year  of
              schooling in the Free State by 2008. The Department  would
              prefer the process to be completed by the end of 2006.


              The  Department,  at  the  moment,  is  concentrating   on
              including 285 community-based sites in the  public  school
              system by the end of  2003.  These  sites  will  focus  on
              bringing the service to the poor as well as  bringing  the
              service closer to learners, especially those who  are  not
              close to public schools. The next phase  will  be  putting
              systems in place to enable all public schools  to  provide
              for Grade R. Public schools are permitted to  offer  Grade
              R at this stage, but they will  not  receive  any  funding
              from the Department of Education. They are  not  permitted
              to employ a departmentally-paid educator in  the  Grade  R
              class as from January 2002.


              Progress to date


              160  of  the   285   community-based   sites   have   been
              identified. They were selected  from  all  over  the  Free
              State.  Farm  schools  are  catered  for  as  one  of  the
              categories that  qualify  for  the  programme.  From  July
              2002,  the  site  management  committee  will  receive   a
              quarterly  subsidy  based  on  the  number  of   Grade   R
              learners.  The  funding  is  there  to  pay  the  Grade  R
              practitioner and  to  upgrade  the  Grade  R  facility.  A
              further 125 sites will be identified during this year  and
              they will receive funding from December 2002.


          (c) School governance in public schools  on  private  property
              (farm schools)


              Governance


              There are about 552 farms schools with 29 006 learners  in
              the Free State. Most farm schools are primary schools  and
              have fewer than 300 learners. The  SGBs  consist  of  only
              the principal and two parents.


          (d) Challenges faced by SGBs


              *    Due to parents' low income, it is difficult to  raise
                funds to develop schools.


              *     Enrolment  is  never  stable  due  to  the  constant
                migration of parents to towns/townships (and  back,  in
                some cases).


              *     Power  struggle  and  contesting  of  turf   between
                parents (SGBs) and farm owners about who is  in  charge
                of managing and governing farm schools.


              *    Capacity building is hindered by:


                -  The level of literacy of parents


                -  Non-attendance of capacity-building workshops due to
                   long working hours  by  parents  as  farmworkers  and
                   failure to secure  leave/non-approval  to  attend  by
                   employers


                -  SGBs  not  understanding  their  critical  role  and
                   functions  in  accordance  with  the  South   African
                   Schools Act.


          (e) Primary School Nutrition Programme (PSNP)


              *    There  are  discrepancies  between  the  Department's
                records and reality as to the number  of  children  who
                are supposed to be beneficiaries.


              *    The Department  has  not  received  reports  of  poor
                quality of food received.


              *     The  Department  has   not   received   reports   on
                unhygienic preparation of food,


              *    Some schools do not have adequate  storage  room  for
                food received.


              *     Reports  have  been  received  of  educators  eating
                learners' food.


              *    Some schools do not stamp the invoices when  food  is
                delivered.


              *    Sometimes educators are  not  present  when  food  is
                delivered.


              *     Personnel  assisting  with  food   preparation   are
                sometimes not remunerated.


              *    Criteria for targeting schools is not clear.


     5. Visit to Maboloka Primary School


          Establishment of school


          The school started at Strydom College and was housed there. It
          was a community school before it was registered  as  a  public
          school. The school is situated near an informal settlement and
          experiences vandalism and burglary.  No  security  guards  are
          employed to curb  these  crimes.  The  school  does  not  have
          adequate administration space to  accommodate  the  principal,
          HODs and staff.


          There are 880 learners and 26 staff members  -  24  educators,
          including the principal and four HODs, of whom one is a female
          and two are administration clerks. Except for  two  volunteers
          from the community, there are no cleaners in the  school.  The
          teacher/learner ratio is 1:40.


          Needs of school


          An alarm system needs to be installed to prevent burglaries.


          Vacant posts


          The school has had one post vacant since 1 June 2002.


          PSNP


          Nutrition is not offered in the  school;  it  was  stopped  in
          2000. Previously, an annual application  form  was  submitted,
          but in 2001, they were  informed  that  only  two  schools  in
          Bloemfontein would be catered for.


          Professional support by Department


          The last time subject advisers visited the school was in 2000,
          when the school requested them.


          School fees


          Most parents are unemployed and cannot afford  to  pay  school
          fees, which is R30 per year. Learners  are  not  discriminated
          against or punished for parents' inability to pay the fee.


          Corporal punishment


          The principal has  attended  a  workshop  on  alternatives  to
          corporal punishment, but has not cascaded this down.


          Corporal punishment is not  implemented  in  the  school,  and
          educators  feel  it  should  be  reinstated.   Educators   use
          alternative punishment such as after-school detention.


          HIV/AIDS


          The school has an HIV/AIDS  programme  and  an  HIV/AIDS  task
          team. Four  educators  have  attended  an  HIV/AIDS  workshop.
          Learners have been made aware of the virus through dramas  and
          puppet shows.  Debates  on  HIV/AIDS  take  place  with  other
          schools. No provision has been made  for  stand-in  educators,
          should one be infected and be unable to attend school.  It  is
          difficult for learners and educators to disclose their status.


          Twining of schools


          The school works with another farm school, S Eunice  Secondary
          School, which is well-resourced. It also works with  Botlehadi
          School - both engage  in  debates  on  OBE.  Botlehadi  offers
          computer training to the educators of Mabaloka Primary School.


          Initially the school was not aware of the  twining  programme,
          hence they did not initiate it.


          Educator discipline


          No problems are experienced with absenteeism, late-coming  and
          overall discipline of educators.


          Clustering of schools


          There  is  clustering  of  educators  from   both   previously
          advantaged and  disadvantaged  schools.  Educators  from  both
          sectors attend workshops and share information.


          Sharing of information


          Some schools are willing to offer learners training,  such  as
          computer training.


          OBE


          The  Department  does  not  offer   adequate   workshops   for
          educators, but educators are doing their best to learn.


          LSMs


          Stationery and books were received at the end of November 2001
          and  were  distributed  as  soon  as  school   reopened.   The
          stationery received was, however, not enough for all learners.
          Some learners have to sacrifice their stationery for  learners
          in other grades.


          Educators need good quality photocopying machines as presently
          the school has only one small photocopier.


          Disability


          Disabled children who want to register are referred to schools
          better equipped to cater for their special needs.


          Child abuse


          Educators do not engage in improper sexual relationships  with
          learners. Some learners have reported incidents of abuse  from
          family members. The Child Protection Unit  offers  support  by
          visiting affected learners and makeing  follow-ups  to  ensure
          that perpetrators are brought to book.


          Capacity-building programme for SGBs
          Only two workshops were held for SGBs in the past  year.  SGBs
          feel they need to be enabled to effectively govern schools.


          Training of educators as counsellors


          One educator has attended a course to  equip  her  to  counsel
          learners that have been abused.  Three  educators  attended  a
          special  remedial  workshop  but  they  feel  they  need  more
          training.


          Challenges


          Some parents are unemployed and cannot take responsibility for
          their children, e.g.  they  cannot  afford  school  books  not
          provided by the Department and school uniforms.


          There are orphan learners in the school, as well  as  children
          who were abandoned by their parents and who live in a place of
          safety. These children need to be  offered  parental  guidance
          and rehabilitation.


     6. Visit to Schreiners Claim Combined School - 23 July


          Background


          The school stands on a piece of land donated by Mr Hercules de
          Jager in 1988. Land was donated to the former manager, who was
          interested in building in the area. The school  was  built  in
          1988,  and  started  with  eight  educators,   including   the
          principal,  two  temporarily  deployed   educators   and   174
          learners.


          They  have  two  computers,  one  fax  machine,  two  overhead
          projectors  and  a  telephone  installed  by  the  Department.
          Amanziwethu Rand Water donated one computer and  one  overhead
          projector.


          The clerk and one teacher who are  computer-literate  use  the
          computers. The teacher will soon provide computer training for
          learners.


          The school has one HOD recently  appointed  from  outside.  He
          started on 22 July 2002. The school offers Grades 1 to 12.


          Grades 1 to 3 are clustered in one  class  with  22  learners;
          Grades 4 to 6 are clustered in one  class  with  27  learners;
          Grades 7 to 8 are clustered in one  class  with  55  learners;
          Grades 9 to 12 are in separate classes, with 70 learners.  The
          principal teaches Grades 8, 11 and 12.


          School fees


          Fees for Grades 1 to 6 are R35. The principal withhold  school
          reports of learners who  do  not  pay  school  fees,  as  some
          learners do not pay the school fees when in fact their parents
          had given them the money.


          Pass rate


          In 2001, the school had 12 learners in Grade 12, of whom  only
          four learners passed. Those who failed, could not  repeat  the
          grade as they were over age. The pass rate  for  Grade  12  in
          2001 was about 39,5%, in 2000 it was 40% and in 1999 50%.  The
          reason for the low pass rate in 2001 was  that  the  principal
          went on maternity leave. Another teacher was ill from July  to
          October 2001 and subsequently passed away.


          OBE


          OBE makes it difficult to teach multi-grade classes.


          Distances travelled


          The longest distance walked by learners to and from school  is
          34 km. Some learners use bicycles to travel to school but when
          there is snow they do not come as  it  becomes  difficult  for
          them to cycle.


          Six teachers live in the teachers' quarters, which are made of
          mud. Water is available from two water tanks.
          Playgrounds


          There are open playgrounds at the school, but  the  facilities
          are not adequate. Two  learners  of  the  school  are  in  the
          provincial netball team.


          The school has  an  outside  auditorium,  built  by  the  farm
          manager and used for concerts, cultural functions  and  parent
          meetings.


          The private sector has contributed towards the development  of
          the school infrastructure. It is very  difficult,  though,  to
          maintain the school  buildings,  because  of  parents'  income
          level and little or no  prospects  of  successful  fundraising
          opportunities.


          School hostel


          The self-catering school hostel accommodates 20 learners -  10
          girls and 10 boys.


          Stationery and books
          Books are normally received in the second month of  the  year.
          For 2001, stationery was received in  November  and  textbooks
          were received in February  2002.  The  school  does  not  have
          enough textbooks for Geography - two learners  have  to  share
          one textbook.


          Corporal punishment


          The school does not practise corporal punishment and  involves
          parents when disciplining learners.


          PSNP


          The school has a feeding scheme for learners; delivery  is  on
          Mondays and Wednesdays.


          SGB


          A meeting with SGBs is rarely scheduled,  as  there  are  some
          parents who work till late and far away.


          Workshops


          In 2001, educators and learners  attended  workshops,  but  in
          2002 the educators could not attend.


          Parent/school relations


          Meetings with parents are held every term,  but  most  parents
          are unable to make it as they work long hours.  The  principal
          still has to meet with parents' employers to request  them  to
          allow parents to attend school meetings.


          The school is in  a  good  condition,  and  there  are  public
          telephones and a library.


          Challenges


          (a) Late-coming of learners due to long distances they have to
              travel.


          (b) Sometimes the woman who assist  with  the  preparation  of
              food does not come to school  because  of  non-payment  or
              late payment by the service provider.


          (c) The school needs water taps to be installed,  toilets  and
              new educators' quarters.


          (d) From 2003, the new school manager does not want the hostel
              to operate, because 30 of his sheep have been  stolen  and
              slaughtered and he believes that boys from the hostel  did
              it.


          (e) There was no written agreement between the former  manager
              that donated the farm and the Department,  hence  the  new
              manager is able to close the hostel.


     7. Visit to Bethlehem Comprehensive School


          Background


          The school started in  1986  as  a  primary  school  with  400
          learners. In 1989  it  moved  to  a  new  building,  with  900
          learners.


          The school has three Heads of Department and  one  vacant  HOD
          post, which has been advertised. At management level there are
          six males and one female.


          Vacant posts


          There are 37 educators. The school needs only 27 educators, so
          10 have to be redeployed.


          The school is in need of educators for  Woodwork,  Typing  and
          Accounting. The Woodwork post has been advertised.  Volunteers
          teach Typing and Accounting, and the Department pays them R300
          a month.


          Pass rate


          The  Grade  12  pass  rate  started  declining  in  1994   due
          deterioration of learner discipline: 1991 - 61%; 1993  -  50%;
          1994 - 34%; and 1995 - 30%.


          In 1996 the Congress of South  African  Students  (COSAS)  was
          engaged more in political  activities  than  concentrating  on
          their studies. In 2000 the school had  an  8%  pass  rate  and
          learners were engaged in  gangsterism,  but  this  was  curbed
          through the assistance of the police. In  2001  the  Grade  12
          pass rate was 24%.


          The school was meant to be a comprehensive school - there  was
          a lot of confusion as to what  it  was  intended  to  be.  All
          pupils were forced to take Mathematics, which also contributed
          to the high failure rate.


          Teachers


          Educators have been supplied with  SACE  documentation  on  an
          Educators' Code of Conduct  and  disciplinary  procedures  and
          policies, but this has not improved their commitment  to  work
          and has not eradicated late-coming and bunking of  classes.  A
          laissez faire attitude prevails among educators.


          PSNP


          There is no feeding scheme at the school.


          Orphans


          The  principal  has  not  consolidated  the  exact  number  of
          orphans, but there are more than four.  Social  workers  visit
          the school.


          Corporal punishment


          Corporal punishment is no longer used in the school. Educators
          punish learners by giving them manual work after school.


          SGB


          The SGB was democratically elected and is very active  in  the
          school. It has assisted in ensuring that  the  environment  is
          conducive for learning by installing new doors and a  gate  at
          the school. The Department was requested to install  an  alarm
          system to assist in curbing vandalism at the school.


          Parents have attended  five  days  of  training  on  financial
          management. A two-day workshop was  held  and  all  programmes
          were dealt with there.


          HIV/AIDS


          No-one  has  disclosed  their  status  in  the  school.   Both
          educators and learners have attended workshops and training on
          HIV/AIDS, and learners are taught about HIV/AIDS.  The  school
          has invited people who are HIV-positive to  talk  to  learners
          about their experiences.


          Absenteeism and late-coming


          According to the principal, the school is managing absenteeism
          well and mechanisms are in place to detect it. Some  educators
          gave a different view to the delegation.  According  to  them,
          some educators have arrived late on numerous occasions.


          Relations between educators and learners


          Parents are complaining about the relations between  educators
          and learners. For example, educators use abusive language when
          communicating with learners, and learners are  scared  to  ask
          for explanations and questions of clarity, as  educators  take
          offence when asked to explain something.


          Subject committees


          Subject committees do not exist in the school.


          School fees


          The school fee is R100, adopted by  the  SGBs  from  different
          schools in the area,  because  learners  started  demanding  a
          farewell function for Grade 12 learners. SGBs  are  scared  to
          raise the fees because if they do, it may result in a drop  in
          learner enrolment.


          Relations between school and community police forum (CPF)


          Educators are not part of the CPF.  The  school  has  its  own
          newly  established  security  committee,  which  consists   of
          educators.


          Challenges


          The  school  premises  is  situated  opposite  a  tavern.  The
          Department has recommended that the management should  have  a
          discussion with the tavern owner about the problems the school
          has, but up to now the principal has  not  yet  met  with  the
          owner.


          75% of learners do not live with their parents, and a lack  of
          parental  support  results  in  behavioural  and  disciplinary
          problems.


          Some educators are reluctant to teach learners, are often late
          for their classes and do  not  teach  learners  for  the  full
          duration of the class. Heads  of  Department  do  not  conduct
          regular class visits and some educators do not meet deadlines.


          Most learners need specialised stationery and study  material.
          A meeting with parents was organised by  the  school  to  urge
          them to buy support material for learners. Most parents cannot
          afford to buy their children stationery and study material.


          The SGB is not aware of its role and  the  powers  it  has  in
          assisting with the functioning of the school, and hence it  is
          not functioning properly.


          The management  operates  as  it  wishes.  It  does  not  meet
          regularly, only when there  is  a  crisis.  There  is  a  year
          programme with dates for meetings, but everything is not  done
          according to the programme.
          Educators are demotivated and not proud of the work  they  do.
          In staff meetings they do not air  their  views,  even  though
          they are not satisfied with how the school is managed.


          According to one educator,  some  educators  sometimes  arrive
          late at the school and behave and act as  they  please.  There
          are also educators who come to school under the  influence  of
          alcohol. Educators experience problems with regard to phase  3
          of OBE.


          The Department does not appoint  educators  immediately  after
          interviews have been conducted and a  suitable  candidate  has
          been recommended.


          The school is satisfied with the conduct  of  volunteers,  but
          requests  that  the  Department  accordingly  compensate  them
          properly.


          Resolutions taken and recommendations made  by  educators  are
          rarely implemented, and they feel it is a  waste  of  time  to
          participate in staff meetings.


          The SMT excludes educators from decision-making; decisions are
          forced upon educators. Some  educators  are  favoured  by  the
          principal, while others are harassed by him and are forced  to
          redo assignments or paper work already completed.


          Some subjects are not taught at the school as  there  are  not
          enough educators to teach them. Learners who have  failed  the
          previous year, are promoted the next year,  because  educators
          feel it was not their fault that a  certain  subject  had  not
          been taught due to  a  lack  of  educators.  This  results  in
          learners failing the next grade they are promoted to.


          Charges against an educator are dropped after six months;  six
          months are not sufficient to address a problem and to  consult
          relevant stakeholders.


          Some educators are not teaching in the medium  of  instruction
          (English), they teach in Sotho. Learners are  only  interested
          in practical  courses;  they  feel  that  Mathematics  is  not
          interesting and that they cannot apply  it  practically.  They
          are not interested in languages, as they feel these  will  not
          take them far.


          Learners find it difficult to deal with examination questions,
          as these are difficult compared with class tests.  This  shows
          that the standard of examinations is higher than the  standard
          set in class-rooms.


          The Department of Education, together with the  Department  of
          Safety and Security, should see  to  it  that  the  tavern  is
          closed. The Department has to provide study material  for  the
          pupils.


          Intervention is needed to address educators' demotivation.


     8. Visit to Hou Ann Combined School - 24 July
          Background


          The school was established in September 1969. Mr  Cronjé,  who
          was and still is the owner of the farm, was the first to  open
          a secondary school in the Free State. The  Department  and  Mr
          Cronjé have now signed a contract.


          The school has seven educators, a clerk and 205 learners.  The
          school offers Grades R to 10 and has seven class-rooms. Grades
          3 and 4 are combined. The  school  combined  two  Grades,  but
          intends to combine three Grades next year.


          School equipment


          The school has two photocopiers,  that  were  donated  by  the
          Department of Education. They also  have  a  telefax  and  one
          public phone. Typing is one of the  subjects  offered  at  the
          school. All Grade 10 learners have access to typewriters.


          Distance travelled
          The longest distance travelled  by  learners  is  40  km;  one
          educator travel 45 km to the school. This makes  it  difficult
          for learners who are behind to attend afternoon  classes.  The
          farm manager (owner)  assists  in  transporting  some  of  the
          learners to and from school (20 km).


          School building


          The farm owner  built  one  school  building,  and  it  has  a
          laboratory and a typing room. Although there  is  electricity,
          it is not yet  connected  in  the  laboratory.  There  are  no
          precautionary measures in respect of the typing room,  because
          the Department refused to approve the installation of  burglar
          bars.


          The school garden is not in a good condition, as  animals  are
          grazing in the yard. The school has not received furniture for
          the new block; old furniture is still used.


          HIV/AIDS


          The Department has offered courses and training on HIV/AIDS.


          Vacant posts


          Two posts need to be filled. The SMT consists of the principal
          and a Head of Department.


          PSNP


          The school  has  two  volunteers  who  prepare  food  for  the
          learners. They only receive light meals;  the  Department  has
          promised warm meals but has not yet fulfilled the promise.


          School toilets


          The toilets are in a good  condition  and  have  a  waterborne
          sewerage. There are three toilets  for  girls  and  three  for
          boys.


          The principal is of the view that the Department  still  needs
          to solve the transport problem.  The  Department  proposes  to
          demolish the old building, but the school  proposes  that  the
          building be renovated and utilised as an administration block.


          Mr Cronjé proposes  that  the  Department  take  into  account
          learners with skills such as art and woodwork, so  that  those
          who cannot make it through Grade 12, can develop basic  skills
          to contribute to South Africa's economy.


     9. Visit to Bultfontein Hoërskool


          Background


          This is a former model  C  religious  school,  established  in
          1886. A new administration block was built in  1978.  In  2001
          parents decided to build a sports ground, as the stadium  that
          was used for sports had collapsed.


          There are 12 white educators, including  the  principal,  with
          302 learners. The SMT consists of the principal and two  HODs,
          all white males. 30% of the learners in the school are black.
          SGB


          The SGB has six members, all of them white.  Before  the  last
          elections in 2000 there was one black parent.


          To operate efficiently, the  school  requires  R800  000;  the
          Department allocated R20 000 to the school.


          School fees


          Learners pay R200 a month. The reason for  the  school's  high
          budget is OBE requirements. For example,  the  overnment  does
          not offer free books to the school. The school offers Grades R
          to 12, Afrikaans being the medium of instruction.


          Parent/school relations


          Black parents are involved in school  activities.  Most  black
          learners do not come from disadvantaged families, 30%  of  the
          white pupils come from disadvantaged families. The school does
          not offer a nutrition programme.


          Corporal punishment


          Corporal punishment is not applied, even though educators feel
          it is necessary to discipline learners who do not  listen  and
          that shouting at learners affects them mentally. The  document
          on alternatives to corporal punishment has not  been  sent  to
          the school.


          OBE


          Educators complain that OBE is time-consuming; it  takes  time
          for information and facts to be absorbed by learners. It  also
          takes a lot of educators' time to plan for these classes.


          Subject committees


          Educators  of  different  subjects  are  members  of   subject
          committees in different schools. They often  meet  with  other
          educators to discuss the content of the subjects they teach.


          LSM


          The school  has  no  computers  accessible  to  learners.  The
          computer programme at the school is outdated and learners  are
          not allowed to use those computers.


          School languages/medium of instruction


          The medium of instruction used in  the  school  is  Afrikaans;
          English is used in classes to assist black  learners  as  they
          have to write their examinations in English. Sotho  is  taught
          as a third language by a white educator for Grades 4 to 9.


          Pass rate


          In 2001 the pass rate was 90% - three  black  learners  failed
          and all white learners passed the Grade  12  examinations.  In
          2000, four black learners failed. The language barrier is  the
          reason for black learners' failure.  Learners  are  taught  in
          Afrikaans and have to write examinations in English.


          Six learners have competed in interprovincial athletics.  Only
          five Grade 12 learners are studying  Accounting  and  Physical
          Science.


     10.     Visit to Bonong Primary Farm School


          Establishment


          The school was established in 1987, and at the time had  three
          educators and 136 learners. Presently there  are  66  learners
          and three class-rooms.


          Grades are combined: Grades 1 to 3; Grades 4 to  6;  Grades  6
          and  7.  The  longest  distance  travelled  by  learners   and
          Educators is eight km. Food  is  sometimes  not  delivered  on
          time.


          Learners drop out of school for  various  reasons.  There  are
          adults who are prepared to learn but do  not  have  access  to
          ABET. The nearest school that provides ABET  is  about  25  km
          away from the farm.


          The school is not ready to offer the ECD programme as learners
          do not have access to it. The SGB is  functional  and  parents
          are involved in school activities. Parents have not attended a
          training course, only a two-day orientation course.


          There is no high school within a radius of  25  km;  a  school
          close by offers up  to  Grade  9.  This  results  in  learners
          dropping out as their parents cannot afford to  send  them  to
          schools far away. The school fee is R12 per year.  The  school
          has no  electricity,  no  telephone,  no  photocopier  and  no
          computer. LSM is received on time, before reopening of  school
          in January.


          The owner of the farm, Mr D Ferreira, has offered land to  the
          Department to build another school, because the land on  which
          the school is built, is not  condusive  for  proper  learning.
          Next to the school, the farmer has  planted  some  crops.  The
          Department is now unable to build another school because of  a
          lack of funds. There are however, two schools,  one  three  km
          and the other five km away.


          The farm owner prefers that one school for all grades be built
          next to Banong, as that area is central and can cater for  all
          the children who live in the area. The  delay  in  building  a
          central school will result in learners dropping out because of
          the long distances they have to travel.


          Clustering of schools


          Within the Banong District, there is another school  with  one
          class-room that is not being utilised.


          Challenges


          (a) The school building is not in a  good  condition.  It  has
              structural defects and the walls are about to collapse.


          (b) There are no  water  taps  in  the  schoolyard.  Water  is
              accessed from a borehole and is not always clean.


          (c)  The  school  has  only  two  pit  toilets,  which  cannot
              adequately cater for everyone.


     11.     Visit to Sello Intermediate School - 24 July


          Mr Le Roux, the farm owner, also met with  the  delegation  at
          Bonong Primary School.


          Farmer grievances


          Farmers in the area are committed into ensuring  that  schools
          are built. Mr Le Roux has built the school at a cost  of  R180
          000 and proposes that agricultural courses be taught.


          (a) The Department does not inform the  farm  owner  when  new
              educators are appointed.


          (b) Grades 8 and 9 did not write their June examinations  this
              year.


          (c) Learners are forced to chop wood -  the  farmer  does  not
              condone child labour.


          (d) The principal does not communicate  with  the  owner.  For
              example, the water tap was broken but the farmer  was  not
              informed, and the rubbish tank was  full  but  the  farmer
              was not informed to drain it. When it was  drained,  there
              were condoms found, and learners do not use condoms.


          (e) Parents in the SGB are not involved in the shortlisting of
              candidates and in the school activities in general.


          (f) The educator  locks  the  toilets  and  learners  are  not
              allowed to use them.


          (g) Inspectors do not visit the school, even when requested  -
              the last time they did, was two years ago.


          (h) For the past three months, learners have not been taught.


          The Department should  inform  farmers  of  new  appointments,
          should ensure that  schools  built  are  utilised  and  should
          address issues affecting learners immediately.


     12.     Visit to Sekweng Combined School


          At Sekweng Combined School, the delegation met with  educators
          from both Sekweng Combined School and Hanover Combined School.


          Establishment


          The school was established in 1962, and was  moved  to  a  new
          site with five class-rooms in 2000. There  are  six  educators
          and 169 learners.


          Distance travelled


          The longest distance learners travel to school is 20 km.  Some
          learners travel to school by public transport; the  school  is
          8,5 km from town.


          School Nutrition Programme


          As regards the feeding scheme,  sometimes  delivery  does  not
          take place. The school would  prefer  to  manage  the  feeding
          scheme to ensure that learners are fed daily. The  parent  who
          has been assisting with  preparing  the  food,  is  no  longer
          willing to help, as she is sometimes not  reimbursed  for  her
          services.


          OBE


          Educators were offered 40 hours training  and  a  workshop  on
          OBE. The school does not have adequate resources for learners.
          For example, there is no library, and learners have to  go  to
          the town library. The town is 8,5 km from the  school,  so  by
          the time they arrive there, the library is closed.  There  are
          noy enough educators employed in the school;  those  that  are
          there, are struggling  to  teach  OBE.  Grades  6  and  7  are
          combined, and OBE is not taught in Grade 6.


          Drop-outs


          This  year  there  have  been  few  drop-outs,  but  they  are
          expecting more in the second semester.


          SGB


          The SGB is functional and has been  involved  in  shortlisting
          and interviewing of candidates.  Parents,  however,  have  not
          received any formal training from the Department.  A  workshop
          was arranged by the Department, but it  did  not  take  place.
          SMTs were not invited to the workshop. The school is going  to
          be involved  in  fundraising  projects,  among  other  through
          stokvels. Engen has promised to sponsor the school.
          After graduating from  the  school,  some  learners  enrol  in
          Bloemfontein High Schools  and  some  enrol  in  the  township
          school. Most of the learners who enrol in the township school,
          drop out.


          The farm owner does offer some assistance to the  school.  For
          example, he assists by mowing the grass in the schoolyard  and
          by supplying water. The Department has promised to supply  the
          school with water, but so far nothing has happened.


          LSM


          The Department has delivered LSM  for  the  foundation  grades
          once this year. For senior grades it has not been delivered.


          School fees


          School fees are R40 per year; some learners'  fees  are  still
          outstanding for 2001. Almost half the learners have  not  paid
          school fees. The Department has promised to build toilets, but
          so far has not.


          Challenges


          There is a lack of communication between the  school  and  the
          Department. For example, when  workshops  are  conducted,  the
          Department fail to inform the school.


     13.     Hanover Combined School - 24 July


          The school is about 30 km from town  and  was  established  30
          years ago. There are 14 educators and 365 learners. The school
          offers Grades 1 to 12.


          Distance travelled


          The longest distance travelled by learners is about 20 km.


          Corporal punishment


          Corporal punishment is  not  practised  in  the  school.  Most
          educators do not have a copy of the document  on  alternatives
          to corporal punishment.


          School Nutrition Programme


          There are parents who offer their services and who  assist  in
          preparing meals for learners. There are,  however,  delays  in
          their remuneration; the last payment they had received, was in
          April 2002. They are now reluctant to offer their services.


          OBE


          The school has no library and the one in  town  is  far  away,
          which makes it difficult, if not impossible, for  learners  to
          get access to  one.  Training  in  OBE  has  been  offered  to
          learners, even though it is not easy for them to practise.


          Pass rate
          The pass rate for Grade 12 has been decreasing over  the  past
          four years. In 1998 it was 75%, in 2000 17% and in  2001  13%.
          This is because of a lack of educators for  certain  subjects.
          Most of the educators who are trained for primary teaching end
          up  teaching  up  to  Grade  12.  Most  of  the  learners  are
          demotivated and do not see themselves  studying  further  than
          high school. They feel they cannot afford to study in tertiary
          institutions and are not informed of NSFAS.


          The school building is dilapidated and some class-rooms do not
          have roofs. The walls  have  holes  in  them,  in  which  bees
          sometimes build a hive. In summer the bees sting the learners,
          which makes it difficult for learners to concentrate.


 D.     Recommendations


     1. Mpumalanga


          (a)  The  Department  of   Education   should   delegate   the
              appropriate functions and powers to the  district  offices
              within the applicable legal framework  so  that  they  can
              take full  responsibility,  thereby  promoting  governance
              matters such as accountability,  transparency,  efficiency
              and the flow of information.


          (b)  Communication  between  the  MEC's  Office  and  district
              offices as well as between district  offices  and  schools
              needs drastic improvement.


          (c) Farm schools need a special  dispensation  in  respect  of
              post provisioning.


          (d) The  newly  established  inclusive  schools  need  special
              attention,  especially  in  terms  of  ramps  and   toilet
              facilities.


          (e) There is a need for a special programme to provide  toilet
              facilities in most of the schools,  as  the  current  ones
              constitute a health hazard.


          (f) The Department should supervise repair work which  it  has
              commissioned,  given  the  shoddy  construction   of   the
              flushing mechanisms of most toilets.


          (g) The distribution of LSMs, OBE  materials,  stationery  and
              textbooks         needs         special         attention.
              Procurement/provisioning processes  of  LSM  needs  to  be
              tightened  up  so   that   financial   accountability   is
              enhanced.


          (h) The programme of providing scholar transport needs  to  be
              fast-tracked.


          (i) The provision of substitute teachers needs to be improved.


          (j) Reliance on parents to provide pots and other  necessities
              for  the  provision  of  school  nutrition  needs  to   be
              reviewed. The exclusion  of  townships  schools  from  the
              programme also needs to be reviewed.


          (k) Greater emphasis urgently needs to be placed  on  HIV/AIDS
              awareness,  in  the  form  of  workshops  and  counselling
              programmes.


     2. Free State


          (a) The Department of Education should  liaise  with  relevant
              departments  to  ensure  that  no  taverns  are  permitted
              within a legally defined radius from schools.


          (b) The effectiveness of the PSNP should be closely  monitored
              to ensure that targeted  learners  are  reached  and  that
              mismanagement and corruption are curbed. As  part  of  the
              government's    poverty    alleviation    strategy,    the
              participation  of  women  groups  in  the  form   of   co-
              operatives should be explored.


          (c) The Free State Education Department  should  intervene  in
              the non-payment/delayed payment of  women  assisting  with
              the provision of feeding scheme at schools.


          (d) The partnership and co-operation between farmers  and  the
              Free  State  Education  Department  should   be   nurtured
              through the creation of a unit to focus  on  liaison  with
              farmers on a regular basis.


          (e) The Free State Education  Department  should  improve  its
              communication with schools and  other  stakeholders,  e.g.
              letters received should be promptly responded to.


          (f) The farm schools' clustering  hostel  model  of  education
              provisioning, piloted in the  southern  districts,  should
              be extended, where possible, as  it  eliminates  transport
              problems,   late-coming,    multi-grade    teaching    and
              transforms farm schools  into  well-resourced  centres  of
              excellence.


          (g) The  clustering  of  schools  and  the  exploration  of  a
              twinning  arrangement  should  be  considered  to   assist
              schools  with  little  or  no   prospect   of   successful
              fundraising opportunities.


          (h) To improve the monitoring and  evaluation  of  programmes,
              circuit managers should visit schools on a  regular  basis
              to give professional support and guidance.


          (i)  The  Department  should  consider  extending  performance
              contracts to district  managers  in  order  to  hold  them
              accountable  for  service  delivery  rendered  at  circuit
              level.


          (j) The functionality of SGBs needs to be monitored to  ensure
              that they perform the roles  and  functions  allocated  to
              them in terms of the South African Schools Act.


          (k) The Free State Education Department should  give  priority
              to the expansion of ABET to rural communities, as well  as
              to the provision of ELSEN, its location and programmes.
          (l) Adequate resources need to be allocated to  eliminate  the
              shortage of textbooks in schools.


          (m) The Free State Education Department  should  conclude  the
              process of written agreements between it and farmers.


          (n) The redeployment process  should  be  finalised  to  bring
              stability to schools. The Free State Education  Department
              should  speed  up  the  appointment  of  educators   after
              interview processes are concluded by SGBs.


          (o) The Free State Education Department should discourage  the
              teaching   of   African   languages   by   inappropriately
              qualified   white   educators   and   instead    encourage
              integration  at  the   level   of   teaching   staff   and
              governance.


          (p)  Learning  area  managers  should  ensure  that  heads  of
              department  at  school  level   establish   and   maintain
              functional   subject   committees   to   develop   subject
              policies,   discuss   problematic   subject   areas    and
              familiarise educators  with  curriculum  changes  and  the
              exchange of ideas/teaching techniques/methods.


          (q) The MEC for Education should initiate a process to  review
              the language policy at Bultfontein Hoërskool to prevent  a
              situation where black learners are taught in  English  and
              are expected to write examination in Afrikaans,  resulting
              in a high failure rate among these black learners.


          (r) The policy socument - Alternatives to Corporal  Punishment
              -  should  be  widely  distributed  and  workshopped   for
              educators.


          (s) The provision of water and sanitation at schools should be
              prioritised.


          (t) The Free State Education Department should co-operate with
              the Department of Labour and organised farmers  unions  to
              eradicate child labour in farming communities.


          (u) Information on the National Student Financial  Aid  Scheme
              should be provided to all secondary schools.


          (v) Information regarding the National Student  Financial  Aid
              Scheme should be provided to all Secondary Schools.


          (w) The Free  State  Education  Department  should  discourage
              clustered school fee determination, as each school  should
              have its own school development plan.


          (x) The training model for SGBs should be reviewed, as two-day
              crash courses are inadequate to empower  school  governors
              to perform their functions.


          (y) SMTs should be empowered to implement an  Educators'  Code
              of Conduct and disciplinary procedures and processes.
          (z)  Circuit  managers  should  develop  programmes  to  visit
              schools  regularly  and  to  ensure  that   schools   have
              management plans and that SMT meetings and staff  meetings
              are held regularly.


          The implementation of OBE in multigrade classes  brings  about
          enormous difficulties and needs to be reviewed.


          The following are the issues for immediate  attention  by  the
          MEC for Education in the Free State:


          (i) Withholding of reports due to non-payment and  closure  of
                hostel at Schreiners Claim.


          (ii)      Learners  forced  by  educators  to  chop  wood  and
                allegation that learners have not been taught for three
                months at Sello Intermediate School.


 E.     Conclusion
     The delegation has managed to attain  all  the  objectives  of  the
     visits,  but  was  only  able  to  visit  a  few  schools  in  both
     provinces.


     This Report will be debated in the House early in  2003,  and  both
     MECs for Education (of Mpumalanga and of the Free  State)  will  be
     called  to  appear  before  the  Committee  to  respond  to  issues
     reflected in the Report.


     The Minister will invite some invidual farmers,  to  be  identified
     by the Free State delegation in  consultation  with  the  MEC,  for
     commendation during the Education budget speech.


 F.     List of participants


     1. Mr C N M Padayachee, MEC for Education, Mpumalanga Province
     2. Mr E Zwane, PA to MEC, Mpumalanga Department of Education
     3. Dr M T Mashinini, Head of Department, Mpumalanga  Department  of
            Education
     4. Dr H Van Zyl, Director: FET, Mpumalanga Department of Education
     5. Mr S J Mkhwanazi, Acting CES: Curriculum, Mpumalanga  Department
            of Education
     6.  Mr  S  E  Sukati,  Director:  HRD,  Mpumalanga  Department   of
            Education
     7. Mr J R Molai, Director: GET, Mpumalanga Department of Education
     8.  Ms  L  G  Ntuli,  Official:   KwaMhlanga   Office,   Mpumalanga
            Department of Education
     9. Mr J J Mabena,  Acting  Director  and  CES:  KwaMhlanga  Office,
            Mpumalanga Department of Education
     10.     Mr M D Masombuka,  Community  Liaison:  KwaMhlanga  Office,
            Mpumalanga Department of Education
     11.     Mr B P  Mahlangu,  Labour  Relations:  Groblersdal  Office,
            Mpumalanga Department of Education
     12.      Mr  Z  G  Skosana,  Circuit  Manager:  KwaMhlanga  Office,
            Mpumalanga Department of Education
     13.     Mr M S Maisela, Circuit Manager: Mpumalanga  Department  of
            Education
     14.     Ms S J Mahlangu, HOD:  Economic  Sciences,  Silamba  Senior
            Secondary School
     15.     Ms M M Sebothoma, HOD:  Natural  Sciences,  Silamba  Senior
            Secondary School
     16.     Dr E N Mabena, Principal: Silamba Senior Secondary School
     17.     Ms M  Maahlo,  HOD:  Languages,  Silamba  Senior  Secondary
            School
     18.     Ms A M  Sidinile,  HOD:  Social  Sciences,  Silamba  Senior
            Secondary School
     19.     Mrs N E Kgosana, Principal: Makerana Primary School
     20.     Ms L M Ngwenya, HOD: Makerana Primary School
     21.     Ms M T Masango, HOD: Makerana Primary School
     22.     Ms L P Boshielo, Deputy Principal: Makerana Primary School
     23.     Mr M Mthembu, Educator: Makerana Primary School
     24.     Mr F L Malapela, Educator: Makerana Primary School
     25.     Mr R Thwala, Deputy Principal:  Hlonipha  Senior  Secondary
            School
     26.     Mr M S Mabasa, Principal: Hlonipha Senior Secondary School
     27.     Mr J T Ngwenya, HOD: Hlonipha Senior Secondary School
     28.     Mr L M Moja, Acting HOD: Hlonipha Senior Secondary School
     29.     Mrs L J Mnguni, Acting HOD, Hlonipha S S School
     30.     Ms E B Jiyane, Prinicipal: Mnyamana Primary School
     31.     Ms P W M Nkosi, HOD: Mnyamana Primary School
     32.     Mr M M Mahlobogoane,  Deputy  Principal:  Mnyamana  Primary
            School
     33.     Mr L P Mashilo, SGB member: Mnyamana Primary School
     34.     Mr M N Mokone, SGB member: Mnyamana Primary School
     35.     Ms T J Mophethe,  Assistant  Educator:  Remahlatsi  Primary
            School
     36.     Ms  A  Mazibuko,  Assistant  Educator:  Remahlatsi  Primary
            School
     37.     Mr M L Mabena, SGB member: Remahlatsi Primary School
     38.     Ms N V Skosana, Principal: Remahlatsi Primary School
     39.     Ms L S Skhula, Educator: Tetema Primary School
     40.     Ms M Mnguni, Educator: Tetema Primary School
     41.     Ms J M Mwenda, Principal: Tetema Primary School
     42.     Mr D M Block, Educator: Sitjhejiwe Senior Secondary School
     43.     Mr M  D  Mtsweni,  Educator:  Sitjhejiwe  Senior  Secondary
            School
     44.     Mr E Baloyi, Educator: Sitjhejiwe Senior Secondary School
     45.     Mrs W M  Shaku  SGB  member:  Sitjhejiwe  Senior  Secondary
            School
     46.     Mr  D  A  Dladla,  Principal:  Sithejiwe  Senior  Secondary
            School
     47.     Ms M L Chauke, Deputy Secretary: SGB component,  Sitjhejiwe
            Senior Secondary School
     48.     Mr W J Dlamini, Principal: Siyazama Primary School
     49.     Mrs G Nkosi, Principal: Phumula Primary School
     50.     Mr Myburg, Principal: Ermelo Primary School
     51.     Mr Shange, Principal: Masizakhe Secondary School
     52.     Mrs D Mashaba, Principal: Mkhomazi Primary School
     53.     Mr M A Zikhali, Circuit Manager: Eastvaal region
     54.     Mr V A Mathebula, Circuit Manager: Eastvaal region
     55.     Mr O M Thela, Circuit Manager: Eastvaal region
     56.     Mr B J Malinga, Senior  Phase  Educator:  Siyazama  Primary
            School
     57.     Mrs N N Masinga, Circuit Manager: Eastvaal region
     58.     Ms N C Masilela, Intermediate  Educator:  Siyazama  Primary
            School
     59.     Mr J Z Dlamini, Principal: Siyazama Primary School
     60.     Ms M M Ngcobo, Foundation Phase Educator: Siyazama  Primary
            School
     61.     Mr T  Kuhlase,  Senior  Phase  Educator:  Siyazama  Primary
            School
     62.     Mrs N G Nkosi, Principal: Phumula Primary School
     63.     Mrs E L Sibiya, HOD: Phumula Primary School
     64.     Mrs N T M Sibanyoni, HOD: Phumula Primary School
     65.     Mrs N J Nkonyane, HOD: Phumula Primary School
     66.     Mrs M E Mbokane, Deputy Principal: Phumula Primary School
     67.     Mrs S S Nzimande, Phumula Primary School
     68.     Ms K J Buthelezi, SGB member: Phumula Primary School
     69.     Mrs M Kriel, SGB member: Ermelo Primary School
     70.     Mrs E S A Marais, HOD: Ermelo Primary School
     71.     Mrs S M Nel, Administrative Staff: Ermelo Primary School
     72.     Mr J L Myburg, Principal: Ermelo Primary School
     73.      Mr  H  A  Abbott,  Deputy  Principal:   Masizakhe   Senior
            Secondary School
     74.      Mr  Z  G  Dludlu,  Chairperson:  SGB,   Masizakhe   Senior
            Secondary School
     75.      Mrs  N  A  Grootboom,  Treasurer:  SGB,  Masizakhe  Senior
            Secondary School
     76.     Mr B M Nkosi, HOD: Masizakhe Senior Secondary School
     77.     Mr M T Mhlabane, HOD: Masizakhe Senior Secondary School
     78.     Mr P F Ngomane, HOD: Masizakhe Senior Secondary School
     79.     Ms A Mnisi, Chair: Council Community Services
     80.     Mr P W Zwane, Educator: Mkhomazi Primary School
     81.     Ms E Nxumalo, SGB member: Mkhomazi Primary School
     82.     Mrs J S Msina, Educator: Zinikeleni Secondary School
     83.     Mr M M Shiba, Educator: Zinikeleni Secondary School
     84.     Mr A M Mngomezulu, Principal: Zinikeleni Secondary School
     85.     Mrs E N Zungo, SGB member: Zinikeleni Secondary School
     86.     Mr A N Mahalngu,  Deputy  Principal:  Zinikeleni  Secondary
            School
     87.     Mr D  C  Fakude,  Deputy  Principal:  Zinikeleni  Secondary
            School
     88.     Mr N M Nhlapho, SGB member: Zinikeleni Secondary School
     89.     Mr J  D  Magubane,  SMT/SGB  member:  Zinikeleni  Secondary
            School
     90.     Mr Khoza, Circuit Manager: Mgwenya Circuit, Nelspruit
     91.     Ms M Magagul-Khoza, ECD Curriculum Implementer:  Mpumalanga
            Department of Education
     92.     Ms R  Ollewagen,  ECD  Curriculum  Implementer:  Mpumalanga
            Department of Education
     93.      Ms  L  M  Van  der  Nest,  ECD   Curriculum   Implementer:
            Mpumalanga Department of Education
     94.     Ms N  M  Ndlovu,  ECD  Curriculum  Implementer:  Mpumalanga
            Department of Education
     95.     Mr H J Nkosi, Principal: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     96.     Mrs Tyrphina, SGB member: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     97.     Ms N M Manana, Educator: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     98.     Mrs H V Mkhatshwa, HOD: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     99.     Ms J J Zondi, Educator: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     100.    Ms D T Nzima, Educator: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     101.    Mrs N R  Mngomezulu,  Chairperson:  SGB,  Crocodile  Valley
            Primary School
     102.    Mrs A J Maseko, Educator: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     103.    Ms N L Maziya, Educator: Crocodile Valley Primary School
     104.    Mr Y N Ndimande, HOD: Tekwane Primary School
     105.    Ms N D Maphanga, Principal: Tekwane Primary School
     106.    Mrs G S Maseko, Principal: Tenteleni Primary School
     107.    Mrs S A Chambale, HOD: Tenteleni Primary School
     108.    Mrs E S Khoza, Deputy Principal: Tenteleni Primary School
     109.    Mrs G D Nkosi, HOD: Tenteleni Primary School
     110.    Mrs A J Cox, HOD: Tenteleni Primary School
     111.    Mrs F H J Siboza, Principal: Lekazi Central High School
     112.    Mr E  J  Radebe,  Deputy  Principal:  Lekazi  Central  High
            School
     113.    Mr B C Shabangu, HOD: Lekazi Central High School
     114.    Mr N Gwambe, HOD: Lekazi Central High School
     115.    Mr D M Soko, HOD: Lekazi Central High School
     116.    Ms M S Mhlongo, Lekazi Central High School
     117.    Ms D D Mahlolobeni, HOD: Lekazi Central High School
     118.    Mrs N B Hlabangane, HOD: Lekazi Primary School
     119.    Mrs Z L Mhlanga, HOD: Lekazi Primary School
     120.    Mr P  M  Siboza,  Deputy  Principal:  Khaliphani  Secondary
            School
     121.    Mr F S Magagula, HOD: Khaliphani Secondary School
     122.    Mr M M Sibande, Khaliphani Secondary School
     123.    Mr A B Simelane, Khaliphani Secondary School
     124.    Mr B B Gwambe, Principal: Khaliphani Secondary School
     125.    All members of SGBs, communities and schools visited
     126.    Mr P Kganare, MEC for Education: Free State
     127.    Dr M C Mwalia, Head of Department:  Free  State  Department
            of Education
     128.     Mr  T  B   Khunyeli,   Deputy   Director-General:   School
            Management, Free State Department of Education
     129.    Mr  T  N  T  Lioma,  Deputy  Director-General:  Free  State
            Department of Education
     130.    Mr K Khoarlei,  Chief  Director:  District  Management  and
            Governance, Free State Department of Education
     131.    Ms D M Dienaar, ECD: Free State Department of Education
     132.    Mr F Kok, EMIS: Free State Department of Education
     133.    Mr M W Jacobs, FET: Free State Department of Education
     134.    Mr K J Mosoeu, ABET: Free State Department of Education
     135.    Mr S J Mohlahle, ELSEN: Free State Department of Education
     136.    Mr T N Thunya, PSPN and Governance in  Farm  Schools:  Free
            State Department of Education
     137.    Mr P Kgarane, MEC for Education: Free State
     138.    Mr C H Lubbe, DCES: Management and Government,  Free  State
            Department of Education
     139.    Mr T M Mopeli, DCES: Management and Governance, Free  State
            Department of Education
     140.    Mr T D Shale, Principal: Mabaloko Primary School
     141.    Mr D Maleke, Clerk: Mabaloko Primary School
     142.    Mr T J K Sello, Educator: Mabaloko Primary School
     143.    Mr K S Mxakaza, Educator: Mabaloko Primary School
     144.    Mr A M Khabele, Educator: Mabaloko Primary School
     145.    Ms M P Lietsiso, Educator: Mabaloko Primary School
     146.    Ms N F Makatla, Educator: Mabaloko Primary School
     147.    Mr R J Rasaphei, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     148.    Mr K E Mafata, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     149.    Mr K D Tlali, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     150.    Ms M J Montso, Educator: Primary School
     151.    Ms M A Lala, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     152.    Ms M C Lechwana, Educator: Primary School
     153.    Mr J R Sello, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     154.    Ms L M Poshadi, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     155.    Mr S M Mtimkhulu, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     156.    Mr T S Mango, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     157.    Mr A D Ramabolu, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     158.    Ms L N Tlatsi, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     159.    Ms M K Maetlane, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     160.    Ms L E B Tau, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     161.    Mr H S Motsumi, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     162.    Ms M M Molehi, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     163.    Ms A M Seroalo, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     164.    Mr K B Magano, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     165.    Mr R L Senakgomo, Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     166.    Ms I Masiu, Non-Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     167.    Ms N Spamla, Non-Educator: Maboloko Primary School
     168.    Ms S D Silosana, SGB: Schreiners Claim Combined School
     169.    Ms M  E  Mazibuko,  Principal:  Schreiners  Claim  Combined
            School
     170.    Mr T  P  Motloun,  Head  of  Department:  Schreiners  Claim
            Combined School
     171.     Mr  P  N  Nthunya,  School  Managemnent  Team:   Bethlehem
            Comprehensive School
     172.    Ms L M Mokoena, SGB: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     173.    Ms W L Human,  SMD  Co-ordinator:  Bethlehem  Comprehensive
            School
     174.     Ms  M   M   Tshabalala,   Assistant   Teacher:   Bethlehem
            Comprehensive School
     175.    Ms T B Msibi, Assistant  Teacher:  Bethlehem  Comprehensive
            School
     176.    D J Motaung, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     177.    M J Tshabalala, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     178.    M T Maseko, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     179.    M S Lukhele, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     180.    M A Mazibuko, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     181.    P R Mofokena, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     182.    M P Nhlapo, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     183.    L M Mosango, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     184.    Mr M R Moloi, Educator: Bethlehem Comprehensive School
     185.    P S Sibaya, Educator
     186.    Ms M E Sekete, Volunteer Temporary Teacher
     187.    K D Matlapane, Educator (Temporary)
     188.    M M Ntsoane, Educator
     189.    B J Motluning, Deputy Principal
     190.    M L Moeketsane, Educator
     191.    P D Motsoetse, Educator
     192.    N V Motatinyane, Educator
     193.    M D Monatisa, Educator
     194.    J S Sawer, Deputy Principal
     195.    S P Motaung, Educator
     196.    S J Moekena, Educator
     197.    S M Mofokeng, Educator
     198.    M M Peter, Educator
     199.    M S Maseko, Educator
     200.    P P Zulu, Educator
     201.    M M Ditsele, Head of Department
     202.    T R Mokoena, Educator
     203.    L C May, Educator
     204.    A S Phale, Educator
     205.    M P Maduna, Educator
     206.    M A Maseko, Educator
     207.    T P Mashishini, Head of Department
     208.    P A Mabuya, Educator
     209.    P L Motloung, Head of Department
     210.    M A Phakathi, Educator
     211.    Mr K D Motsatse, Principal: Hou Ann Combined School
     212.    Mr Burger, Hou Ann Combined School
     213.    Mr Cronje, Hou Ann Combined School
     214.    Mrs J Basson, Principal: Bultfontein Hoër School
     215.    Mr H Eddy, Head of Department: Bultfontein Hoër Skool
     216.    Mr J Uys, Head of Department: Bultfontein Hoër Skool
     217.    M P Simelane, School Management Team: Ponong  Primary  Farm
            School
     218.    Ms M J Molete Ponong, Primary Farm School
     219.    Mr D B W Ferreira, Ponong Primary Farm School
     220.    Mr D J T le Roux, Ponong Primary Farm School
     221.    Mr J P le Roux, Ponong Primary Farm School
     222.    Mr M M Macwili,  School  Management:  Sekweng  Intermediate
            School
     223.    Ms McDane, SGB: Sekweng Intermediate School
     224.    L  Kwantsi,  Vice-Chairperson:  SGB,  Sekweng  Intermediate
            School
     225.    Mr M E Moshe, Educator: Sekweng Intermediate School
     226.    H S Beukes, Principal: Sekweng Intermediate School
     227.    G T Skosana, Educator: Sekweng Intermediate School
     228.    M J Rakotsoana, Head of  Department:  Sekweng  Intermediate
            School
     229.    Mr M C McCallaghan, Head of  Department:  Hanover  Combined
            School
     230.    Ms Sehuba, Head of Department: Hanover Combined School
     231.    Makomela, SGB: Hanover Combined School


 Report to be considered.
  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Education on Study Tour to Thailand, dated 5 November 2002:
 The Portfolio Committee on Education reports as follows:


 A.  Introduction


     At its meeting held on 12 March  2002,  the  Committee  unanimously
     agreed to visit Thailand and India. While making  preparations  for
     the trip, the Committee was informed by the  High  Commissioner  in
     India that it would not be advisable to visit India  at  the  time,
     due to prevailing tensions between Pakistan and India.


     A delegation from the Committee undertook a study tour to  Thailand
     from 29 June to 7 July 2002.  During  this  period,  the  education
     system in Thailand was in the process of transition.


     1.  Objectives of tour


          The Committee  agreed  that  a  multi-party  delegation  visit
          Thailand to learn more about:


          (a) Primary School Curriculum


          (b) Policies on literacy and their successful campaigns


          (c) Higher Education Policies


          (d) Non-Formal Education (NFE)


          (e) Thai Education Reforms (1996-2007).
     2.  Delegation


          The  multi-party  delegation,  under  the  leadership  of  the
          Chairperson,  Prof  S  M  Mayatula  (ANC),  included  Mr  S  D
          Montsitsi (ANC), Ms E Gandhi (ANC), Mr A M  Mpontshane  (IFP),
          Mr R S Ntuli (DP), Mr T A Abrahams (UDM) and Ms  N  C  Manjezi
          (Committee Secretary).


          An attempt was made to obtain a balanced view, with input from
          various sources, like officials of the Ministry of  Education,
          directors, school directors and teachers.


          On arrival on 30 June 2002 at Bangkok  International  Airport,
          the  delegation  was  warmly  welcomed  by  First  Secretaries
          (Political) Mr T Furter and Mr  X  L  Nofukuka  of  the  South
          African Embassy in Bangkok.


 B.  Education system in Thailand


     The earliest form of education in Thailand was established  in  the
     13th century, and the  Department  of  Education  became  a  fully-
     fledged Ministry of Education in 1892.  The  country  launched  its
     first education plan in  1898  and  adopted  the  6-3-3  system  of
     education, which consists of six years at primary  level,  followed
     by three  years  at  lower  secondary  and  three  years  at  upper
     secondary level, prior to tertiary level.


     From 1977, all efforts made  by  the  Ministry  of  Education  were
     focused on providing educational services as  a  way  to  a  better
     quality of life and a better society.


     Section 43 of the Thai  Constitution,  1997,  stipulates  that  all
     Thai  citizens  shall  enjoy  at  least  12  years'  free,  quality
     education, provided by the government. Learners and  families  take
     responsibility for other expenses related to education.


     The National Education Act,  1999,  extended  compulsory  education
     from six to nine  years.  Primary  education  has  been  compulsory
     since 1921. It is the country's goal  to  develop  education  in  a
     manner conducive to the development of the nation. This is in  line
     with the Eighth National Economic and Social Development Plan.


     Administrative structure of education


     The National Education Act provides  for  the  establishment  of  a
     system divided into formal and non-formal or lifelong education.


     Formal education


     It is categorised as basic  education  consisting  of  pre-primary,
     primary and  secondary  as  well  as  higher  education.  The  Thai
     government spends most of its education funds  on  pre-primary  and
     primary education. In the 1999-2000  financial  years,  expenditure
     for  pre-primary  and  primary  education  was  43%  of  the  total
     education budget. Expenditure for higher education was 57%.


     Primary school curricula focus on:


     *  Basic skills, which consist of Thai and Mathematics


     *  Life experiences,  which  deals  with  the  process  of  solving
       social and daily life problems, with an emphasis  on  scientific
       skills


     *  Character development, which  deals  with  activities  necessary
       for developing desirable values, attitudes and behaviour


     *  Work-oriented experiences,  which  focus  on  general  practical
       work experiences and basic knowledge for career preparation


     *   Special  experiences,  which  deal  with  activities  based  on
       learners' interests (provided in Grades 5 and 6).


     NFE


     It is provided for those who missed the opportunity  to  enroll  in
     formal education. There is no age restriction for learners in  this
     category, which enables learners to learn by  themselves  according
     to their interests, potential and readiness.


     Government departments dealing with education


     The Ministry of Education and the Office of National Education  are
     the agencies responsible for the provision  of  education  and  the
     formulation of education policy and planning, as well  as  for  the
     provision  of  pre-school,   primary   and   secondary   education,
     including vocational and technical education. There  are  currently
     about 15,7 million children, youths and adults  who  are  receiving
     educational  services  within  either  the  formal  or   non-formal
     systems.


     Agencies under jurisdiction of Ministry


     *  Office of the National Primary Education Commission


     *  Department of General Education


     *  Office of Private Education
     *  Department of Formal Education


     The major task of the National Education Commission is to  consider
     and propose to the  Cabinet  the  National  Education  Scheme,  the
     National Development Plan, policy  guidelines  and  recommendations
     for educational development. It is also responsible for  monitoring
     and evaluating the implementation of educational development  plans
     in accordance with the  National  Education  Scheme,  the  National
     Education Development Plan and government policies.


     Higher education


     The Ministry of  Higher  Education  is  responsible  for  providing
     tertiary  education  under  the  supervision  of  the  Ministry  of
     Education.


 C.  Visit to Thai Parliament - official view by  Prof  Dr  V  Srisaant,
     Chairperson:   Standing   Committee   on   Education,   House    of
     Representatives, and Committee Members


     The Chairperson warmly welcomed the delegation, and  the  Committee
     Expert, Mr C Phumiratana, gave an official view  on  the  following
     matters:


     1.  Background


          Thailand has had a constitutional  monarchy  since  1932.  The
          population is about 63 million, and the number of  females  is
          slightly more than the males.


     2.  Education system and learning process


          Educational provision is currently based on the  principle  of
          lifelong learning, with three types of education: formal, non-
          formal and informal. According to the National Education  Act,
          formal basic education is divided  into  two  levels  -  basic
          education and higher education. Basic education comprises pre-
          school education, primary education, lower secondary education
          and upper secondary education.


          (a) Pre-primary education
              It is in the form of child care and readiness  development
              in    physical,    psychological,    mental,    emotional,
              personality and social aspects of children  between  three
              and five years of age. It is organised in the form of day-
              care centres.


              The proportion of the three-to-five  age  group  increased
              from 90,8% in 1997 to 95% in 1999. It was  estimated  that
              more  of  this  group  will  have  access  to  pre-primary
              education in 2001.


          (b) Primary education


              It is compulsory for children between  six  and  11  years
              old, and requires six years of study. The  enrolment  rate
              for the six-to-eleven age group was  90,7%  in  1997,  and
              increased to  101.2%  in  2000.  The  enrolment  ratio  at
              primary level is more than 100% because of  repetition  as
              well as under-age and over-age learners.


              There are still children not enrolled in  primary  school,
              particularly  those  living  in  remote  areas   and   the
              handicapped. In 2001 it was projected that  99,6%  of  the
              six-to-eleven age  group  would  have  access  to  primary
              education.


          (c) Secondary education


              It is divided into two parts: lower  secondary  education,
              which enables children from 12 to  14  to  identity  their
              needs and interests, to be aware  of  their  aptitude,  in
              both general and  vocational  education,  and  to  develop
              their  ability  for  work   and   occupational   practices
              relevant to their age. Upper secondary education  aims  to
              enable learners from 15 to 17 to acquire the basis  either
              for going on  to  higher  education  or  for  working  and
              pursuing  a  career  suitable  for  their  aptitude.  Each
              requires three years of study.


              Enrolment in secondary education has gradually risen  from
              59,8% in 1997 to 68,2% in 2002. However, about 30% of  the
              12-to-17 group still have difficulty in  participating  in
              secondary education.


              Although  greater  efforts  have  been  made  to  increase
              participation in secondary education, the transition  rate
              of students completing primary  education  and  proceeding
              to lower secondary education  showed  a  slight  decrease,
              from 90% in 1997 to 88%  in  2000;  it  was  estimated  to
              remain the same in 2001.


              In the vocational  stream,  in  particular,  there  was  a
              significant decrease in the transition  rate,  from  41,4%
              in 1997 to 32,5% in 1999, as  a  result  of  the  economic
              crisis. It rose to 36% in 2000.


              To enhance people participation, all schools  have  school
              committees that play a vital  role  in  policy  guidelines
              and are highly trained to do the job.


          (d) Higher education


              It is divided into three  levels:  lower  than  bachelor's
              degree level, bachelor's degree level and graduate level.


              In 1998 and 1999 there were sharp decreases in the  number
              of upper secondary graduates who continued studying  at  a
              higher level.  However,  the  transition  rate  at  higher
              education level rose to 89% in 2000; it was  projected  to
              be 92,6% in 2001. However,  only  23,6%  of  the  18-to-21
              group have access to formal education at this level.


              At  present  there  are  24  public  universities  and  50
              private  universities,  and  they  cover   programmes   in
              Science,  Medicine,  Humanities,  etc,  from  bachelor  to
              masters degrees.


              Government universities  are  still  unsure  whether  they
              will work on autonomy - a  decision  has  not  been  taken
              yet.


              Universities  enjoy  academic  freedom  under  control  of
              university councils and have to  comply  with  all  higher
              education policies. There is  a  central  committee  which
              looks at planning and policy, chaired by the  Ministry  of
              University Affairs.


              They also have six  joint  programmes  with  international
              universities in the UK  and  Australia,  as  there  is  no
              international university operating in the country.


              They have branches on  each  campus  doing  research,  and
              this practical endeavour benefits the communities.


          (e) Vocational education


              There are 413 vocational colleges throughout the  country;
              40% of students undergo vocational education.  They  offer
              upper secondary subjects, provided in two levels:


              Educational progress


              Since education is  seen  as  a  mechanism  of  instilling
              democratic values  as  well  as  a  means  for  developing
              productive and social capacity of  the  people,  increased
              access  to  participation  in  all  types  of  educational
              activities has been a major goal of the government.


          (f) Increasing educational attainment


              Greater efforts  by  all  agencies  towards  expansion  of
              educational services have resulted in a  higher  level  of
              educational attainment. It  was  found  that  the  average
              years of educational attainment of  Thai  people  aged  15
              and over rose from 6,6 in 1996 to 7,1 in 1999.


              However, total  student  enrolment  in  formal  education,
              including graduate students, decreased from  14,4  million
              in 1997 to 14,3 million in 1999, because of a  decline  in
              the student intake due  to  the  impact  of  the  economic
              crisis.  In   2000,   the   total   number   of   students
              participating in formal schooling was about 14,2  million;
              it was projected to be 14,1 million in 2001.


          (g) Participation of private sector


              Among the total student enrolment in 2000, about 15%  were
              in private  institutions.  The  private  sector  plays  an
              important role in providing  greater  access  to  children
              and youths, particularly at  vocational  upper  secondary,
              higher and pre-primary education levels.


          (h) Participation in NFE


              NFE has increasingly provided a second chance to  a  large
              number of the out-of-school population. Starting with  the
              first national campaign in  1938,  it  has  now  become  a
              diversified  further  education  programme,   encompassing
              general and vocational education.


              In  1999,  the  total  number  of  participants   in   NFE
              activities under the  Ministry  of  Education  (MOE),  the
              Ministry of the Interior (MOI) and the Ministry of  Labour
              and Social Welfare was about 3,8 million. The majority  of
              activities were provided by  the  MOE,  with  95%  of  the
              total  participants.  Over  50%  of  the  activities  were
              general education programmes provided  by  the  Department
              of Non-Formal Education (DNFE) and the Office  of  Private
              Education   Commission   (OPEC)   to   the   out-of-school
              population.


          (i) Quality education


              One of the most  important  measures  of  the  outcome  of
              education is students' examination result. The  assessment
              of  primary  school  students'  knowledge  in   the   Thai
              language, English, Mathematics, Social  Studies,  Science,
              Work-Oriented   Education,    Physical    Education    and
              Management revealed that the quality of primary  education
              was satisfactory in all subjects.


              The achievement of lower secondary students in Grade 9  in
              the Thai language, Thai writing, English and  Science  was
              favourable,   most   students   meeting   the   assessment
              criteria. The achievement of upper secondary  students  in
              Grade 12 was rather unfavourable;  a  high  percentage  of
              students had to improve their performance  in  nearly  all
              the subjects.


          (j) Internal efficiency


              Major indicators used to reflect  internal  efficiency  of
              the educational system,  are  the  student-teacher  ratio,
              retention rates and drop-out rates.
     2.  Progress of educational reform


          Following the promulgation of the National Education Act  (the
          Act), all agencies are required to do educational reform along
          the lines stipulated by that Act, which  include  eight  major
          areas:


          (a) Ensuring basic education for all


              The Constitution and the Act  declare  that  at  least  12
              years of basic education, with quality of service free  of
              charge, will be provided equally to  all  Thai  people  by
              October 2002. These include:


              Action plan for basic education


              The action plan for 12 years'  basic  education  has  been
              formulated in line with policy guidelines approved by  the
              Council of Ministers  since  March  1999.  Since  it  will
              require  considerable  financial  resources,  the   fiscal
              impact in providing basic  education  has  been  estimated
              carefully and submitted to the Council  of  Ministers  for
              approval.


              Education for disabled, disadvantaged and gifted


              Policy guidelines and strategies have been  formulated  to
              provide educational services.


          (b) Reform of educational system


              The educational  system  needs  improvement  to  meet  the
              demands  of  a  knowledge-based   economy   and   on-going
              economic  and  social  development.  To  enhance  people's
              potential and competitiveness in the international  arena,
              the reform of vocational education  and  training  and  of
              higher education has been initiated.


              Vocational education and training reform


              Vocational education and  training  will  be  provided  in
              accordance with the Vocational Education Act and  relevant
              laws. This provision leads to the enactment of  a  special
              law for vocational education and  training  (VET)  in  the
              near future.


              Higher education reform


              Higher education is currently  the  responsibility  of  10
              ministries and an independent agency. Key factors  driving
              the reform of higher education in Thailand are:


              *    An increase in the number of students


              *    The demand of pursuing higher education


              *    Advancement in information technology


              *    Social expectations of  higher  education  as  a  key
                instrument for capacity development of human resources


              *    Mismatching of graduate profiles  and  labour  market
                requirements


              *    Budgetary limitations form the economic downturn.


              Higher  education  reform  is  based  on  unified   policy
              formulation and diversity of practice.


              Reform of learning


              Learning reform is at the heart of  education  reform,  is
              aimed at providing  the  highest  benefits  for  all  Thai
              people and is implemented through  various  efforts,  from
              policy level to institutional or grass-roots level.


              Recognition  and  reward  of  outstanding   teachers   and
              administrators


              This is an important strategy for promoting  reform.  Many
              educational organisations have  made  significant  efforts
              in selecting outstanding teachers based  on  the  criteria
              of a student-centred approach, and rewarded then as  model
              National Teachers, Master  Teachers,  Spearhead  Teachers,
              Thai Wisdom Teachers and as model Administrators.


              Reform of administrative structure


              Administrative structure reform is based on the  principle
              of unity in policy and diversity in implementing, as  well
              as decentralisation of authority  to  educational  service
              areas, educational institutions and  local  administration
              organisations.


              System of educational quality assurance


              A new system of quality assurance has  to  be  established
              by setting  up  the  Office  of  Education  Standards  and
              Evaluation, and also developing a system of  internal  and
              external evaluation. Every  educational  institution  must
              receive the first round of external evaluation by 2005.


              Enhancing quality of teaching profession


              Improvement of teaching quality is central to  the  reform
              of learning. The Act stipulates the development of  a  new
              system for  management  of  teachers,  faculty  staff  and
              educational   personnel   with   a   view    to    enhance
              professionalism and quality of  the  teaching  profession.
              This reform is composed of four subsystems:


              *    Production system


              *    Development and promotion  system  for  teachers  and
                educational personnel


              *    Professional control system


              *    Personnel management system


              One major movement in teaching profession  reform  is  the
              introduction  of  teaching  profession  licences.  In  the
              initial period,  there  will  be  two  types  of  teaching
              licences:


              -    Teaching licences for all  basic  education  teachers
                and educational supervisors


              -    Professional licences for  directors  of  educational
                institutions and administrators of the Office  of  Area
                Commission for Education.


              All teachers should have professional  licences  to  raise
              the professional  standard.  This  has  been  planned  for
              529 000 teachers.


              Assessment is required  for  licence  renewal  every  five
              years.


              Mobilisation of resources and investment for education
              The  reform  proposal  include  demand-side   finance   of
              education - financing will shift from providing  resources
              through the supply-side (providers of  education)  to  the
              demand-side (parents and students).  They  have  37  pilot
              schools in nine provinces.


              ICT for education


              Technology is  a  crucial  way  of  improving  quality  of
              teaching and learning, so major activities are  production
              and refinement of educational media  and  the  development
              of learners' and staff's ability  to  use  technology  for
              education, research and development.


              Some  arrangements   have   been   made   prior   to   the
              implementation of the master plan, which covers:


              *    Infrastructure and education network system


                The National Education Network Project was approved  by
                the Council of Ministers on 18 September 2001. It  aims
                to distribute information technology equitably  to  all
                educational institutions and to allow joint utilisation
                of educational  information  resources,  with  the  co-
                operation  of  Thailand's  Telephone  Organisation  and
                Communication Authority.


                It is expected that all educational  institutions  will
                be provided with telephones by the fiscal year 2002.


              *    Development of software, media and learning content


                Teachers and faculty staff are  encouraged  to  produce
                software for learner support. Educational  institutions
                and learning centres will be supported  to  create  web
                sites to exchange of knowledge and information.


              *    Procurement of hardware, computers and equipment


                Guidelines have been set with regard to two  aspects  -
                computers and equipment used for teaching and learning;
                computers  used  for  administration,  which  will   be
                distributed in response to  the  needs  of  educational
                institutions and the working systems of each agency.


              *    Personnel development


                The  MOE  will  provide  six  training  programmes  for
                194 883 teachers and educational personnel  which  will
                cover a wide range - basic computers and the  Internet,
                network administration, advanced programme  application
                and development of learning media.


          (c) Key success factors


              In moving  towards  success  of  reform  along  the  lines
              stipulated by the Act, the most effective strategies  are,
              firstly,   building   partnerships   and   networks   and,
              secondly, encouraging people participation.


              Significant progress has been made since the enactment  of
              the Act, particularly the reform of learning, which is  at
              the heart of educational reform and can be implemented  at
              all    levels.     Teachers,     learners,     educational
              administrators and parents are urged  to  be  appreciative
              of and involved in learning reform, based  on  a  learner-
              centred approach, so that  learning  will  be  focused  on
              real life.


     3. Budget


          The budget for educational activities is allocated to  schools
          and institutions according to their plans  and  policies.  The
          government creates moral competitive education, in  the  hands
          of the people.
          The budget is very limited; 70% is for salaries.


     4. University entrance


          The government would like to  abolish  the  national  entrance
          examination and come up with  a  different  assesment  system,
          because   most   universities   administering   the   national
          examination consider secondary school achievement  at  90%  in
          the examination. It was noted with great concern that all high
          school teachers are teaching  with  the  purpose  of  entering
          learners in the national examination, but the government needs
          to do away with this system and approach.


     5. HIV/AIDS


          There  are  successful  campaigns  in  schools  and   at   all
          universities in understanding the pandemic of HIV/AIDS. It  is
          not serious among students  and  learners,  but  is  with  the
          people at large.
 D.     Tour of Parliament


     After the meeting with the Standing  Committee  on  Education,  the
     delegation  was  given  an  opportunity  to  tour  Parliament   and
     attended a sitting of  the  House  of  Representatives,  where  the
     National Assembly was debating administrative reform.


     The delegation was also shown a  video  on  Parliament,  containing
     the following information:


     Thailand is a democracy with a constitutional monarchy.  The  power
     of government belongs to the people of the nation, as  approved  by
     the King, through the institutions of the  National  Assembly,  the
     Council  of  Ministers  and  the  Courts,  as  stipulated  by   the
     Constitution.


     National Assembly


     This   bicameral   institution   consists   of   the    House    of
     Representatives and the Senate.


     House of Representatives
     It has 500 members elected in one of two ways: 100 are  elected  on
     a party-list basis, and 400 are elected on  a  constituency  basis.
     People who stand for election, must have attained the age of 25  on
     the day of the election.


     Senate


     It has  200  members  elected  by  the  people.  Each  province  is
     regarded as one constituency. Each senator must have  attained  the
     age of 40 years on the election date.


 E.     Visit to SA Embassy in Bangkok - official view by Mr T N Furter,
     Charge'd Affaires & First Secretary (Political)


     The delegation visited the South African Embassy  in  Bangkok,  and
     Mr Furter informally introduced all staff members  working  in  the
     Embassy.


     During the delegation's visit the Ambassador, Mrs B  M  Pheto,  was
     not present, as she was on holiday in  South  Africa.  Her  apology
     was acknowledged by the delegation.


 F.     Courtesy  call  on  Permanent  Secretary  for  Education,  Dr  C
     Shoolap, and senior officials of MOE  -  official  view  by  Mrs  K
     Pompreeya, Director: Policy and Planning


     Thailand has a land area of 513 115,02 square km and  a  population
     of 61,8 million people, 30,7 million being male  and  31,1  million
     female.


     Vision


     Thai people are fully developed to be  good,  skillful,  happy  and
     self-reliant citizens. They are  also  cultivated  to  realise  the
     importance of their national identity, to be moral and to be  aware
     of their culture as a good way of  life.  They  are  encouraged  to
     participate and build Thai society and the world  community  to  be
     happy and peaceful. They are promoted to create a learning  society
     with quality,  morality  and  unity  based  on  both  national  and
     international wisdom to support a knowledge-based economy.


     Organisation of MOE


     2001 statistics for Departments/Offices under the MOE in  terms  of
     institutions, teachers and students, both in formal and  non-formal
     systems, are:


     *  Office of the Permanent Secretary


     *   Office  of   the   National   Primary   Education   Commission,
       responsible  for  90%  of   primary   education,   with   30 476
       institutions, 334 389 teachers and  6 633 809  students  in  the
       formal school system. This is one of the biggest departments  in
       the MOE


     *  DNFE, with 2 578 435 students in the non-formal school system


     *   Department  of  General  Education,  with  2 669  institutions,
       125 678 teachers and 2 613 556 students  in  the  formal  school
       system


     *  Department  of  Vocational  Education,  with  413  institutions,
       17 953 teachers and 592 857 students in the formal school system


     *  Department of Physical Education, with  27  institutions,  1 571
       teachers  and  29 917  students  in  the  formal  school  system
       (246 744 students in the non-formal system)


     *   Office  of  the  Private  Education  Commission,   with   3 174
       institutions, 91 852 teachers  and  1 948 941  students  in  the
       formal school  system  (1 011 756  students  in  the  non-formal
       school system)


     *  Department of Religious Affairs, with 148 366  students  in  the
       non-formal school system


     *  Rajamangala  Institute  of  Technology,  with  55  institutions,
       4 777 teachers and 92 179 students in the formal school system
     *  Office of Rajabhat Institutes  Council,  with  70  institutions,
       8 136 teachers and 215 376 students in the formal school  system
       (287 351 students in the non-formal school system)


     *  Department of Fine Arts, with 15  institutions,  1 084  teachers
       and 10 393 students


     *  Office of the National Culture Commission


     *  Department of Curriculum and Instruction Development


     *  Institute for Promotion of Teaching Science and Technology


     *  Mahachula Longkorn Budhist University


     *  Mha Makut Buddhist University


     Education reforms


     Section 81 of  the  Constitution  provides  that  the  State  shall
     provide and promote the private  sector  to  provide  education  to
     achieve knowledge  alongside  morality,  provide  law  relating  to
     national education, improve education in harmony with economic  and
     social change, create and strengthen knowledge and  instill  rights
     awareness with regard  to  politics  and  a  democratic  regime  of
     government with the King as Head of the State, support  researchers
     in various sciences, accelerate  the  development  of  science  and
     technology  for  national   development,   develop   the   teaching
     profession, and promote  local  knowledge  and  national  arts  and
     culture.


     Section  43  provides  for  every  citizen  to   enjoy   an   equal
     opportunity to receive fundamental education for a duration of  not
     less  than  12  years,  which  shall  be  provided  by  the   State
     thoroughly, qualitatively and without charge.


     According  to  the  Act,  educational  reform  consists  of   eight
     components:


     *  Ensuring basic education for all (Chapter 2)


     *  Reform of education system (Chapter 3)


     *  Learning reform (Chapter 4)


     *  Reorganisation of administrative system (Chapter 5)


     *  Introducing a system of education quality (Chapter 6)


     *   Enhancing  professionalism  and   quality   of   the   teaching
       profession (Chapter 7)


     *  Mobilisation of resources and investment for education  (Chapter
       8)


     *  Technology for educational reforms (Chapter 9)


     (The Constitution and the Act  are  available  at  the  Library  of
     Parliament.)


     The national economic and social development  plan  advocates  four
     approaches:


     *  Empowerment of people  to  cope  with  change  -  education  and
       learning processes should be geared towards development of human
       potential


     *  Improvement of social protection systems  -  they  should  cover
       bigger segments of the population


     *  Prevention and suppression of drug abuse  and  increased  public
       security (to be improved through increased participation)


     *   Promotion  of  development  partnerships  with  family-oriented
       institutions, religious organisations, schools, NGOs,  voluntary
       organisations and mass media.


     The main points of education reform are:


     1. Learning reform


          The learner-centred approach - they have established  learning
          centres all  over  the  country  (self-learning  and  lifelong
          learning).


     2. Basic education for all


          This entails 12 years  of  basic  quality  education  free  of
          charge, according to an education plan which the  Cabinet  has
          approved.  An  operation  plan  is  provided  for  pre-primary
          education and for study costs per head.


     3. Education quality assurance


          This includes improvement of the educational quality  standard
          system, internal and external  evaluation  and  evaluation  by
          standardised test.


     4. Curriculum development


          This  was  launched  on  September  2001,  and  includes  core
          curriculum provided by the State (all studies should be  based
          on its curriculum, and also on local  curriculum  provided  by
          the institutions).


          In 2002 there will be  a  pilot  project  for  1 582  schools,
          developing  4 500  trainees,  who  will   be   monitored   and
          evaluated.


          Teaching and learning are important  aspects  of  reform,  and
          encourage students to study subjects relevant to their needs.


     5.  Special education


          There  are  two  kinds:  Education  for  handicapped  learners
          (166 478), and education for the disadvantaged. Provision  has
          been categorised as follows:


          (a) Special schools- 13 839 learners


          (b) Integrated schools - 130 000 learners


          (c) NFE - 22 633 students


          Special education centres will be provided for  76  provinces;
          they will also develop  sign  language  for  the  deaf  and  a
          braille alphabet.
          Communities  take  part  in  educational  and  school   reform
          processes.


          Manpower requirement by State at universities


          Almost all government universities  are  government  agencies,
          autonomous to a certain extent. In  terms  of  manpower,  they
          fall under the National Socio-Development Board. They need  to
          follow a manpower development plan every five years, which are
          controlled by the budgetary system.


          Religion and culture


          These are responsibilities of two Ministries:  Education,  and
          Religion and Culture. In  Thailand,  there  is  no  change  in
          religion, even when the administrative structure changes.


          Student funding


          The government has allocated R20  000  million  for  education
          loan scheme programmes, which will  benefit  and  assist  only
          students whose parents cannot afford university fees.  Certain
          criteria apply - those who qualify, should not have an  annual
          income of more than 15 000 baht.


          For a student to qualify, he  or  she  must  have  be  a  Thai
          citizen with a track record of achievement in studies.


          Computers in schools


          There are more than 30 000 schools, and 22 000 to 23 000  have
          computers. They have  been  computerised  recently,  and  most
          teachers are well-trained and computer-literate. Although  the
          computer must be part of the learning process  in  respect  of
          all subjects,  there  are  not  enough  English  and  Computer
          teachers to pursue this; as  a  result  they  are  taught  the
          English method of teaching.


          The government has a five-year plan to solve these problems.


          Education plans


          Every school has  a  two-year  education  plan.  Stakeholders,
          parents and students participate in the plan within  a  three-
          year  budget.  Schools  decide  how  to  use  their  allocated
          budgets.


          As the government has  very  limited  funding,  schools  raise
          funds and collect money from stakeholders and the community to
          increase their budgets.


          Schools have trust in the communities.


          Quality assurance


          This ensures  quality  of  total  delivery  of  the  education
          system. Input is not only from the government, but  also  from
          parents, communities, stakeholders and learners,  who  aim  to
          prepare class-room activities.


          Parents on committees


          Education committees comprise 15 members,  including  parents,
          teachers  and  stakeholders,  and  are   chaired   by   school
          principals. Students are represented in all the committees.


          30% of the parents are poor, while 70% are  very  co-operative
          and understand their responsibilities.  Wealthy  parents  take
          minimal responsibility to participate in these committees,  as
          most of them are engaged in their businesses.


          Parents are always in support of projects to develop  students
          and schools.


          Expenses paid for students


          The government provides the  following:  School  uniforms  for
          needy students, textbooks, stationery, 3 000 baht per year for
          primary  students  and  4 000  baht  per  year  for  secondary
          students.


 G.     Briefing by Minister of Education  -  official  view  by  Hon  S
     Khunkitti


     Although the Minister was not part of the programme  of  our  visit
     to  Thailand,  he  warmly  welcomed  the  delegation  and  gave  an
     overview  of  the  education  system  and  its  reforms.  He   also
     mentioned that he has been in politics for more than 20 years.


     He views  education  as  very  important  and  also  as  the  basic
     fundamental for national development. Keeping students  with  their
     families is good for them, and if power  is  decentralised  to  the
     local people, education becomes important.


     National standards are  also  important:  All  students  should  be
     given a standard  education,  and  learn  local  wisdom  and  local
     standards.


 H.     Briefing by Department of Curriculum and Instruction Development
     - official view by Director-General, Dr P Senarith


     It is the first time they have  the  process  of  education  reform
     based  on  the  Constitution,  and  every  department  within   the
     Education Ministry has to conform to and follow the law.


     Structural reform aims to combine  all  Education  Ministries  into
     one Ministry of Education.


     Basic education aims at full development of the Thai people in  all
     aspects: Morality, intellect,  happiness,  Thainess,  potential  in
     further education and securing careers. To implement these  ideals,
     the following goals and standards are stipulated:


     *  Self-esteem, self-discipline,  strict  observance  of  religious
       teaching and practice, morality, correct behaviour and desirable
       virtue


     *  Creative thinking, a  thirst  for  knowledge  and  learning  and
       acquiring reading, writing and research habits


     *  Universal knowledge, keeping pace with changes  and  advancement
       in the academic world, skills and  potential  for  communication
       and technology management, adjustment of  thinking  and  working
       processes to cope with changing situations


     *  Skills and learning processes in mathematics, science,  thinking
       skills, generating intelligence and quality of life skills


     *  Physical exercises for good health and personality


     *   Efficiency  in  producing  and  consuming  (a  preference   for
       producing rather than consuming)


     *  Knowledge of Thai  history,  pride  in  being  a  Thai,  a  good
       citizen who strictly observe democratic ways of  life,  under  a
       regime of constitutional monarchy


     *  Consciousness in the preservation of  the  Thai  language,  art,
       culture, custom, sport,  local  wisdom,  natural  resources  and
       environmental development


     *   Love  for  and  dedication  to  the   country   and   community
       (contributions to society's prosperity).


     To  implement  principles,  goals   and   learning   standards   at
     educational institutions, and  for  those  formulating  educational
     institution  curricula,  the  structure  of  the  basic   education
     curriculum is:


     1. Grade levels: There shall be four grade  levels,  in  accordance
          with learners' development, in only 2 000 schools: first level
          - primary education, grades 1 to 3; secondary level -  primary
          education, grades 4 to 6; third level -  secondary  education,
          grades 7 to 9; fourth level - secondary education,  grades  10
          to 12.


     2. Substance: The  substance  consists  of  a  body  of  knowledge,
          skills or learning processes, values or virtues, morality  and
          correct  behaviour.  This  substance  is  assembled  in  eight
          groups: Thai language, Mathematics, Science,  Social  Studies,
          Religion and Culture,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  Art,
          Career  and  Technology  and  Foreign  Languages.  This  is  a
          fundamental substance for all learners.


     Ms K Ranatasing is  responsible  for  technical  aspects  of  Basic
     Education and Training up to  Grade  12,  the  curriculum  process,
     textbook development and the  evaluation  process.  All  these  are
     developed by the central government  (Ministry  of  Education)  and
     the  policy  is  put  into  place  at  all  schools,  primary   and
     secondary. Private and public  schools  have  to  follow  the  same
     curriculum.  They  have  now  moved  to  a  higher  degree  of  the
     decentralised system.


     According to Ms Ranatasing, it is difficult for one  curriculum  to
     cover different localities. As a result, they have developed a  new
     curriculum framework for school level. It will be  the  first  time
     that all schools will have the same  curriculum  level.  This  will
     begin in 2003 with 2 000 schools, and then nation-wide.


     Since May 2002, some of the 2 000 targeted schools (out of  30  000
     schools) have started using the new curriculum for Grades 1,  4,  7
     and 9, and they  have  been  given  three  years  to  complete  the
     implementation cycle.  Since  this  is  the  new  challenge,  every
     school  will  start  with  a  three-year  phasing-in  period.   The
     implementation stage will start in 2003. The Minister of  Education
     will give the mandate and instruction.


     Learning standards


     For the standard-based  curriculum,  the  government  set  learning
     standards for curriculum  development  at  school  level.  Learning
     standards stipulated for eight subject groups  in  basic  education
     curriculum define learners'  qualities  in  respect  of  knowledge,
     skills, procedures, morality, correct behaviour and value for  each
     subject  group.  These  are  aimed  at   developing   a   desirable
     character. Standards are divided into two categories:


     *  Standards for basic education: These are for each subject  group
       in basic education learning results after graduation


     *  Standards for each grade level  learning:  These  are  for  each
       subject group after graduation from each grade level  -  primary
       level 3 and 6, secondary level 3 and 6


     Standards are stipulated specifically for application  of  subjects
     related to learners' quality development. Educational  institutions
     may  set  standards  for  solving  a  community's   and   society's
     problems,  local  wisdom,  desirable   qualifications   of   family
     members, a community, society at large and the country, as well  as
     standards  for  strengthening  learner   capacity,   aptitude   and
     interests, where necessary.


     Training of teachers


     All teachers are trained in all levels; teacher  manuals  are  used
     and supervisors at regional, provincial  and  district  level  work
     closely  with  them  during  school  holidays.  They  network  with
     teacher colleges and institutions in the regions.


     Schools draw up their own curriculum - how to evaluate


     They test all levels nationwide; staff  in  every  school  conducts
     such tests at all levels. A school has to  conduct  its  own  tests
     but at national level the Department conducts the tests.


     There is a curriculum document to suggest the content.  As  regards
     the curriculum framework, there  is  only  a  standard  which  will
     guide the content. Schools can add their own content,  as  long  it
     meets the standard.


     Textbooks


     For the past 10 years private book development took place, but  now
     the government and  publishers  supervised  in  the  various  areas
     produce  all  the  textbooks.  Teachers  and  publishers  can  also
     publish  textbooks.  They  must  employ  methodology  for  material
     development and give teachers more  opportunity  to  develop  their
     own books.


     Capacity  development  to  develop  standards   and   benchmarking:
     Documents are developed in more detail, but the final  decision  is
     made by schools. They now want teachers to develop  the  curriculum
     to meet local needs  and  provide  three-year  intervals  for  each
     level.


 I.     Visit to Rachawinit Primary School, Bangkok - official  view  by
     Director,  Mr  C  Punyasavasti,  and  Assistant  Director,  Mrs   C
     Neuykaew


     History


     This is one of the best schools in Bangkok.  King  Rachawinit  gave
     it its name, meaning a place to  educate  younger  generations  and
     instill a good moral code.


     Rachawinit was founded in 1964  under  the  King's  Patronage.  The
     King presided over the grand opening ceremony on 18 June 1968,  and
     donated 100 000 baht for the  King's  scholarship  foundation.  The
     general public also donated to the foundation.


     Each  year  many  qualified  students  are  selected   to   receive
     scholarships. The school has provided  learning  facilities  and  a
     suitable curriculum for primary school Grades 1 to  6.  It  has  77
     class-rooms and a study room to support learning activities.


     The philosophy of the school is to  unite,  discipline  and  learn.
     The first director was Khunying Puangrat Wiwaganon, and  now  Mr  C
     Punyasavasti is the director.


     Vision of school


     The vision is to develop its students to be  leaders  of  tomorrow.
     They intend to educate and develop their learners so that they  can
     acquire  the  qualities  possessed   by   learners   in   developed
     countries, but at the same time keeping  their  true  identity  and
     Thai culture.


     Organisation chart
     A director is head of the  school  and  is  assisted  by  assistant
     directors  in  Administration,  Discipline,  General  Service   and
     Finance and Academic. The Discipline Section deals with  all  areas
     relating to discipline of teachers, learners  and  staff.  Learners
     are not punished, instead teachers talk to  them;  those  who  need
     counselling, are given that support.


     Development of curriculum


     They have set up a new curriculum and introduced new subjects  such
     as Music and Computers. They have also introduced some  changes  in
     the old curriculum in respect of subjects  such  as  Thai  Dancing,
     Physical  Education,  Swimming,  Home  Economics,   English,   Art,
     Mathematics and Science.


     Subjects offered and study support rooms


     Subjects offered are  Thai  Language,  Mathematics,  Everyday  Life
     Ethics Experiences, Science, Home Economics, English, English  Lab,
     Art, Music, Classical Dance, Physical Fitness Education,  Swimming,
     Computers, Scouts and Girl Guides.


     The study support rooms assist  learners  with  Computers,  English
     Lab, Science Lab, Music, Classical Dance, Art,  Mathematics,  Moral
     Guidelines, Library, First Aid, Conference  Room,  Music,  Ceramics
     and Work Experience 1 and 2.


     They also have a remedial  centre  offering  support  for  learners
     with disability.


     Student enrolment/permanent and temporary teachers


     There are 2 870 learners ranging from Grades 1  to  6  (1 816  boys
     and 1 054 girls). The learner/teacher ratio is 1:19.


     Every year they admit learners from other provinces;  as  a  result
     there are more boys than girls. The learner is registered in  Grade
     1 at age the age of six.


     There are 151 teachers - 112 permanent (nine  male  &  103  female)
     and 39 temporary (18  male  and  21  female).  Temporary  teachers'
     salaries are paid through fund-raising.


     Each Grade has  12  normal  classes  and  one  special  class.  The
     special  classes  are  sometimes  mixed,  as  they   take   similar
     subjects, like Music and Art.


     All learners are encouraged to take  English  and  Computers  as  a
     compulsory subject from Grade 1.


     School fees


     Each learner pays 12 000 baht (R3 000)  per  year,  which  includes
     lunch. If a learner brings lunch to school,  he  or  she  will  pay
     less.


     Selection of learners


     Anyone can apply  to  be  admitted  to  the  school.  There  is  an
     entrance examination and learners who score high are admitted.  The
     committee selects learners for admission.
     Budgeting


     The government allocates an annual budget  of  35  million  baht  -
     12 000 baht per learner x 2 780 learners per  school.  This  covers
     salaries for teachers and permanent staff  and  teaching  materials
     (desks and furniture), equivalent to 200 baht  (R50)  per  learner.
     Additional to the 35 million baht comes money from fund-raisers.


     The  government  provides  curriculum  material  free  of   charge;
     learners buy textbooks from the bookshop  for  additional  tuition.
     Parents donate funds generously to support school activities.


     Parent participation


     There is huge active participation and support of  parents  in  all
     school activities. They support schools financially.


     Services provided for learners


     *  Food - breakfast, lunch and milk in between
     *  Health care - first-aid room with  a  trained  nurse.  A  doctor
       attends every Friday. The school also has a dental clinic


     *   Financial  help  -  free  lunch  for  poor   learners.   King's
       scholarships for the first 14 learners who pass the  examination
       in each level


     *  Stationery shop -  a  non-profit-making  shop,  which  sells  to
       learners at low prices


     *  Counselling - support and help children with problems


     All learners are always kept busy constructively.


     Assistance provided by school to teachers


     The school assists teachers with financial loans  at  low  interest
     rates, recreational trips, school uniforms, health  care  and  free
     lunch.


     School facilities


     *  Study room - used by teachers to  improve  themselves  in  their
       studies


     *  Dental clinic, computer room and remedial centre


     *  Mathematics Laboratory - learners learn via IT


     *  Science Laboratory - learners start to learn  science  at  Grade
       3, and they clean all materials after use


     *  Thai Music Room and Ceramics Class - only for  Grades  1,  2,  3
       and 4


     *  Home Economics Class - only for Grades 5 and 6


     *  Exhibition room - displays all learner ideas


     *  Boys Scouts and Girl Guides - teachers  assist  Grades  1  to  6
       learners with art and design


     *  English centre - learners are  taught  writing  and  reading  in
       English one period a week


     *  Sound laboratory -  learners  in  Grades  5  and  6  are  taught
       English in sound and music and to pronounce  words  in  English.
       The  Matching  Band  prepare  the  learners   to   learn   about
       English/Thai languages bands


     *  Music room - learners in Grade  5  and  6  are  taught  to  play
       organ,  guitar  and  bass  drum  using  both  Thai  and  English
       languages


     *  Library - all learners have access. It has an IT section,  where
       one can access the Internet using Thai or English


     *  Computer rooms - Grades 5 and 6 use  these  facilities  and  the
       classes are conducted in Thai


     *  Moral guidance  room  -  learners  are  taught  their  religion,
       Buddhism, and moral discipline


     *  Green learning room - it is used to show learners  the  benefits
       resulting from using energy appliances efficiently, to learn how
       to select efficient equipment,  to  learn  about  the  hazardous
       effects resulting from unwisely consuming  electricity,  and  to
       create  the  right  attitude  towards  energy  conservation  the
       ecology and balance in the environment.


     All  learners  are  actively  involved  in  sports,   like   chess,
     basketball and soccer.


     Teacher awards


     Each year the King grants awards to  teachers  who  have  excelled,
     who have contributed to the school and who are recognised by  their
     peers for outstanding achievements.


     Teacher qualifications


     Approximately nine teachers have Masters' degrees;  the  rest  have
     other university degrees. All teachers  in  Thailand  must  have  a
     teaching licence.


 J.     Visit to Matayom Wat Makut Kasat School - official view by Vice-
     Assistant-Director, Mrs J Caowachote


     There are two levels, with 1 299 learners: 725  learners  in  lower
     and 574 learners in higher education. There are 40  classrooms:  19
     for lower and 21 for higher education.


     Matoyom refers to Secondary, Wat refers to the temple (because  the
     school is in a temple), Makut Kasat refers to King MongKut or  King
     Rama the Fourth, who gave birth to Wat Makut Kasatariyaram.


     This is a secondary school attached to the Department of  Education
     under the Ministry of Education.  It  was  established  on  7  June
     1951.


     The colours of the school are yellow and  pink  -  yellow  for  the
     colour  of  the  Buddish  (in  this  case  it   means   Wat   Makut
     Kasatariyaram); pink for Tuesday, King Rama the Fourth's  birthday.
     The symbol of the school is Crown.


     The  school  is  divided  into  four   parts:   Academic   Affairs,
     Discipline, Office of Management  and  School  Service.  Since  its
     establishment until 2001, it was a boys' school, but now  they  are
     now allowed to admit girls too. At  present  there  are  96  girls.
     Their Motto is: "Where there's a will, there's a way".


     The vision is to manage education to  develop  learners  to  obtain
     knowledge,  including  morals  and  discipline.  Learners  and  the
     organisation must get satisfaction. To properly administrate,  they
     have an academic standard and  a  standard  in  managing  Education
     Reformation.


     School management team and staff


     *  School Director: Mr T Niyonmthong is  in  charge  of  everything
       pertaining the school. He is good at administration.


     *  Assistant Director of Academic Affairs: Mr C Keawleg is good  at
       Academic Affairs and an expert in computers and IT.


     *  Assistant Director of Discipline: Mr P Treethepa is  responsible
       for student behaviour and  keeps  learners  in  compliance  with
       school rules.
     *Assistant Director of Office Management: Mrs  C  Watjanarat  takes
       care of school management, such as student fees and salaries  of
       teachers.


     *  Assistant Director of School Services: Mr S Peandee  takes  care
       of the school buildings and managing the school janitors.


     There  are  103  personnel  officers,  three  administrators,   100
     teachers and 10 workers. They  also  hired  a  foreign  teacher  to
     teach English for  all  Grades.  Eight  teachers  assist  with  the
     administration.


     They  manage  their  education  by  using  the  curriculum  of  the
     Department of Academics under the MOE. Learners have  to  study  at
     each level for three years, with 40 learners  in  each  class.  The
     more they realise the importance of children,  the  more  they  use
     child-centred methods. Learners can tell teachers  what  they  want
     to know in a subject.


     Learning management


     For lower education, learners' lessons are  from  08:00  to  14:50.
     They have to be in school for eight  hours.  For  upper  education,
     they begin lessons at the same  time  but  finish  at  15:40.  They
     study  Thai,  social  subjects,  Science,   Mathematics,   English,
     physical subjects, Arts and Computers.


     Child Centre learning process


     Teachers teach learners using the CIPPA Model:


     C (Construct) - learn by themselves after class
     I (Interaction) - relationship with each other
     P (Process/Performance) - method of teaching
     P (Product) - do work related to studies
     A (Application) - after class, apply knowledge daily.


     Information and Communication Technology in Teaching


     Learners receive modern teaching methods. They  have  accessed  new
     technology for themselves, for  example  the  Internet,  Multimedia
     laboratories such as the  English  Sound  Laboratory,  the  Science
     Laboratory,  the  Sound  Library,  the  Resource  Centre  and   the
     Computer Zone.


     Evaluation


     A year is divided into two semesters, the first from 17 May  to  13
     September and the second from 1 November to 31 March.  In  mid-July
     and mid-January learners are assessed by  writing  mid-term  tests,
     and in mid-September and  at  end  of  February  they  write  final
     examinations. During normal semester time there are tests in  which
     learners can collect points. The school uses  Authentic  Assessment
     to evaluate learners. Each school  sets  its  own  examination  for
     Grade 12.


     A student must obtain a 50% pass  rate  for  each  subject.  For  a
     student to be admitted to public or  private  universities,  he/she
     has  to  write  two  different  entrance  examinations.  Once  they
     acquire  42%,  they  are  admitted  to  a  public  or   a   private
     university. Those who acquired 40%, go to private university.
     Any student who intends to go to university, must pass the  central
     examination. If they fail, they cannot be admitted  to  university,
     and have to find work or undergo vocational education.


     Computer facilities


     Grades 7 to 12 have access  to  all  computer  facilities.  In  the
     resource centre, students  are  taught  to  communicate  with  each
     other via computer and to  use  the  Internet  to  access  research
     information.


     Budget


     In Grades 7 to 9 (lower education) a student pays 700  baht  (R175)
     per year; Grades 10 to 12 (upper education) pay 1 400 baht  (R350).
     The government pays teachers' salaries. Parents must buy books  for
     their children; the government allocates funds  to  buy  books  for
     the library.


     View on education reforms


     According to the Assistant Director, the  teachers  will  be  ready
     for the new curriculum and will  be  trained  to  implement  it  in
     class.  Students  are  able  to  do  whatever  they  want   to   by
     themselves. Although the old curriculum worked, the new one  brings
     the students happiness. And teachers will prepare for this  student
     happiness.


     As a form  of  appreciation  and  honour,  delegates  were  awarded
     certificates for visiting the school.


 K.     Visit to Science Centre for Education and Bangkok NFE  Centre  -
     official view by Science Education Specialist, Mr Y Piriyakul,  and
     NFE Specialist, Dr P Chariyavidhayamont


     Background


     Mr Y Piriyakul, who has been at the centre for more than 25  years,
     welcomed the delegation. This visit was the first one in 35  years;
     no Member of the Thailand Assembly has visited the Centre.


     The Centre was  established  in  1952,  and  opened  the  doors  of
     discovery to students and the general public with a wide  range  of
     exhibits designed to excite and educate. People come to the  centre
     with the mind prepared to "wonder". There are hands-on  educational
     resources in the fields of Science and  Technology,  Astronomy  and
     Space Explorations, Natural Science and the Environment.


     There  are  16  campuses  around  Thailand,   the   largest   being
     Shukhumuit in Bangok. The  purpose  of  its  establishment  was  to
     reduce superstitions of Thai  people  and  to  let  students  study
     Science from a textbook. Students are encouraged to study  Science,
     to have knowledge of it and to have  a  scientific  attitude.  They
     also work with school learners.


     The DNFE  was  established  in  the  MOE  on  24  March  1979.  The
     Department was firmly upgraded from  Adult  Education,  which  goes
     back to the late 1930's, when the government  began  to  realise  a
     need for other  types  of  education  with  the  aim  of  elevating
     nation's literacy rate. At the time the literacy rate of  those  20
     and older was a mere 32%. The Centre  teaches  illiterates  and  is
     seen as a basis of improving quality of life. It is  encouraged  to
     inhance skills needed by the people of Thailand.


     For the past  23  years,  the  Department  has  managed  to  reduce
     illiteracy. It followed the curriculum of formal schooling,  making
     learners read and write, focusing on women who have left school  at
     an early age.


     Main tasks of DNFE


     NFE is regarded as a vital tool which people use to  improve  their
     quality of life. The important mission  of  the  Department  is  to
     provide various models of NFE, responsive to individual  needs  and
     opening up opportunities to acquire  knowledge,  at  any  stage  of
     people's lives, by emphasising principles of freedom,  justice  and
     equal opportunity to learn or study.


     The main tasks of the DNFE are:


     *   Organisation  of  NFE:  Provides  basic   education   for   the
       disadvantaged  to  make  them  literate,  provides  general  NFE
       programmes at primary, lower and  upper  secondary  levels,  and
       provides  various  vocational  education  and  skills   training
       programmes according to a variety of NFE curricula.


     *  Support of and co-operation with formal school system:  Provides
       learning and teaching activities,  for  those  attending  formal
       schools,  in  respect  of  educational  technologies,  such   as
       educational radio and television programmes, satellite  distance
       education programmes and science and technology exhibitions,  to
       enable them to gain knowledge and to achieve learning goals.


     *  Organisation  and  promotion  of  informal  education:  Aims  to
       provide  people  with  up-to-date  knowledge   and   information
       necessary for earning a living and improving quality of life, as
       well as to enable them to catch up  with  current  news  and  to
       adapt themselves to rapidly changing technology. They have to be
       able to learn by themselves throughout  their  lives,  and  from
       various sources,  such  as  ther  public  library,  the  village
       reading centre, the science centre for education and educational
       radio and TV programmes.


     All these have been implemented to provide basic  education  skills
     training  and  up-to-date  information  for  all  (in  and  out  of
     school), so that people have the opportunity  to  learn  and  study
     throughout their lives.


     The Princess of Thailand leads most of  the  campaigns  around  the
     country.


     Target groups


     The main target group during the first stage of the  DNFE  was  the
     out-of-school population in rural areas all over  the  country  who
     had missed the opportunity for formal schooling.


     Currently, the Department has expanded National  Further  Education
     services to cover more target groups in all parts of the country  -
     children,  women,  inmates,  the  labour   force,   the   disabled,
     conscripts,  agriculturalists,  the  aged,   hill   tribes,   local
     leaders, slum  dwellers,  Thai  Muslims,  religious  practitioners,
     people with compulsory education having no chance to further  their
     studies in  formal  schools,  Thai  people  in  foreign  countries,
     students in formal schools and other special groups.


     Activities


     Programmes and activities provided by Department:


     *  Basic education: Provided for those who missed  the  opportunity
       of formal schooling or have dropped out and would like  to  come
       back or further their education.


     *  Vocational education and skills training:  Designed  to  promote
       public welfare or upgrade quality  of  life  through  vocational
       development by providing  four  types  of  vocational  education
       skills  -  interest  groups,  short-term   vocational   courses,
       vocational   certificate   curricula   and   NFE    occupational
       certificate curricula.


     *  Information service: Provided in terms of informal education  or
       lifelong learning through various kinds of media to give  people
       access to educational opportunities  at  any  given  time.  Main
       activities  are  -public  library,   village   reading   centre,
       community learning centre, educational radio and  TV  programmes
       and national science centre for education.


     Link with international countries


     There are programmes which are not Thai, like Australian,  English,
     Cambodian, Korean and Japanese. There are also exchange  programmes
     with countries like China and the Philippines.


     The centre has won an award for good work in  the  field  of  human
     resource development.  The  delegation  undertook  a  tour  of  the
     centre and observed the following:


     *  Biology exhibition  -  students  collect  national  specimen  of
       animals and plants


     *  NFE centre - students come to learn how  to  use  computers  and
       internet and IT programmes;  they  also  offer  staff  upgrading
       programmes - they learn and apply  skills  at  their  workplace;
       some programmes are free and others very cheap


     *  Children centre - children are kept  busy  with  programmes  and
       other educational activities


     *  Library - students access the library for information  and  when
       doing research work


     *  Massage classes - there are two types,  one  for  villagers  and
       one for royalty


     *  Laboratory - it stores all Thai herbs


     *  Home Economics class  -  students  are  taught  how  to  arrange
       flowers


     *  Fine Arts class - students learn to paint  and  use  this  skill
       when they work.


 L.      Visit  to  Rajabhat  Institute  Phranakhon  Si  Ayatthaya   and
     Laboratory School - official view by President, Dr  B  Watana,  and
     Vice-Director, Mrs S Pattamatin


     The President of the Institute and her staff  warmly  welcomed  the
     delegation and introduced her staff.


     His Majesty, King Bhumibhol Adulyadej, gave  the  prestigious  name
     "Rajabhat  Institute"  to  all  36  former  teacher   colleges   in
     Thailand. "Rajabhat" literally means "the King's men".


     The emblem consists of five colours:  Blue,  which  represents  His
     Majesty the King; green, which  represents  the  locations  of  all
     Rajabhat  Institutes  (situated  in  a  variety  of   natural   and
     beautiful environments); gold,  which  represents  the  wisdom  and
     success of all Rajabhat  students,  lecturers  and  staff;  orange,
     which represents the proliferation of local art, culture  and  folk
     wisdom of the Institute;  and  white,  which  represents  the  pure
     thoughts of His  Majesty  the  King's  wise  men.  The  Institute's
     colours are yellow and red.


     This higher education institute under the MOE  was  established  in
     1905.  Although  it  is  still  a  college,  it  offers  university
     degrees, and it will  be  officially  converted  to  a  university.
     Recently they started offering masters' degree  programmes;  to  be
     admitted, a student has to pass the central examination.


     There are almost 7 990 students,  full-  and  part-time,  with  250
     staff members. One has to study for four years to obtain a  degree.
     There  is  a  library  (with  Internet),  which  all  students  and
     teachers access and use free of charge.


     Students pay school fees, and the  Institute  assists  and  support
     those from poor families who cannot afford the fees.


     Mission of Institute


     The   main   mission   of   the   Institute,    academically    and
     professionally, is  to  provide  society  with  education,  conduct
     research, provide academic services to the community,  improve  and
     develop technology, study, preserve and promote arts  and  culture,
     give pre-service  training  for  teachers  and  provide  in-service
     upgrading of teacher's academic qualifications.


     Activities of Institute


     Originally, Ayutthaya Teachers' College  offered  certificates  and
     basic degrees in  the  various  areas  of  Education.  In  1985  it
     started to offer these in sciences and arts. In 1995  His  Majesty,
     King Bhumibol Adulyadej, renamed all the  State  teachers  colleges
     "Rajabhat Institutes" and  upgraded  their  status  and  rights  to
     those of universities.


     The Institute offers Bachelors' degrees in Education, Sciences  and
     Arts, and Masters' degrees  in  Education  and  Arts.  It  has  the
     following faculties:  Management  Science;  Humanities  and  Social
     Sciences; Sciences and Technologies; and the Graduate School.


     The International  Studies  Centre  was  established  in  1995  and
     offers  three  programmes  for  undergraduates  students:  English,
     Tourism Industry and Business Administration. All  courses,  except
     minor ones, are taught in English.


     Academic Service and IT Centres provide both information  resources
     and services. A number of  reference  works,  journals,  magazines,
     newspapers and audio-visual aids are available, as well as  various
     types of services.


     The Language Centre offers tuition  in  five  foreign  languages  -
     English, French, Japanese, Korean and Chinese.  There  are  also  a
     language laboratory, computer centre and self-access centre.


     The Science and Technology Centre provides  academic  services  and
     scientific equipment for practical use in several courses, such  as
     Chemistry, Biology, Physics, Computer Science and Applied Science.
     The Graduate School currently offers a wide  range  of  courses  in
     Masters' programmes in Educational Administration,  Curriculum  and
     Instruction,   Social   Sciences    for    Development,    Business
     Administration and a Graduate Diploma in Teaching Profession.


     After a brief presentation, the delegation toured the Institute.


     Laboratory school


     This school was  established  within  the  Institute  in  1985.  It
     initially had only two classes, at junior high level.


     With the current staff  of  53  teachers,  three  clerks  and  four
     caretakers, and 521 students, the school now  offers  Grades  7  to
     12. It enjoyss sisterhood co-operation with the Kyoto  Junior  High
     School. The academic year falls into  two  semesters.  Parents  buy
     textbooks, uniforms and gymnasium clothes for their children.


     Vision
     The school shall provide highly competent  students  with  learning
     skills, participating in  activities.  They  shall  be  honourable,
     independent and confident,  with  an  awareness  of  righteousness,
     globalisation as well as maintaining the Thai identity.


     Commitment


     Their commitment  is  to  provide  education  at  secondary  level,
     teacher education practice and effective instructional activities.


     Objectives


     The school is managed by the President of the  Institute,  and  the
     objectives are:


     *  To manage the secondary level of education  to  enable  students
       to think critically, act and solve problems  effectively.  Also,
       they are  attentive  to  work  and  participate  in  school  and
       community activities in the  democratic  system  headed  by  the
       Monarch
     *  To manage the secondary level of  education  to  equip  students
       with academic and professional knowledge appropriate  for  their
       ages, needs, interests and aptitude in order to prepare them  to
       gain understanding  for  career  decisions  which  will  benefit
       themselves and society


     *  To play the role of laboratory for instructors and  students  in
       the teacher education programmes


     *  To be a place of study, research and experiments  on  education,
       under supervision of the Faculty of Education.


     Process and support


     They manage education based on the  student-centred  system,  which
     provides  students  facilities  like  counselling  and  support  to
     create a learning atmosphere. They also  determine  the  roles  and
     responsibilities  of  guardians  in  participating   in   education
     management.  The  school  provides  sufficient  teaching  aids  and
     innovative  IT.  They  also  have  sufficient  infrastructure   and
     facilities, and the guardian shall participate in intellectual  and
     resources support in order to improve education quality.


     Management


     This department reports to  the  President,  who  assigns  a  vice-
     president  as  supervisor.  The  Faculty  of  Education  and  other
     facilities provide academic support to the  school  in  respect  of
     instruction, research and economic innovation.


     The management body consists of the advisory  board,  the  parents-
     teacher club and the school's administrative  staff.  The  advisory
     board consists of the President, as chairperson,  a  Vice-President
     and faculty deans, with  the  school  director  as  secretary.  The
     advisory board has the following duties:


     *  To supervise educational management of the school  according  to
       its main objectives and policies


     *  To set up regulations and guideline for educational management


     *  To set  up  regulations  plans  regarding  number  and  position
       (including wages, salary and benefits allocated from the  school
       budget)


     *  To approve the annual budget


     *  To appoint the administrative committee


     *   To  provide   faculty   staff   to   perform   managerial   and
       instructional duties.


     The parent-teacher club consists of  parents,  guardians,  resource
     people and teachers, and takes control of:


     *  Setting up regulations that comply with the requirement  of  the
       club


     *  Appointing an advisory board and subcommittee


     *  Calling for annual meetings and meetings on special occasions


     *  Managing the club according to its objectives


     *  Being responsible for all affairs, including  financial  matters
       and assets


     *  Arranging special meetings, when  requested  by  more  than  100
       members


     *  Preparing relevant documents


     *  Keeping minutes for  record  purposes,  as  well  as  performing
       other assigned duties.


     The working committee consists of the Director, subject  divisional
     heads and the administrative support head, who are in charge of:


     *  Effectively supervising  instructions  and  the  arrangement  of
       activities


     *  Proposing an annual budget to the administrative committee


     *   Appraising   teachers'   and   temporary   contract   teachers'
       performances


     *  Setting up the school development plan  for  the  administrative
       and working committees.


     The Director administers the school according  to  its  objectives,
     and supervises staff, finance, the inventory and the buildings  and
     grounds, as well as other assets according to  the  relevant  rules
     and regulations. He draws up an annual financial report and  budget
     to be  proposed  to  the  administrative  and  working  committees,
     complies with regulations, ethics and etiquette of  the  profession
     of teachers and employees, supervises and support student  affairs,
     represents  the  school,  proposes  an  annual  report  on  various
     aspects to the  administrative  and  working  committees,  performs
     other duties according to the requirements and assignments  of  the
     school   and   institute,   and   appraise   the   teachers'    and
     administrative  committee's  performance   and   reports   to   the
     President.


     Teachers and employees


     Teachers and employees fall into  two  categories,  namely  regular
     teachers and employees and temporary employees who  are  paid  from
     the  school  budget.  There  are  two  kinds  of  teachers,  namely
     government teacher (the government pays  them)  and  non-government
     teachers (they are paid from money contributed by  parents  to  the
     school).


     Educational system and student admission


     The educational system is managed at secondary level  according  to
     the MOE curriculum. Student admission is divided:


     *  Special admission for children of  teachers  and  employees  who
       have been working for the Institute for at least five years


     *  Selection through the entrance test,  open  for  primary  school
       students


     The education system, learning assessment and criteria, as well  as
     the credit transfer, must comply with the existing  regulations  of
     the MOE.


     School budget and income


     This comes from tuition fees, donations, the government,  a  budget
     allocated  by  the  Institute  and  fund-raising.  The   government
     allocates 400 000 bhat to the school, and  teachers'  salaries  are
     paid from this. School fees are 11 600 baht  per  year.  They  have
     also a finance section. Book-keeping, reporting and  auditing  must
     comply with the financial regulations of the Institute.


     Visit to Ayatthaya


     Primary school children come  to  this  site  to  learn  about  the
     history of Thailand. They come to  study  and  do  their  homework,
     based on the  items  on  display.  The  delegation  saw  OBE  being
     practiced - teachers assisting learners to work as a team.


 M.     Visit to Ayatothaya Historic World Heritage site


     The Wat Chaiwattanaram (Temple) was built in 1630  by  King  Prasat
     Thong to commemorate his mother's home town and  to  celebrate  his
     coronation. Important edifices  are  the  Prang,  surrounded  by  a
     number of minor Prangs pointing in eight different  directions.  It
     is believed that the main  Prang  contains  relics  of  Buddha  and
     other idols.


     The temple was also built to commemorate  victory  over  the  Khmer
     Rouge; that is why it was built in Khmer architectural style.


     Pictures of the temple are available at the Library  of  Parliament
     of South Africa.


 N.     Visit to National  Science  Museum  (NSM)  -  official  view  by
     Director: Office of the President, Mr T Palachai, and Ms G Chen


     The NSM is a  State  enterprise  under  the  Ministry  of  Science,
     Technology and Environment. It was established  in  1995  by  royal
     decree to commemorate  the  60th  birthday  of  Her  Majesty  Queen
     Sirikit.


     The NSM aims to be recognised as one of Asia's leading science  and
     technology museums. Administration is under  the  guidance  of  the
     NSM committee, appointed by Cabinet.


     There are four museums in one  building:  Science  Museum;  Natural
     History Museum; Environment and Ecology Museum;  and  Aviation  and
     Telecommunication Technology Museum.


     There are six exhibition floors, each  covering  different  aspects
     of   science   and   technology,   like   ticketing    information,
     information, the Internet and temporary exhibition  space,  history
     of  science,  basic  science  and  energy  resources,  science  and
     technology in Thailand, science and technology  in  everyday  life,
     and traditional Thai technology.


     Mission
     The  mission  is  to  enhance  public  understanding  of   science,
     technology and  environmental  issues  by  developing  a  range  of
     science museums, both in  the  technopolis  complex  and  in  other
     regions of Thailand.  Activities  will  be  designed  to  make  the
     public more aware of the importance of science and  technology  and
     of caring for the environment.


     It will also seek to encourage active participation of  individuals
     in developing science and technology to  support  and  sustain  the
     development of the nation.


     All people of Thailand, including the illiterate and students,  are
     encouraged to study science and to  get  to  know  about  processes
     regarding science and technology.


     Infrastructure


     The first NSM building is a unique construction,  which  in  itself
     reflects a fascination with science and  technology  -  three  huge
     cubes standing on edge in  the  technopolis  complex,  forming  the
     most spectacular building so  far  constructed  on  the  site.  The
     external faces of the cubes are covered with  white  ceramic-coated
     steel plates, which do not need paint. The angled white  reflecting
     surfaces minimise the transfer of external  heat  to  the  building
     and reduce the cost of air conditioning.


     This building, one of the most  attractive  in  Thailand,  has  the
     facilities to accommodate 2 000 visitors  a  day.  Half  a  million
     people are expected in the first year.


     The government spent 400 million baht to build it and  700  million
     baht for the exhibition centre. Thailand is famous for this  unique
     and beautiful structure. (Visit internet to view the  building,  at
     www.nsm.or.th).


     Budget


     The budget comes from the government and  from  State  enterprises.
     In 2001 it was allocated 82,937 million baht, and in  2002  it  was
     allocated 92,445 million baht.


     Tour of NSM


     The delegation noted with great enthusiasm and  excitement  one  of
     our pioneers of science - scientist of the "heart transplant",  the
     late Dr Christiaan Barnard - displayed in  the  exhibition  showing
     achievements in the field of science.


 O.     Comments


     Main lessons to be drawn from the visit:


     1. A common ownership of parliamentary governance by all  political
          parties.


     2. Big involvement of the private sector in the education system.


     3. Private schools' fees are  determined  by  the  State,  and  the
          system of funding is the same,  irrespective  of  whether  the
          school is private or public. All schools follow the same  core
          curriculum to promote equality.


     4. Institutions of higher learning are not autonomous.


     5. Accelerated rural development stabilises family structures.


     6. Work-oriented Learning and  Vocational  Education  ensures  that
          the curriculum fits neatly in the working environment.  Theory
          and practice work together.


     7. School committees/SGBs  give  meaningful  input  in  respect  of
          policy-making.


     8. Partnerships between private and public sectors  are  common  in
          higher education.


     9. In-service training programmes for teachers  in  OBE  and  other
          teacher development  programmes  during  school  holidays  are
          common.


     10.     Clear-cut standards and benchmarks  exist  for  schools  to
          build core curricula.


     11.     Thailand has a decentralised curriculum. The  principle  of
          decentralisation should  be  responding  to  the  capacity  of
          people.  The  Department   of   Curriculum   and   Instruction
          Development  has   distinguishing   features   in   curriculum
          development.


     12.     NFE is well-structured.


     13.     Religious education is  taken  into  consideration  in  the
          education system.


     14.     There is a strong emphasis on sport and  culture  in  rural
          communities.


     15.     There is good teacher/pupil ratio (20:1).


     16.     Volunteerism makes NFE operational and functional.


     17.     As there are NFE centres in all provinces,  the  programmes
          reach unemployed people in rural areas and cities, as well  as
          other special groups with social  problems,  especially  those
          unable to speak Thai. As their needs are different,  they  are
          treated differently  and  need  special  programmes.  Literacy
          forms part of the assistance to people to sustain  themselves.
          As a result, illiteracy has been reduced from 7% to 4,5%.


     18.     Museums are daily resource centres  for  learners;  schools
          are encouraged to make full use of museums for  any  field  of
          study.


     19.     Museums are comprehensive - they  cover  the  interests  of
          the young and of adults, for life-long learning.


 P.     List of participants


     *  Mr W Srisa-an, Chairperson:  Standing  Committee  on  Education,
       House of Representatives, Thailand
     *  Mr N Tmongkon, NFE Centre
     *  Mr S Suthakun, Spokesperson: Standing Committee on Education
     *  Mr C Phumiratana, Expert  and  Advisor:  Standing  Committee  on
       Education
     *  Mr P Siribandhphitak, Expert: Standing Committee on Education
     *  Mrs S Phulpipatana, Specialist: Standing Committee on Education
     *  Mr S Bualunga, Bangkok Metropolis NFE Centre Area 3
     *  Mr Y Piriyakne, Science Educaiton Specialist:  National  Science
       Centre for Education
     *  Mr J Colomes, Australian Youth Ambassador for Development
     *  Mr V Putoklang, Bangkok Metropolis NFE Centre
     *  Dr P Chariyavidhayamont, NFE Specialist
     *  Mr C Shoolap, Permanent Secretary: Ministry of Education
     *  Mrs  S  Suwansthit,  Deputy  Permanent  Secretary:  Ministry  of
       Education
     *  Ms K Dunangrat, Deputy Director-General: Rajabhat Institute
     *  Dr T Indrakamnod, Director-General: Rajabhat Institute
     *  Mr S Suraokimham, Deputy Director-General: Vocational Education
     *  Ms S Chietuamukhutu, Director: External Relation Division
     *  Ms S Bunyakitchinda, Nationak Primary Education
     *  Ms C Onnom, Department of Education
     *  Ms Orachait, Chief: Bilateral Section
     *   Ms  Pompreeya,  Policy  and  Planning:,  Office  of   Permanent
       Secretary
     *  Dr B Watana, President: Rajabhat Institute
     *  Ms S Pulsuk, Vice-President: Rajabhat Institute
     *  Ms N Srissanit, Vice-President: Rajabhat Institute
     *  Mr P Maneesaai, Director: Office of the President
     *  Mr U Phucharoen, Director: Bureau of Art and Culture
     *  Ms S Patlamatin, Vice-Director: Laboratory School
     *  Mr T Rursorn, Director: Academic Promotion
     *  Mr S Traichoki, Director: Laboratory School
     *  Mrs A Klamcharoen, Department of Dance
     *  Mrs S Trishirasuntron, Department of Music
     *  Mrs P Mala, Department of Dance
     *  Mr S Augtong, Department of Dance
     *  Mrs S Phothikul, Vice-Director: Office of the President
     *  Dr P  Senarith,  Director-General:  Curriculum  and  Instruction
       Development
     *  Ms K Ratanasing, Staff: Curriculum Development Centre
     *   Mrs  U  Chalermchai,  Chief  External  Relation  Officer:  Book
       Translation Institute
     *  Ms N Pulsrisawat, Book Translation Institute
     *  Ms S Ngamunjong, Book Development Centre
     *  Ms O Binousswin, Book Development Centre
     *  Ms O  Yuthim,  Office  of  Educational  Assessment  and  Testing
       Services
     *  Mrs  P  Chotpluksawan,  Office  of  Educational  Assessment  and
       Testing Services
     *  Ms C Spisura, Office of Education and Testing Services
     *  Mr K Sappakit, Vice-Principal: Laboratory School
     *  Mr P Sattayapanth, Vice-Principal: Laboratory School
     *  Mr S Tubtimsua, Vice-Principal: Laboratory School
     *  Mr P Mee-Anun, Staff: Laboratory School
     *  Mr Pakpol Charoengboon, Head of Student  Activities:  Laboratory
       School
     *  Mrs S Pattamatin, Vice-Principal: Laboratory School
     *  Mr B Rattananan, Principal: Laboratory School
     *  Mr C Bunyasvosti, Director: Rachawinit School
     *  Mrs C Neuykaew, Assistant Director: Rachawinit School
     *  Mrs V Rathajaijing, Assistant Director: Rachawinit School
     *  Mrs W Tissadikoon, Leader in Grade 6: Rachawinit School
     *  Mrs W Bureesawat, Teacher: Rachawanit School
     *  Mrs T  Rachatamongkil,  Foreign  Relations  Officer:  Office  of
       Primary Educaiton Commission
     *  Mr C Keawlek, Assistant  Director:  Academic  Affairs,  Mattayom
       Wat Makut Kasat School
     *  Mr S Piandee, Assistant Director: School Service,  Mattayom  Wat
       Makut Kasat School
     *  Mrs J Chawachot,  Vice  Assistant  Director:  Academic  Affairs,
       Mattayom Wat Makut Kasat School
     *  Ms A Yamklee, Head: English Section, Mattayom  Wat  Makut  Kasat
       School
     *  Ms T  Kirtiputra,  French  Teacher:  Mattayom  Wat  Makut  Kasat
       School
     *  Mrs B Sang-Eaim,  English  Teacher:  Mattayom  Wat  Makut  Kasat
       School
     *  Ms U Warachaikunatharn,  English  Teacher:  Mattayom  Wat  Makut
       Kasat School
     *  Ms N Suwipol, English Teacher: Mattayom Wat Makut Kasat School
     *   Mrs  C  Vatchanaratana,  Assistant  Director:  Office  Affairs,
       Mattayom Wat Makut Kasat School
     *  Mr S Bun-Rpemg-Sanoh, Vice Assistant Director: Academic  Affair,
       Mattayom Wat Makut Kasat School
     *  Mr T  Niyamhong,  School  Director:  Mattayom  Wat  Makut  Kasat
       School
     *  All schools and students visited.

                       MONDAY, 20 JANUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Assent by President in respect of Bills:
 (a)    Corporate Laws Amendment Bill [B 32B - 2002] - Act No 39 of 2002
     (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (b)    South African Maritime and Aeronautical Search and  Rescue  Bill
     [B 23D - 2002] - Act No 44 of  2002  (assented  to  and  signed  by
     President on 30 December 2002);


 (c)    Finance Bill [B 48 - 2002] - Act No 48 of 2002 (assented to  and
     signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (d)    Agricultural Debt Management Amendment Bill [B 45 - 2002] -  Act
     No 49 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President on  30  December
     2002);


 (e)    Promotion of Equality and Prevention  of  Unfair  Discrimination
     Amendment Bill [B 41B - 2002] - Act No 52 of 2002 (assented to  and
     signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (f)    Promotion of Access to Information Amendment Bill [B 60 -  2002]
     - Act No 54 of 2002 (assented to and  signed  by  President  on  30
     December 2002);


 (g)    Judicial Matters Amendment Bill [B 55B - 2002] - Act  No  55  of
     2002 (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (h)    National Environmental Management Amendment Bill [B 62 - 2002] -
     Act No 56 of 2002 (assented  to  and  signed  by  President  on  30
     December 2002);


 (i)    Disaster Management Bill [B 21B - 2002] -  Act  No  57  of  2002
     (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (j)    Patents Amendment Bill [B 64  -  2002]  -  Act  No  58  of  2002
      (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


(k)     Medicines and Related Substances Amendment Bill [B 40B -  2002]
      - Act No 59 of 2002 (assented to and signed  by  President  on  30
      December 2002);


 (l)    Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Amendment Bill [B 39B -
       2002] - Act No 60 of 2002 (assented to and signed  by  President
       on 30 December 2002);


 (m)    Merchandise Marks Amendment Bill [B 63B - 2002] - Act No  61  of
       2002 (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (n)    Medical Schemes Amendment Bill [B 37D - 2002] -  Act  No  62  of
       2002 (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (o)    Insolvency Second Amendment Bill [B 53D - 2002] - Act No  69  of
       2002 (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002);


 (p)    Regulation of Interception of Communications  and  Provision  of
       Communication-related Information Bill [B 50D - 2001] -  Act  No
       70 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President on  30  December
       2002);


 (q)    International Trade Administration Bill [B 38F - 2002] - Act  No
       71 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President on  30  December
       2002);


 (r)    Gas Regulator Levies Bill [B 47 - 2002] -  Act  No  75  of  2002
       (assented to and signed by President on 30 December 2002).
  1. Introduction of Bills:
 (1)    The following Bill was introduced by the Minister of  Trade  and
     Industry in the National Assembly on 20 January 2003  and  referred
     to the Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM) for  classification  in  terms
     of Joint Rule 160:


     (i)     Usury Amendment Bill [B 1 - 2003] (National Assembly -  sec
          75) [Explanatory summary of  Bill  and  prior  notice  of  its
          introduction published in Government Gazette No  23573  of  28
          June 2002.]


     The Bill has been referred to the Portfolio Committee on Trade  and
     Industry of the National Assembly.


     In terms of Joint Rule 154 written views on the  classification  of
     the Bill may be submitted to  the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     within three parliamentary working days.
  1. Draft Bills submitted in terms of Joint Rule 159:
 (1)    Usury Amendment Bill, 2003, submitted by the Minister  of  Trade
     and Industry  on  14  November  2002.  Referred  to  the  Portfolio
     Committee on  Trade  and  Industry  and  the  Select  Committee  on
     Economic and Foreign Affairs.


 (2)    Repeal of the Bophuthatswana  Provident  Fund  Act  Bill,  2003,
     submitted by the Minister of Finance on 12 December 2002.  Referred
     to the Portfolio Committee on Finance and the Select  Committee  on
     Finance.


 (3)    Repeal of the Sefalana Benefits  Organisation  Act  Bill,  2003,
     submitted by the Minister of Finance on 12 December 2002.  Referred
     to the Portfolio Committee on Finance and the Select  Committee  on
     Finance.

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 Report of the Road Accident Fund Commission appointed by the  President
 to inquire into, and make recommendations regarding, a system  for  the
 payment of compensation or benefits in the event of the injury or death
 of persons in road accidents - Volumes 1, 2 and 3.
  1. The Minister of Home Affairs:
 Agreement between the Government of the Republic of  South  Africa  and
 the Government of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Nigeria  on  Immigration
 Matters, tabled in terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.
  1. The Minister of Finance:
 Resolutions of the Standing Committee on Public Accounts for  2002  and
 replies thereto obtained by the National Treasury: Twelfth, Fourteenth,
 Nineteenth,  Twenty-sixth,  Twenty-seventh,  Twenty-eighth,  Thirtieth,
 Thirty-second, Thirty-third, Thirty-fourth, Thirty-sixth, Thirty-eighth
 reports, 2002.
  1. The Minister of Public Enterprises:
 (a)    Report and Financial Statements of Alexkor Limited for the  year
     ended 30 June 2002.


 (b)    Report and Financial Statements of Alexkor Limited for the  year
     ended 30 June 2001.


 (c)    Report and Financial Statements of Aventura  Limited  for  2000-
     2001. 5.    The Minister of Water Affairs and Forestry:


 (a)    Report and Financial Statements of the Albany  Coast  Water  for
     the year ended 30 June 2002.


 (b)    Report and Financial Statements of the  Amatola  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (c)    Report and Financial Statements of the Botshelo  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (d)    Report and Financial Statements of the Ikangala  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (e)    Report and Financial Statements of the Magalies  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (f)    Report and Financial Statements of the Mhlathuze Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (g)    Report and Financial Statements of the Overberg  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (h)    Report and Financial Statements of the Pelladrift Water for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (i)    Report and Financial Statements of the Sedibeng  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (j)    Report and Financial Statements of the Bloem Water for the  year
     ended 30 June 2002.


 (k)    Report and Financial Statements of the  Namaqua  Water  for  the
     year ended 30 June 2002.


 (l)    Report and Financial Statements of the Rand Water for  the  year
     ended 30 June 2002.


 (m)    Report and Financial Statements of the Umgeni Water for the year
     ended 30 June 2002.


 (n)    Report and Financial Statements of the Bushbuckridge  Water  for
     the year ended 30 June 2001.

National Assembly:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker:
 The following letter has been received by the Office of the Speaker:


 Dear Madam Speaker


 Proposed Amendment to the Constitution of the Republic of South  Africa
 Fourth Amendment Bill, 2002 [B 69 - 2002].


 You are no doubt aware that recent discussions between the ANC and  IFP
 led to an agreement to withdraw the  "reinstatement-provision"  in  the
 above Bill, which  is  presently  being  considered  by  the  Portfolio
 Committee on Justice and Constitutional Development. I am  consequently
 in the process of approaching Cabinet with a recommendation that clause
 6 of the Bill be amended by the deletion of the following subitem:


     6(3) Any person who, subsequent to 20 June 2002  has  been  removed
     from membership of a legislature by reason directly  or  indirectly
     of anything done by such person in the belief that he  or  she  was
     lawfully  acting  in  accordance  with   provisions   substantially
     similar in content to this Schedule, is  hereby  restored  to  such
     membership with all rights and privileges  attaching  thereto,  and
     any person who  has  replaced  such  person  as  a  member  of  the
     legislature hereby ceases to be a member of such legislature.


 I will be submitting a formal amendment to the Portfolio  Committee  as
 soon as possible, in order to ensure that the passing of  the  Bill  is
 not unnecessarily delayed.


 With kind regards




 Dr P M Maduna, MP
 MINISTER


 Referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on  Justice  and  Constitutional
 Development.

                      THURSDAY, 23 JANUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Introduction of Bills:
 (1)    The following Bill was introduced by the  Minister  for  Justice
     and Constitutional Development  in  the  National  Assembly  on  21
     January 2003 and referred to the Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM)  for
     classification in terms of Joint Rule 160:


     (i)     Judicial Matters Amendment Bill  [B  2  -  2003]  (National
          Assembly - sec 75) [Explanatory  summary  of  Bill  and  prior
          notice of its introduction published in Government Gazette  No
          23982 of 25 October 2002.]


     The Bill has been referred to the Portfolio  Committee  on  Justice
     and Constitutional Development of the National Assembly.


     In terms of Joint Rule 154 written views on the  classification  of
     the Bill may be submitted to  the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     within three parliamentary working days.


 (2)    The following Bills were introduced by the Minister  of  Finance
     in the National Assembly on 22 January 2003  and  referred  to  the
     Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM) for classification in terms of  Joint
     Rule 160:


     (i)     Special Pensions Amendment Bill  [B  3  -  2003]  (National
             Assembly - sec 75) [Explanatory summary of Bill  and  prior
             notice of its introduction published in Government  Gazette
             No 24196 of 18 December 2002.]


     (ii)    Government Employees Pension Law  Amendment  Bill  [B  4  -
             2003] (National Assembly - sec 75) [Explanatory summary  of
             Bill and prior notice  of  its  introduction  published  in
             Government Gazette No 24196 of 18 December 2002.]


     The Bills have been referred to the Portfolio Committee on  Finance
     of the National Assembly.


     In terms of Joint Rule 154 written views on the  classification  of
     the Bills may be submitted to the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     within three parliamentary working days.
  1. Draft Bills submitted in terms of Joint Rule 159:
 (1)    Public Protector Amendment Bill, 2003, submitted by the Minister
     for Justice and Constitutional  Development  on  20  January  2003.
     Referred to the Portfolio Committee on Justice  and  Constitutional
     Development   and   the   Select   Committee   on   Security    and
     Constitutional Affairs.


 (2)    National Ports Authority Bill, 2003, submitted by  the  Minister
     of  Transport  on  17  January  2003.  Referred  to  the  Portfolio
     Committee  on  Transport  and  the  Select  Committee   on   Public
     Services.

                       MONDAY, 3 FEBRUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Classification of Bills by Joint Tagging Mechanism:
 (1)    The Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM) on 31 January 2003 in terms of
     Joint Rule 160(3), classified the following  Bills  as  section  75
     Bills:


     (i)     Usury Amendment Bill [B 1 - 2003] (National Assembly -  sec
             75).


     (ii)    Judicial Matters Amendment Bill  [B  2  -  2003]  (National
             Assembly - sec 75).


     (iii)   Special Pensions Amendment Bill  [B  3  -  2003]  (National
             Assembly - sec 75).


     (iv)    Government Employees Pension Law  Amendment  Bill  [B  4  -
             2003] (National Assembly - sec 75).

National Assembly:

  1. Membership of Assembly:
 The following member vacated his seat in  the  National  Assembly  with
 effect from 1 February 2003:


 Scott, M I.
  1. Referrals to committees of tabled papers:
 (1)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Transport.


     Report and Financial Statements of  the  Civil  Aviation  Authority
     for 2001-2002.


 (2)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Social Development. The Report of the Auditor-General contained  in
     the following report is  referred  to  the  Standing  Committee  on
     Public Accounts for consideration and report:


     Report and Financial Statements of the National Development  Agency
     for 2001-2002, including the Report of the Auditor-General  on  the
     Financial Statements for 2001-2002 [RP 183-2002].


 (3)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Provincial and Local Government and to the  Standing  Committee  on
     Public Accounts:


     Letter from the  Minister  for  Provincial  and  Local  Government,
     tabled  in  terms  of  section  65(2)(a)  of  the  Public   Finance
     Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of  1999),  explaining  the  reasons
     for the late tabling of the following annual reports:


     (a)     Annual Report of the Department  of  Provincial  and  Local
          Government;
     (b)     Municipal Infrastructure Investment Unit; and
     (c)     Municipal Demarcation Board.


 (4)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Public  Enterprises  and  to  the  Standing  Committee  on   Public
     Accounts:


     Letter from the Minister of Public Enterprises, tabled in terms  of
     section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management  Act,  1999  (Act
     No 1 of 1999), giving  reasons  for  the  late  tabling  of  annual
     reports of Aventura and Alexkor.


 (5)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Finance and to the Standing Committee on Public Accounts:


     Letter from the Minister of Finance, tabled  in  terms  of  section
     65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act  No  1  of
     1999), explaining the reasons for the late tabling  of  the  annual
     reports of  Statistics  South  Africa  and  the  Public  Investment
     Commissioners.


 (6)    The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Agriculture and Land Affairs:


     (a)     Report  and  Financial  Statements  of  the  South  African
          Veterinary Council for 2001-2002.


     (b)     Report and Financial Statements of the  Ncera  Farms  (Pty)
          Limited for 2001-2002.


 (7)    The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Foreign Affairs and to the Standing Committee on Public Accounts:


     Letter from the Minister of Foreign Affairs,  tabled  in  terms  of
     section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management  Act,  1999  (Act
     No 1 of 1999), explaining reasons  for  the  late  tabling  of  the
     annual report of the Department of Foreign Affairs.


 (8)    The following papers are referred to the Standing  Committee  on
     Public Accounts:


     (a)     Resolutions of the Standing Committee  on  Public  Accounts
          for 2002 and replies thereto obtained by the National Treasury
          - Thirteen, Eighteen and Twenty-third Reports, 2002.


     (b)     Resolutions of the Standing Committee  on  Public  Accounts
          for 2002 and replies thereto obtained by the National Treasury
          - Sixth, Ninth and Twentieth Reports, 2002.


     (c)     Report of the Auditor-General on the Special  Investigation
          of the Coega Project [RP 169-2002].


     (d)     General Report on the Audit Outcomes for 2001-2002 [RP 226-
          2002].


 (9)    The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Finance:


     (a)     Annual Report of the Registrar of Unit Trust Companies  for
          the year ended 31 December 2001.


     (b)     Report of the Registrar of Pension Funds for 2001.


     (c)     Rider No 2 to Financing Agreement  between  the  Government
          of the Republic of South Africa  and  the  European  Community
          concerning  the  strengthening   of   Local   Governments   in
          Mpumalanga and the  Northern  Province,  tabled  in  terms  of
          section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (d)     Rider No 5 to Financing Agreement  between  the  Government
          of the Republic of South Africa  and  the  European  Community
          concerning Technical Support to the Department  of  Education,
          tabled in terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (e)     Financing Agreement between the Government of the  Republic
          of South Africa and  the  European  Community  concerning  the
          Private Sector Support Programme Risk Capital Facility, tabled
          in terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (f)     Specific Agreement between the Government of  the  Republic
          of South Africa and the Government of the Kingdom  of  Belgium
          on the Creation of a Study and  Consultancy  Fund,  tabled  in
          terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (g)     Agreement between the Government of the Republic  of  South
          Africa and the Government of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg  on
          Development Co-operation, tabled in terms of section 231(3) of
          the Constitution, 1996.


     (h)     Rider No 3 to Financing Agreement  between  the  Government
          of the Republic of South Africa  and  the  European  Community
          concerning the Trade and Industry  Policy  Support  Programme,
          tabled in terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (i)     Rider No 3 to Financing Agreement  between  the  Government
          of the Republic of South Africa  and  the  European  Community
          concerning the Cato Manor  Development  Programme,  tabled  in
          terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (j)     Rider No 4 to Financing Agreement  between  the  Government
          of the Republic of South Africa  and  the  European  Community
          concerning the Trade  and  Investment  Development  Programme,
          tabled in terms of section 231(3) of the Constitution, 1996.


     (k)      Agreement  Regulating  Technical  Assistance  between  the
          Government of the Republic of South Africa and the  Government
          of the Kingdom of Belgium, tabled in terms of  section  231(3)
          of the Constitution, 1996.


     (l)     Proclamation No R 71 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
          23894 dated 30 September 2002: Date of coming  into  operation
          of sections 40(1) and 41(1), made in terms of the Revenue Laws
          Amendment Act, 2001 (Act No 19 of 2001).


     (m)     Government Notice No 1362 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 24010 dated 30 October 2002: Statements of the National and
          Provincial  Governments'  Revenue,  Expenditure  and  National
          Borrowing as at 30 September 2002, made in terms of section 32
          of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999).


     (n)     Government Notice No 1350 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 23994 dated 31 October 2002: Amendment of the Rules of  the
          Government Employees  Pension  Fund,  made  in  terms  of  the
          Government Employees Pension Law, 1996 (Proclamation No 21  of
          1996).


     (o)     Government Notice No 1351 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 23994 dated 1 November 2002: Exchange Control  Regulations:
          Cancellation of an appointment  of  an  authorised  dealer  in
          foreign  exchange:  International  Bank  of  Southern   Africa
          Limited, made in terms of the Currency and Exchanges Act, 1933
          (Act No 9 of 1933).


     (p)     Government Notice No 1352 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 23997 dated 1 November 2002: Cancellation  and  appointment
          of an authorised dealer in foreign exchange:  Morgan  Guaranty
          Trust  Company  of  New  York  and  J  P  Morgan  Chase   Bank
          (Johannesburg Branch), made  in  terms  of  the  Currency  and
          Exchanges Act, 1933 (Act No 9 of 1933).


     (q)     Government Notice No 1379 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 24022 dated 4 November 2002:  Framework  for  Supply  Chain
          Management, made in terms of section 78 of the Public  Finance
          Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999).


     (r)     Regulations made in terms of section 77  of  the  Financial
          Centre Act, 2001 (Act No 38  of  2001),  tabled  in  terms  of
          section 77(4) of the Act.


 (10)    The  following  paper  is  referred  to  the  Joint  Monitoring
     Committee  on  Improvement  of  Quality  of  Life  and  Status   of
     Children, Youth and Disabled Persons. The Report  of  the  Auditor-
     General contained in  the  following  report  is  referred  to  the
     Standing  Committee  on  Public  Accounts  for  consideration   and
     report:


     Report and Financial Statements of the  National  Youth  Commission
     for 2000-2001, including the Report of the Auditor-General  on  the
     Financial Statements for 2000-2001.


 (11)   The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Trade and Industry:


     (a)      Report  and  Financial  Statements   of   the   Industrial
          Development Corporation of South Africa Limited for 2001-2002.


     (b)      Report  and  Financial  Statements  of  Khula   Enterprise
          Finance Limited for 2001-2002.


 (12)   The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Education. The Report  of  the  Auditor-General  contained  in  the
     following report is referred to the Standing  Committee  on  Public
     Accounts for consideration and report:


     Report and Financial Statements of the Council on Higher  Education
     for 2001-2002, including the Report of the Auditor-General  on  the
     Financial Statements for 2001-2002.


 (13)   The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Education:


     (a)     Government Notice No 887 published  in  Government  Gazette
          No 23557 dated 25 June 2002: Appointment of members  to  serve
          on the Ministerial Project Committee to investigate and advise
          on the suitability of the current system  of  differentiation,
          namely Standard and Higher Grade  in  the  Senior  Certificate
          Examination, made in terms of section 3(4)(l) of the  National
          Education Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 of 1996).


     (b)     Government Notice No 1269 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 23920 dated 7 October 2002: Appointment of members to serve
          on  the  Ministerial  Project  Committee  to  investigate  the
          possibilities  and  processes  regarding  the  integration  of
          senior  secondary  schools  into  the  Further  Education  and
          Training (FET) system with special reference  to  funding  and
          governance, made in terms of section 3(4)(l) of  the  National
          Education Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 of 1996).


     (c)     Government Notice No 1335 published in  Government  Gazette
          No 23988 dated 28 October  2002:  Development  of  a  National
          Curriculum Statement Grade 10-12 (Schools): Call  for  written
          submissions from  stakeholders,  bodies  and  members  of  the
          public, made in terms  of  section  3(4)(l)  of  the  National
          Education Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 of 1996).


 (14)   The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Housing.  The  Report  of  the  Auditor-General  contained  in  the
     following report is referred to the Standing  Committee  on  Public
     Accounts for consideration and report:


     Report and Financial  Statements  of  the  National  Home  Builders
     Registration Council for 2001-2002, including  the  Report  of  the
     Auditor-General on the Financial Statements for 2001-2002 [RP  171-
     2002].


 (15)   The following papers are referred to the Portfolio Committee  on
     Housing:


     (a)     Report and Financial Statements  of  the  National  Housing
          Finance Corporation Limited for 2001-2002.


     (b)     Report and  Financial  Statements  of  the  Social  Housing
          Foundation for 2001-2002.


     (c)     Report and  Financial  Statements  of  the  National  Urban
          Reconstruction and Housing Agency for 2001-2002.


     (d)      Report  and  Financial  Statements  of   Servcon   Housing
          Solutions (Proprietary) Limited for 2001-2002.


 (16)   The following paper is referred to the  Portfolio  Committee  on
     Education and to the Standing Committee on Public Accounts:


     Letter from the Minister of Education, tabled in terms  of  section
     65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act  No  1  of
     1999), explaining the delay in  the  late  tabling  of  the  annual
     report of the Council for Higher Education.

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces: Papers:

  1. The Minister of Finance:
 (a)    Proclamation No R 81 published in Government  Gazette  No  24075
     dated 15 November 2002: Commencement of the Financial Advisory  and
     Intermediary Services Act, 2002 (Act No 37 of 2002).


 (b)    Proclamation No R 85 published in Government  Gazette  No  24143
     dated 13 December 2002: Commencement  of  section  51(1),  made  in
     terms of section 51(2) of the  Revenue  Laws  Amendment  Act,  2001
     (Act No 19 of 2001).


 (c)    Government Notice No R 1595 published in Government  Gazette  No
     24176  dated  20  December  2002:  Regulations  in  terms  of   the
     Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No 38 of 2001).


 (d)    Government Notice No R 1464 published in Government  Gazette  No
     24088 dated 22 November 2002: Amendment of Regulations in terms  of
     section 90 of the Banks Act, 1990 (Act No 94 of 1990).


 (e)    Government Notice No R 1465 published in Government  Gazette  No
     24088 dated 22 November 2002: Amendment of Regulations in terms  of
     section 90 of the Banks Act, 1990 (Act No 94 of 1990).


 (f)    Government Notice No 1511 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     24131 dated 29 November 2002: Approval of allocations in  terms  of
     section 9(1) of the Division of Revenue Act,  2002  (Act  No  5  of
     2002).


 (g)    Government Notice No 1513 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     24132 dated 29 November 2002: Statement of  the  National  Revenue,
     Expenditure and Borrowing as  at  31  October  2002,  in  terms  of
     section 32 of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1  of
     1999).


 (h)    Government Notice No 3464 published  in  Government  Gazette  No
     24220 dated 30 December 2002: Statement of  the  National  Revenue,
     Expenditure and Borrowing as at 30 November 2002, in terms  of  the
     Adjustments Appropriation Act, 2002 (Act No 73 of 2002).
  1. The Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism:
 Report and Financial Statements of the National Botanical Institute for
 2001-2002, including the Report of the Auditor-General on the Financial
 Statements for 2001-2002.

National Assembly:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker:
 (1)    Letter dated 29 October 2002 from the Minister in the Presidency
     to the Speaker, tabled in terms of section 65(2)(a) of  the  Public
     Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1  of  1999),  explaining  the
     delay in the tabling of the Annual Report and Financial  Statements
     for the Presidency and the National Youth Commission:


     Dear Dr Ginwala


     I hereby would like, in terms of section 65 of the  Public  Finance
     Management Act (1999), to furnish you  with  information  regarding
     the delays in the publication and tabling of the Annual Report  and
     Financial Statements for the  Presidency  and  the  National  Youth
     Commission for 2001/2 financial year.


     The Presidency's Financial Statements and Annual  Report  for  this
     period have been completed, but due to unfortunate  delays  in  the
     printing processes, will be tabled in the National Assembly  during
     the first week of November 2002.


     With regard to the Financial Statements and Annual  report  of  the
     National Youth Commission  (NYC)  for  this  period,  I  have  been
     notified by the Commission that the Accounting  Authority  withdrew
     the 2001/2  financial  statements.  This  was  done  to  allow  for
     corrections in the VAT positions of the NYC.  The  NYC  is  of  the
     view that the audit opinion on the NYC would be incomplete  in  the
     absence of incorporating these corrections.


     Your kind understanding in this regard is appreciated.


     Regards




     Essop Pahad, MP
     MINISTER


 (2)    Letter dated  29  November  2002  from  the  Minister  of  Arts,
     Culture, Science and Technology to the Speaker, tabled in terms  of
     section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management  Act,  1999  (Act
     No 1 of 1999):


     Dear Dr Ginwala


     Explanation for the late tabling of Science Council Annual  Reports
     in  accordance  with  section  65(2)(a)  of  the   Public   Finance
     Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999)
     In terms of section 65(1)(a) of the above Act, the  annual  reports
     and  financial  statements,  and  the  audit   reports   on   those
     statements, were tabled late by the science councils listed below.


     1. The Human Sciences Research Council  tabled  its  report  on  21
          October 2002.


     2. The Africa Institute of South Africa tabled  its  report  on  30
          October 2002.


     3.  The  National  Research  Foundation  tabled  its  report  on  5
          November 2002.


     4. The Foundation for Education, Science and Technology tabled  its
          report on 5 November 2002.




     MINISTER


 (3)    Letter dated 3 December 2002 from  the  Minister  of  Trade  and
     Industry to the Speaker, tabled in terms  of  section  65(2)(a)  of
     the Public Finance  Management  Act,  1999  (Act  No  1  of  1999),
     explaining the delay in the tabling of the Annual  Report  for  the
     Department of Trade and Industry:


     Dear Dr Ginwala


     In terms of section 65(2)(a) of the Public Finance Management  Act,
     1999, I wish to inform Parliament that the DTI's Annual Report  was
     not tabled within the timeframes provided in the  PFMA  Act,  1999.
     The report was due on 30 September 2002 and  my  department  tabled
     the report on 22 October 2002. The late tabling was due  to  delays
     in the editing and printing of the report.


     I sincerely apologize for the delay.




     Yours sincerely




     Mr Alec Erwin
     MINISTER

COMMITTEE REPORTS:

National Assembly:

  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Agriculture and Land Affairs on the Deeds Registries Amendment Bill [B 65 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75), dated 24 January 2003:

    The Portfolio Committee on Agriculture and Land Affairs, having considered the subject of the Deeds Registries Amendment Bill [B 65 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75), referred to it and classified by the Joint Tagging Mechanism as a section 75 Bill, reports the Bill with amendments [B 65A - 2002].

  2. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Social Development on the National Development Agency Amendment Bill [B 70 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75), dated 24 January 2003:

    The Portfolio Committee on Social Development, having considered the subject of the National Development Agency Amendment Bill [B 70 - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75), referred to it and classified by the Joint Tagging Mechanism as a section 75 Bill, reports the Bill with amendments [B 70A - 2002].

                    TUESDAY, 4 FEBRUARY 2003
    

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson report to their respective Houses:
 A serious allegation was made against the  Presiding  Officers  at  the
 meeting of the Joint Rules Committee on Tuesday, 4  February  2003.  In
 terms of Joint Rule  30,  as  this  allegation  was  made  against  the
 Presiding Officers, it is being reported directly to the House for  its
 attention.


 The unrevised transcript of the relevant proceedings is as follows:
     Mr J H DE LANGE: Thank you. I want to address just  one  issue  and
     that is the so-called "critical issue" raised  by  Minister  Manuel
     in b). We all know that it was not Minister Manuel who  raised  the
     point. We know that the Presiding Officers hold that view, which  I
     think is rather - factually and legally ...


     The SPEAKER: Sorry, could you speak into the microphone?


     Mr J H DE LANGE: Sorry?


     The SPEAKER: Could you speak into the microphone. You do  not  need
     to look at us.


     Mr J H DE LANGE: Must I start again?


     As I said, I am addressing the second  so-called  "critical  issue"
     that Minister Manuel raises, and which  we  know  is  not  Minister
     Manuel's issue. It is the issue of the Presiding Officers,  because
     that is the view they hold ...


     The SPEAKER: I am sorry. Could you explain that?


     Mr J H DE LANGE: We know that the two of you,  Presiding  Officers,
     hold this view and we know how you feel on these matters.  Clearly,
     you raised it with Minister Manuel and now it is  given  to  us  in
     the form of them wanting to raise it with us.


     I do not think we should beat about the  bush.  We  all  know  that
     this is the point of view you hold.  Of  course,  the  rest  of  us
     disagree  totally  with  that  and  that  is  why  the  rules   are
     different, as Mrs Seaton has spoken.


     I want to make the point here that,  factually  and  legally,  this
     position is wrong. Firstly, not the Joint Rules  Committee  or  any
     committee  in  Parliament  makes  decisions.  You  yourself,  Madam
     Speaker, remind us of that all the time.  You  remind  us  that  no
     committee, and that includes the Joint  Rules  Committee,  has  any
     power in terms of the Constitution to make decisions. We  know  how
     it works. This Rules Committee decides on matters  and  then  there
     is a clause in the ATC which says that this is a  report  from  the
     Rules Committee. The House adopts it and  if  the  House  does  not
     raise any issue, it is the position of the House, not of the  Rules
     Committee or of any committee of Parliament.  So  it  is  factually
     incorrect to say that.


     Secondly, factually the legal position is also incorrectly  stated.
     All that has happened through the Rules Committee -  we  have  said
     this many times, but clearly there is a difference  of  opinion  on
     this - is that  we  have  created  a  process  whereby  members  of
     Parliament can participate in a process of  having  a  say  in  the
     running of their own Parliament. That is all we have  done.  At  no
     stage  do   we   make   decisions   as   subcommittees.   We   make
     recommendations to the Rules Committee. At no stage does the  Rules
     Committee  make  decisions.  It  is  Parliament  that  makes  these
     decisions.


     Secondly, the Rules do not change the position in  the  Powers  and
     Privileges of  Parliament  Act.  Legally  that  is  the  situation.
     Legally - and Madam Speaker and the Chairperson know  this  -  that
     Act stands and it  makes  the  Secretary  the  accounting  officer,
     subject to being  overruled  by  the  Presiding  Officers,  and  in
     particular ÿ.ÿ.ÿ. In the Act the word  is  "the  Speaker".  Legally
     the situation is that ultimately  the  accounting  officer  remains
     the Secretary, with the Presiding Officers  having  the  overruling
     power.


     The processes that we participate in through  the  Rules  Committee
     and the subcommittees is, of course,  that  we  in  Parliament  say
     what we want, but ultimately  the  Speaker  and  the  Secretary  to
     Parliament put forward the budget. It is very  clear  legally  that
     that is the situation. Of course, you can ignore what we  tell  you
     in the Rules Committee. You can ignore that,  because  legally  you
     have the power to be the accounting officer in the  manner  that  I
     have spelt out.


     I think, firstly, that we can have differences of opinion. That  is
     no problem. But let us at least take the thing  factually.  I  know
     this type  of  thing.  You  keep  raising  it  as,  "Well,  now,  a
     committee is not an executive authority". It is  done,  of  course,
     to be quite emotional about the thing and  say,  "Well,  how  is  a
     committee an executive authority?" A  committee  can  never  be  an
     executive authority, and we know  that.  Legally  it  is  not  like
     that, until the Powers and Privileges of Parliament Act changes.


     But what we have done, through  changing  the  Rules,  is  that  it
     cannot be that the Speaker herself just decides what  the  policies
     of Parliament are.  We  have  created  a  process  whereby  we  can
     participate,  but  of  course  the  Presiding  Officers  ultimately
     decide how to do that. Of course, if they want to  ignore  it  they
     can, but there are things that can happen then. So, really, let  us
     have this difference of opinion if we want to, but let us not  deal
     with it in this way.


     This is really unfortunate ... to raise it with  the  Minister  and
     then the Minister telling us to fix it up. It is just  not  ...  It
     is actually just ... Well, let me rather not  say  it.  I  want  to
     make the point that the two of you have that position, and that  is
     fine. The rest of us disagree.


     The SPEAKER: Mr de Lange, before I give the floor to  anyone  else,
     you have alleged that  this  was  raised  with  Mr  Manuel  by  the
     Presiding Officers. You will either substantiate that  or  withdraw
     it. You are entitled to your opinion. I do not have a problem  with
     that. But to make an allegation like that in  this  committee,  you
     will have to withdraw or substantiate it.


     Mr J H DE LANGE: Well, I will speak to Mr Manuel  and  I  will  see
     what he ...


     The SPEAKER: No! You will do it here.


     Mr J H DE LANGE: No, I will not do it now, because I have to  speak
     to Mr Manuel. I am not going to withdraw anything  that  I  do  not
     have proof of.


     The SPEAKER: This meeting is adjourned. I will not preside  over  a
     meeting in which that kind of allegation is made.


     Mr J H DE LANGE: Well, fine!
  1. Introduction of Bills:
 (1)    The following Bill was introduced  by  the  Acting  Minister  of
     Transport in the National Assembly on 4 February 2003 and  referred
     to the Joint Tagging Mechanism (JTM) for  classification  in  terms
     of Joint Rule 160:


     (i)     National Ports  Authority  Bill  [B  5  -  2003]  (National
          Assembly - sec 75) [Explanatory  summary  of  Bill  and  prior
          notice of its introduction published in Government Gazette  No
          24261 of 17 January 2003.]


     The Bill has been referred to the Portfolio Committee on  Transport
     of the National Assembly.


     In terms of Joint Rule 154 written views on the  classification  of
     the Bill may be submitted to  the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     within three parliamentary working days.
  1. Draft Bills submitted in terms of Joint Rule 159:
 (1)    Local Government: Property Rates Bill, 2003,  submitted  by  the
     Minister for Provincial and Local Government on  16  January  2003.
     Referred  to  the  Portfolio  Committee  on  Provincial  and  Local
     Government  and  the  Select  Committee  on  Local  Government  and
     Administration.

National Assembly:

  1. The Speaker:
 Hours of Sitting


 In terms of the powers vested in me in Rule  2  to  give  a  ruling  in
 respect of unforeseen eventualities, I rule  that  notwithstanding  the
 hours of sitting provided for in Rule 23, the House commence sitting at
 10:00 on Monday, 17 February 2003, and 09:00 on  Tuesday,  18  February
 2003, for purposes of the debate on the President's state-of-the-nation
 address, as decided by the Programme Committee on 23 January 2003.

                       FRIDAY, 7 FEBRUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Introduction of Bills:
 (1)    The following Bill was introduced by the  Minister  for  Justice
     and Constitutional  Development  in  the  National  Assembly  on  6
     February 2003 and referred to the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     for classification in terms of Joint Rule 160:


     (i)     Public Protector Amendment Bill  [B  6  -  2003]  (National
          Assembly - sec 75) [Explanatory  summary  of  Bill  and  prior
          notice of its introduction published in Government Gazette  No
          23966 of 21 October 2002.]


     The Bill has been referred to the Portfolio  Committee  on  Justice
     and Constitutional Development of the National Assembly.


     In terms of Joint Rule 154 written views on the  classification  of
     the Bill may be submitted to  the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     within three parliamentary working days.

National Assembly:

  1. Membership of Assembly:
 (1)    The following member will be vacating his seat in  the  National
     Assembly with effect from 1 April 2003:


          Mothiba, Kgoshi L C.


 (2)    The following member vacated her seat in the  National  Assembly
     with effect from 1 February 2003:


          Gandhi, E.

                      TUESDAY, 11 FEBRUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Introduction of Bills:
 (1)    The following Bill was introduced by the  Minister  of  Minerals
     and Energy in  the  National  Assembly  on  11  February  2003  and
     referred to the Joint Tagging Mechanism  (JTM)  for  classification
     in terms of Joint Rule 160:


     (i)     Geoscience Amendment Bill [B 7 - 2003]  (National  Assembly
          - sec 75) [Bill and prior notice of its introduction published
          in Government Gazette No 24338 of 31 January 2003.]


     The Bill has been referred to the Portfolio Committee  on  Minerals
     and Energy of the National Assembly.


     In terms of Joint Rule 154 written views on the  classification  of
     the Bill may be submitted to  the  Joint  Tagging  Mechanism  (JTM)
     within three parliamentary working days.
  1. Draft Bills submitted in terms of Joint Rule 159: (1) Banks Amendment Bill, 2003, submitted by the Minister of Finance on 28 January 2003. Referred to the Portfolio Committee on Finance and the Select Committee on Finance.
 (2)    Geoscience Amendment Bill, 2003, submitted by  the  Minister  of
     Minerals and Energy on 3 February 2003. Referred to  the  Portfolio
     Committee on Minerals  and  Energy  and  the  Select  Committee  on
     Economic and Foreign Affairs.

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker and the Chairperson:
 Interim Report  of  Joint  Subcommittee  on  Delegated  Legislation  on
 Scrutiny of Delegated Legislation (published in terms of a decision  of
 the Joint Rules Committee on 29 October 2002).


 The  report  is  also  available  on  the  parliamentary   website   at
 www.parliament.gov.za
  1. The Minister of Trade and Industry:
 (a)    Report and Financial Statements of  the  Board  on  Tariffs  and
     Trade for the period 1 January 2001 to 31 March 2002.


 (b)    Report of the South African Council for the Non-Proliferation of
     Weapons of Mass Destruction for the period 1 July 1999 to  30  June
     2000.


 (c)    Report and Financial Statements of Trade  and  Investment  South
     Africa for 2001-2002.
  1. The Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism:
 Report and Financial Statements of South  African  National  Parks  for
 2001-2002, including the Report of the Auditor-General on the Financial
 Statements for 2001-2002.

National Assembly: Papers:

  1. The Speaker:
 (a)    Interim Report of the Special Investigating Unit for the  period
     1 April 2002 to 30 September 2002.


 (b)    Letter dated 23 January 2003 from  the  Minister  of  Sport  and
     Recreation to the Speaker, tabled in terms of section  65(2)(a)  of
     the Public Finance  Management  Act,  1999  (Act  No  1  of  1999),
     explaining the delay in the tabling of the  Annual  Report  of  the
     South African Sports Commission:


     Dear Madam


     In your "Special Report on the delays  in  the  tabling  of  annual
     reports for the financial year 2001-2002" the SASC  was  cited  for
     tabling their annual report late. As such, it is required of me  as
     the Executive Authority to provide  an  explanation  for  the  late
     submission of such reports by entities under my jurisdiction.


     I have requested the  CEO  of  the  SASC  to  provide  me  with  an
     explanation for the late submission of their report. I  received  a
     letter from Dr. M J Phaahla, CEO of the SASC, on the matter,  which
     I am attaching herewith for your information.


     Dr Phaahla, as you will note in his correspondence,  indicate  that
     the main reason why the report was  tabled  late  was  due  to  the
     inability of the printers that  they  commissioned  to  deliver  on
     time. You will  also  note  that  Dr  Phaahla,  on  behalf  of  the
     chairperson of the SASC, Mr Gideon Sam,  and  the  members  of  the
     SASC Board, apologise for the unfortunate delay and  express  their
     assurance that in future they will avoid this  kind  of  unforeseen
     embarrassment.


     Should you need any further information, please do not hesitate  to
     contact my office.


     Kind regards




     B M N Balfour, MP
     MINISTER

COMMITTEE REPORTS:

National Assembly:

  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Trade and Industry on the Usury Amendment Bill [B 1 - 2003] (National Assembly - sec 75), dated 5 February 2003:

    The Portfolio Committee on Trade and Industry, having considered the subject of the Usury Amendment Bill [B 1 - 2003 (National Assembly - sec 75), referred to it and classified by the Joint Tagging Mechanism as a section 75 Bill, reports the Bill without amendment.

                   WEDNESDAY, 12 FEBRUARY 2003
    

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Assent by President in respect of Bills: (1) Promotion of Administrative Justice Amendment Bill [B 46B - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 75) - Act No 53 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President on 30 January 2003);
 (2)    Broadcasting Amendment Bill [B 34D - 2002] (National Assembly  -
     sec 75) - Act No 64 of 2002 (assented to and  signed  by  President
     on 29 January 2003);


 (3)    Intelligence Services Bill [B 58D - 2002] (National  Assembly  -
     sec 75) - Act No 65 of 2002 (assented to and  signed  by  President
     on 30 January 2003);


 (4)    Intelligence Services Control Amendment  Bill  [B  50D  -  2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75) - Act No 66 of 2002 (assented  to  and
     signed by President on 30 January 2003);


 (5)    National Strategic Intelligence Amendment Bill [B  51D  -  2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75) - Act No 67 of 2002 (assented  to  and
     signed by President on 30 January 2003); and


 (6)    Electronic Communications Security (Pty) Ltd Bill [B 59D - 2002]
     (National Assembly - sec 75) - Act No 68 of 2002 (assented  to  and
     signed by President on 30 January 2003).

National Assembly:

  1. Membership of Assembly:
 A vacancy has occurred in the National Assembly owing to the  death  of
 the following member on 5 February 2003:


 Maphalala, M A.

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Minister of Finance:
 Government Notice No 79 published in Government Gazette No 24238  dated
 7 January 2003: Adjustment to Local Government Allocations - 2002/2003,
 made in terms of the Division of Revenue Act, 2002 (Act No 5 of 2002).
  1. The Minister of Minerals and Energy:
 Financial Statements of the South African Diamond Board for  2001-2002,
 including the Report of the Auditor-General on the Financial Statements
 for 2001-2002 [RP 126-2002].

National Assembly:

Papers:

  1. The Speaker:
 Letter dated 12 February 2003 from the Minister of Minerals and  Energy
 to the Speaker, tabled in terms  of  section  65(2)(a)  of  the  Public
 Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999), explaining  the  delay
 in the tabling of the Annual Financial Statements of the South  African
 Diamond Board:
 Dear Madam Speaker


 Please be advised that the Annual Financial  Statements  of  the  South
 African Diamond Board for the year ending on 31  March  2002  were  not
 submitted to the Department for tabling  in  Parliament  in  compliance
 with Section 40(1)(e) of the Public Finance Management Act,  1999  (Act
 No 1 of 1999) due to delays caused by structural changes such as:


     1. The sudden resignation of the financial manager a  month  before
          the Financial Year End.
     2. The absence of the financial accountant due to ill  health  from
          February to April 2002.
     3. The suspension of the Chief Executive Officer.


 As a result the Chairman of the Board requested for  the  extension  of
 the Audit from 31 May 2002 to 31 July 2002, which led to the issuing of
 the Audit Report a month after the official due date of 31 August 2002.
 This letter, therefore, serves to request for the tabling of the Annual
 Financial Statements of the South African Diamond Board  in  Parliament
 without further delay.
 Please accept my sincere apology for the delay  and  the  inconvenience
 this may have caused.


 Kind regards




 Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka
 MINISTER OF MINERALS AND ENERGY

COMMITTEE REPORTS:

National Assembly:

  1. Report of the Portfolio Committee on Communications on the Filling of a Vacancy on the Council of the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa, dated 4 February 2003:

    The Portfolio Committee on Communications, having considered the matter of the filling of a vacancy on the Council of the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa, referred to it, reports as follows:

    The Committee invited the public to nominate persons for consideration and recommendation to the President for filling a vacancy. Nominations and applications were received from 24 candidates. Some of them were not considered as they did not meet the requirements as prescribed by law, and as stipulated in the advertisements.

    The Committee met on 21 January 2003 to consider the nominees, and agreed unanimously that the following persons be shortlisted and interviewed on 4 February 2003:

    • Ms T Cohen
    • Dr B Dumisa
    • Mr A H A Karrim
    • Mr G Petrick

    Mr Karrim withdrew his nomination.

    After having considered the shortlist and after having interviewed the remaining three candidates, the Committee recommends that the House, in accordance with section 5 of the Act, makes a recommendation to the President that Mr G Petrick be appointed as councillor to Icasa.

    The Committee also discussed section 9(2)(b) of the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa Act, No 13 of 2000, which provides that “Any councillor appointed under this subsection holds office for the rest of the period of the predecessor’s term of office, unless the National Assembly directs that such councillor holds office for a longer period which may not exceed four years”.

 Report to be considered.

                     THURSDAY, 13 FEBRUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly:

  1. The Speaker:
 MEMBERS' STATEMENTS AND NOTICES OF MOTION
 Introduction


 The Rules Committee, at its  meeting  on  14  August  2002,  agreed  to
 operationalise  the  Rule  on  members'  statements  (Rule  105),  with
 amendments as required. The Chief Whips' Forum was requested  to  agree
 on the wording of the Rule and to propose implementation guidelines for
 members statements and notices of motion, which would be  restored  for
 their specific purpose of enabling members  to  initiate  business  for
 consideration or decision by the  House  where  that  was  the  express
 intention.


 In its report to the Programme Committee on 14 November 2002, the Chief
 Whips' Forum presented  guidelines  for  members'  statements  and  for
 notices of motion, and proposed that -


     -   members'  statements  be  introduced  for   a   trial   period,
          commencing with the first term of 2003;
     -  the process be monitored in terms of the  identified  objectives
          by a small committee of the Chief Whips' Forum; and
     -  following a final review at the end of the first term, the  Rule
          be appropriately adjusted and put to the House for adoption.


 These proposals were approved by the Programme Committee and it  agreed
 that the  guidelines  would  be  published  in  the  ATC  for  members'
 information.


 Implementation of members' statements


 1.     The order of party rotation will be  the  same  as  the  current
     order of rotation for notices of motion. That order  is:  ANC;  DP;
     IFP; ANC; New NP; UDM; ANC; smaller party; smaller party, ANC,  DP,
     etc.


 2.     The sequence will start  at  the  beginning  on  each  day  that
     members' statements are made.


 3.     Notices of motion and motions without notice will be called  for
     daily at the start of proceedings, except for  question  days  when
     they are taken  at  the  conclusion  of  questions.  They  will  be
     followed by members' statements  on  the  days  on  which  members'
     statements are made.
 4.     The actual amount of time allocated to members' statements is as
     follows:


     a. Fourteen (14) members' statements will  be  accommodated  at  1½
          minutes per statement.
     b. A maximum of five (5) Ministers will be given an opportunity  to
          respond for 2 minutes each. The opportunity for  Ministers  to
          respond will follow after the expiry of members' time.


 5.     Statements will regularly be taken on  Tuesdays  and  Thursdays,
     and on Fridays when the House sits on a  Friday.  On  certain  days
     members' statements can be  dispensed  with  by  agreement  in  the
     Programme Committee.


 Guidelines on members' statements


 1.     Members' statements may cover any subject which a member  wishes
     to raise relevant to the national sphere of  government,  including
     topical  international  and  national  issues   and   constituents'
     matters.


 2.     The normal rules of debate apply, including -


     a. Unparliamentary language.
     b. Sub judice rule.
     c. Reflections on judges and other specified public  office-bearers
          (Rule 66).
     d. Allegations against other members require a substantive motion.


 3.     Statements need not be submitted in writing and are recorded  in
     Hansard.


 4.     As with speeches, a member's statement is concluded when his/her
     time expires.


 Restoring notices of motion


 1.     The Rules provide for two types of motion  to  come  before  the
     House:


     a. Subjects for discussion (debate only).
     b. Draft resolutions for consideration (decision  with  or  without
          debate).


 2.     Most motions require advance notice, except  for  a  few  formal
     ones for which the Rules specifically provide.


 3.     To restore notices of motion to  their  original  purpose,  they
     will be required to comply with agreed guidelines or  criteria,  as
     set out below.


 4.     The Rules provide an additional safeguard in that  they  provide
     that the Speaker may amend or otherwise deal  with  any  notice  of
     motion which offends against the  practice  or  these  Rules  (Rule
     100).


 Guidelines for notices of motion


 1.     Notices of motion should be limited  to  matters  which  members
     specifically intend should be brought before the House  for  debate
     or decision.


 2.     Notice can be given verbally in the House or in writing.


 3.     Subjects for discussion
     The wording of a  subject  for  discussion  should  be  limited  to
     identifying the topic. The topic  should  be  clearly  established.
     The wording determines the scope and focus of the debate.  A  topic
     that is too vague or broad will lead  to  an  unstructured  general
     debate.


 4.     Draft resolutions


     Generally, draft resolutions  should  be  short  and  succinct  and
     framed so as to express  with  as  much  clarity  as  possible  the
     distinct opinion or decision of the House.


 5.     A draft resolution must deal with matters within the  competence
     of the National Assembly.


 6.     It should deal with only one substantive matter.


 7.     It must consist of a clear and succinct proposed  resolution  or
     order of the House. Any  extraneous  matter  meant  to  motivate  a
     decision should be omitted, and can be put forward when the  member
     introduces the motion in the House.
 8.     It must not contain statements, quotations or other matters  not
     strictly  necessary  to  make  the  proposed  resolution  or  order
     intelligible.


 9.     The Rule of Anticipation will apply. A notice of motion  on  the
     Order Paper on a particular topic will therefore  block  all  other
     notices on substantively the same topic.


 10.    It may not be the same in substance as a draft  resolution  that
     has been approved or rejected during the same session (Rule 95).


 11.    It may not contain unbecoming or offensive expressions.


 12.    It may not issue an instruction to the executive.


 13.    It should observe  the  principles  of  co-operative  government
     (Chapter 3 of the Constitution).


 14.    A signed written copy must be handed to  the  Table  immediately
     after notice has been given in the House.
 Scheduling motions in the programme


 1.     Notices of motion, once given, are printed on  the  Order  Paper
     under "Further Business." The  Programme  Committee  considers  all
     business  on  the  Order  Paper  and  decides  which  business   to
     schedule. Parties can therefore seek to have  a  notice  of  motion
     scheduled through their party representatives on that committee.


 2.     The Chief  Whips'  Forum  provides  a  further  opportunity  for
     parties to canvass support to have a notice of motion scheduled  by
     the Programme Committee.

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Minister of Foreign Affairs:
 (a)    Protocol relating to the Establishing of the Peace and  Security
     Council of the African Union, tabled in terms of section 231(2)  of
     the Constitution, 1996.


 (b)    Explanatory Memorandum to the Protocol.
  1. The Minister for Justice and Constitutional Development:
 (a)    Proclamation No R 84 published in Government  Gazette  No  24111
     dated 29 November 2002: Commencement of sections 14 and 23  of  the
     Debt Collectors Act, 1998 (Act No 114 of 1998), made  in  terms  of
     the Act.


 (b)    Government Notice No R 1501 published in Government  Gazette  No
     24120 dated 3 December 2002: Amendment of the regulations  for  the
     administration and distribution of estates, made in  terms  of  the
     Black Administration Act, 1927 (Act No 38 of 1927).


 (c)    Government Notice No R 1580 published in Government  Gazette  No
     24178 dated 13 December 2002: Scale of fees payable in  respect  of
     matters referred to in section 80 of the Attorneys Act,  1979  (Act
     No 53 of 1979), made in terms of the Act.


 (d)    Proclamation No R 2 published in  Government  Gazette  No  24321
     dated 31 January 2003: Referral  of  Matters  to  existing  Special
     Investigating Units and Special Tribunal,  made  in  terms  of  the
     Special Investigating Units and Special Tribunals  Act,  1996  (Act
     No 74 of 1996).

                      FRIDAY, 14 FEBRUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Assent by President in respect of Bills:
 (1)    National Conventional Arms Control Bill [B 50D - 2000] (National
     Assembly - sec 75) - Act No 41 of 2002 (assented to and  signed  by
     President on 12 February 2003);


 (2)    Defence Bill [B 60B - 2001] (National Assembly - sec 75)  -  Act
     No 42 of 2002 (assented to and signed by President on  12  February
     2003); and


 (3)    Administrative Adjudication of Road Traffic  Offences  Amendment
     Bill [B 42D - 2002] (National Assembly - sec 76) -  Act  No  72  of
     2002 (assented to and signed by President on 12 February 2003).

TABLINGS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

Papers:

  1. The Minister for Justice and Constitutional Development:
 Draft Regulations  made  in  terms  of  the  Recognition  of  Customary
 Marriages Act, 1998 (Act No 120 of 1998).
  1. The Minister of Public Works:
 @ your Service department of public works december 2002. COMMITTEE REPORTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

  1. Mr G Q M Doidge and Ms S N Ntlabati, as Acting Co-Chairpersons, presented the First Report of the Joint Rules Committee, dated 5 February 2003, as follows:
 The Joint Rules Committee at the request of parties met on Wednesday, 5
 February 2003, after it was adjourned before concluding its business on
 4 February when the hon Adv J H de Lange  made  an  allegation  in  the
 Committee against the  Presiding  Officers  which  he  did  not  either
 substantiate or withdraw when called upon to do so.


 The Speaker and the Chairperson of the National Council  of  Provinces,
 as Co-Chairpersons, took the chair whereupon the Speaker requested  the
 Committee to elect chairpersons  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  the
 meeting. Mr G Q M Doidge and Ms S  N  Ntlabati  were  duly  elected  as
 Acting Co-Chairpersons.


 The hon Adv De Lange was then given an opportunity to make a statement,
 and did so in the following terms:


     Mr J H DE LANGE: I would like to make a statement dealing with  the
     retraction of those remarks  made  by  me  at  that  joint  meeting
     yesterday, 4 February. I would like to say  that  I  regret  having
     made  those  remarks  and  I  withdraw  them   unconditionally.   I
     obviously apologise to this Committee for any inconvenience that  I
     may have caused in the process.


 The Committee accepted the statement and agreed that it be published in
 the next Announcements, Tablings and Committee Reports.


 In response to an invitation by the Chair to comment on the  statement,
 the Speaker indicated that she would be reporting on the matter to  the
 National Assembly and  the  Chairperson  of  the  National  Council  of
 Provinces noted that the apology was not also specifically directed  at
 the affected members.


 The Committee resolved that the issue had been disposed of.

                      MONDAY, 17 FEBRUARY 2003

ANNOUNCEMENTS:

National Assembly and National Council of Provinces:

The Speaker and the Chairperson:

  1. Translations of Bills submitted:
 (1)    The Minister for Agriculture and Land Affairs:


          Wysigingswetsontwerp op Registrasie van Aktes [W  65  -  2002]
          (National Assembly - sec 75)


     This is the  official  translation  into  Afrikaans  of  the  Deeds
     Registries Amendment Bill [B 65 - 2002] (National  Assembly  -  sec
     75).
  1. Draft Bills submitted in terms of Joint Rule 159:
 (1)    Liquor Bill, 2003,  submitted  by  the  Minister  of  Trade  and
     Industry on 12 February 2003. Referred to the  Portfolio  Committee
     on Trade and Industry and the  Select  Committee  on  Economic  and
     Foreign Affairs.


 (2)    National Small Business Amendment Bill, 2003, submitted  by  the
     Minister of Trade and Industry on 12  February  2003.  Referred  to
     the Portfolio Committee  on  Trade  and  Industry  and  the  Select
     Committee on Economic and Foreign Affairs.

National Assembly:

The Speaker:

  1. Membership of Joint, Portfolio and House Committees:
 Pursuant to the resolution adopted by both the  National  Assembly  and
 the National Council of Provinces on 14 November  2002,  the  following
 members have been appointed to the  Assembly  component  of  the  Joint
 Committee on Ethics and Members' Interests:


 African National Congress


 Chikane, M M
 Cronin, J P
 Gxowa, N B
 Jassat, E E
 Landers, L T
 Njobe, M A A
 Radebe, A B
 September, R K
 Shilubana, T P
 Solomon, G


 Democratic Party


 Maluleke, D K
 Moorcroft, E K


 Inkatha Freedom Party


 Seaton, S A


 New National Party


 Blaas, A


 United Democratic Movement


 Frolick, C T


 African Christian Democratic Party


 Green, L M


 Pan Africanist Congress


 De Lille, P


 United Christian Democratic Party


 Ditshetelo, P H K